NA

Haryana Agricultural University

Hisar

B
January
January
January
February
March
March
March

s Birthda)

April
April
June
August
August
September

Birthday
raja Agarsen Jayanti

September
October
October
October
October
November
November

21
26
30
12
1

24
28
14

17

EW YEAR

23
12
15
2
23
2
8
17
23
1

November 21
December 25

the abo\t, lOY two (2) of the

Icted holldar8 can al,o be

Sun

Mon
Tue
Wed
Thu
Fri

Slit

January

February

13
7 14
8 J5
9 16

10 1"'
4 11 18
5 ~ 19
6 13 20
7 14 21
8 15 22

2 27
II 28
22 29
23 30

3 10 17 24 31
11 18 25

4
5

fl

19 26

March
14
25
26

~I

27
28

16 23

3 10 1
4 11 18
5 12 19
6 13 20
7 14 21
8 IS 22
16 23

24
25
26

27
2
29
30

[April
14 21 2
8 IS 22 29

1
2

9 16 23

3
4

10 I
II 18

12

19 26

6 IJ

20 27

30

24
25

v iled of .

June

May
larshu Ram Jayanti
udh Puroima
harana Pratap Jayanti and
Guru Arjan Dev's Martyrdom
Day
nt Kabir Das's Birthday
,uharram
}<

aksha BaDdhan

i1ad-un-Nabi
uwa ehauth
lViudhan Puja &
ishwa Karma Day
iuru Tegh Bahadur's
tyrdom Day

Snnday

March 29
May 16
May 211

June
June
July
August
Septenlber
October

15
27
23
25
22
26

November 7
December II

and all 2.d Saturdaya

or the ..oatb.

12 1
6 13 20
7 14 21
8 15 22

SUD

Mon
Tue
Wed
Thu
Fri
Sat

26

'0

27

28
29
2 9 16 23 30
3 10 17 24 31
4 11 18 25

5
6

Tue
Wed

Thu
Fri
Sat

t'

2 9 16
3 10 17
4 11 18
12 19
13 20
1 21

12
13

19
20

26
27

7 14 21

28

15

29

22

August

I
8
2 9
3 10
4 11
5 12
6 I

15
16
17
18
19
~

22
23
24
25
26
27

3 10

I'

7 14 21 28
15 22 29

4 11

18 25

25

2 9 16 3 30
3 10 11 24 31

26
27
28

4 11

.s n

18 25
19 26

24

12 19 26

6 13 20 27

19 26

7 14 21 28

16 13 30

3 10

17 24 31

S 22 29

December
lS 22 29
9 16 23 30

2
3 10 17 24 31
4 11 18

28

5 12 19 26

8 15 II 29
16 23 30

6 13 20 27

1
2

13 20 27

8
9

November

6 13 :0 27
1

6
I
2

24

29
30
31

J1 30

12

October

September
SUD
MOD

July

2 9 16 2
3 10 17 24
4 11 18 25

14 Z1

7 1

21

28

.,0

H A R Y " 1\.7

,t

ARM

I NG

228523

1IIIIIIIIIIIlflllllllllllllllill11111111

Volume XX

No. I

20i 1991

IiI.,."O~JOQ"QrQj (,IQI08,,,t'tI li'~-- -~--

fi/~~.ili

1~1

~. L'fo.~~.8.52..3 1Ja~eaR1.~g.2
~
. ................~~.bQ
..... --

Contents

DUI No. tit D(Jh .............

~
1Meo____ dL
;_~r1l;
h

\---\

_ _

a~,;::"

j.!J .diseases

I.

Control of brinjal

2.

Protect,l0n of fruit plants against frost

3. Care in procuring fruit plants

\.

I,

\1 ..

Pages I
-P. C. Gupta, S. K. MaheshwaTj and O. P. Kadian 1

-L. S. BenilVal, O. P. Chaudhary and O. P. Duddi

2\

-A. S. Chharia, M. S. Joan and Ranjit Kumar

-Ram Niwas, O. P. Bishlloi ane! U. V. M. Roo

4.

Medi~m range forecasting aild agriculture

S.

Insect\ests"':a serious problem in gram crop' ./-P. R. Yadav and S. S. Dashad

6.

Safe USe of agricultural 'pesticides-farm' -0. P. Chaudhary

precautions-II

7.

Major di6eases of grapevines and their

management

-So K. Gandhi and R. L. Madan

8.

Cult~v,ation

-C. P. Mehla, B. R. Batra and V. K. Srivastava

10

9.

Crop selection for late rabi in relation to

irrigation

- A. S. Malik and Jagdev Singh

II

10.

of snapmelon-pboont or kachra

Problems and prospects'of agriculture in district -L. S. Suhag

Bhiwani

12

11. Save your potato crop from late blight

- R. L. Madan and S. K. Gandhi

13

12. How to get successful crop of vegetable lobia

- R. D. Bhutani and V. K. Srivastava

13.

Inter crop moong and urd in arbar for

additional income

-R. Vaslsht,'Abha Tikkoo and C. K. Yadav

14
15

14.

Role of weather elements in vegetable crop

production

-Surender Singh, Raj Singh and Diwall Singh

16

J5.

Salmonellosis in poultry

- U. K. Balra and R. C. Kulshresktha

17

16.

Constraints of poultry farming in the villages

-Bharat Singh

19

Radio activity-a health hazard

-K. L. Gulati and M. L. Chaudhry

20

Clothing for the handicapped

- Mrs. Krishna Khambra. Mrs. Saroj S. Jeet Singh 22

and Mrs. Shukantla Punia

- 17.

18.

Ed(tor

Price per copy Rupees 2/Yearly Subscription

V. S. Gupta
Production Assistance

Editorial Assistance

Rs.20.00

D. C. Yadav

Indira Balga

Please send your mlmlY order to :

Uqout
Kuljil ManD

PhologrClp'hy

Director of Publications,
Gandhi BbawlID, HAU, H'sarUS (J04

HAU Photo Unit

CODtrol: I. The diseased plants should be

removed and burried.
2.

Control of Brinjal and

Chilli Diseases

3.

The seedlings shoUld be diJ"lped into tetracycline 80lution (500 ppm) for t h. before
transplanting.
~

Spray Mal!lthioD 0.12% at ao interv.al of 19

days.

-Po C. Gupta, s.

K~ Mabeshwari aDd O~ P. KadiaD

Deptt. of Plant Pathology, HAU, Hisar

DJSEASES OF CHILLI

ADtbracB.ose
Brinjal and chil1i are the important solanaceous
vegetables. They suffer from several fungal, bacterial and viral diseases. Some of the irpportant
diseases occurring in Haryana and their control
are described here.

Alternaria Leal Spot

Symptoms: This is one of the most serious

diseases in chilli. The symptoms appear on twigs.
leaves and fruits. Light brown to straw colour
spots are formed on leaves, twigs and fruits. Dark
brown t.o black colour pycnidia develop on these
spots and the affected parts of the plants start drying. Sometimes the affected plants give die back:
symptoms.

Symptoms: The spots are brown and irregular

in sbape, concentric rings are al80 formed on these
spots. Several spots coalesce to form the bigger
IipotS. Sometimes fruits are also affected. The
severely affected plants give blighted appearance.

Control: The disease can be controlled by

spraying DUhane Z-78. Dithane M-45 or Blitox-50
0.2%. Two to three sprays should be given at an
interval of 10 days. The diseased portion of the
plants should be kept away from the field and

Control: The disease can be controlled by

spraying Blitox-50 or Dithnne M-45 0.2%. Two
to three sprays should be given at 10 days interval,

burnt.

DlSEASES OF BRINJAL

Pltomopsis Fruit Rot

Symptoms: The fruits are attacked while on
the plant. Pale to light brown sunken spots form
on the fruits. Sometimes the spot covers the entire
fruit surface. Black dots 'like fruiting bodies
known as pycnidia develop on these spots. The
internal portion of the fruit starts rotting and
lastly whole fruit becomes mummified.
Control: The disease can be controlled by
spraying Dithane Z-78 or Dithane M-45 0.2%
after appearance of the disease in the field.
Little Leaf Disease
Symptoms: This is one of tbe serious diseases
bfJDjal which brings hundred per cent loss in
diseased plaDls. The affected plants have stunted
growth and the leaves become small and thick. A
large number of small leaves app~ar inspitc of the
normal leaves. The affected plants give bushy
appearance. Mostly there is no flowering and
fruiting. If fruits are formed, they become too
small in size..
.of

JANUARY, 1991

Root Rot/Wilt Disease

Slmptoms: This is a new outbreak of disease
in chilli growing area. The roots of the affected
plants start rotting from the soil level and whole
plant gives wilting appearance. This disease gives
a complete IDSS in yield among the affected plants.

2.

CODtrol: L Avoid over watering the field.

Drenching of Captan or Bavistin 0.2% in the
affected plants.

Leal Curl
Symptoms: The affected plants show curling
of leaves, small size of leaves, shortening of internodes, and general dwarfing of the plants Fruiting
is stopped and leaves turn into pale yellow in
colour. If fruits .are formed they will be small and
deformed.
Control: 1: Removal and destruction of
affected plants are common methods to control
this disease.

2.

Spray Malathion 0.12% 3-4 times at an interval of 7-10 days.

temperature of the orchard atmosphere by 2_5 F

thus reducing the menace of tbe frost to some
extent.

Protection of Fruit
Plants against Frost
-L. S. BeDlwal, O. P. Chaudhary aod O. P. Do4di
Krishl Gyan Kendra, Sir.ro
"Frost" iii one of tbe most serious probleIbIl
faced in Northern India during winter months of
December-January where temperature dives to nCar
zero or sub zero levels causing immense losses to
tile evergreen young (ruit pl'ants fiKe Ilagzi I'ime,
ber, guava, papaya, mango, jamun, etc. Tile
damage lIi caused in a variety of ways viz., destruction of foliage, tender twigs and carly blossom
in addition to drying 'up of the juice consequently
deteriorating fruit and juice quality. Nature b~s
its own meaol to face weather bonalities. In
deciduous plants it is done by shedding the leaves,
whereas the evergreen plants withold their new
growlh. In first case, the protection is complete,
whereas in latter it is partial.
The fruit growers must gear up to prote(;t
their precious and much cared after fruit plan~s
from frost. They must plan a strategy to fight a
out by following under mentioned points which are
usually fit for most of the fruit crops.
Planting Hardy Varieties

Some vari,eties bave inherent capacity to reSillt

or tol~rate the frost 8S mango varieties like Langrl\,
Malta, Sufeda, Fajri, etc. are more important than
tJ:ae otber susceptible varieties. Citrus plants in
descending order of hardiness are Saograra. malt", 'grape fruit, baramasi lemon, sweet lime and kag"d
lime. So, i'D the planning stages in the frost prone
areas, bardy varieties must be incorporated.
irrigating the Orchard.
,
It is one of the most common practices followby the fruit growers for centuries to comb"t
frost effectively. Application of heavy irrigatiott
wheo the frost is expected, is found to raise the

ed

2.

CoveriDg Tender Plants

It is another method to ward off the chilling

winds from the tender plants. Inert material. like
"Para Ii " or "Sarkanda" elc. may be used and tied
in a conical style around the evergreen plants like
mango, guava. papaya, citrus, etc. Care must be
taken to keep them open on the eastern side 80 ,8S
to allow sufficient sunlight and air to the pl~nt
needed for its growth.
PlandDg "Wind Break"
StroDg chilling winds in the winter are more
barmfuJ JL~adjDg to frost AD)' mecbarucaJ barrjer
may be trees. straw or ledge make an effective wind
break. protecting tender plants. A row or two of
tall and small trees planted alternately around the
orchards form a thick wall to ward off chilling
winds and take much of their sting. The effectiveness depends upon height and direction of wind
breaks.
Vigorous Plants
Healthy plants afe believed to fight the frost
better than the weak ones. Optimum and timely
application 'of manures and fertilizers (depending
upon the age of the plant) and irrigating the plants
at critical stagel> is key to maintain ,ood plant
vigour. Insect pests and diseases in each species
take a heavy toll of the plants thus reducing its
vitality and vigour. Following the recommended
spray schedules against each pest species throughout the year will help to keep them at bay resulting
in vigorous plants which can tolerate the frost
better.
Cresting Clouds of Smoll e
Creating a cloud of smoke in the orchard by
burning the waste material on a niaht when frost is
likely to occur, helps to minimise its effect in two
ways. Firstly. tbe smoke forms a sort of screen
over the plants thus, warding off tbe frost.
Secondly, it raises the temperature ofthe orchard
to some extent. The orchard waste is to be placed
at some points and burnt in the n(ght to give a
homogenous cloud. On the contrary. when high
winds blow, its effectivenCis is reduced.

HARY ANA FARMING

Care in Procuring
Fruit Plants
-A. S. Cbbana, M. S. Joon and Ranjit Kumar
Department of Horticulture, HAll, Hisar
r
The success ;in establishing a good orchard
mainly depends ~pon selection of plants of proper
varieties. We prpcure these plants from nursery.
If the nursery is not reliable, we can be cheated
by getting plants of wrong varieties, it is very
essential to ,be careful while procuring fruit plants
because once we establish fruit plantll, it is very
difficult to uproot them and replace with proper
variety. Such plants may cause a huge financial
loss in the long run. Therefore, we must purchase
fruit plants from, a reliable source. Nursery of
Haryana Agricultural University and other Govt.
nurseries are perfectly reliable. Some private
nurseries arc not reliable. The following other
points must be born in mind while purchaling
fruit plants.

The soil should be in the field capacity when

plants are taken out of nunery. It is not easy to
take out plants from extremely wet and dry fields.
Earthball must not be broken at the time of taking
it out of the nursery.
One year old plants establish well in the field.
If planted later on, the plants cannot bear transplanting shock and chances of survival are [esser.
While taking the plants out of nurseries,
damage to fibrous roots should be minimum
because these roots help the plants in establishing
well in nursery.
Plants must be carried carefully' in transport
so that damage to them is minimum. If plants
are to be taken to long di.tances, they should be
wrapped well with grass aDd kept in baskets.
Water should be sprayed on them occasionally
durin-g transport.
Planting should be done as early as possible
after taking them out of nursery. Evening time
should be preferred for transplanting. Plants
must be irrigated just afler transplanting.

Before purchasing fruit pla~ts, it is better to

consult a specialist who can guide about the
cultivar recommended for a particular region and
for a particular tYtPc of soil and climate.

Contributors are requested,

Care should ~e taken that plants purchased

from nursery are free from diseases and pests.

latest by the 10th

'.

While purchasing grafted plants, see that joint

between scion and. rootstock is firm and thickness
of scion and rootstock is preferably the same.
Plants should 'be properly packed with grass
and different varieties shOUld be tagged separately.
The best tim~ of planting deciduous plants is
February. Plants are dormant at this time and,
therefore, earthball is not required with their
roots. Evergreen and other plants are also planted
from July to September when earthball is must
with the rO,ots of plants.
JANUARY, ]991"

to send their artic1es

of every month,
so as to
enable us to hring out
the
publication well in time.

Medium Range Forecasting and Agriculture

-Ram Nlwas, O. P. Blsbooi aod U. V. M. Rao
Deptt. of Agril. Meteorology, HAU, fIisar
Weather is a dominant factor that determines
the success or failure of agricultural enterprises.
The weather induced variability can be as high as
50 per cent of the normal production in specific
smaller areas. Proper utilization of weather forecast helps to minimise the crop damage to a
considerable extent and to exploit at as a resource
in agriculture.

(ji) Synoptic-cum-statistica) approaches: These

arc based on development oC empirical expressions using synoptic charts, which has the
closest resemblance to the present situation,
and then it is evaluated using the statistical
proced ures.
(iii) Dynamical and physical reasoning Or the
numerical weather predictiOri techniques.

India Meteorological Department has ul}'(Iertaleen projects for developing medium range 'forecasting techniques for forecasting ~onlloon features'
in different parts of India. These forecasts should
be operational in nature so that th~y are applied in
quantitative terms in making use of past weather
data and in presenting the monsoon features well
in advance so that their benefits are exploited in
improving productivity.
.

Types of Weather Forecasts

Application8 of Medium Range Weatber Forecasting

Broadly there are three types of weather forecasts viz., short range forecast valid upto 3 days
and long range forecast extending beyond 14 days
upto a lieason/or year. Whereas medium range
forecast deals with 4-14 days period.

Sowln!: and plaotine :, Germination is

dependent upon proper soil temperature, soil
moisture at seed depth. Forecast <;If soil temperature and soil moisture will help the farmers to
avoid planting under soil conditions which hinder
proper germination and cQIergence.

During the past three decades. the problem of

medium range forecasting has received increasing
attention among, the scientists mainly because of
increased awareness of its use m agriculture and
water resource management. With medium range
forecasting farmers get some lead time to plan
their various cultural operations. As many of the
agricultural operational applications are geared' to
7/10 days period and therefore medium range forecast has received greater attention.
Medium Range Forecasts
In this forecast one aims at predicting the
departures or anomalies of the weather elements
Oike rainfall, temperature, etc.) from the normal
values; rather than the instaneous wtather. Forec.sti~g of rainfall over different parts of the
country for period 4-14 day. is most important for
agricultural operations and management. The
basic approaches can be classified as :
(i) Statlsdcal approach: These are based on sta
tistical procedures without explicit ana lysis of
physical reasoning.

Use of agricultural che~cal,,: The critical

factors in the proper application of1chemicals are:
(i) air temperature, (ii) precipitation, (iii) speed
and direction of wind. Air tempera:ture at the time
of applicatIOn determines the effctiveness of the
chemicals. Timely application of qhemicals minimiseB the amount of chemicals released into the
atmosphere and pollution of groun~ water.
Jrrlgation: Irrigation is a costly input and
needs to be utilized judiciously. Its overuse can
be both expensive and detriment~1 to the crops,
whereas its under U~t can result: in loss of crop
quality and quantity. Estimation of evaporation
loss will help the farmen to calcul!lte water loss
occurring after the last rain or irr~gation and can
help in scheduling the irrigation.
Crop curiol: POlt harvest 9P~a~ions such as
curing and storing of grains require forecasts of
liuDsbine, dew. precipitation, drying ratcs.

(Contd.

0/1

page 6)

" HARYANA FARMING

secticide with equal quantity of water.

Spread the seed on pucca floor and spray
emulsion over it. Turn the seed for uniform
treatment and~keep overnight bef,)re sowing.

Insect Pests-A Serious

Problem In Gram Crop
-Po R. Yadav aod.S. S. Dashad*
Department of Entomology, HAU, Hisar
Gram ~Bengal gram or chickpea), arich source
of protein for vegetarians, is cultivated in areas
where limited or no irrigation facilities exist and
performs better than other legume crops in poor
fertile soil as it can fix atmospheric nitrogen and
can also trap more effectively the available limited
soil moisture. This crop is damaged by several
insect pests right from sowing till harvesting.
Sometimes. if control measures are not taken up at
proper and in an appropriate manner, the damag_e
is so severe that the whole crop gets destroyed.
The details of important insect pests and their
control measures are given below:
Termites
Termites (White ants) are polyphagous in
nature, live underground in the earthen moundsl
passages and also visible on the ground surface.
00 the opening of an earthen passage, small
greYish, white delicate wingless ants can be seen.
The termites take a heavy toll of the crop from
planting till harvesting and the attack is maximum
in light textured soils. They attack tap roots due
to which the leaves turn yellow and in severe cases
of infestation, plants may die, resulting thereby in
reduced plant population and yield. The affected
plants can easily be pulled out. The damage done
at early stage of the crop can be compensated by
the remaining plants but damage inflicted at or near
maturity is certainly of non-compensatory nature.
Control Measares
(i)

Treat gram seed with aldrin 30 EC @ 1

litre per quintal seed after diluting the in-

*District Extension Specialist (Entomology), KGK,

Mahendragarh.

JANUARY. 1991

(ii)

In case of non-availability of aldrin 30 EC.

treatment of seed with aldrin 5% dust @
500 gm per quintal seed is also equally
effective.

Note:

2.

The damage don~ by termites can be

suppressed by keeping the fields free from stubbles Or debries of the previous crops .
. Undecomposed farm yard manure or
comp05t helps in aggravating the damage.

Cutworm

Caterpillars of cutworms are light brownish.

soil coloured and 4-5 cm long when full grown.
They damage the crop in early stages by cutting
the plants just above the ground level. Sometimes
the leaves and flowers of the lowerside are alSO
attacked. In fact the insect destroys more than
what it eats. The pest assumes rather epidemic
proportions in areas flooded during the previous
season- The moth is reported to be ,attracted
by the wet-fishy-smelling-soil wh.:n the water is
receding.
Control Measures
(i)

Breeding clods, flooding the fields, clean

cultivation aod early ploughing of land,
bef,)re sowing prevent irs attack.

(ij)

The ibfested crop should be dusted with

fenvalerate 0.4% BHC 10% dust @ IO kgper acre. It should be mixed thoroughly,
WIth upper soil by proper raking.

(iii)

Spray of 80 rol fenvalerate 20 Ee or 50 ml

cypermethrin 2S EC or 150 ml dccamethrinl
deltamethrin 2.8 EC JO 100 litre water per
acre has,also been found very effective.

3.

Aphid

It causes considerable damage during Decem~

ber to January. The infestation seems to be
correlated with environmental conditions rather
than developmental stages of the plants. Colonies
of wingless nymphs and adults can be- seen on the
stem/leavea near the ground level. Nymphs and

adults suck plant sap and this results in reduction

of plant vigour. In case of heavy attack, the
growth of the plant is stunted and the yield is
adversely affected. Also sometimes, with severe
intensity of damage, the plants dry up. Apbid
also transmits viral diseases in gram crop.
Control Measures
Spraying the gram crop with 400 ml endosulfan 3S EC/quinalphos 2S EC or 200 ml mono'
crotophos 36 WSC or 80 ml fenvalerate 20 EC in
100 litres of waler per acre can control the pest.
If necessary, the spray should be repeated at an
interva I of 1S days.
4.

Pod Borer

Alpong various insect-pests of gram, pod

borer is most important. The caterpillar of this
pest is greenish with dark brown grey lines aloBg
the side of the body and when full grown, measures.
abollt 3.5 em in length. Firstly, the caterpillar
(eedl[, on young tender leaves and flowers but after
pod formation, diverts its body into the pods after
making holes in them and feeds on developing
grains. It is estimated that 30 to 40 pods are
destroyed by a single caterpillar before it pupates
in earthen cell in the soil. Late sown and dense
crop is severely damaged by this pest. This year,
lievere damage by caterpillars of tbis pest was
observed in young gram crop during November,
particularly in upland and sandy areas.
Control Measures
(a) Remove 'Chatrl and Mat";' weeds from gram
field between Ist to 15th Marcb so tbat all
eggs of po~ borer laid on these weeds may be
destroyed.
(b) Start spray at the time of SO% pod formation
or when the larval population reaches from 1
to 2 per meter row length, with any ODe of the
following insectici~es in 100 litres of water per
acre.

(i)

400 gm carbaryl SO WP

(ii)

400 ml quinalphos 25 EClendosulfan 35 EC

(iii)

200 rol monocrotopho5 36 WSC

(iv)

50 ml cypermethrin 25 EC

(v)

1SO decamethrin/deltamethrin 2.8 EC

(vi)

Application of carbaryl

5%

or endolulfan

4% or quinalphos 1.5~~ dust @ H,) kg per

\
acre has also been found quite effeC'iive.

Note: The spray/dust may again be repeated as

and when required.

(From page 4)
Control of plant diseases: Most plant diseases
develop and spread under congenial moisture and
temperature conditions. 'Therefore. effective and
economic control of most diseases requires forecasts of rain, fog, dew and temperature. With this
background the farmers can get maximum control
witb minimum number of chemical applications.
ProtectloD from frost Injury: Minimum temperature forecasts are needed for areas subject to
freezing temperatures during the crop growing
season. . These provide the basic information
needed to plan labour and material required to
operate the'systems to prevent frost injury.
Transportation of agricultural products: An
accurate forecast of the maximum and minimum
temperatures alongwitb normal transport route is
needed to plan the type of transport equipment
and its utilization to prevent deterioration of the
agricultural products.

Read

Haryana Farming
a monthly

farm
mag.ziDe
HARYANA FARMING

contaminated Clothes immediately. Wash

them before wearing again. If it gets into
eyes, fiu!;h with plenty of water for five
minutes.

Safe Use of Agricultural

Pesticides-Farm
Precautions-II
-0. P. Chaudhary
Krishi Gyan Kendra, Sirs"
Modern pesticides are biocides- harmful to
all the living beings. The farmers who use these
to protect their crops from insect-pests face constant threat of pesticide poisoning. They must
ob&erve following precautions to ensure safe and
effective use of pesticides on crops against the
insect-pests.
A.

(vii)

If pesticide is swallowed, apply first aid

treatment printed on' the container label.
Call a physician or take the patient to the
nearest hospital.

(viii)

It is advisable to wear rubber gloves when

handling concentrates.

(ix)

To safelY mix and prepare some pesticides,

it is necessary to wear a respiratory device
and protective clothing. The container
label will tell if these precaution~ IIJe needed.

(x)

Do not smoke, eat or drink when mixing

pesticides.

B.

Applying Pesticides
(il

If the container label prescribes- it, wear a

respiratory device and protective clothing
when applying a pesticide.

(ii)

Time your applications to prevent illegal

pesticide residues from remaining on food,
feed, or forage crops, by allowing the
prescribed number of day,' interval between
the last pesticide application and harvest
or grazing.

(iii)

Guard against "drift" of pasticides ooto

nearby crops, pastures, or onto streams,
ponds, lakes, etc. by avoiding dust or spray
on a windy day.

(iv)

Guard against "runoff" of pesticides into

sources of water supply. Do Dot apply
pesticides near water sources, or clean the
equipments, dump unwanted pesticides,
dispose of empty containers near these
places.

(v)

Work into the breeze or at a right angle

to it; thus the pefiticide will be blown away
from instead of onto you.

(vi)

Do not smoke, eat or drink while actually

applying pesticide.

(vii)

Do not rub eyes or mouth with your hands

during application, if you feel ill stop work
and get medical attention at once.

Mixing and Handling Pesticides

After purchasing right type of pesticides from

the right source, its efficacy to control the pests
will depend upon how effectively the farmer handles it. Following points will help to increase its
safe and effective usc.

(i)

Mix Bnd prepare pesticides in the open or

in a well-ventilated place. When handled
in close quarters, highly toxic pesticides may
cause poisoning through inhalation.

(ii)

Open pesticides containers carefully to prevent billowing of dusts or splashing of

liquids.

(iii)

Pour pesticides carefully to avoid spilling.

Hold the container from which you are
pouring close to the receiving container.

(iv)

Use special containers-buckets or drums

for mixing pesticides; never use food or
beverage containers.

(v)

Never use pesticides in conceatrations higher

than those recommended. Measure accurately.

(vi)

Avoid spilling concentrates on the skin or

clothes, and keep tbem away from the eyes,
mouth and nOlle. If any is spilled, wash it
oft' the skin with soap and' water and change

JANUARY, 1991

(viii)

At the end of a day's work, bathe and

change all clothing. Wash them before
wearing again.

(ix)

Apply pesticides in the evening or morning

when honey bees activity is less.
Caring for Equipment

C.
(i)

For efficient and safe application, keep

equipment in good mechanical condition.
Replace parts promptly when they show
signs of wear or malfunctioning. Give
special attention to valves, nozzles, conncctioDa and other components that may cause
leakage.

(ii)

Calibrate the equipment accurately so it will

dispense the prescribed amount of pesticide

per acre. Underdose will be ineffective

against the pests while overdosage could
cause phytotoxicity or illegal residues on
the crop.
(iii)'

If possible, use separate equipment to apply

different types of pesticides. A minute
2,4-0 residue in a tank used to spray insecticides on cotton will cause serious
damage in the form of malformation. If it
is neces~ry to use the same equipm~nt for
several types of pesticides. cJean it
thorougbly with soap between changes. T~
test the equipment after cleaning, spray
seedlings of sensitive plants such as beans,
tomato or cottOD. If the plant is not
affected within 2 days, the equipment is
safe for further use.

1.

~.

F or Prosperity

& Bumper
Harvest

Always Purchas'e Certified Seeds of

New Varieties of following crops
WHEAT. GRAM. MUSTARD. PULSES
PADDY ConON BAJRA FODDER
AND VEGETABLE- SEEDS

'l.i

Haryana Seeds are easily available trom .

Sale counters of HSDC located throughout
Haryana State
Authorised Dealers of HSDC
Co-op Societies and min' banks
Farmers service centres of JiAIC KnbhC'..('I & Hated

HARY ANA FARMING

DOWDY

Major Diseases of
Grapevines and
their Management
-So K. Gandhi and R. 1. MadaD
Directorate 0/ Extension Education. HAU, Hisar

Grape cultivation in Haryana has gained tremendous popularity in recent years. However, all
the recommended and high yielding cultivars of
grapevines are susceptible to majority of diseases.
It is, therefore. essential to know the major diseases affecting grapevines producti('ln. The symptoms
and control measures of various diseases IIrc
mentioned here.
Anthracnose (Elsinoe ampilina)
Anthracnose is a very serious disease. The
symptoms of this disease can be seen on any part
of the plant above the ground level. On the leaves,
disease appears as small, irregular dark brown
spots. Centres of the spots are greyish with brown
margin. These spots mostly appear on the veins
of the leaves, while on canes and branches, these
are raised and dark brown to black in colour. In
severe Infection, the disease appears on fruits showing dark brown, raised irregular spots whicb
destroy the quality of the fruits. The disease stlffts
appearing in the month of April and spreads
rapidly during the rainy season. With the result
the Icaves become brown and plants look like
burnt. In severe infection it affects the developmcnt of fruits.
Dead Arm (Phomopsis viticoilJ)

Mildew (Plasmopara viticola)

The symptoms of this disease start with the

appearance of \\hite powdery growlh on the undersurface of the leaves. Later on irregular dark
brown spots appear on Ihe leaves. Sometimes in
early infection, tbe disease also appt'ats on the
flowers and fruits with the result, the fruits become yellow and droppiog takes place.
The above mentioned diseases can effectively
be controlled by adopting Integrated Disease
Control Measures as under :
-All the diseased brancbes should be removed
and burnt while pruning in the month of
January.
-Diseased cane as a cutting fM fresh planting
must be avoided.
-Apply Blitox-50 or Fylolan paint Gn the cut
parts of the plant8.
-All the disea~ed leaves or plant partl which
fallon the ground during winter Ilhould be
removed and burnt outside the field.
-Just after pruning in January spray tbe vines
with Difolatan or Bavistin @ 0.2% (2 gm per
litre of waler) as dormant spray.
-The abo,e spray schedull! be followed during
first week of May, first and last week of July,
second and last week of August. During
September if it rains, one more spray be given.
-Spray the vines with mancozeb or zineb @
0.2% when the downy mildew disease starts
appearing.
I

The disease symptoms start appearing after

rainy season. The symptoms on main branch
appear as small brown spots and later on change
into black io colour. 00 removing the bark aplittiog of branch is a very common feature of this
disease. As the disease advances, the affected
branch 8tarts drying.
JANUARY. 1991

maKing drylsnd productIve anc! meaningful dissemination of relevant technology.

Problems and Prospects of

Agriculture in District Bhiwani
-L. S. Suhag
Krishi G)an Kendra, Bhiwani
During the coming decade, the challenge in
agriculture of district Bhiwani wjJJ be to bring the
average production of major crops at par with
state average. It is distressing to Dote that average
production of main crops like bajra, wheat, gram,
rabi oilseed, sugarcane (gur) and potato is 565,
2177, 377, 768, 3972 and 15070 kg/hat respectively
vis-a-vis state average of 639. 2593. 513. 784,
-4176 'and 19436 kg/ha. Even within the district,
there are wide variations in yield as is evident
from Table 1.
TABLE J
Average production of major crops in selected
blocks of dis.(rict BhiwaDi
Block

Bawani Khera
Dadri-l
Bhiwani
Loharu
Tosham

Productivity (kg/ha)
Bajra

Gram

688
605
597
47J
419

419
502
417
319
287

Wheat
2884
2410
2473
1772
1805

Based on yield level achieved in National

Scheme, the yield potential can
be increased appreciably. . Though the task is formidable but the potential exists. Despite good
intentioned legislations, land reform aimed at
giving the tiller' 'of land a vested interest in it,
remains a distant dream. 'Similarly, women folk
involvement in agriculture education and development programme needs to be strengthened.
Demons~rations

To achieve high food grain output, all concerned will have to ensure eXtension in irrigation
facility, higher fertiliser consumption with
increased area under high yielding varieties.

12

Presently only 40% of tbe total sown area is

under irrigation. Total irrigated area in the district
is only 2.0 lac ba, out of which 1.60 lac ha (80%)'
is irrigated by canals and rest through tubewclls/
sprinkler sets, ctc. It has been estimated that
about 5-8 per cent of extension in irrigation is
'possible by ensuring water supply at tail-end areas,
lining of canals, command wise croppin{! pattern
based on water and Jand profile, timely completion
of ongoing watersheds projects, etc Further ex-'tension is possible through safe use of sub-soil
brackish water and improvement in sprinkler
system. This is one field where HAU can playa
big role by strengthening research.
The state average NPK consumption is 51 kgl
ha. The corresponding figure for this district is
about 20.6 kg/ha. In the desert prone areas of
Loharu, Tosbam and Siwani "locks, the consumption is even IQwcr at one digit level. To
enhance food grain output, fertiliser consumption
has to go from thc prebent cunsumption of about
4000 tonnes of nutrient to 9000 tonnes by 1999.
This can be achieved by :
(i)

More effective farmer education and extension programme particularly in dryland areas.

(ii) Farnlcr access to input should not be more

than 5 kilometre away aud as far as pOSSible
UDder one roof (single window concept).

(iii) Increased area under irrigation.

(iv) Both short and long term credit availability is
inadequate. Even more than the farmer's
needs for additioDal credit, perhaps is his nfed
for elimination of red tape; paper work and
delay tactics by different agencies.
Increasing the area under bigb yielding is also
one of the most important factors for increasing
the productivity. Of the total 412 thousand hectares of cultivable area, about 250 thousand ha is
presently dryland. Thus, dryJand ,will remain a
very important segment of agricuJtm:e resources
even assuming some parts of it cQme under irrigation in near futuI.e. Varieties having higb yield
potential and field tolerance to established pestl
disease/salt should be introduced on a time bound
scale.

HARYANA FARM1NG

The potential of dryland horticulture can be

seen from the success of cultivation of hardy crops
like ber, pomegranate, phalsa, Aonla, etc. in dry
areas of Loharu, Tosham and Bhiwani. Specific
areas need to be identified for growing grapes,
kinnow, guava, solanaceous and cruciferous vegetables particularly in D3dri and Badbara. blocks
where sub-soil water and soil profile are suitable
for fruit and vegetable CUltivation. It is heartening
to note that few villages in block Baw811i Khera
are producing grape and kinnc.w worth Rs. 20 to
25 lacs annually.
Promoting subsidiary occupations helps in
improving economic status of farming community.
Subsidiary occupations like dairying, poultry,
sheep and goat rearing, mushroom farming lessen
the farmers' dependence on food crops and provide
supplementary income, which sustains farmers in
unfavourable circumstances, besides providing employment to the family. During recent years,
mushroom cultivation hus become quite pOPJJlar
even in rural areas of this distnct. Similarly,
cultivation of vl:getable crops for seed purposes
has also attracted the attention of farmers.
The need is immense for adequate and
improved facility for marketing, transport, communication and storage. Establishing purchasing
centre and providing warehouses facility \'1ithin
easy reach, linking of villages by all-weather roads
to these centres will greatly benefit the farmers of
remote areas. We need more farmer oriented,
pracl ical research as also closer interaction between
development in the agricultural laboratories,
research stations and the farmers. Attention needs
to be focussed to produce high quality disease free
seed and planting materials. Easy availability of
growth hormone for reducing the ripening period
of fruits and vegetables will go a long way in increasing the areas under these crops as the district
is producing only about 30% of its requirement
of fruits and vegetables.
While the task is formidable, the opportunities
are great. Result oriented strategy devoid of delay
and red tape can produce results.

Save your Potato Crop

from Late Blight

-R. L. Madan and S. K. Gandhi
Directordte oj Extens;ol1 Education, HAU, Hisar

Late blight (Phytophthora" infestans) is the

most destructive disease of potato which in the
event of congenial weather may cause ~r~mendous
105~es. The disease normally appears late in the
season at about blossoming stage.
Symptoms
The disease is characterised by blightening of
the leaves from the tips or margins, spreading
downward, killing tbe entire leaf. The blightened
areas first appear as faded green patches which
soon turn brownish to black or sometime purplish
black. On the underside of the leaf, whitish fungal
growth may be seen. The infection may spread to
tubers causing brown discolQur8tion pf the skin
and fOllowed by dry rot of tubers. Cloudy weather,
low temp. (10-24 C) and high hUD;lidity (above
90%) are most favourable for disease spread. If
such conditions prevail for 4-5 days, i~ leads te;>
devastation of whole crop.
Control
For effective control of this disease, it is important that the crop mUst be thoroughly sprayed
well before the appearance of disease with
400-500 gm mancozeb (Dithane M-45) or captafol
(Difolatan) in 200-250 litre of water per acre.
Total 4~ sprays be given at an interval of )S days.
When weather remains cool and humid, the interval of spray be reduced to 7 days. During
spraying, it is essential that entire foliage should
be covered thoroughly with fungicide solution.
The crop should be harvested only after the plants
are fully matured and foliage have dried. To
prevent tuber infection, care should be taken that
tubers are not exposed in the ridges and also contact between foliage and tuber be avoided during
harvesting.

13

JANUARY, 1991
'1

Manures a nd Fertilizers

(a) 3-4 deep ploughings followed by planking

should be given while preparing-"the field.

How to Get Successful Crop

of Vegetable Lobia

(b) Apply 4-6 tons of FYM per acre at the time

of field preparations lltle8st 10-15 days before

sowing.
-R. D. BbutaDI aod V. K. Srivastava*
Krishi Gyon Kendra, Jind

Vegetable cowpea is one of the important

green vegetables being rich in protein and also provides good amounts of vitamin. A, Band C and
calcium. Cow peas, being a pulse vegetable, also
improves the fertility status of soil. Therefore, by
adopting the recommended scientific package of
'practices, the growers can get a bumper crop of
vegetable cowpeas. given below :

(c) Add 100 kg single super phosphate in the field

at the time of last ploughing.
(d) Apply 20 kg CAN (Kisan Khad) or 10 kg Urea
as a basal dose in the standing crop after 3-4
weeks of sowing.

(e) Apply 20 kg CAN again in the standing crop

after six weeks of sowing.

Irrigate the field at an interval of one

week in case of summer crop.

Irrigate the field at an interval of 8-10

days or depending upon the condition of
the soil in case of rainy season crop.

Recommended Varieties

(a) Pusa Barsad: Suitable for rainy season, pods

long., whitish green in colour, crop matures in
55-60 days. Average pod yield is about 17
quintals per acre.
(b) Pusa Do-Pbasali: Suitable for both summer
and rainy season so wings. Pods greenish,
tender and thick. Average yield is about 1215 quintals per acre.

8-10 kg seed is sufficient for sowing one

acre of land.

Appropriate time of sowing is FebruaryMarch to raise a summer season crop.

For raising a rainy season crop, the best

time of sowing is June-July.

Sowing should be done in rows keeping a

space of 45 em between rows and 15"20
cm between plants.

o
o

Do not forget to irrigate the cr6p after

applying the CAN (Kisan Khad).
Keep the field weed free at initial stages
of crop growth.

Plant Protection
(a) Spray of 400 ml malathion 50 EC in 250 litres
of water per acre at an interv~1 of 2-3 weeks
controls very effectively the attack of whitefly.
jassids and aphids.
(b) Seed treatment with Brassical @ 2 gm per 400
gm of seed checks the root rot of cowpea.

-------

- _ ' ._. - - - Head. Department of Vegetable Crops, HAU, Hisar.

14

HARYANA FARMING

Inter Crop Moong and Urd in

Arhar for Additional Income
I

-R. Vasisbt, Abba Tlkkoo aDd C. K',Yadav

HAU Regional Research Station, Gurgaon
;Intercropping is one of tbe most successful
practices far better utilization of resources, increased production and higher returns per unit areas.
Arbar is main pulse crop of Haryana with average
The results have
yield of about 12-15 q/ha.
revealed that Arhar can be succeslfully intercropped with other pulses like Moong, Urd and Cowpea.
Two research trials werc conducted during the
kharif years, ]988 and 1989 at HAU Research
Farm, Gurgaon. Two varieties of Arhar namely
Manak and UPAS-]20 were intercropped with
Moong (K-85 and MH309) and Urd (Prage.ti and
T-9). Arhar wal sown before ]5th March in the
field where rnoong was taken as inter crop. Fertilizers were applied on the basis of soil test and
crop yield. The yield data of main crop and
inter crop is given in Table I.

The table showl that Arhar yiejd was maximum

(10.0+ 10.8 q/ha) as pure crop"and a little decrease
appeared when it was intercropped with Moong
and Urd. However, the decrease was compensated
with additional yield of 5.2, 6.0, 5.0 and 5.5 q/ha
Moong and 5.3, 6.2. 5.2 and 6.0 q/ha Urd. By
taking Rs. 780/q as cost of Arhar, the cost comes
out to be Rs. 7800/- only. While cost of additional produce @ Rs. 800/q moong. and. Rs. 800/q
r
Urd comel out to be Rs. 4160-4800 for moong and
Rs.~41600-49600 for Urd. Thi. will be an additional
benefit with Arhar growing as main crop.
Steps for Good Yield of Arbar

l. Use seed of recommended variety.

2. Keep leed rate at 15 kg per hectare.
3. Treat seed with rhizobium culture to get maximum yield.
4. To control termites. mix 25 kg B.H.C. (10%)
per hectare at last ploughing.
5. Add DAP by drill method.
6. Apply at least three irrigations before monsoon.
7. Hoeing should be done after 3-4 weeks of
sowing.

TABLE 1
Grain yield (q/ha) of pulses in intercropping system
A.

Manak
1.

n.

8. Di&taoce between two A rbar lines should be

95 cm only. Plant to plant distance should
be 10-15 em after first hoeing.

Arhar (Pure)

10.0

2. Arhar+Moong (K-851)
3. Arhar+Moong (MH-309)

9.1

5.2

9.0

6.0

9. Spray of endosulphao <0.07%) should be done

to control fruit borer.

4.

Arhar+ Urd (T'9)

9.g

5.

Arhar+ Urd (Pra&cti)

9.4

5.3
6.2

10. Arhar can be grown in sodie soils with use of

gypsum.

UPA8-120
1.

Arhar (Pure)

10.8

2.

Arhar+ Moong (K-85l)

10.1

5.0

10.0

5.5

10.0

5.2

9.1

6.0

3. Arhar+ Moong (MH-309)

4. Arhar+ Urd (T9)
5.

Arbar+ Urd (Prageti)

JANUA_R.Y, 1991

15

causes wilting and loss of flavour in leafy vegetables

and flower dropping in beans.

Role of Weather Elements

in Vegetable Crop
Production
-Sareader Singh, Raj Singb and Diwan Siogh

Deptt. of Agricultural Meteorology, BAU, Hisar

The Vegetables play an important role in the
balanced diet of human beings by providing not
only the energy-rich food but also promised supply
of vital protective nutrients like minerals and vitamines. Their consumption in sufficient quantities
provides tastc, palata bility and increases appetite
and provides fair amount of fibres. They not only
adorn the table, but also enrich health from the
mos~ nutritive menu and tone up the energy and
vigour of man.
Most of the vegetables and their cultivara have
specific environmental requirements for their optimum growth. It is, therefore, essential to know
the environments under which a selected cultivar
will give the highest yield.
The major climatic components which affect
the arowth and development of vegetable crops
are as follows:
Temperalure
Vegetable crops vary in their adoption to temperature.
Undesirable temperature may be
, responsible for the death of plants or cause premature seeding. Temperature affects pollination, fruit
setting, etc. Various physiological processes like
transpiration, photosynthesis and respiration are
also affected. Low temperature is of greater economic importance, e.g. low night temperature helps
in the p~oduction of early cauliflower. Temperat)Jre
below 32 F will cause serious damage in many
vegetables. Low temperature,delays seed germination of summer vegetables. Spinach will make
some growth as low as 40F while warm season
crops require high temperature to initiate growth.
Tomato plants grown at 70 F . and 85 F give
0
better fruit set than those grown at 50 F and 100
F due to pollination failure. High temperature

16 .

Light
Light provides necessary energy for photosynthesis and the length of day or number of day light
hours affect the growth and flowering of plants.
The day iengths response is termed as photoperiodism. Higher light intensity increases ascorbic
acid content in tomato fruits. Sweet potato and
potato seed 12 hours or less daily exposure to light
for producing flowers and seeds and are known as
short day plant. Plants which require more than
12 hours. day length to bloom and. set seeds are
spinach beet, chinese cabbagr, lettuce, radish etc.
These pIIIDts are known as long day plants. Th~
day neutral plants which do not respond to day
length for flowering are Asparagus, cucumber.
sweet pepper, snap bean and tomato, etc.
Rainfall
Water is very important for plants. Crop
plants contain 80-90 per cent of water. Due to
shortage of water wilting or flagging of leaves is
most common phenomenon. Dropping of leaves
and premature lignification iD stem. root. and leaf
occur due to stress conditions. Water deficiency
cause pithiness in radish and forking in carrot.
Due to excess of water root system is destroyed,
pla~t top suffers and yellowing of foliage takes
place. Disease infection causing damping otf and
other forms of stem rot also take place.
Humidity
Moisture in the atmosphere (humidity) as well
as soil influences various phases of vegetable productioD like seed germin:lt\on. veget~ble growth,
flowering, fruit set, maturity, quality of vegetables,
seed production, disease and pest occurrence anJ
seed viability in storage. Increased humidity
favours vegetative growth and operates against
seed ripening. High humidity alsQ favours the
outbreak of pests and certain diseases. It prevents
wilting of leafy vegetables. Low humisHty along
with high temperature favours ripening of muskmelon and water melon, etc. For vegetative seeds
production, absence of rain and low humidity
during ripening, harvesting and curing of the seed
are necessary.

HARYANA FARMING

Fowl Typhoid

Sa1monellosis in Poultry
-u. K.

Batra Bnd R. C. Kulshresbtha

Deptt. of Vety. PlIblic Health and Epidemiology,
BAU. Hisar

Salmonellosis is one' of the most imponant

<ilseases in poultry. Salmonellosis is a composite
1erm designating a large group of diseases 'of
poultry caused by anyone or more members of
the bllcterial genus Salmonella including disease
caused by Salmonella pullorum (Pullorum disease).
Salmonella gallinarum (Fowl typhoid), and other
Salmonella infections (Paratyphoid).
Pollorum Disease
It is popularly called as BWD (Bacillary
White Diarrhoea). The infection by Salmonella
pul/orllm usually cal:ses high mortality in young
chickens and turkeys and occasionally in adult
<:hickens.

The organisms become localized usually in the

{)vary thereby making the bird carrier. A certain
percentage of eggs 'laid by 6uch carrier birds are
infected and tbey in turn produce the disease in
chicks. The disease also spreads by direct or
indirect contact.
Signs and lesions
The clinical signs of
pullorum disease are inconsistent and seldom
diagnostic; although a tentative diagnosis may
be made. Affected birds huddle near a source of
heat. do not eat. appear sleepy and show whitish
faecal pasting around the vent.
Lesions in young birds usually include unabsorbed yolk saC5, focal necrosis of the liver and
spleen and typical white or grayish pinpoint
nodules in the lungs, liver. on the heart wall and
on the gizzard muscle. The heart often has an
irregular lumpy appearance. Adult carriers sometimes have no groBs lesions but usually have
pericarditjs and peritonitis. 1n the typical chronic
-carrier the commonest lesions are seen in the
ovary. Individual ovules are mis-shapcD with
<:oagulated contents.
JANUARY, 1991

The causal agent Salmonella gallinarum is very

similar to Salmonella pullorum and now the two
are considered as one. S. gullinarum is also
transmitted through egg as well as by dircct or
indirect contact and produces lesions in chicks
and poults similar to those produced by
S. pullorum. It has a much greater tendency to
spread among growing or mature flocks. Outbreaks in chicks arc comparatively less common
except when the chicks are hatched from eggs of
infected parent flock. Mortality at all ages usually
is high.
Signs and lesioDS: When the chicks arc
hatched from fertile eggs collected from infected
parent flock, the disease in sucb chicks starts two
to three days after hatching. The affected chicks
show clinical symptoms of loss of appetite, white
diarrhoea and death in ODe to two days. Sudden
mortality without showing any clinical signs has
, also been observed. Chicks dying suddenly may
not show any lesion except haemorrbagic liver,
spleen and congested lungs. Other chicks may
show characteristic post-mortem lesions like
enlarged haemorrhagic liver and spleeD, liver
showing mild greenish-bronze tinge BDd uniform
diffuse necrotic foci OD its surface.
In adult birds. the important clinical signs
consistently observed are: high rise of temperature, droopiness, loss of appetite and weight,
greenish diarrhoea leading to death in two to four
days. The characteristic lesions observed are
greenish-broDze colouration of the liver, misshapen and flaccid ova containing dirty yellow
coloured yolk. In extreme weather conditions the
adult birds die suddenly and in these birds only
minute necrotic white foci uniformly distributed on
whole of the liver are observed.
Paratyphoid Infection {
Paratyphoid infections may be caused by any
one organism of the genus Salmonella other than
S. puJ[orum or S. gallinarum (the host adopted
salmonellae). Several species may infect a bird
or flock concurrently. All birds may be susceptible
and infections are common in all species of

17

domesticated birds. Usually,

higher in young flocks.

Signs and lesions: In chicks and turkey

poults, Iymptoms are frequently absent but when
present are practically indistinguishable from those
of pullorum disease. In some outbreaks in ducklings, however, a fairly constant symptom is that
immediately after drinking the affected birds keel
over backwards and die. Again, as in pulJorum
disease, the lesions are neither constant nor
characteristic. These may include an enlarged
liver with or without areas of focal necrosis,
unabsorbed yolk lIac with coagulation, and caecal
tubes frequently filled with a yellow cast of caseous
pus.
Djagoosl.
Tentative diagnosis of the disease is made on
the basis of history, signs and lesions but is
accomplished by isolation and identification of the
caulal organism by standard bacteriological
methods.
PreYeodOD aDd Control
The following few recommendations may
prove useful for effective prevention and control
of salmonellosis :
1.

The day old chicks should always be procured from a farm which is free from this
disease by regular blood testing programme.

2.

Baby chicks should be reared away from the

adult flock.

3. There should be strict isolation

affected and non-affected groups.
4,

5.

6.

18

be properly cleaned, disinfected with reliable

germicide and kept vacant for two weeks.

the incidence is

between

The carrier birds should be detected

regular blood agglutination test.

by

All visibly affected birds and the carriers

should be sacrificed and the carcases, together
with those of other dead birds, burnt or
burried to the soil with Jime.
General hygiene sQ.ould be ensured at t.hc
farm. Poultry housel and equipments shouJ.d

7.

The litter should be sprayed with a germicide

like formalin and frequently stirred. It should
always be kept dry.

8.

An "all in and all out" system of keeping

birds should be followed.

9.

Rodents, which act as mechanical carrjers of

this disease should be kept away by constant
use of baits.

10.

Over crowding and other stress factors like

extreme temperature variations should be
avoided.

Although some sulfoDamides and antibiotics

are effective io reducing Josses by preventing
mortality due to this disease yet none eliminates
the infection from the flocks. The reappearance
of the disease in the same flock may occur. Therefore, more 'stress should be to eliminate the
positive reactors from flock and medication should
not be encouraged especially in the breeding flocks.
Whenever the disease appears in a flock the farmers
are advised to contact the ncarest disease investigation laboratory for the early diagnosis and
control of the dis~ase.

Haryana Farming
The Monthly MagaZine :
for the farmer and bis family,
devoted to agricultural sciences
including crop sciences,
animal and veterinary sciences,
home science and rural development
IJfe ~emobersbJp
ADDual SubscriptioD :

Rs. 300/20/-

as.

Can be had personally or by post from:

Directorate of Publications.
Haryana Agricultural University.
Hisar-12S 004

HARYANA FARMING-

Constraints of Poultry
Farming In the Villages

Aggressive and prompt credit facility is lacking

which discourages the farmers from taking
new initiatives.

Rural masses are ignorant about modern agriculture packages and practices and do not
understand the economics of farm operations.
Thus, knowledge of income generating a1Jied
fields of agricultural enterprises is very Important to disseminate to farmers in order to
raise their per capita income.

The caucus of middlemen snatch the huge

share of profit of the poultry farmers in the
absence of proper and efficient marketing system.

In general, large number of farmers cannot

afford to buy good equipments. medicine and
vaccines because of high prices quoted for
each item.

Insurance companies are shirking their res

ponsibility of providing insurances cover to
small poultry farmen.

General farmers are not equipped with latest

technological advances and therefore unable
to reduce tbe raising cost per bird. Thus,
each unit gets into loss and becomes a failure.
So, it is necessary to educate the poultry farmen before the opening of poultry farm.

Disease control is an important tool to prevent the huge losses in poultry farming. Generally each farmer is ill-equipped with the
knowledge or di.ease control and by the time
the farmer realises the outbreak, flock gets involved cl1using heavy losses.

The funding agencies like banks, DRDA and

other such institutions involved in financing
the poultry farm set up arc haraning the farmers with number of red-tapism, thus dis~
couraging farm

- .Qharat Singh
Krishi Vigyan Kendra, Sadalpur

The Krishi Vigyan Kendra, Sadalpur was established in June, 1989. It is located about 42
kms away from Haryana Agricultural University,
Hisar in North West direction and about 4 kms
away from the famous town of Mandi Adampur.
This K. V. K. iii situated in a tract where soil is
most sandy and Bhakara Canal brought tremendous changes in the pattern of cultivation. This
K. V. K. is also adjoining to eastern Rajasthan and
would SC'fve as light house in the areas which will
dissemioate the knowledge in various discipliner;
Gf agriculture and animal sciences.
Since animal science has vast scope of expansion in this area and can attract attention of the
people to ammulgate more income for raising their
living ~tandards. There are numcrOU6 paying enterprises like dairy farming, pig farminl and rabbit
farming, etc. Out of above mentioned enterprises,
poultry farming is one of the fast adoptive Ilnd
spreading industry now-a-days. Due to rail link
to Delhi, BhatiDda aDd Ludhiana this area can
serve as catchment area for poultry products aDd
can bring good return to farmen. This area has
5urplus food grain which caD be utilised for poultry production.
But there are numerous constraints and bottlcnecks which may hamper the development ofpoultry enterprise. These bottlcnecks can be as follows:

There is no organised local market where farmers can get remunerative price of their product.

Th:re is scarcity of good quality feed which

evolve lot effortl of a farmer which otherwise
can be utilised for other product~ve work.

JANUARY, 19'1

en.

Village. are not equipped with veterinary

hospitals and thus medical care is not available weJl-in-time.

Proper railway link to Delhi can help in moving thc agricultural and poultry products to
Delhi where remunerative price can be fetched.

19

TABLE 1
Levels of radium and radon in the household
building material
Average
radon
Bq/kg

Material

Soil
Cement
Flyash
Sedimentary
rock

25.0
33.8
150.0
27.5

Tiles
Water
Natural
gas

Bricks
Phospho
gypsum

70.3
178.0

Material

Rad,io activityA Health Hazard

-K. L. Golat. aod M. L. Chaudhry

Baryana Agricultural University, BAU, Hisar

Of late everyone is becoming conscious of the

deteriorating biosphere and its expected effect on
human health. Environment degradation caused
by domestic and industrial effluents are well
understood and efforts are on foot to rectify the
same by pollution control orders and sewage
treatment plants, etc. Many people are not aware
of another type of health hazard which is equally
lethal and potentially more dangerous than some
of industrial pollutants. This hidden invisible
hazard is the radiation being emitted in the houses
from radio active substances found in very small
quantities in construction material of houses and
even from flooring. Radon (Radium) is the
element that can cause risk to public but still goes
unnoticed. This risk can be from indoor atmosphere or from entry from outer atmosphere.
Inhalation of radon laden air may cause lung
cancer which may be fatal under certain conditions.
Risks are greater to persons who work in under
ground mines, caves, cellars and who reside in
poorly ventilated and badly designed houses. In
hQuses radon usually entera through .building
materials, diffusion from soil via cracks, joints,
sewers and loose fitting pipes. Even tap water
and natural gas used for cooking purposes also
contain sman amount of this lethal element.
Since building material contains both radium and
radon that keep on giving' alpha 'partiCle that
ionize at the point of contact of the human body,
their level is given in Table 1.

20

Average
Bq/kg

78.0

lO~OOO.O

30'-3,00Q

Since all the above mentioned materials are

of tremendous use to mankind it would be better
to understand the lIources that contribute towards
radon concentration in dwellings. Pig. 1 depicts
some of the source. that contribute towards
increasing the radon level i!l the houses.

,.1l""SO,JR't;E,":)
" J~)I)IL bl\OOl\! 1101201..(,.1"1
ICI..()f)D

AJuf)

CQA( 0(5

GAP')

)----112) ..... AI,.I, ~

CQN.SfPut.rIOrv
r.-Af(RIAl..b

Fig. 1. Sources of radon in dwellings.

How to check radon entry: Reduction of

radon entry from the soil into the building
interiors involves (i) sealing path ways such as
cracks and joints of floor. (ii) Locally made sumps
also contribute towards increasing concentration
of radon in the house and it is advised to use a
trap to check entry into the hOllse through Bump.

HARYANA FARMING

(iii) Good ventilation is the best way to suck out

the trapped air which is laden with fadon. Facton
that influence the radon concentration arc shown
in Fig. 2 and jf care is taken, radon level within
the four walls of the houses caD be decreased
easily.

ATMQSPHEP'(

TABLE 2
Evaluation of control methods

Control method

I.

Increased
ventilation

In homes with snd without

existing air circulation system
(33% reduction).

2.

Do+air to air
heat exchanges

30% reduction.

3.

Particle
removsl

One electrostatic preci pitatl r

per room but 3 in basement
(43% reduction).

4.

Increased air
circulation

One ceiling fan per room but

3 in basement (43% reduction).

;:>qES5'J"E

Conditions for application and

percent reduction in radon
concentration

L_ ______~~-=~~________----~

FiS. 2. Factors influencing the radon concentration in

dwellings.

Indoor radon can be reduced by adsorbing it

on an activated charcoal surface. Some other
methods have heen recommended (Table 2) to
decrease the radon level in the dwelling house and
efficacy of each one is also evaluated.

JANUARY, 1991

It may, therefore, be seen that all those who

live in dingy rooms have more chances of inhaling
radon and may have many ailments related to
radio activity hazards such as lung trouble, cancer,
skin rashes and even problems originating in soft
tissues/organs.

21

Regbtrar of Newspapers No. 22960/72

Registration No. P/HS/l72

Corduroy trousers should 'be avoided because

it is difficult to put zippers in this material.

Clothing for the

I-I andicapped

Practical colours which do not show spots or

soils should be selected for clothing.

Mrs. Krishna Khambra, Mrs. Saroj S. Jeef. Singh

Avoid the use of T-shirts. The shirts with

full sleeves or !ftb length with appropriate
opening at the lower edge, is advisable to avoid
the free movement of their limbs.

A zipper opening. fly front with a ring or

string for easier operation with weak hands is
recommended if the patient is extremeJr_ weak.

aDd Mrs Shukan'la PUDia

Selection of Designs

Deptt. ofClotMng & Textiles, HAU, Hisar

Clothing, ranking with food and shelter, is

essential for human survival. Clothing also
contributes to the attainment of ceriain desires,
social participation, conformity. prestige and
aesthetic expression. Majority is interested in
clothing because of comfort, convenience and al50
for looking attractive. This is equally true for the
handicapped individuals whose needs are greater
than ours, because they need more comfort and
convenience to become independent. The term
orthopaedically handicapped means whose pbysical
capacity is improved by loss, deformity or paralysis
of one or more of their four limbs, which is due to
diseases, accident or injuries, which causes an
interference with normal functioning of bones,
muscles and joints. Handicapped people of all age
groups, both children and adult, can face problems
while dressing and undressing which can restrict
the activity of a person and may lead to the feeling
of dependenol. inferiority complex and frustration.
Tbere are few tips for the clothing for handicaps
which will definitely lessen the problems of these
people while dressing aDd undressiDg.
SelectioD of Matt'rlal

Collect the clothes of right size, sturdy fabrics,

strong seams, suitable trimmings and practical
fastners.

Appropriate Stitching

Those seif help features should be selected

which encourage the child to begin to dress
himself and to make dressing easier for the
handicapped mother.

Buy those clothes which have sufficient hems

and tucks so that it can be let out easily and
also allows the growth of the child.

Avoid those seams and bind straps that fall off

the shoulder means those clothes which interfere with activity.

Simple hems-no cuffs should be used in the

bottom of the garments.

Finishing

Opening and fastness for the upper garment

should be throughout the length. Velcrotape
should be used instead of butto,n zippers.

Fairly large buUons should be .used since they

are easy to grasp.

Do careful selection of fabric, design and

construction which are easy to take care of.

Printed and published by Prof. M. C. Agarwal, Director of Publications on behalf of HaryaDll Agricultural University
at HAU Press, Hisar-125 004.
.
600/10.1.91

FEBRUARY 1991
Directorate of Publicatio

-- ....

~-

-.

..

Haryana Agricultural University, Hisar- 115

HARYANA FARMING
xx

Volume

February 1991

No.1

Contents
Pages
1.

Cultivation of oyster (Ohingri) mushroom in

-R. L. Madan and D. P. Thakur

Harya~a

2.

Low cost technology for summer moong

-Ajit Singh, R. C. Singh, Mehar Singh and

Rakesh Kumar

3.

Raising of early cucurbits

-K. K. Thakral, J. L. Mangal an.d V. K. Srivastava

4.

Grow tomato
spring season

-B. S. Yadav, V. K. Srivastava and G. P. Singh

5.

Compost: its role in agricultural production

-C. P. Singh and M. S. Kuhad

6.

Integrated management of insect-pests and

diseases of grapes round the year

-.0. P. Chaudharr, L. S. Beniwal and O. P. Duddi 8

7.

Utilization of home programme broadcast from

all India Radio, New Delhi by rural women

- R. K. Sharma and Renu Chawla

8.

Scale insect-a threatening problem to sugar- -So R. Yadav, Y.

cane industry in Haryana

9.

for

higher returns during

f. Madan and P. R.

10
Yadav

12

More attention for rural women

-Saroj Kashyap, LaU Yadav and [nail Grover

14

10.

Pre-natal development and drugs

-Mrs. Krishna Duhan and Mrs. Shakuntla Punia

16

1I.

Beware of mustard aphid

-Po R. Yadav

17

12.

What to do this month ?

"-

18

Price per copy Rupe~s 2/Yearly Subscription

Editor

V. S. Gupta
Productl'on Assistance

Editorial Assistance

Rs.20.00

D. C. Yadav

Indira Bagga

Please send your money order to :

Layout

Photography

Kuljlt Mann

HAU Photo Unit

Director of Publications,
Gandhi Dbawan, "AU, Hisar-125 004

Cultivation of Oyster

(Dhingri) M,llshroom in
Haryana
-R. L. Madan and D. P. Tbakur
Directorate of Extension Education. HAU. Hisar
Pleurotus mushroom is commonly known as
'Dhiogri' or Oyster mushroom. Among the species
of Pleurotus, only Pleurotus sajar-caju is grown
most popularly during February-March and Sept.Oct. in Haryana. This mushroom grows on a
temperature range of 20-30<'=; and relative humidity above 80% during growing ('eriod. Hence. it
is suited for its cultivation in different parts of our
country round tbe year. Different substrates like
wheat and paddy straw, saw dUlt, maize stalks,
dried leaves and wastes from food industries are
used for its cultivation. Dhingri has better prospects in our country, especially as the technology
for its cultivation is simple and cheap. Further,
tbe produce bas longer self-life and can be dried
easily. Dhlngrl give. better yield equally well on
both paddy as well as wheat straw.

capacity rust proof drum or tub or cemented tank.

This solution is sufficient to steep 20 kg of dry straw
in 2 lots of 10 kg each. The treated straw is put on
a seive for 30 min for removal of extra solution.
It is then spawned immediately.
(ii) Steam stedlizadon: The substrate or
wheat straw can also be sterilized by boiling in
water (80C for one h). If pasteurization facilities
are available, bulk pasteurization can be carried
out after over night wetting at 60-6SoC for 2 hours.

Filling aDd Spawnlnl

The mushroom can be grown in po]ythene
bags, nylon nets. straw bucket., mud pots, wooden
trays; etc. depending upon their availability and
cost. The substrate after treatment is filled in these
eontainers for spawning.
The substrate is filled in polyLhene bags
(30 X 40 em) after mixing with 1% gram dal or 2%
wheat bran and spawn at the rate of 2% by wet
weight of substrate (i. e. 200 g spawn in 10 kg
straw).
The moisture content of the substrate
should be 65-70% fresh spawn not more than a
month old should be used. The bags should be
perforated at a regular interval 15 cm apart for gaseous exchange with a nail. These are then arranged
on raised plateform or shelves or to be hanged. Tho
spawned bags are incubated at 27-30C for 15-20
days at 70-85% R. H. Spawn proliferates nicely in
a dark room which is essential for the impregnation
of substrate.

Food Value
Dbingrl contains maximum amount of protein,
vitamins and minerals and low in calories. fats and
salt. It does not contain lugar, starch and cholesterol. So, it is best suited for diabetes Bnd patients
having heart disease.
Cultivation of Dhlngrl involves the following
steps:
Preparation of Substrate
(i) Chemical sterilization: The Itraw or any
other substrate recommended for the cultivation is
steeped in a solution of Bavistin and formalin
(Bavistin 75 ppm and formalin 500 ppm) for a
period of 18 hours. This can be prepared by
mixing 7 g of Bavistin (50% WP) and 125 ml of formaldehyde (40%) in 100 litre of water in a 200 litres
FEBRUAR Y. 1991

Removal of Bags for Productioo of Dhlngrl

Once the substrate is fully covered with mycelium, the polythene bags are removed or longitudinal slits arc made all over the surface with the
help of a sharp knife to facilitate proper development of fruiting bodies. The bundles arc then
arranged on a wooden platform or shelves keeping
a distance of 15-20 cm between the bags. Watering
is done twice a day or as required to ensure 7080% R. H. Walls and floor of the room are also
sprinkled with water. Ai; changes have to be given
during cropping by frequent ventilation. Sufficient
amount of diffused light is required for normal fruit
body formation. Mushroom fruiting bodies will
appear within 7-10 days after removal of the bags!
slitting of bags. Fruits' are ready fOf harvest in
another 2-3 days.

(Contd. on page 7)

March is'the optimum time of sowing for moong

crop in summer season.

Low Cost Technology

for Summer Moong
-Ajlt Singh, R. C. Singh,
Mehar Singh and Rakesh Kumar
Department of Plant Breeding, HAU, Hisar
The farmers with limited resources, constituting a major part of the farming community,
can considerably increase the yield of their moong
crop by adopting low cost tecDnologylinputs. The
significance of such technOlogy bas been documented by scientists from ditTerent research centres
in the country. Growing maong in summer season
has following advantages over kharif season.

Low infestation of weeds.

Less insect/pest attack due to low humidity

o
o
o
o

Optimum utilization of natural resources

Utilization of fallow field& after ubi harvest
Less investment on labour
More grain yield than kharif grown mooog

The yield of moong during summer season can

considerably be increased by adopting following
non-monetary inputs at farmers fields. However,
their use in proper way and at proper time is
necessary:
Selection of Suitable Varfety

All the moong varieties cannot be grown in

summer season because of the shorter period
available for crop growth. Therefore, varieties
with 75-85 days maturity duration should be
selected. Such varieties are: K-851, PS-16. T-44,
Pusa-105"and G-65,
Timely Sowing
Proper time of sowing is the most important
"non-monetary input to obtain good harvest of
moong crop. The late planted crop generally
suffers due to increasing humidity in the atmosphere during its reproductive phase which results
in poor seed setting and ultimately, low yield.
Based on the research, it can be concluded that

Proper Method of SowlDg

It has been surveyed that farmers generally

grow moong as inter crop in ratoon of sugarcane
crop by using broadcasting method with low seed
rate. This practice results in gappy plant
population, more vegetative growth and low yil:ild
of moong crop. The line sowing method 'With
proper seed rate was found useful for higher seed"
yield without involvin~ any extra cost. Therefore,
to get required plant population and proper
growth (If (he crop, 30-35 kg seedslha, treated
with rhizobium culture, should be sown "in lines
spaced at 25-30 cm
Fertilizer and IrrlgQtioD Management
The quantity of fertilizers sbould always. be
used on the basis of soil' test values. To get
higher efficiency from the applied fertilizers, it
should be placed 2-3 cm below tbe seed at the time
of sowing.
Prevailing high temperature and hot winds
in summer season cause higher losses of water
from the soil surface and plant parts. To restore
the mOIsture in soil, crop should be irrigated at
15 days interval. The first irrigation shOUld be
given after 25-30 days of sowing. The flowering
and pod development stages are considered to be
most critical stages for irrigation.
As AD Intercrop

For growing moong in sugarcane, intercropping system gives better" results than the existing
system of mixed cropping. However, its success
depends upon the proper method 'of sowing. The
wider spacing and slow growth of sugarcane
provide sufficient time and space for growing
moong in summer planted (March) crop of
sugarcane. Two or three lines of moong crop,
according to the spacing Ildopted for main crop,
can be sown in the space between two furrows of
sugarcane crop. Besides, giving good yield, it
also supresses the weeds and thus reduces the
intercultivatioD cost of sugarcane. .
By adopting the a.bove technology farmers can
increase moong yield to a great extent without
investing extra money.

HARYANA FARMING

Raising of Early
Cucurbits
-K. K. Tbakral, J. L. Mangal and V. K. Srivastava
Department of Vegetable Crops, H_AU, Hisar
Cucurbits are grown in summer as well as in
rainy season. For raising the early cucurbitl, these
are extensively grov:n in riverbeds during winter
by using sarkanda covers. It is certainly a, costly,
affair particularly when sarkanda is becoming
scarce. The transplanting methods by raising the
seedlings in polythene bags are most easy, economical and successful which can be adopted by the
farmers on commercial scale. The crops which
are preferred for tbis type of cultivation are
muskmelon, watermelon, bottlegourd, longmelon
and cucumber.
Method of Raising Seedlings
For starting the crop early in the season, the
most important point is to raise the seedlings in
polythene bags. For that small polythene bags,
measuring 15 X 10 em, are easily available ill the
market and bave been found the most convenient
for use. Two to three holes are made in the bags
at the base with a small peg/nail. These bags can
be filled with a mixture of soil, sand and well
rotten farm yard manure in equal proportions
(I : I : I). Poultry manure should not be used as
a iubstitute for farm yard manure, as it has some
inhibitory effect on the seed germination. After
'filling the bags, two to three seeds are sown in
each of them and they are placed in lome protected
place. If plants arc to be started in the late winter,
glass-houses, small po]ythene houses or open shedi
facing south and providing free sunshine during
day time and .helter from cold winds at night are
the ideal places for placing the bags. Without
glasshouse or polythene house facilities, the sowing
of muskmelon and watermelon in the polylhene
bags shoul be started by the end of January or by
the first week of February and the bags should be
placed near a wall facing the sun. The position
in respect of longmelon is 8omewha\ different. The

FEBRUARY, 1991

plants of tbis crop can be raised during winter

itself, if suitable protection is available and they
are transplanted as early as possible in February.
These bags are walered daily \\ ilh a sprinkling-can.
When the seedlings a,re 30-40 days old Or when
they have developed one to two true leaf, they are
ready for transplanting in the field as normal
planting by maintaining the proper spacing.
Preparation of Hills In Main Field and Transplanting
The hills are marked 4560 em apart on the
edges of the beds and small pits are dug. The soil
in the pIt is mixed with 2-3 kg of farm yard
manure and 70 gm of fertilizer mixture of calcium
ammonium nitrate, single superphosphate and
muriate of potash in the ratio of 2 : 4 : ] (20 gm :
40 gm: 10 gm per hili). After the hills are ready, the
field should preferablY be irrigated. When the
field is in proper moisture conditton, the transplanting of seedlings should be undertaken. The seedlings should be transplanted at a point in the bill
. where the irrigation water had just reached.
The seedlings to be transpJantcd_ should be
given water one to two days before transplanting.
In this way, the bags containing the seedlings
would be well set and the earth ball will not break
during transplanting. The bags are given a cut
at the side and at the bottom with a sharp knife
or razor blade and placed in the pit as such. There
is no need of removing the polythene bag from the
earth ball. The soil around the ball is pressed
lightly and irrigate the field immediately after
transplanting.
Advantages of Raising Seedlings in Polytbene Bags
There are several advantages which a farmer
can take by adopting tbe proper technique.
I,

Helps to get an early crop and fetch better

price in the market.

2.

Ensures

3.

The saving of seed.

4.

The land can be utilised for another crop whea

the seedlings are being raised in the bag.

S.

Saves the crop from Red Pumpkin beetle.

6.

It is easy and economical.

1\

full plant stand.

Punjab Chbuhara:
Determinate. lale in
maturity, fruits pear sbaped, suitable for transport,
pericarp thick. Keeping quality is good. Average
yield 250-300 q/ba.

Grow Tomato for

Higher Returns
during Spring Season

Pusa Ruby: Plants tall growing and sturdy.

Fruits are medium sized. Average yield about ]80
q/ha.
Note: Seeds can be obtained flOm Department
of Vegetable Crops, Haryana Agricultural
University, Hisar.
\

-8. S. Yadav, V. K. Srivastava aod G. P. Siogb

Department of Vegetable Crops, HAU, Hisar

Tomalo is a very popular vegetable crop
grown throughout India and also in several
countries of the world. It is a rich source of
nutritive value (Vitamin C and A). Tomato fruits
are used for soup, salad, sa lice, pickles, ketchup
and also consumed in raw form. In addition, it
has medicinal value. To get maximum returns
from this crop, following tips for its cultivation
may be followed:
Selection of V Brieties
HS-]Ol: Plants dwarf, multibranched and
sturdy. Fruits round, medium size, uniform in
shape and colour. Average yield 250 q/ha.
Hisar Mon (Selection 7) : Plants dW8if, very
early maturing, profuse flowering and fruiting.
Fruits medium to large-round red and fleshy.
Average yield 300 q/ha.
Hisar Lalima (Selection 18): Very potential
.... and early variety with dwarf plants. Fruits round
oblate large, red, attractive and fleshy. Picking
can be obtained in 60-75 days. Average yield
3QO q/ha.
Hlsar Lalit (NT-8): Resistant to root-knot
nematode.
Plants determi~ate. early bearing.
fruits medium 6ized and round red.
Average
yield 250-300 q/h!_ in root-knot infested areas.
Hbar Aomol (8-24): Re~istant to tomato
l
leaf curl virus. Plants determinate~ fruits medium
round oblate and fleshy red. It can tolerate cold
condition and fruits less damag~d by fruit borer.

Preparation of Laud
Practically tomato crop may be grown in
various types of soils but sandy loam is most suited.
A thorougb preparation of land is most essential.
For getting good crop apply 25 tonnes well rotten
Farm Yard Manure (FYM) after first ploughing
and mixed it thoroughly in ode hectare area with
2-3 ploughings followed by planking one month
before transplanting.
Then prepare convenient
sized raised beds in the field.
FertiJizatloD
For ODe hectare 100 kg nitrogen (400 kg
CAN), 50 kg P20S (31O kg single super phosphate)
and if there is' deficiency of potash, 50 kg K 2 0
(84 kg Muriate of potash) are required. One
third of nitrogen and the full dose of phosphorus
and potash should be applied at the time of
transplanting. The remaining 2/3 dose of nitrogen
should be applied in equal doses 25-30 and 40-50
days after transplanting. For the control of tomato
cracking 0.3% Borax should be' sprayed at the
time of fruiting and repeat it after 15 days. Third
spray should be given at the fruit ripeDlng stage.
Transplanting
The transplanting of spring-summer crop IS
done in February.
Generally when seedlings
attain 5-6 true leaves, they are ready for transplanting. Row to row 60 cm and plant to plant 45
cm spacing are maintained. Yield can Be increased by transplanting two seedlings at a hill.

Chemical Weed Control

Stomp @ 1.0 kg/ha should be sprayed 4-5
days after transplanting for economic control of
weed .
HARYANA FARMING

Irrigation

Diseases

Generally furrow method of irrigation is

practised. The first irrigation should be applied
soon after transplanting and subsequent at 6-10
dDYS depending upon environmental conditions.

Damping Off: It is the disease of nursery stage.

Treat seeds with copper oxychloride @2.5 g/kg seed.

Interculture
In order to provide proper aeration two
hoeings are required. First 20-25 days and second
40-45 days after transplanting.
After hoeing
earthing up should be done.
Use of Growth Substances
To reduce the incidence of tomato leaf curl
'Iiru8 250-500 ppm Cycocel should be sprayed on
the seedlings one week before transplanting and
2(1-25 days after transplanting. Parachlorophenoxy
acetic acid 50-100 ppm should be sprayed on the
plants at flowering for fruit set at high temperature
conditions.
Harvesting
The stage of ripening at which fruits are to be
harvested depends upon the purpose of crop and
distance for transport.
For local or nearby
market, the fruits should be harvested in half ripe
or pink stage. For long distance transport, fully
developed, firm and mature green fruits are picked.
For proceising and seed produclion, fully ripe
fruits should be harvested.
Insect/pest, Diseases and their Control
Preventive measures are alwaYi better than
curative measures. Regular use of insecticide/
pesticides and fungicide is essential to keep the
crop free from insect-pest and diseases.
Among the pests that attack tomato, white
fly, jasslds and fruit borer are most serious. These
pests can be controlled by spraying Malathion
50 E.C. (400 ml Malathion 50 E C. dissolved in
250 lilres of water per hectare) at fortnightly
interval. Pick up the infested fruits before spraying.
Fruits should be consumed 5-6 days after the
spray of insecticides.
FEBRUARY, 1991

Early Blight: Circular to Jark brown spots

on fruits and leaves, water soaked dark brown to
black depressions on the mature fruits. Spraying
with Dithane Z-78 or Dithane M-45 @ 800 g/acre
in 400 litres of water is effective.

Leaf Cnrl and Mosaic (Viruses) : It is the

most serious disease of virus in tomato. But it is
not so severe in spring season. Stunted growth,
leaflets thickened, malformed and chlorotic streaks
are formed. fruits become small and look deformed. Use healthy seed from virus free plants.
Rogue out the diseased plants in the very beginning. Protect nursery bed and fields fr,om insect
vector, or white flies by spraying insectIcides at
10-15 days interval.
Fruit Uot: Different types of spots appear on
the frUit during storage. The fruits rot away.
Pick fruits carefully and avoid injury. Spray the
harvested tomatoes before packing with castor oil
and soap solution (10%).
This improves the
keeping quality for 5-8 days.

Root Knot: PlanlS infected with root knot

nematode look yellow and stunted. Their roots
have knots or swelling galls. For raising root knot
nematode free seedlings, treat the nursery with
Aldicarb (Temic 10 G) @ 4 g/m2. Soil fumigation
with Nemagon 60 EC @ 30 litres/ha. Use of
resistant varieties like Hisar Lalit and Namatex
can check Ihis disease.

Read

Haryana' Farming
a monthly

farm
magazine
5

3.

Compost: Its
Role in Agricultural
Production
-c. P. Siogb aDd M. S. Kuhad
Department of Soil Science, HAU. Hisar
The role of chemical fertilizers in agricultural
production is well recognised. TheIr continuous
and excess application, however, can deteriorate the
physical condition of the soil and lead to environmental pollution. The balanced use of organic and
inorganic fertilizers is the only way to keep up both
fertility and productivity of the soil. Among the
manures, farmers have only meagre quantity of
farm yard manure. The quality of FYM is also
very poor because almost all quantity of dung is
utilized for the fuel purpose in the villages.
The green manuring has no place in intensive
farming due to lConsuming one cropping season.
Sometimes, the succeeding crop it; suffered by termite as well as immobilization of the nutrients
when green manuring crop could not decompose
properly due to the shortage of moisture and/or
time. In case of refuse and garbage from the
cities including seavagc sludge due to having their
high content of heavy metals are proved hazardeous to crops and finally to animal and human
beings feed upon them. Thus, the farmers not
only from developing but also from developed
countries have only option to go for composting
because of the following reasons:
1.

2.

6.

Compost does not require the specific type of

waste. Any type offarm and industrial organic
w!lstes including refuse, garbaae and ses)Vage
sludge received from the cities can be utilized
efficiently.
Compost can be prepared in large quantities
because of the availability of huge amount of
grasses, leaves, weeds and stubbles, etc. at the
farm. Otherwise all these ate generally burnt
by the farmers.

COmpost checks the propagation of \\ceds and

pathogenic disease of plants because during the
thermophilic stage of composting, temperature
is reached about 80 to 90C destroying pathogenic strains as well as seed of the weeds.

4. Composling is the easiest way to check the environmental pollution.

5.

Compost is the cheapest amongst other organic

manures.

Unfortunately, composting has not been popu:

larised in our cOI,JDtry mainly due to three reasons:
1.

The tradiLional way of composting takes more

than a year.

2.

The prepared material has very low manurial

value.

3.

The lack of improved technology.

Earlier, the agucultural scientists could not

realise the imporlance of composting due to the
fast response of chemical fertilizers on crop growth.
But now-a-days, the decrease in the yield even
after heavy dose of fertilizer. continuous increase in
the price of fertilizers and the pollution problems
due to increase in industrialization and urbanization
are compelling to realise the importance of composting. Duiing the recent years, scientists are
engaged actively to develope a suitable technology
for preparation of good quality compost in short
duration by using different types of organic wastes.
We have also conducted some experiments on
various aspects of composting and developed a
suitable technology for the farmers of tropical
countries
The principles evolved and the factors affecting the preparation of compost are presented
below:
1. Materials: An types of lingno-cellulosic
wastes including animal dung, urine, eartb, wood
ashes, trough waste, vegetable waste, weeds, grasses,
stalks and stems, falleo leaves, stubbles, chaff rammants of fodder and green manures are important
materials. Sometimes, the useful material like
rice straw, bajra boobla, sugarcane trashes, bagasse
and barran leaves and stems are also available due
to their large production.

HARYANA FARMING

2.

Particle size of waste;

The chopping of

the waste into 4-6 em size is beneficilll and convenient for handling purpo.es and finally for decomposition.

3. Site of the pit: Pi! should be located

at high level to avoid the entry of riling water table
and surface running wate{

pit

4. Size of (he pit : The

should be about 90
em deep and 1.8-2.4 cm wjde with any suitabl>e
length depending upon the availability of organic
waste.
5. Moisture: Moisture content for optimum
decomposition may be'kept in the Tange of 60-70%
OD the weight basis of the waste.
6. C: N ratio: A proper C: N ratio of 30
should be maintained either by addition of nitrogenous material or nitrogenous fertilizer to get the
quick decomposition.

7. Enrichment: Recently the enrichment ()f

composting material with rock phosphate in a ratio
of 4 : ] waste: RP ratio has been tound to shorten
the period of eomposting alongwith increasing its
nutrients status.

8. Inoculum: Inoculation with slurry contain-

5%

of each of dung. soil and well decomposed

compost at the rate of 5 litre per pit has been proved beneficial for quick decomposition.
109

9. Fillings or pitl : Water should be sprayed

evenly on chopped material. The required amount
of inoculant slurry, nitrogenous material and rock
phosphate Ihould be mixed thoroughly and placed
in the pits upto 30 cm above ground level to form
dome lih.pe structure. The pit ihouJd be covered
wi lh a palite of soil.
10. Turalng of compo.t: The turninK at 5,
IS and 30 daYIi of compoltiD& is iufficient to provide proper aeration.

II. Period or compoaUD2 : The compost is

matured within three months and C : N ratio nar-'
rowed down to lesii than 15.

the cover so that it may be saved from the rain and

sun-shine.
In general, 10 to 15 tons/bacompost is recommended. If improved technique is followed for
its preparation, the dose may be reduced to half.
Under such condition, application of nitrogen
through fertilizer may be reduced by 20% every
year. In case of phosphorus, potash and zinc, a
reduction upto 75% in their fertilizer application
be made in the first year and eliminated completely
in the subsequent years.
In view of the above, compos'ing has a promising feature to reduce the dependance on chemical fertilizers by way of their increasing in crop utilizing efficiency and to overcome the problems reiatcd to the environmental pollution.

(From page 1)

Harvesting and Marketing

The right stage of picking is prior to the uncurving of the margin oftbe fruiting bodies before they
over-mature. Younger fruit bodies bave longer
shelf life. Fruit bodies may arise singly or in
clumps aDd form tiers on the substrate. They
should be harvested carefully to avoid any disturbance to other pinh~ads as much as possible. The
debries from the lower portion of the stalk is removed before marketing. These are then packed in
perforated polytheoe bags for sale in fresh form.
Extra produce call be sun-dried or dehydrated at
50-S5C and stored in sealed or closed polythene
bags for later use or can be pickled in absence of
market.
YIeld aod Economics
As Dhlogrl can be grown on a wide variety of
wastes, which are easily available and
cheap, its cost of production iii lower than that of
others. 11s yield per unit substrate and area is good
which varies from 2-31g per 10 kg of substrate
(wet basis). The cost of production is about
Rs. 4-8 per kg of mushroom which is less than half
in comparison to the selling price.
a~ricuItural

12. Stor_ee:. The prepared compolilt Iilhould

be kept in the pit as such or in an open space UDder
FEBRUARY, 1991

Haryana. It is grown roughly in about 5,000 acrel

in Haryana as long dry summer in state favours
its growth resulting in its large scale adoption.

Integrated Management
of Insect-pests and
Diseases of Grapes
Round the Year
-0. P. Chaudhary, L. S. Benlwal and O. P. Duddi
Krishi GJan Kendra, Sirsa
In the recent years, the grape cultivation has
gained cOQsiderable momentum owing to higher
yields and higher returns per unit area' and thus haa
established itself as the major fruit crop of

Once the grape-vines have occupied their

actual place in the field, they have to be nursed
well by giving them a proper training, timely
irrigation, judicious manuring, an adequate protection against the hot SUD and severe winds. We
can expect the plants to bear heavy and healthy
crops offruit in their late life only jf we attend, to
all these things carefully in general and the mimsgement of insect-pests and diseases in particular
which take a heavy toll. Insect-pests, causing ,
immense loss to grapes are thrips, jassid, yeflow
and red wasps, leaf rollers, a group of defoliating
beetles and hairy caterpillars. The important
diseases are Anthracnose, cercolpora leaf spot,
Allernaria leaf spot Bnd water berry. To eliminate
this menace, a blind spray schedule to be followed
round the year is given in Ta~le 1.

TABLE 1
Round the year blind spray schedule for grapes against insect-pests and diseases in Haryana
Month

Material

Quantity for 500

iitres of water

2
February
(Before sprouting)

Insect-pests and disea5es

500 ml

Thrips, Jassid, Anthracnose

(ii) Difolaton

0.2%

As dormant spray

(i) Malathion 50 EC

SOO ml

Thrips, Jusid, Anthracnose, Cercospora leaf spot

(i) Malathion (Cythionl

Malmar/Maltaf) 50 Be

+
March (Ist week)

+
Oi) Blitox

1.5 kg

or
Blue copper
April

(i) Malathion 50 EC

500 ml

Thrips, Jassid, Hairy caterpillars,

Zinc deficiency

+
(ij) Eodosulfan' (Thiodan/

Thiotax/Endocel) 35 EC
or
Dichlorvos (Nuvan) 76 EC

+
,+

1.0 It.

400 ml

(iii) Zinc sulphate

3 kg

(iv) Un slacked lime

1.5 kg
HARYANA FARMING

2
May-June

(i) Difolaton

0.2%

4
Anthracnose, Cercospora leaf spot,
Rotting of berries

or
Benlate

0.2%
or

Bavilltin
July

0.2%

(i) 'Malathion SO Ee

500 ml

Jassid, Thrips, defoliating beetles,

leaf roller, rotting of berries,
Anthracnose, Cercospora leaf spot

+
(ij) Endosulfso 35 EC

or
Carbaryl (Sl!vin) 5,0 WP

500 ml
1.5 kg

+
(iii) Difolaton

0.2%

or
Benlate

0.2%
or

Bavistin
August

0.2%

(i) Oifolaton

0.2%

Anthracnose

0.2%

In 2nd and last week of August

or
Benlate
or
Bavistin
September

0.2%

(i) Malathion SO EC

500 ml

Jassid, Hairy caterpillars, Anthracnose and Cercospora leaf spot

+
(ii) Eodosulfan 35 EC
or
Dichlorvos (Nuvan) 76 EC

1.0 It.
400 ml

+
(iii) Difolaton
or
Benlate
or
Bavistin

o
o
o

0.2%
0.2%
0.2%

Don't 'pray Oifolaton on the Vines meant for wine production.

For motori.ed Imap tack sprayers, u.c some quantity of pesticides but the quantity of water for
dilution will bo approximately 1/lOth.
Doo't pick fruits for one week io case of Malathion spray.

FEBRUARY, 1991

and Talwandi (Non-progressive) of Hisar district

(Haryana), The data were collected from JOO radio
listening rural women.

Utilization of Home
Programme Broadcast from
All India Radio, New Delhi
by Rural Women

The utility of the borne programmes from tbe

view-point of rural women was the dependent variable. The personality traits of rural women viz.,
age, education, type and size of family, social particiption, cosmopolite ness, radio listening behaviour
and period of possession of radio set constituted
the independent varia hies.
!

-R, K. Sharma aDd Reno ChaltJa

Department of ExtensioTl Education, HAU, Hisar

To further the cause of family walfare it is desirable that the improved home practices are
promptly and efficiently communicated to women
with a view to keep them abreast of the available
knowledge pertaining to the overall developmeot
of the family and home. This is all tbe more important in case of rural women who are actively
involved in a number of farm-related activitieR
bandied inside their home besides the upkeep of the
family and home.
A variety of home and farm programmes are
broadcast every week as a regular practice from All
India Radio (AIR), New Delhi for the benefit of
women folk. The home programmes are mainly
directed to educate rural women on better nutrition,
5anitation and bygiene, improved practices for child
care, good home keeping and several other relevant
programmes so as to bring about overall development of borne for a better life. The expected
jmprovement in these specified areas would be
possible only if these programmes are utilized by
rural women. Since not much information on this
aspect was available, a study was undertaken with
the specific objectives given below:

1. , To determine the utility of home programmes

broadcast from All India Radio, New Delhi,
from the view-point of rural women'.
2.

To find out the constraints encountered by

rural women in utilizing home programmes
broadcast from All India Radio, New Delhi.

The study was conducted in four villages viz.,

Dabra. Gangwa (progressive-villages), and Baba(pur

10

An interview schedule was developed in accordance with the methodological procedures prescribed for the purpose.

UtJJlty or Home Programmes

The study has indicated that nearly 36 per cent
of the respondents perceived high utility of home
programmes for Obtaining information on improyeq
home practices and 34 perceived' medium utility:
The remaining 30 per cent perceived low utility of
home programmes.

The study revealed that a sizable number of rural

women perceived high utility of Samasaya Sujbav
(Problem solution) programme (68%), animal husbandry (6l %), ~ealth care (59%), preservation and
storage (55%), kitchen gardening (55~), child care
(47%), nutritive and cheap recipes (47%) and
family welfare (44%).
Constraints in Utilizing Home Programmes
The study bas brought out that the major constraints in the utilization of the home programmes
were found to be difficulty in utilizing the information in practice for want of practical demonstration
(73%), Don-participation of the person(s) whose
problem is being discussed in programme and consequent lack of feedback (67%), lack of nutrition
education given on radio (64%), vegetables already
available from family farm (6 J%), lack of
medical facilities for treatment of reproductive
disorders in area (56%), Jack of resources 'to adopt
recommended practices for health care (56%>. and
non-availability of insecticides and pesticides for
storage of grains locally (53%).

HARYANA FARMING

RecommeDdatloDs aDd ImpllcatioDs

third of the respondents. It shows that the

majority of the listeners have yet to come up
to the desired level of utility of home programmes. Efforts are needed to further enhance
the: utility of home programmes

Based on the study some Important implications in the light of the results obtained have been
presented hereunder:
I.

2.

The average profile of a radio listening rural

woman indicates that she possesses low education besides being low in Bocio-economic status,
and cosmopoliteness with low to medium radio
listening behaviour. Fo~ such a group of listeners, the radio programmes particularly the
home programmes have to 'be so developed .by ~
the programme organiser of All India Radio
that the pertinent new'ideas and practices are
brought home to the farm women in an impactive and effective
way and these get
acceptance at their level and within their
resources and local situalions.
The study has indicated that the utility of home
programmes is high only among almost one-

For Prosperity

& Bumper
Harvest

3.

Some of the borne programmes viz. Samasaya

Sujhav, animal husbandry, health care, and preserution and stotsfe bave been mdicalt'd to be
having high utility among the rural WOmeD.

Keeping in view the importance of tbese programmes, it is inevitable to sustain the continued interest of the farm women in these programmes so that their utility continues to
maintain an upward trend among the listeners.

4.

The home programmes on 'family welfare', and

'nuiritive and cheap recipes' which tbough
quite important have yet to make a dent of
their utility among the li6teners. The utility of

(Contd on page 15)

Always Purchase Certified Seeds of

New Varieties of following crops
o WHEAT. GRAM 0 MUSl ARD PULSES
PADDY 0 conON 0 BAJRA FODDER
AND VEGETABLE SEEDS
Harvana Seeds are easily available trom .
o Sale counters of HSDC located- throughout
Haryana State
Authorised Dealers of HSDC
o Co-op Societies and mini banks
" Farmers service centre5 of ""lAIC KnbhC'!o & Hated

FEBRUARY, 1991'

11

Scale InsectA Threatening Problem

to Sugarcane Industry
in Haryana
-So R. Yadav, Y. P. Madan and P. R. Yada,,*
Krishi Gyan Kendra, Uchani
The sugarcane scale, Malanaspfs glomerata
Green has been posing a great threat, both to the
farmers as well as to gur and sugar manufacturers
in all those states where it bas established as a
serious pest of sugarcane. In India, it was first
recorded in 1903 which wal later all (1942)
reported as a serious pest both from No!th 81
well as from Coimbatore pres in South India.
From Coimbatore, it has spread to Madhya
Pradesh and Gujarat through Iced cane. Belides
above states, the serious infestation of tbis pest
has now been reported from Andhra Pradesh,
Maharashtra, Orissa, Bihar and Uttar Pradesh.
So far the sugarcane crop in the Haryana State
remained free from the attack of this pest but in
1980, the pest appeared for the tirst time in
village Mahlana near Sonepat. Scale Insect has
now spread in Sonepat and Faridabad districts
and in near future it may also spread in other
districti of Haryana.
Since, it il a lerioul pest to sugarcane crop
in the Haryaoa State, lome information about it.
nature and extent or damaae, biology and control
measures wi\{ prove uleful both to .the 'armen
and agricultural staff enaag~d in developmont of
sugar industry in the 5tate.
Symptoms of Attack
The presence of aeale insect in the affected
canes is observed only after the removal of leaves.
Bxtension Specialist (Bntomology), H.A.U., Hisar.

12 .

The insect feed generally in groups and form crust

around the cane rind. The severity of scale insect
is found more on the lower well developed
internodrs. The intensity of the population
decreases from lower to upper internodes. These
are normally found on the nodes but in cases
of severe infestation, the entire internode is
covered by the IScales giving the cane surface an
appearance of encrustation of scales. In case of
severe and continued infestation, the canes becoptc
hollow, get shrivelled and ultimately collapse. If
severe infestation occurs in the early stage of crop
growth. the affected canel dry up, completely.
Losses due to Scale Insect
In case of planting of affected cane setts, it
gives 11 to 21 per cent decrease in germination.
The loss in cane yield has been reported to tbe
tune of 4 to 5.4 per cent with IrIS in yield varying
from 25 to 30 tonnes/ha. In heavily infested canes; the reduction in sucrose in juice may go upto 47
per cent. In gor preparation, the farmers find great
difficulty in setting of jaggery. Very often, it is
semi-solid and in some extreme cases under very
heavy infestation, jaggery does not at all set. The
colour of the gur formed from the infested canes
is of very poor quality and is not liked by the
customers. The total qualitative loss due to scale
inlect in sugarcane crop il estimated to be about
3S per cent of the total C.C.S. per unit ares.
Life BDd Sl"asoDal History

The adult female of scale insect is a wingless

and found attached with the rind of the cane. The
hatching of egg5 of scale insect takes place inside
the body of females. After complete development
of egg., the crawlers come out through genital
pore of the mother scale. The newly hatched
nymphs are called crawlen. These are light yellow
which later on turn to pinkish snd finally brown
in colour. The crawlers spread on the entire cane
and after finding suitable site for feeding, they
fix. upon cane rind where they feed, develop and
later on give the appearance of scale. Each female
produces 40 to 400 crawlers. The crawlers tlllee
18 to 36 days (av. 27 days) to become male adult
while females become mature in 22 to 42 days
(av. 31 days). The male adults bear a pair of

HARYANA FARMING

transparent waxy white wings. They fly and

copulate with the sedimentary but mature females.
After 12 to 20 days of mating the females begin
to give birth to crawling nymphs viviparously. The
scale insect completes 5 to 9 overlapping generations in a year in different agroclirnalic conditions
of the country.
I

The pest first appears ,on 4 to 5 months old

crop after tile formation of new internodes in the
cane shoots. It persists in the crop right upfo
harvest spreading fast upwards to younger nodes
and by the time of harvest, all the internodes in
the cane _are infested by the crawler population,
predominating on the upper and young internodes.
The pest is very active in dry conditIons, provided
there is node formation in the crop for - the
emerging crawlers to infest. Upto the development
of nodes in the shoots, it survives with reduced
activity in 8etts in the newly planted crop or in
the stubbles below the ground level in case of
ratoon crops from where it spreads in the sugarcane crop after the formation of nodes.
Control Measures

1.

Ratooning should be avoided and prohibited

in areas endemic for sca Ie insect.

2.

Infested caDes should never be used as seed

cane.

3.

Transport of cane from one infested area to

other for seed purposes bhould be avoided or
banned, if possiblt'.

4.

Trash from infested cane fields should be

burnt and should not be used as packing
material for jaggery or seed cane.

5.

In infested areas, when the crop iii 4 to 5

months old and has formed 6 to 7 internodes,
detrashing of lower 4 internodes should be
done so that atleast the topmost internodes
remain free from scale.

6.

All infested fields should be sprayed 'with

0.1 per cent malathion 50 Be when the crop
becomes 4 to 5 months old.

7.

Wherever possible Bod adoptable, the self

trashing varieties or which detrash easily
should be used.

FEBRUARY, 1991

8.

When using infested canes for seed purposes,

it should be dipped in 0.1 per cent malathion
solution for 15 minutes.

9.

While taking ratoon of infested fields, the

stubbles should be drenched with 0.1 per cent
malathion after stubble shaving.

10. The control measures should be adopted on

whole village basis or whole area approach
with community efforts.
11.

Drainage may be done thoroughly in low-lying

areas subject to scale infestation.

12.

In infested areas grow variety CO

which is moderately resistant.

7314,

Training on Diesel Engine

and Pumping Set
The Institute of Agricultural Technology
Training & Education, Director of Extension
Education. HAU, Hisar is organizing a training on
Diesel Engine and Pumping Set from 22.2.1991 to
27.2.1991 (or repairs and maintenance of the set.
Interested penons for training should reach Kisan
Ashram of HAU on 21.2.91 (Evening). Trainees
will have to bear the expenses for their meals.
Cooks and penon needed for cleaning utensil
will be provided by the University free of cost.
Trainees should bring their bedding, etc. There is
no fees t-or this training.
After successfully
completing the training, trainees will be given the
certificate. Regiltration for the training will be on
22.2.91 at 9.00 A. M. in the office of Associate
Director Training, Gandhi Bhawan, Haryana
Agricultural University; Hisar.

Associate Director Training

Institute of Agrl . Techno)ogy Trg. &
Education. Directorate of ExteosloD
EducatioD, HAU, Hlsar-125 004.

13

More Attention

for Rural Women

White, President of Mills College, U.S.A. in

'World and Women'. This imbalance has been a
cause of concern for many years now. This
imbalance could only be rectified if the policy
makers and the men in the world will give equa t
SlalUS to women at the baSIC level i.e. the rural
areas.

More Health Facilities

-Saroj Kash)ap, Lall Yadav and lodu Grover
Deptt. oj Home Science Extension Education ,
HAU, Hisar
Policy makers can no longer ignore the role
played by women in the household, animal husbandry and agriculture sector. In ancient times
women have been defined in terms of their functions as wives and mothers, and by their cultural
images of their sexuality. It is customary in the
Indian household for the women to serve the
family first and then to eat whatever is left.
But
now times have changed but women in rural areas
are still the same. They are the first to get up
and last to go to bed. The women is the major
producer of food supplies by undertaking most
tiring and time consuming tasks. Till recently
very little attention has been given to them by
planners in the rural areas to bring about the
change.

Attitude towards Women: StatuI Need to be Cbaneed

People and planners will have to change their
attitude towards the status of women. The lower
status of women is the result of her dependence
and lower educational aod social positions.
Attitude regarding her education; that 'he is a
daughter and should not be educated mu.t be
<:hanged. Attitude to marriaje, sae of marriage,
the value attached to fertility and sex of the child
the pattern 'of family' organization ~II need t~ b~
changed.
In day-to-,day life women have been neglected
.the world over. Men have been cODsidered
superior to women. Man hal been considered as
a 1eader, woman as the follower. man u producer,
woman as consumer, man as strength, woman as
weakness, this is the cosmography, lays Mr. Lin;

14

Women have been blessed by 'God' with' a

rare quality of producing offsprings. She is the
one who maintains the race. So special emphasis
should be taken into consideration about her
access to health facilities. Efforts should be made
to identify particular contributory facton to the
problems of women', ill-health and higher mortality. The process, therefore, starts at an early age
. and has very advene con&eqpenccs on women's
health particularly at Ihe tIme of pregnancy and
child birth.
From their childhood, girls are
taught to be uncomplaining and to main lain strict
secrecy about their physical problems. With menstruation, tabooB are enforced and restricatlOns
placed on their movement. They are unable to
either discuss their health problems, if any, or
even visit the doctor. Lilter as a mother, with
children depending on her for care and attention,
the woman has a tendency to carryon till such
lime as ailment overtakes her.
Recognition for Household Work
Inspite of puttini 80 much labour in the
household sector, her work is not recognised. She
makes significant, but unpAid contribution, to this
sector which ,oes unrec<'liililed and is overlooked
by the planners. The productive workers are said
to be thOle who are paid walcS against their work.
If her total work of the day is calculated, it will be
more than that of man who work in the formal
sect<}r and getl wages. But thig work, which she
does day and nisht, il not reported anywhere and
bas not got due recognition.
Technology and TrainJn:
The introd llction of new technologies has been
in areafi wherc man', involvement is extensive.
However, women were left to continue with the
HARYANA FARMING

traditional practices. Some training programmes

are organised for rural women on food and nutrition, child care and health, etc. but very few on
agricultural technology.
Every day we read an article saying that
women are displaced from the farms due to the
introduction of more advanced technologies. Every
where we see tha t only the men folk are given
training about farm impl~~ents and the fertilizers,
whereas women are given technologies which are
related to household. In that too, if it is electrically operated, than men folk is asked to Jearn. The
view that women cannot handle new technologies
or women should restrict themselves to household
sector or men to farm sector will, it is feared, gives
rise to isolated and distorted development. Rural
men and women for all ventllres should be trained
together. It is not a matter of sex difference but it
is matler of interest in particular field. The training
areas should be well framed according to rural
people's needs and interest so that they can go in
for some income generating ventures.

permanent gift of education. The education for

rural people should be in the form of helping
people realize their individual as well as collective
and community strengths and resources, and help
them develop new skills, relevant for their own
development. The policy makers should evolve
such educational programmes in their school
curriculum which will help these people to develop
overall training strategy.
CouDselling and Guidance Cells at District
It is imperative that counselling and guidance
cells be provided to tbe rural women to help them
solve their problems and to procure desired information on various aspects.
Establishment of
counselling and guidanc~ cells at district level
would prove beneficial as women can be guided
and directed to approach the concerned quarters.
(From page 11)

these programmes among rural women is not to

the appreciable extent. The programme organisers need to pay particular attention to these
programmes so as to promote their utility.

Additional Programmes for Rural Women

The term 'rural women' should not be treatecl
as a single group as this comprises women coming
from various backgrounds and employed in different
'sectors; i.c. agriculture, artisans, self-employed,
fisherwomen, etc. Hence, additional programmes,
with integrated aprroach need to be planned and
implemented for the different groups, separately
with training as an important component.

5.

The study has shown that the utility of home

plogrammes has positive and significant relationship with the listening behaviour of rural
women. Several of their other traits viz.; age,
education, caste, family type, family size, socioeconomic status, and cosmopoliteness are
devoid of significant reiationship. In the light
of this finding efforts need to be made to increase the scores on the listening behaviour of
the farm women.

6.

The study has brought out some major constraints encountered by rural women in the utility of home programmes.
Some of these
constraints, such as, lack of resources to adopt
recommended practices, lack of pertinent facilities in the area, etc. are no doubt beyond tbe
control of rural womeD. However, there are
some constraintS', lIuch as, that of difficult
language and terminology, difficulty in utilizing
the information in practice for want of practical demonstration, and consequent lack of
feedback which need particular attention of the
programme organisers.

Strengthening of Women Held Functionaries

Most of the developmental programmes have
very few women field functionaries at grass root
level while the profile of these workers is low and
the facilities provided to them are meagre. Further,
if we genuinely desire to help rural women, additional staffing in areas of nutrition, child development, management, agriculture, animal husbandry,
family planning and income generating activities,
etc. need to be employed.
More EducatioDsl Facilities
People in rural areas will have to change their
attitude towards their daughters about their educalion. Times are fast changing. They should
understand tbat if they want to give something to
their daughters, give them the most precious and
FEBRUARY, 1991

15

It also causes persistent hypertension in the new

born, if the mother takes it during pregnancy.
Prolonged and large quantity intake of aspirin
should be avoided during pregnancy.

Pre-natal Development
and 'Drugs
-Mrs. Krishna Duhan IIDd Mrs. ShakuDtla PUDia
College of Home Science, HAU, Hisar
The relationship between mother and foetus
is indeed critical. Drugs taken during pregnancy
affect the development of growing foetus, some
apparently temporarily and some drastically and
permanently. Epidemiologically, much of the
problems rest with the fact that many people
do not recognize that they are tak\ng drugs. SClml!
mothers take drugs without knowing its harmful
effects. A few drugs have been confirmed as
having teratogenic properties, while a few others
have been found only doubtful- or suggestive of
causing teratogenic effects. Therefore, a pregnant
woman should not take any kind of drug without
doctor's prescription, Here is the list of a few
commonly used drugs
having
teratogenic
properties.
Aspirin
It is so commonly used by us that it has
become an essential member of the home remedy
box. People take it frequently for headache, fever,
etc. without knowing about its adverae effects.
It is a pain-killer and used for all varieties of
paiD. It reduces the body temperature and fever.
Its day-to-day increased consumption is due to itB
, low cost, easy availability, wide publicity, effectiveness and non-dependence. If taken in large doses
during pregnancy, it can lead to an increased
bleeding tendency and jaundice in the new borns.
A study in Finland has revealed that the cleft
palate and cleft lip are three times more common
in 'babies born to females taking this, drug than
those who don't use it. '

It has been shown by a study that it reduces

birth weight on an average by one kg. It delays
and prolongs the labour and increases the chances
of complications during delivery and thus increases
the risk of death around the time of birth.

16

Tetracyclines
It is commonly and widely used broadspectrum antibiotic. It is too frequently used for
common cold, sore throat, etc. Besides its effect
on teeth, it causes toxic effect on the developing
bones of the foetus. Its maximum harmful effect
occurs during the second and third trimesters ,of
pregnancy. Tetracyclines are responsible for
causing fatty liver and jaundice wht"n takt'n in
large Joses. It should not be used careles~ly during
pregnancy.

Diazepam/campose
It is the most commonly used tranquillizer.
People have become so familiar with it that they
take it in large doses for the inducing of sleep.
It is a doubtful drug to gluse congenital malformations. Its use should be restricted in pregnant
women.

Phenylbutazone and OxypbeDbutazone

These are used basically for bone and joint
pains. It taken during pregnancy in Jarge doses,
it is embryotoxic. It is most harmful, if taken
dUring the first trimester of pregnancy. It is
excreted in ~ilk and can harm the infant. It
should not be given during early pregnancy and
during the lactation period.
Metronidazole
It is commonly taken by persons for dysentery
and loose motions. Its use during the first trimester
of pregnancy should be restricted and it should not
be used without proper guidance by a doctor. It
has aillo been shown by studies to be rarely a
cancer-producing drug.

Barbiturates
Barbiturate addiction ill gradually becoming
more and more wide spread in our country. By
legislation, it is now a crime to sell barbiturate
without a proper prescription. Barbiturates are
used as hypnotic, sedative (relieves tension and
anXiety), anaesthetic and anticoDvulsants. If
barbiturates are taken during labour they can
HARYANA FARMING

cause severe respiratory depression in the foetus.

These are excreted in milk also. It must not be
use during pregnancy and labour and its use during
tJle lactation period should also be avoided.

Beware of Mustard Aphid

Sulfa Drugs
They are chemotherapeutic agents. They are
known for the quick transit to foetal circulation
from maternal circulation. These are toxic to the
foetus. Certain combinations of sulfa drugs ate
teratogenic and should not be used during
pregnancy and the lactation period at all.
Alcohol and Cigarette Smoking during Pregnancy
"

Ingestion of alcohol in large quantitiel during

pregnancy causes various harmful effects on
embryonic and foetal development. Infants born,
to those used to heavy drinking, are twice more
prone to develop congenital abnormalities, as
compared to those born to abstinents or moderate
drinkers. The Foetal Alcohol Syndrome (FAS)
has the following features in the foetus.
Growth deficiency for length, weight and head
circu mference
Facial abnormalities
Heart defects
Limbs and joint abnormalitieS
Mental deficiency
The woman, who smokes during pregnancy,
may endanger not only her own health but the
life of her unborn child as well. It has an adverse
effect upon the foetus and the baby's development
after it is born. Smoking during pregnancy
increases the risk of spontaneous abortion. foetal
and neonatal death. Children of smokers
(mothers) may face measurable difficulty in
physical, intellectual or emotional development.
independent of other risk factors.
Studies have proved that babies born to
women who smoke during pregnancy are, on an
average, 200 gms lighter in weight than babies
born to other women. It is clear that woman,
who wishes to give her children every opportunity
to develop mentally and physically, should not
smoke, when pregna,nt.
FEBRUARY, 1991

A phid is a serious pest of oilseed cro ps particularly, mustard during rabi season in the months
of January and February. The cool, moist and
cloudy weather with low temperatures prevailing
during these days is most favourable for the rapid
development of this pest. Both nymphs and adults
which are louse like, pale greenish insects suck- cellsap from leaves, stems, inflorescence or the developing pods. The insect first multiplies near
boardering areas very fast and later on the whole
crop can be infested within very short period, resulting in very heavy loss of the yield.
Preventive and Control Measures
Farmers are advised to see mustard crop for
aphid attack regularly during these days near
boardering areas of mustard fields. If on an
average less than 10% plants are infested with
aphid, the attacked central twigs may be collected
and burried in soil. If attack is on more than
10% plants, the crop should be sprayed at 15-20
days interval in the afternoon with one of the
following insecticides in 250-400 lit res of water per
acre:
I.

250-400 ml Rogor 30 Ee or Metasystox 25 Ee.

2.

75- 100 ml Dimecron 85 W.S.C.

Note:

If the crop is meant for vegetable or fodder purpose, spray 250 to 400 ml Cythion
50 EC per acre.
P.R.YADAV
Extension Specialist (Entomology)

17

[~HA~~ To D~ THIS ~~~T~~~]

...

GRAM
I

In the event of outbreak of blight, remove tbe

affected plant and spray with Dithane M-45 0.25%
to check further spread.

WHEAT
Apply irrigation to wheat at 20 to 30 days
intervals, depending upon the rainfall. Remove
weeds from the late sOWn wheat by hoeing the crop
with the help of hand hoe or wheel hand hoe or
by spraying herbicides as per recommendations
given last month.

To c(\ntrol aphid, spray crop with 250 ml

feniJrothion 50 EC/endosulfan 35 EC/malathion
50 EC in 250 filres of water/acre.
Pod borer attack may st3rt in February. If
found 1 caterpillar per metre row length, spray AOO
ml endosulfan 3S EC or 200 1111 monocrotopho8
36 WSC/quinalphos 25 Ee or 80 ml fenvalerate
20 EC in 100 Iitres of water per acre. Dusting of
eodosulphan 4% or quinalphos 1.5% or carbaryl
5% @ 10 kg per acre is also quite effective.

- To ,protect the crop from rusts, spray '" jtb

0.2% of mancozeb.
For wheat and barley, continue spraying with
0.5% zinc spray if deficiency symptoms of zinc are
seen on the leaves. Two and a half kilograms of
zinc sulphate 15 kg urea dissolved in 500 Iitres
of water are sufficient to spray one hectare of these
crops. Urea may be replaced by unslacked lime
(half the quantity of zinc sulphate) jf the crop
has beel! adequa tely fertilized with nitrogenous
fertilizc(R.

For controlling yellow aDd brown rust, spray

Dithane M-45 or Dithane Z-78 @ 800 g in 300
liters water per acre. Repeat spray after 15 days
if symptoms continue.
.

BERSEEM & LUCERNE

Apply irrigation to berseem at 15 to 20 days
intervals and lucerne at 15 to 30 days intervals
The
depending upon the weather conditions.
cutting of the fodder be taken at 30 to 40 days
intervals.

18

SUGARCANE
Prepare' the land for planting a crlBp of
sugarcane by giving six to eight ploughings and
plankings. The best time of planting is midFebruary to the end of March. Plant only recOmmended varieties of sugarcane i.e. early maturing
COJ 58, CO 6914, CO 7717 and CO 7314. midsear-on; CO 97~ and CO 1158 and late maturing
CO 1148. For planting. select only the top 2/3
portion of those healthy canes whicn .are free from
diseases and pests. The recommended seed rate
for one hectare is 87,000 two-budded seus or
58,000 three-budded setts per hectare which weigb.
about 70 to 100 quintall. To improve germination,

Dr. D. P. Thakur
Dr. V. K. SriTllstAn
Dr. M. S. Kuhad
Dr K. C. Bishnoi
Dr. P. R. Yaday
Dr. V. P. Sharma
Dc.

Ds' SIngh

Dr. Narlnder Singb

1
II
I

,
II

Directorate .of
E~ten8ion Education,

HAU, Hisar

HARYANA FARMING

treat the seed before planting with 0.25% solution

of Emisan or Dithaoe M-45 or Manzeb. Sow 00
flat soil in rows 60 to 75 cm apart.

For sugiC:aoe, apply 50 kg nitrogen in the

form of urea or CAN and 50 kg P205/ba through
superphosphate/triple sup~rpbosphate or DAP
before sowing of crop. Dnlll both these fertilizers
below the seed. Also apply 25 kg zinc sulphate
per hectare if the previous crop raised on this soil
had shown zinc deficiency symptoms. For ratoon
crop of sugarcane apply about 80 kg of nitrogen
per hectare after removal of weeds and hoeing of
field. Give light irrigation after fertifizer application.
Against termites and shoot borer apply 2.5 I
gamma BHC/heptachlor 20 EC or 1.3 I aldrin 30
EC in 600-\000 litres of water in furrows at the
time of sowing of crop on cane selts and cover
them with soil.
MUSTARD
For controlling Alternaria Blight, white rust
diseases, spray the crop with 600-800 g Difolatan
or Dithane M-45 in 200-250 litres!acre water 3-4
times at 15 days interval.
If there is attack of aphid, spray 400 ml Metasystox 25 EC or Rogor 30 EC or 100 ml Dimecron
85 WSC in 400 Iitres water per acre.
GIANT NAPIER GRASS
Plant NB 21, begi!lning from the last week of
the month by using 27,500 rootslips or cuttings
{I 50 cm long with 2 to 3 buds) per hectare. It
should be planted with 75 em distance from row
to row and 60 cm from pJant to plant after preparing the soil nicely. Apply 50 cartloads of farm
yard manure well before planting.
COTTON
After picking cotton, if field is fallow, plough
by the end of Feb. so insects get exposed to light
and birds. Bolls on sticks sbould be collected and
destroyed. Do not" leave cotton sticks in fields.
FEBRUARY, 1991

TOMATO
Tbe transplanting for spring crop may be
done, if the seedlings are ready.
Usually the
seedling in nursery is done during November for
this crop. The field should be thoroughly prepared. For one hectare of land, apply about 25
tonnes of organic manure, 100 kg of nitrogen, 50
kg of phosphorus and 50 kg of potash. The organic
manure should be mixed in field about 15-20 days
before transplanting while 1/3 of nitrogen and all
dose of phosphorus and potash should be applied
at the time of transplanting. The field should be
divided into convenient sized beds. Transplanting
may be preferred in the evening nnd may be done
in lines, about 60 em apart. The distance between
plants may be kept 45 to 60 cm. Irrigate the
crop after transplanting.
For the control of early blight the crop may
be sprayed with Dithane Z-78 or Dithane M-45 at
the rate of two kg per hectare of field at an interval
of 15 days. For preventing the crop against viral
diseases, regular use of insecticides is desirable.
One litre malathion 50 EC should be sprayed after
mixing in 625 litres of water for one hectare of
land with an interval of about 15 days. Malathion
and Dithane Z-78 or Dithane M-45 may be used
together.
BRINJAL
Prepare the field for summer season crop and
the preparation is done similarly as described for
tomato except the use of potash which shoUld be
reduced to 25 kg per hectare of field. The seedlings
are transplanted in Iinent a distance of about 60
cm and 45 em in between the plants. For getting
high yield the recommended variety like Pusa
Purple long, PH-4 or BR- 112 should be used.
After transplanting irrigation is essential.

19

The crop planted previously can give early

fruiting if proper pruning of the damaged shoot is
done and the field is properly fertilized and
irrigated.
CHILLIES
The field for the summer crop should be
prepared and for preparation of the land 25 tonnes
of organic manure should be thoroughly incorporated in the field. Apply 60 kg of nitrogen, 30 kg
of phosphorus and 30 kg of potash in one bectare
of land. All the manure and fertilizer should be
given at the time of land preparation except nitrogen of which only 1/3 dose should be applied
initially. The transplanting of the seedlings should
be done in lines at a distance of 45-60 em and 3045 cm inbetween the plants. The plants of long
type chillies need less space as compared to bell
type chillies. For long type, use NP-46 or Pusa
JawaJa varieties, whereas for bell type use California Wonder. If the seedlings have been planted in
potato field, they may be properly cared. The
summer chillies are more successful in the districts
like Ambala, Karnal, Sonepat and Kurukshetra as
compared to other parts of the State.
POTATO
The early variety of potato would have been
harvested by this time. It may be properly cured
and the tubers which have cuts should be separated
and then e'ither they should be sent to market for
sale or they may be sent to cold storage
fpr storing. If you have grown seed crop after
digging the crop the big sized tubers, diseased
tubers and tubers of other varieties should be
selected and discarded before they are kept in cold
storage for use during the next season. If you
have planted spring season crop, although we do
not recommend, should be properly cared.
PEA
The pods should be frequently picked and
scnt to market for sale. Irrigation of the crop
may be done depending on the need. For protection of the crop against powdery mildew, it should
be sprayed with 2.5 kg of wettable sulphur or it

20

may be dusted with 20-25 kg of sulphur powder

in one hectare of land. For the control of pea
pod borer, the crop may be dusted with 10 kg of
BHC-lO% dust in one acre of field. For the
control of pea leaf minor & aphid spray 400 mt
Rogor 30 EC or 500 ml Metasystox 25 EC or
Anthio 25 EC in 250 Htres of water for one acre of
land. It is important that the crop should not
be consumed up to 21 days after a spray of these
insecticides.
CAULIFLOWER, CABBAGE AND KNOLKHOL
The ready beads should be harvested and
sent to market for sale. The crop may be irrigated
as and wheq required. For the control of aphids
& caterpillars the crop may be sprayed with 400 ml
malathion 50 EC or 375 ml endollulfan 35 Ee in 250
Htres of water per acre at 10 days interval.
ONION AND GARLIC
The crops should be regularly irrigated and
the field should be kept free from weeds by regular
hoeing and weeding. The 1I3rd nitrogen should
be given as topdressing followed by irrigation.
Proper moisture in the soil is important for the
proper development of the bulbs.
For the con.rol of Purple Blotch, the crop may
be sprayed with Copper-Oxychloride (Blitox or
Fytolan) at the rate of 2 kg/ha of field. It would
be desirable to mix some sticker in the solution
like Triton at the rate of 1/2 ml in every litre of
mixture. For the control of onion thrips, the crop
should be sprayed with 250 ml malathion 50 Ee
after dissolving in 250 litres of water per acre of
field.
RADISH AND CARROT
The ready roots should be harvested, washed
and sent to market for lale. The roots should
not be allowed to over mature in the soil as they
become fiberous and unfit for consumption.
Regular irrigation of the crop is required. If there
is problem of insects, the crop may be protected by
spraying the insecticides like malathion @ ,400 ml
in 250 litres of water per acre. After the use of
insecticides, the crop should not be consumed for
about one week.
HARYANA FARMING

PALAK

OTHER CUCURBITS

The crop should be harvested by cutting the

leaves and sent to market immediately after tieing
in small bundles. Regular irrigation of the crop
is required. The crop of palak can be seeded
during this month also and for one hectare of
land 20 kg of seed can be required. Use varieties
like Jobner green, All green, S-23. Seeding should
be done. in lines at a distance of
, 15-20 cm.

Other cucurbits like bottle gourds, bitter gourds,

luff'a gourds, long melon, tinda, squash, etc. are
seeded during February-March.
The field
preparation is done as described for water melon
and musk melon.

BHINDI
The field forsummer cro.p should be thoroughly prepared. In one hectare of land, add 25
tonnes of organic manure, 100 kg of nitrogen and
50 kg of phosphorus. Potash should be given
after the testing of the soil. All the above fertili. zers, except nitrogen whi~h should be given 1/3,
initially at the time of seeding and rest at the time
of top dressing. Use variety Pusa Sawani at the
rate of 20-25 kg per hectare of land. The seeding
may be done in lines at a distance of about 30 and
20 cm inbetween the plants. It is desirable to
soak the seed overnight before seeding. For the
control of root rot, the seeds may be treated with
Brassicol at the rate of 2.5 kg per kg of seed.

Recommendations for cultivation of cucurbits

Name of
vegetables
/

Seed Planting distance

rate - - - - - - - (kg) In lines Plant to
(cm)
plant
(cm)

4
60

FEBRUARY, 1991

Bottle-gourd

2
5

200

Summer Squash

60-90

Tinda

125-150 45-60

Hisar
Selectionland
Bikaneri
Green

Karela

125-150

30-45

Coimbll.tore
Long
and
Pusa
Domausami

Luffa Gourd
(Tori)

5 184-240 45-60

Pusa
Chikni,
Pusa
Nasdar
and
Clustered
Tori

Cucumber
(Khira)

21

45-60

Japanese
Long
Green

60-75

Lucknow
Early
Local

45-60

WATER MELON AND MUSK MELON

The crops should be sown in the beginning of
February. Use the improved varieties of water
melon like, Charleston Grey and Sugar Baby and
for mnsk melon use varieties like Pusa Sharbari
(early), Hara Madhu (late variety) or Punjab
Sunehri (mid-late variety). It would be desirable
that before seeding seeds may be treated with Brassicol @ 2.5 gm for every kg of seed. The seed rate
of water melon would be about 4-5 kg/ha and for
musk melon it will be about 2.5 kg per hectare. At
the time of land preparation, apply 15 tonnes of
organic manure, 16 kg nitrogen, 30 kg phosphorus
and 25 kg of potash where the soils are deficient
in potash, 34 kg of nitrogen should be applied
in standing crop by top dressing followed by irrigation. For the seeding of the musk melon, beds are
prepared about 2-2.5 metres wide and the seeding
is done ~n one side of these beds at a distance of
about 60 cm. For seeding of water melon variety
Sugar Baby about three metres wide beds are prepared and for Charleston Grey about 4 metres wide
beds should be prepared and seeding may be done
on both sides of the beds at a distance of about 60
cm. Proper moisture for germination of the seed is
essential.

Varieties

Longmelon
(Tar)

150

Pusa
Summer
Prolific
Longanct
Pusa
Summer
Prolific
Round.
Hisar-l

COLOCASSIA (Arvi)
Arvi is seeded in the month of FebruaryMarch and therefore, if this crop is still to be
grown arrangement for land preparation should be
done. For planting of one hectare of field, about

21

Registration No. P/HS/172

Registrar of Newspapers No. 22960/72

8 to to quintal of corms will be required. Usually

the sowing is done in lines at a distance of 45 to 60
cm and the distance from plant to plant is kept
at about 30 cm. Proper moisture
the field is
essential.

mitted by direct or indirect contact. The

affected animals should be isolated from the
herd and looked afler by a separate attendant.
Spread of cowpox of buifalopox within a herd
ia mOltly effected by milken hand. Before
milkiDg, the milkers should wash their hands
with soap and water. Pox lesions lometimes
block the opening of the teats. For treat~tnt
of such cases, veterinarian
should' be
contacted.

in

OTHER VEGETABLES
The vegetables which are already in the field
should be properly cared including regular irrigation and plant protection measures. The other
vegetables of summer like guar, sweet potato (for
cuttings) and lobia can alSO be seeded in the well
prepared field during this month.

CATTLE AND BUFFALOES

I.

2.

3.

Arrange prophylactic vaccination of animals

against Foot and Mouth disease. Protection
of cross-bred animals against this disease i,
very essential. The initial vaccination is
carried out at the age of four weeks and
below. The first booster vaccination is done
six weeks after initial vaccination. The second
booster vaccination is recommended six
months after first booster vaccination. Subsequently. revaccination is done at six or nine
months interval in areas of high risk, otherwise
it is done at yearly interval.
Besides adopting hy&ienic measures, correct
methods of milking need to be followed to
p~otect the animals from Mutitis. Full-band
milking technique should be adopted. Teat I
and udder sbould be washed and dried before
milking. Cattle houses/sheds should be kept
free from dllmpness.
Cows and buffaloes may ~uffer from pox.
This beiDg a viral disease, it is readily trans-

Printed and published by Prof. M.

at HA U Press. Hisar-115 004.

c.- Agarwal,

Director~of

4.

Youngstock should be given exercise. daily. It

ia better to house them separately and keep
them untied. OfteD , a number of valuable
calves die of pneumonia and heavy parasitic
load. Their proper milDagement is, therefore,
of piperazine I,adinecessary. Administration

pate in doses of 6 to 8 gm at monthly infervals for a pe'riod of six months will safeguard
them from round worms (ascariasis). '

S.

Tick and lice infestation of animals can be

controlled by insecticide spra.y. The insecticide
solution Ihould be prepared as per recommended schedule or in consultation witb veterinarian of the area.

SHEEP
].

Arrange deworming of sheep flock in consultation with the veterinarian of the area.

1.

Get the .heep vaccinated against Enterotoxaemia in case it il not yet done.
POULTRY

I.

Vaccinate 6 to 8 weeks old chicks with Ranikhet disease vaccine R2B (Muktcswar strain).

2.

When there is evidence of tick and lice infestation, insecticide spray should be done under
the guidance of expert.

3.

During this month, the poultry. birds may

suffer from Tick Fever. In this disease, there
is increase in temperature, increased thirst,
yellowish-greeD diarrhoea and high mortality
rate. Penicillin is very efficacious for treatment.

Publications on behalf of Haryana Asricuhural University

ISAN MELA
ON

14

-~---~. .

-.

'.

15 Mar h, 1991

Haryana Agricultural University. Hisar-125 004

'--------------1

HARYANA
Volume X.X

FARMING

Match 1991

No.3

Contents
Pages
1. Manure and fertilizer schedule for different

fruit crops in Haryana

-L. S. Beniwal, O. P. Chaudhary and

O. P. Duddi

2. Suitable tree species for growing in different

zones of Haryana

-Bal Krishan and M. S. Hooda

3. Post-harvest
vegetables

-D. K. Bhatnagar and V. K Srivastava

51 ',~

- N. K. Sharma, B. R. Batra and G. P. Singh

S. Scientific tips for bumper crop of muskmelon

-R. D. Bhutani and B. S. Dudi

6. Application ofweathcr forecasts to operational

crop protection

-Surender Singh, Raj Singh and Ram Niwas

10

7. Diseases-of bhindi and thejr control

-0. P. Kadian altd P. C. Gupta

1j

8. Top working i'1 wild ber trees

-;-Suleman Mohammed and Dal Singh

11

-D. S. Nandal altd S. S. Gu/iani

12

4. Grow

handling snd storage of rabi

I~guminous

9. Sugarcane
analysis

pod vegetables

cultiVation-cost

and

returns

10. Integrated farming systems for more profit

n.

Practical ti1?s for goat breeding in Haryana

12. 'T' budding-A successful method of propagation in ber

. ~ Narinder Singh, S. N. Singh and V. P. Sharina

-Z. S. Rana and Pradeep Godara

15

-Suleman Mohammed, Jeet Ram Sharma and

D. S. Dahiya

16

13. What to do this month

17

Editor
V. S. Gupta
Production Assistance
D. C. Yadav
lAyout
Kuljit ManD

14

Editorial Assistance
Indira Bagga
Photography
HAU Photo Unit

Price per copy Rupees 2/Yearly Subscription

Rs.20.00
Please send your mDney order to :

Director of Publications,
Gandbi Bbaw8n, HAU, Hisar-J25 004

I. GRAPES
Doses of manures and fertilizers
(kg/vine)

Age of
vine

Manure and Fertilizer

Sched ule for Different
Fruit
,
Crops in Haryana
-L.

s. B~DlwaJ, o. P. Chaudhary

and O. P. Duddi
Krishi Gyan Kendra, Sirsa

It is needless to emphasise the importance of

manures and fertilizers as they have become an

essential component of successful raising of any
crop including fruit plants for getting maximum
returns both organic manures as well as chemical
fertilizers are to be applied. Three critical points
be taken care of while applying them all right
time, right method of application and right,doses.
Any deviation from the optimum may not yield
required results

Method of Application
Though farmers might be glVlng optimum
dose at the right time but commit blunder while
applying it. They usually deposit the manures
near the main stem which actually result in stem
burning. The fibrous roots, which absorb most
of the fertilizers, are 30-40 cm away from the main
trunk. So, right method would be to broadcast
the manures and fertilizers in the basis enclosing
the entire canopy of the tree. Rather, it is advisable to pile up here the earth upto a height of 25
cm or so and mix the manures well in the soil with
a small spade or better with a kburpa, water the
fruit trees immediately after this.

(years)

FYM

30
45
4
60
5 and above 75

MARCH, 1991

0.400
0.500
0.650
0.800

1.000
1.500
2.000
2.000

0.600
0.750
1.000
1.250

(i) Apply entire FYM in January.

(iii) Apply remaining half of CAN and Muriate of

.
Potash after fruit set (Last week.of April).
(iv) Spray Zinc Sulphate 0.3% and Boric Acid
0.2% at full bloom for improving yield and
quality of the fruits.

II. ClTRUS
Age of
plants
(years)

Doses of manures and fertilizers per tree

FYM
(kg)

CAN
25%
(kg)

1-3
5-20 0.250-0.750
4-6
25-50 1.000-1.500
7-9
60-90 1.500-2.000
10 and
100 2.000-4.000
above

Super
Muriate
Phosphate of Potash
(kg)
(gm)
0.250-0.500
0.500-1.000
1.250-1.500
2.000

75
125
150
175

(i) Apply FYM, Super Phosphate and Muriate

of Potash in the end of December.
(ij) Apply half dose of CAN in mid-February and
the remaining half in April-May.
(iii) Spray Zinc Sulphate 0.5% first in FebruaryMarch and again in August-September.

III. BER
Age of plants
Doses of manures and fertilizer
(years)
_ _ __:(_,kg=::_'plant)
FYM
CAN 25%
1
2
4

5 above
Time and doses of manures and fertilizers for
grapes, citrus and ber under Haryana conditions
are given below :

Super
Muriate
Phosphate of Potash

(ii) Apply full dose of Super Phosphate and half

CAN and Muriate of Potash immediately after
prunDing (February).

3
Time aDd Dosages

CAN
(25%)

10
15
20
25
50

0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5

(i) Apply FYM in June/July after pruning.

(ij) Apply half the CAN in July-August and the
rest half in November-December.

Haryana has only 3.7 per cent of its total geographical area under forests. Most of the natural
forest areas are located in tbe Ambala district along
the Shivalik and few patches in the Aravalli hills
of Mahendergarh district. The overall vegetatfgn
is scanty, xerophytic and widely dispersed. It can
be classified under two major types, dry deciduous
and tropical thorn forests. On the basis of climate
and ecology of Haryan8, it can be divided into
three, I, II, and III zones.

Suitable Tree Species for

Growing in Different
Zones of Haryana
-BaJ Krishaa and M. S. Hoods
Department of Forestry, BAU, IIfsar

Zone I is comprised of Siesa, Hisar, Mahendergarh, Bhiwani and Rohtak districts. This zone
represents arid conditions. This zone represents
xerophytic vegetation.

The selection of appropriate tree species for

planting in specific zones, locality depends on the
physical and climatic characteristics of the site.
Therefore, it is necessary to select suitable species
for the specific zone to avoid the wastage. In desert
regions only trees witb moisture conservation
mechanism will grow. In wRter logged areas only
those species which allow copious water transpiration will stay and in saline and alkaline tracts only
tree species with special adaptation will survive.

Zone II is represented by the districts-Karnal,

Faridabad, Jind, GurgaoD, Sonepat and Kurukshetra. The natural vegetation consists of tropical
dry deciduous broad-leaved forest, ch8racteri~tics
of semi-arid regions.
'
Zone III is represented by the hills of Aptbala,
with' a dry sub-humid environment. It bas a thick
vegetation of sub-tropIcal broad leaved forests and
in upper parts sub-tropIcal pine forests. These include kikar (Acacia nilotiea). khair (Acacia catechu),
shisham (Oalbergia sissoo) and chir pine (Pinus
roxburghii). Tree species of different zones are given
in Table 1.

Generally, the primary aim of plantation is

the production of fuel and small timber, but fodder,
fibres, gum, resins, have also to be kept in view,
besides the ecological importance of plantation. So,
it becomes necessary to select a species of mUltipurpose use or to seJect a combination of species which
will meet all or almost all the requirements.
TABLE

Tree specIes suitable for planting in different zones of Haryana

Sr.
No.

Name ofrree
species

S,tes

Sowing
season

Age of PlaDling
season
normal
planting
stock
(months)

Method of
planting

Uses

A.- DRY TO MOIST TROPICAL ZONE

Acacia auriculi- Sandy, saline, April

formis
alkaline, water
(Akoshmoni)
logged and
mar~hy areas

2-3

JulyAugust

Direct sowing, Timber, fuel and

stump and entire ornamental
planting

Acacia catechu
(khair)

2-3

July

fodder,
Direct sowing, Fuel,
stump and entire Katha and soil
conservation
planting

Saline soils

MarchApril

HARYANA FARMING

Acacia faroestaoa Sandy soils

(Pissi babu!)

May

July

Saline, alkaline, March

water logged
and clay soils

fodder.
June-July Direct sowing, Fuel,
timber, gum and
entire planting
tanin

Caslla siamea
(Kissod)

Alkaline soils JuneAugust

July

Direct lowing, Fuel, fodder and

entire planting
timber

July

Entire planting, Fuel, food, fodbranch cuttings der, timber and

. and budded
tanin
I
stump

Eucalyptus sp.
(Safeda)

March

Sandy, alkaline September- 4-8

and saline soils October

JulyAugust

Leucaeoa Jeucoce- Saline and

phala (Su-babu!) alkaline soils
. Populus sp.
(Poplar)

Entire planting Fuel, timber, oil,

gum and pulpwood
Direct sowing Fuel, fodder and
through timber'
and
cuttings

Saline
and
marginal lands

Tamariodus iodica Acidic

and
(Imli)
saline soils

C.

D1rect sowing, Fuel.

fodder,
entire planting
tanin and gum.

Acacia oilotica
(Babu!)

Embllca officloalls Saline

and
(Aonla)
alkaline soils

B.

Branch cuttings Fuel,

timber
match and pulpwood
April

24

July

Direct sowing Fuel,

fodder,
and entire plan- timber, medicinal
ting
and charcoal

VERY DRY TO MOIST TROPICAL ZONE

Albizia lebbek
(Siris)

Clay, saline Feb.-July

and moist soils

2-3

July

Direct sowing, Fuel,

fodder.
stump and entire timber and medi:
cina!
planting

Azadirachta
indica
(Neem)

Clay, alkaline, July

and saline soils

12

July

Direct sowing,
Fuel. fodder,
entire planting timber and
and root cuttings medicinal

12

July

Direct
Bowing Fuel, fodder.
and enlire plan- tanin and gum
ting

July

Entire planting

Fuel and fodder

July

Direct sowing
and entire
planting

Timber, fibre and

oleo-resins

July

Direct sowing
Fuel, food, fodder
and entire plan- and timber
ting

DRY TRQPICAL ZONE

Acacia senegal
(Khor)

Alkaline and June-July

saline soils

Acacia tortilis
(Israeli kikar)

Alkaline and
clay soils

Feb-March

Hardwickia
bioata
(Anjan)

Alkaline soil

April-May

Prosopis cineraria Sandy and

alkaline soils

MARCH, 1991

June

12

Zizypbos jojoba
(Ber)

-----

-----~--

Sandy, saline April-May

and alkaline
soils

2-3

July

Direct sowing,
entire planting,
and branch
cuttings

Fuel, food, fodder, tanin and

medicinal

Timber and
bobbins

D. MOIST TROPICAL ZONE

Adioa cardlfolia
(Haldu)

Moist regions May

August

Direct sowing,
entire planting
and stump
planting

Albtzia procera
(Safed Siris)

Acidic soils

May

July

Direct sowing, Fuel, fodder and

stump and entire timber
planting

Baubloia vadegata (Kachnar)

Saline soils

May

2-3

Fuel, food, fodJune-July Direct sowing,

der
and timber
entire and_stump
planting

Bombax ceiba
(Semu))

Saline soils

May

12

January- Direct sowi~g, Match and plyFebruary entire and stump wood
planting and
through branch
cuttings

Cossia fistula

Alkaline soils March-

(Amaltas)

May-June Direct sowing, Fuel. and medistump and entire cine

planting

April

Lagerstroemia
spp. (Jaru()

Clay soils

Feb-.
March

June

Direct sowin~. Fuel, fodder,

entire and stump timber and
planting
medicinal

Moros alba
(Mulberry)

Saline and
alkaline soils

June

July

Direct sowing,
entire or stump
planting and
branch cuttings

Melia azedarch
(Bakain)

Clay soils

Feb.March

12

July

Direct sowing,
Fuel, fodder and
stump or entire timber
planting and
branch or root
cuttings

,Pithec-ellobinm
dolce

Clay, alkalin'e Feb.":

and saline soils March

5-9

JulyAugust

Direct sowing,
entire planting
and branch
cuttings

Fuel. food, fodder and fatty oils

June-July Direct sowing,

entire or stump
planting

Fuel,
fodder.
timber, tan in and
medicinal

(Jangli Jalebi)
Termioalla arjuua Water logged April-May
(Arjun)
"oils

---4

Fuel, food, fodder, timber, and

sports goods

--

HARYANA FARMING

Cultural Practices

Post-Harvest Handling
a,nd Storage of
Rahi Vegetables
-D. K. Bhatnagar and V. K. Srivastava
Department of Vegetable Crops, HAU, Hisar

Vegetables with increasing recognition of their

value in human diet are gaining commercial
importance. Vegetables are highly perishable food
products. Water loss and post-harvest decay
account for most of their losses. Post-harvest
losses of vegetables have been estimated 40-50%
in tropics and sub-tropics. The problems of
post-harvest biotechnology of vegetables are
critical in prOCess to minimize wastage and to
extract maximum potential from the harvested
crops.
PRE-HAR VEST MANAGEMENT
It is, therefore, essential to adopt an appropriate low cost-system of post-harvest technology
right from the pre-harvest stage till the produce
reaches to the consumer.

Crop Coltivar
Selection of right cultivar for any of the
purposes like fresh consumption, marketing transporJation or storage is an important factor. Kufri
Chandermukhi and Kufri Badshah, commercial
varieties of potato, have good keeping quality and
possess excellent cbip making quality. Onion
cultivars -which produce bulb of smaller size,
denser texture and thin-necked are of better
keeping quality. The most popular white cuItivar
for storage, dehydration and processing is White
Creole with white colour and high flavour or
pungency. In rootcrops, asiatic cultivars are
generally used. for processing, whereas European
for fresh consumption.
MARCH, 1991

In general fruit-weight, size, ascorbic acid may

be increased by high potassium, zinc and
megnesium. whereas decreased by nitrogen and
phosphorus. In tomato acidity increased and TSS
decreased by potash application. In knol-khol.
tomato, peas and bottlegourd combination of
medium levels of nitrogen and irrigation resulted
in better quality fruits with longer storage life.
However, higher doses of both impaired the fruit
quality.
Harvesting and Handling
Harvesting of the vegetables should be done
at the proper stage of their maturity without
inflicting any damage in morning or evening hours
to avoid shrivelling and wilting due to heat.
Vegetables other than root crops should not be
placed on the soil and their direct exposure to
sunlight, heat, rain and high temperature should
be avoided. Vegetable harvesting and maturity
depend on the purpose of utility. However, the
optimum harvest maturity is vital to achieve
storage life of the produce. Medium and late
maturing potato cultivars keep well than early
ones. Ooion destined for storage should be
harvested after the tops begin to break over. before
the leaves dry down completely. Onion and garlic
are considered mature when the neck tissue begin
to soften and tops are about to abscise and
decolorize. In India and the other tropics, the
development of red pigment and the characteristics
pungency are also considered the important
indexes of the harvest maturity in onion. Early
harvests of the onion and garlic result in sprouting
of bulbs and very late harvests give rise to
formation of secondary roots during storage. In
carrots, late harvesting contained more carotene
both at harvesting as well as after storage.
However, respiration intensity decreases. The
carrots should be harvested when roots have about
3-4d or larger diameter at the upper end. Radishes
are harvested as soon as the roots attain edible
and marketable size. The quick' matunng spring
cultivars become strong and pithy if not harvested
at proper time. The summer cultivars remain
edible much longer than spring. The crop maturity
varies about 3-4 weeks. In cole crops harvesting
stages vary considerably. Cauliflower curds are

picked when they are compact and are of medium

size. Late harvesting results in loosening of the
curds.
Cudag
Most of the underground vegetables are
cured. Curing involves the suberization of the
skin followed by the development of a wound
periderm which effectively retards. moisture loss
and acts as a barrier against the penetration of
the micro-organisms. In India enormous quantities
of potatoes and onions are wasted because they
are stored without proper curing. Potatoes after
harvesting are cured in the field or keeping them
0
in a dark room at 20 e for about 10- I 5 days.
High humidity is beneficial for curing which can
be created by sprinkling water on straw or gunny
bags. Similarly, onion and garlic are also cured
thoroughly before they are stored. Onions are cured
in the field with proper roofing. The crates may
be stacked in open curing sheds. The final
required to cure onions may be 3-4 weeks or
longer depending upon weather conditions.
Artificially curing immediately after harvesting at
46C for 16 h reduces weight losl. The maximum
safe temperature for curing is 37.8C for 6 weeks.
Storage
Storage is one of the most important aspects
of the post-harvest handling of vegetable crops.
Storage extends the period of availability of fresh
vegetables by arresting the metabolic breakdown
and deterioration. This, in lurn, is achieved by
controlling the temperature, relative humidity.
atmospheric concentration of certain gases and
'also by some chemical treatment or irradiation.
The existing storage techniques ]ike refrigeration,
controlled atmosphere or modified storage &
hypoboric are expensive and involve a lot of
energy. Therefore. a low cost cooling system is
the need of the hour. The development of Zero
Energy Chamber (Cool Chamber) is an excelle~t
attempt.' These chambers are ideal for short-term
storage of fresh vegetables. Potatoes are stored
in the field under natural and artificially storage
structures. In room storage, potatoes are kept
in single layer at a good ventilated place. Cool
homes are not suitable especially in rainy season.
The best method of storing tubers is in cold store
at 2-3e with 80-90% reJative humidity. Onion

can be stored at high and low temperature. At

high temperature (29.4 to 35C) the bulb colour
is less attractive than cold storage. High temperature storage although prevents sprouting but
encourages high water loss which can be minimized by maintaining high humidity but the latter
initiates the rooJ growth. However, the best
results at high temperature can be achieved with
comparatively low humidity. Low temperature
storage of onions can be done at OC with 60-65%'
R.H. Garlic can be stored at -0.6 to OC with
70% RH for at least 6-7 months. Higher temper~
tures (26.7 to 32.2C) are satisfactory to store garlic
for one month or less. The intermediate temperatures between 4.4 and 18.3e are undesirable.
TABLE
Recommended storage conditions for some rabi
vegetables
Vegetable

Relative
humidity

(%)
Cabbage
Carrot
Cauliflower
Coriander
Garlic
Ginger
Onion
Pea
Potato
Radish
Sweet Potato

0- 1.7
0
0-1.7
0-].7
0
7.2-10.0
0
0

1.1-2.2
0
]0.0-12.8

92-95
90-95
85-95
90
65
75
60-75
85-90
85-90
85-90
80-90

Storage
life
(days).
30-40
l5-30

SO
30
200210
140
175
28-35
238
21-35
101-150

Read

Haryana Farming
a monthly
farm
magazine
HARYANA FARMING

colour which Dlay be stored (or longer period.

Average yield is around 215 q/ha.
SoU

Grow Leguminous Pod

Vegetables
-N. K. Sharma, B. :R. Batra and G. P. Singb
Department of Vegetable Crops. HAU, Hisdr

Among the vegetables grown during the rainy

Beason, leguminous pod vegetables occupy a prime
place. Besides being used fur culinary purposes,
they also enrich the fertility status of the soil. The
commonly grown leguminous pod vegetables in
Haryana are guar, cowpea and Dolichos bean
(Sem). Being a rich source of proteins, carbohydrates, Vit. A and minerals, they play a vital role
in human nutrition. 'They can also be cultivated
A rich
successfully under rainfed conditions.
harvest of these crops can be taken by adopting
the following techniques:
Selection of Variety

Guar
Pusa Nav-Bahar: This variety is suitable for
rainy as well as for spring season. Pods are greenish and tender. Rainy and spring season crops
start fruiting in 55 and 45 days and yield about
75 and 50 qfha, respectively.
Cowpea

1.

Pusa Barsatl: It is suitable for rainy season.

Pods are big, whitish green in colour. The
crop matures in 55-60 days. Average pod yield
is 40-45 q/ha.

2.

PUsa Do-Phasali : Suitable for both rainy and

summer seasons. -Pods are greenish, tender
and thick. It yields about 30-35 q/ha.

These crops can be grown in almost all types

of soils from light sandy to heavy clay with good
drainage. Cowpea and guar cannot be grown on
very acidic type of soil.
Sowing Time, Seed Rate and Sowing Method
Goar

Cowpea

- - - - - - ---_ --_ - - -

Sem

(a) Sowing time

1.

Rainy season June-June June-July Last week

of July

2.

Spring season Feb-March Feb-March

(b) Seed rate (q/ha)

(c) Distance

15

20-25

6-7.5

Row to Row (cm)

30-45

30-45

150

Plant to Plant (cm)

15-20

15-20

45

For sem, sow the seeds at a depth of 2-3 em

at a distance of 45 cm on one side of 1.5 metres
wide beds. The sowing of guar and cowpea is
done in lines in flat beds.
Manore and Fertilizers
Being leguminous vegetables, their nitrogen
requirement is comparatively low than that of
other vegetable crops. In guar 10-15 toones FYM.
30 kg Nand 50 kg P.06 /ha; in cowpea 10-15
tonnes FYM, 25 kg Nand 40 kg PI 05/ha and in sem
10 toones FYM, 30 kg Nand 40 kg P205 must
be applied. The well rotten farm yard manure
should be added at the time of field preparation.
Half dose of N and full dose of P205 must be
applied in the soil before sowing. Rest half dose
of nitrogen should be top dressed in standing crop
one month after SOWing at the time of hoeing and
earthing up.

Sem
1.

2.

HO-1: It is an early variety. Pods are of

medium size and green in colour. Yields about
150 q/ha.

HD-18: An early variety, starts fruiting after

about 90 days,'pods are flat and of dark green

MARCH, 1991

Treatment of Seed with Rhizobium Culture

Seeds of cowpea should be treated with specific
rhizobium culture before sowing. Dissolve 125 g
gur in 500 ml (5 cup (ulls) of water in a bucket.
Moisten the seeds required for "ne hectare with
gur solution. Now sprinkle the rhizobium culture

and mix thoroughly with hand so that seeds are .

uniformally coated with culture. Dry the seeds
in shade before sowing. The rhizobiulIl culture
is available with Department of Microbiology,
HAU, Hisar.
IrrigatioD, HoeiDg aDd Weeding

The field should have sufficient moisture at

the time of sowing. During spring season, irrigate
the field at weekly interval and as and when required in rainy season. Regular hoeing and weeding
should be done for better growth. Earthing up
should be done in sem at the time of top dressing
of nitrogenous (ertilizer.

Always Purchase Certified Seeds of

New Varieties of following crops
CJ PADDY 0 COTTON 6 BAJRA
MUSl ARD 0 PULSES 0 FODDER
t\f\Jl) VE:GHABLf SEEDS

Harvesting

Green pods for table use should be picked up

when they are still tender and non-fiberous. Delay
in harvesting will lead to fibre development in pods
which makes pod unfit for consumption and fetches
less price in the market.
Insect-Pest and Diseases
Insecta like aphid, jassid, whitefly, pod borer"
Bihar hairy caterpillar attack these crops and
cause damage. These crops are also attacked \:J'y
diseases namely anthracnose, mosaic, root and
stem rot, powdery mildew and root knot nematode.
Follow the control measures for these as per
recommendations in package of practices of
Haryana Agricultural University, Hisar.

For more details contact Regional

Offices of the Corporation at :YAMUNANAGAR 0 UMRI

HISSAR

SIRSA ., PATAUOI

I=or more detail contact nearest Regional Offices or Head Office:

HARYANA FARMING

Manures and Fertilizers

Scientific Tips for

Bumper Crop of
Muskmelon
-R. D. Bbutani and B. S. Dodil
Krishi Gyan Kendra, Jind

(a)

Six tonnes of well rotten farm yard manure

(FYM) at the time of field preparations at
least 10-15 days before sowing.

(b)

Seven kg nitrogen (28 kg CAN or 15 kg

urea), 12 kg pho~phoru8 (75 kg single superpt!osphate) and 10 kg potash (l6 kg muriate
of potash) if the soils afe deficient in potasht
just befor~ sowing of seeds.

(c)

Rest 13 kg nitrogen (52 kg CAN or 26 kg

urea) be applied during the growing season in
two equal instalments.

Muskmelon is an important summer vegetable

fruit crop and thrives \veJl in summer climate. It
also fetches' high market price. if the fruits
produced are of good quality. Therefore, the
farmers of the state are advised to follow the
scientific tips given below for the production of
quality and bumper yields of muskmelon:
Improved Varieties

(a)

Pusa Sbarbati:. Early, ripens within 70-80

days of sowing, fruits medium, T. S. S. 8-10
per cent, fruit skin of pink colour. Average
yield is about 25 q/acre.

Irrigate the crop at an interval of one

week depending upon the condition of
soil.

Keep the field weed free at initial stages

of crop growth.

Follow pruning technokgy only

Madhu.

In

Hars

Plant Protection

(b)

Hara Madho: Late maturing variety, fruits

very sweet, flesh thick, green and very juicy.
Average yield is about 50 q/acre.

(a)

Spraying the crop with 100 g carbaryl 50 WP

in 100 litres of water per acre checks the
attack of Red Pumpkin Beetle.

(c)

Punjab Sunehri: Mid-late variety, T. S. S.

10 per cent, weight is 800 gm, heavy yielder,
flesh orange yellow. Average yield is about
50-60 q/acre.
I

(b)

To check aphids, jassids and mites, spray the

crop with 250 ml malathion 50 EC in 250
Jitres of water per acre and repeat it at 10
days interval.

(c)

Spray the crop with 500 g carbaryl 50 WP

along with 1.2 kg gur in 250 litres of water
per acre and repeat it at to days interval for
an effective control of fruit flies.

(d)

Single dusting of fine sulphur dust @ 8-10

kg/acre on the affected plants, check powdery
mildew very effectively, but avoid dusting
when the day temperature is very high.

(e)

For the effective control of Gummy Collar

Rot, spray the affected stems at soil level with
0.2% Brassical.

Ooe kg seed is sufficient for one acre of

land.

Best time of sowing is the first week of

February.

Prepare

Prepare 30 cm wide channels in between

two beds.

Sow two seeds on the corner of a channel

at a spacing of 60 cm between two plants.

21 metres wide beds.

Assistant Professor (Vegetable Crops), I. A. T. T. E.,

Gandhi Bhavan. Haryana Agricultural Unh:ersity, Hisar.

MARCH, 199}

They are produced chiefly by numerical weather

prediction models, with interpretation provided by
either the human forecaster or by statistical
methods.

Application of Weather
Forecasts to Operational
Crop Protection
-Surender Slogb, Raj Singb and Ram Nlwas
Department of Agrjcultural Meteorology,
HAU, Hisor
The weather related elements that most
commonly influence disease and pest patterns and
which are used in information and warning
systems are temperature (usually maximum and
minimum), relative humidity, rainfall (amount and
duration) surface wetness duration (often related
empirically to rain or dew), soil moisture, wind
speed and direction and sunshine (or cloudiness).
All these elements may be forecasted routinely,
but accuracies vary with the element concerned,
the geographical location and tbe synoptic type.
Howev~r. forecasts do not have to be perfect to
have economic value. The most value is gained
from them when meteorologists and crop protection specialists are mutually aware of the extent
of the skills and knowledge of each other's field.
Weather forecasts in crop protection cover 8
wide range of time scales. In all cases, however,
thc:y may require significant modification in order
to account for local effects (topography) when
applied to particular places withio a geographical
regIon usually. forecasting for operational crop
protection can be divided into following sub
beadings:

Montbly and Seasonal Outlooks

These are produced routinely by several
different methods but they usually show a very low
level of skill at present compared to the forecasts
just described. However, even the use of .
climatological averages alone may be helpful in /
estimating tbe likely development, extensioJI or
modification of a pest or disease in a particular
year, so allowing a seasoned programme of inspection and control to be prepared in advance.
Forecasts of meteorological conditions favouring disease and pest development may be either
general, or in the form of numerical values of
specific weather elements. They ca~ be used for:
(i)

Predicting the time or progress and severity

of outbreaks so allowing rational control
measures to be initiated.- A double forecast
is required, first predicting the environment,
and then the effect of this environment on
the disease or pest.

(ji)

Providing operational advice on the timing

of chemical' application or other counter
measures. This is likely to be one of the
most important uses for weather forecasts
since it should lead to improved benefitfcost
ratios, minimize environmental pollution, and
slow down the,development of resistance to
pesticide in the organisms being controlled.

Many of the applications of weather forecasts

to crop protection arc relatively straight forward,
and can be exploited with existing knowledge.
However. in numerous other cases the full values
Very Short- raDge Forecasts
relationships between pest and disease development
Th_~e are for periods upto ooly a few bours
and weather are better undentood. Even then the
ahead. They depend upon detailed meteorological maximum benefits will not be achieved in operaobservations,' analyse. 'lf current weather and
tional crop protection unless the meteorological
techniques for projecting this information a ahort
forecasters, plant pathologists and entomologists
time into the future.
not only collaborate closely in setting up and
maintaining warning schemes, but also en.sure
Sbort aDd Medium Ranle Forecasts
that the end product takes full account of the
The time scale of these predictioJ)s ranges
demands of the crop production systems being used
from a few hours upto about one week ahead.
by farmers and growers.

10

HARYANA FARMING

Diseases of Bhindi and

their Control
-0. P. Kadlao aDd P. C. Gupta
Department of Plant Pathology, HAU, Hisar
Bhindi (Okra) is one of the important vegetable crops widely grown in Haryana wirh its planting <!,uring February-March and June-July. It
suffers from several important diseases. Some of
the important diseases and their control are described as under:
J.

Yellow Vein Mosaic

Symptoms: Main symptoms appear on leaves

with 'Vein clearing and veinal chlorosis, followed
by yellow net work of veins. In severe cases, veins
and veinlets are thickened with complete chlorosis
of leaf lamina. Fruit setting is reduced. Fruits
are small in size, malformed and become yellowishgreen in colour.
Control: Rogue out the diseased plants.
Protect the crop from whitefly vector population
by spraying with malathion (250 ml in 250 I of
water per acre) or a mixture of Dimecron and
Nuvan (80 ml in 250 I of water per acre) stacting
within a week of germination and repeat it at 15 to
20 days interval. Grow resistant variety like P-7.
2.

Wilt

Symptoms
Yellowing and stunting of
plant followed by wilting and rolling of leaves.
Finally the plant dies. If a diseased Item or root
is cut longitudinally, the vascular bundles appear
as dark streaks.
Control: Prefer the cultivation of resistant
varieties like Pusa Sawani and Pusa Makhamali.
Treat the seed with Captan @ 2.5 g/kg seed.
February-March planting, deep summer ploughing,
crop rotation and removal of ,roots of diseased
Plants reduce the disease incidence.
".....

Top Working in/Wild

Ber Trees
-Solemao Mohammed and Dal Singh
Krlshi Vigyan Kendra, Sodalpur, Hisar

There are plenty of wild ber trees growing in

neglected lands and along the borders of the fields
and roads which do not fetch any income. If
such uneconomic trees are top worked and
budding with improved varieties, they can undoubtedly add to the income of the grower and
provide a good fruii to the peoplc. This whole
systcm is known as the top working of wild ber
trees.
The method of top working is quite simple.
The trees are headed back in the months of MarchApril at ground level. New sprouts arise from
below the cut end. The strongest shoot alonc is
retained and the others should be removed. When
the selected shoot is of pencil thicknels, it is ready
to receive the bud.
It is some time in July-August tbat budding

operations by 'T' method are carried out. Buds

are selected from current growth arising on tbe
previous seasons wood of the selected ber variety.
One or two buds should be inserted on each
selected shoot. These buds sprout in two to three
weeks after budding. After the sprouting of bud,
the portion of shoot above the point 01 inscrtioD
is cut oft' entirely.
However in case of ring budding, the trees
headed back during March-April can be ring budded
in June, as loon as the fresb growth IItarts. Within
a year, the top worked trees develop a sufficient
head growth to bear a small crop.

(Contc/. on poge 13)

to

MARCH, 1991

11

SugarcJlne Cultivation-Cost
and Returns Analysis
-D. S. Naoda) aod S. S. GuJiaoi

Deptt. of Agricultural Economics, HAU, Hisar

Sugarcane occupies about 1.4 lakh hectares
area in the State of Haryana. The average cane
yield of the crop varies between 311-544 quintals
per hectare which is very low as co~pared to the
yield obtained in South India. This yield difference
is mainly because of relatively pOOr growth condi~
tions in northern part of the country as far as
sugarcane is concerned. However, in some of the
crop competition plots, yield as high as 1800 q/ha
has been recorded.
A great emphasis is being laid for the expansion of sugarcane with balanced expansion of sugar
industry simultaneously. Sugarcane production
needs to be increased in the state to become selfsufficient in sugar output. Sugarcane economy in
the country in general and in Haryona in particular
has continued to be characterised by wide cyclical

fluctuations. Such large fluctuations invariably

result in sub-optimal use of production resources.
The uncertainty of return caused by fluctuations
tends to dempen farmers' enthusiasm for taking
measures for increasing sugarcane yields through
efficient application of modern inputs.
With the increasing adoption of new agricultural production technology, the use of purchased ,
inputs has increased substantially. As a result,
farmers are becoming more and more conscious ~(
the input-output prices and net returns from different crops grown on their farms. Similarly, res-.,
earchers, policy makers and extension workers are
also Concerned much with the cost-price behaviour
of different agricultural commodities. Thus, jt
becomes very imperative to work out the economics
of different crops grown on farmers' fields at prevailing input-output prices so as to help them taking
rational decisions on the allocation of scar~e
resources.
Keeping this objective in view, an attempt has
been made to throw light on the economics of
sugarcane cultivation.
Table 1 shows the cost and returnl from the
cultivation of sugarcane (planted) and sugarcane
(ratoon) crop 'in the state of Haryana during the
year 1989-90. The data were collected by District

TABLE 1
Economics of sugarcane cultivation in Haryana State during 1989-90
(Value in Rs./acre)
Items

Sugarcane (Ratoon)

Sugarcane (Planted)

--------------------------------------------We!'tern Zone
State Average
Eastern Zone
State Average
Eastern ZOlle
Western Zone
----------------------.. --c------Qty. Value
Qty.
Qty.
Qty.
Value
Qty.
Value
Value
Value
Qty.
Value
---~----

Production (q)

1.

(a) M!lin

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

240

8629.0

'(b) fly product 50

7260
(c) Gross return
93550
Variable cost
3504
Returns over
5851
variable cost
Total cost
7673
Net return
1682
Cost of production
per q
(a) Without by-product 32
(b) With by-product
29

12

231
35

8085.00
423
8508
3361
5147

239
49

8575
696
9271
3490
5781

182
45

6613
734
7347
5929

6685
420
7105
1886
5219

1418

191
35

183
44

6627
690
7317
1476
5841

'7121
1387

7619
1652

4473
2874

4548
2557

4482
2835

31
29

32

25
22

24

2S
22

29

22

HARYANA FARMING

Extension Specialists (F. Mgt.) posted in different

districts of the state. The summarized findings indicate the average level of inputs used, variable cost,
total cost of production per acre. returns over
va(iable cost, net returns BDd per quintal cost of
production of main product which would be
useful for the farmers, administrators and policy
makers in affecting right choices and decisions regarding allocation of area Bna resources to different
crop enterprises.
In case of sugarcane (planted), the average
yield obtained on farmers' fields during the year
1989-90 was 240, 231 and 239 q of cane for eastern
zone, wesrern zone and state, respectively.
The farmers received gross return of Rs. 9355.
Rs. 8508 and Rs. 9271 per acre in eastern zone,
western zone and state. respectively. To obtain
the mentioned average yield and gross income.
farmers incurred a total cost of Rs. 7673. Rs. 7121
and Rs. 7619 per acre in eastern zone, western zone
and state, respectively. After deducting totaJ cost
from gross return, farmers obtained on an average
the net return of Rs. 1682, Rs. 1387 and Rs. 1652
on per acre basis for eastern zone. western zone
and state, respectively. Per quintal cost of production of cane without by-product turned out to
be Rs. 32 in eastern zone, Rs. 31 in western zone
Bnd Rs. 32 for the state, whereas farmers received
on an average a little over Rs. 58 per quintal of
cane produced at their farms.
In caSe of sugarcane ratoon crop the average
yield obtained on farmers' fields turned out to be
J82 aDd 191 q per Bcre in the eastern and western
zones, respectiVely, whereas it was 183 q for the
state as a Whole. The farmers' obtained a gross
return ofRs. 7347, Rs. 7105 andRs. 7317 per acre
for eastern zone, western zone and state, respectively. To obtain the mentioned yield and gross
return, farmers incurred a total cost of Rs. 4473,
Rs. 4~48 and Rs. 4482 in eastern zone, western
zone I!nd the state, respectively. After deducting
total cost from gross income, the average net
returns per acre received by farmers during the
year 1989-90 were Rs. 2874, Rs. 2557 and Rs. 2835
in eastern zone, weste.rn zone and state, respectively.
MARCH, 1991

Per quintal cost of production of cane without byproduct was estimated to be Rs. 25 in eastern zone,
Rs. 24 in western zone and Rs. 25 for the State.
The above analysis shows that Det returns
obtained in case of ratoon crop were higher as
compared to planted crop inspite oflower yields in
ratoon crop. Analysis showed that one of the
major reasons for lower yield in ratoon crop was
the low application of nit~ogenous fertilizer i. c.
59.7 kg Nlacre against a recommendation of 90 kg
N/acre. Farmers could further increase cane Yield
in ratoon crop if they applied recommended doses
of fertilizers. The analysis further revealed that
sugarcane growing not only covered the total cost
of cu]tivation but also provided reasonable net
returns as mentioned in the table. The analysis
revealed that nitrogenous fertilizers are very popular among the sugarcane growers and adopted by
98 per cent farmers against phosphatic fertilizers by
78 per cent. Plant protection measures were
adopted by 49 per cent farmers in the state. IntercuJtures are adopted by cent per cent growers in
the state as well as in both the zones. Sugarcane
cultivation appeared to be more paying than any
other common crop rotation in the state during the
year 1989-90.
(From page 11)

3.

Root Rot

S~mptoms: Seedlings remain stunted, turn

yellowish in colour, completely rotting of roots and
death of the diseased plants.

Control: Treat seed with Brassicol or Bavistin @ 2 g/kg seed. Rogue out diseased plants
as and when noticed.
4.

Root Knot

Symptoms: Plants look pale. stunted with

very little fruiting. Thy main symptom of the
disease is the formation of knots or galls on the
root system.

Control: Avoid repeated CUltivation of vegetables. Two or three deep summer pJoughings in
summer at 10-15 days interval help in the reduction of this problem.

13

Integrated Farming
Systems for More Profit
-NariDder Singb, S. N. Singb and V. P. Sharma
Directorate of Extension Education, HAU, Hisar
Today, dairying as a profession hardly pays
back the investment due to reasons like high cost
of feed and fodder, back breaking labour, etc. involved in managing a large-sized herd. Dairying
is, therefore, given a low priority by the farmers
and integrated with mixed farming at the tail end.
Often, it serves in utilizing the straws, kadbies.
grasses growing in fallow lands, and edible weeds
removed from grain and cash crops. It also
provides employment to the family labour on small
holdings where otherwise there are no opportunities to gainfully employ forced idle time. To some,
in addition, a few milch animals are a status
symbol.
The two limitations which make dairying an
unattractive enterprise are Jack of availability of
high yielding milch animals and fodder production
per unit area in unit time. The work on cross breeding of Indian cows with foreign breeds like Holstein
Friesian, Brown-Swiss, Red Dane, Jersey, etc. has
shown that average milk yield of off-springs can
easily be raised to 3000-3500 litres per annum.
,Likewise, intensive or relay cropping of fodder
crops can push up. the yield of quality fodders to
about 1500-2000 q/ha. The success in overcoming
these two obstacles, therefore, offers very encouraging incentives in making Dairy Farming a more
remunerative enterprise than the traditional grain
or,cash crop husbandry.
EcoDomi'cs of Mixed Farming with Crossbred Cows
on I ha of Land UDder Irrigated Conditions
Studies conducted in the Department of Agronomy, Haryana Agricultural University, Hisar on
mixed farming with three crossbred cows gave
maximum return followed by mixed farming with
three Murrah buffaloes and arable farming yielding net average annual profit of Rs. 23334, l2626

14

and Rs.. 7100, respectively for the agricultural

years ]984 to 1989. The mixed farming with three /
crossbred cows was more profitable 8S compared
to mixed farming with three Murrah buffaloes because of shorter calving interval, longer milking
period, shorter dry period and high milk
production in case of crossbred cows as compared
to buffaloes.
TABLE 1

,,I
Comparative economics of different farming systems (Average of5 years July 1984 to June 1989)
-------_-

Unit

Total
expend jture on
1 ha of
land
(Rs.)

Total
Net Labour
income annual empon ha of profit loyed
land
ina
year
(Rs.)
(Rs.) (Men
days)

--------------------------------------r-Arable farming

9131

Mixed farming
with three crossbred cows

27820

16231
51]54

Mixed farming
with three
Murrah buffaloes

30299

42925

7100

204

23334

497

J2626

582

Package of Recommended Practices for Fodder

Production
1.

Grow fodder crops in intensive rotations by

adopting Relay Cropping Patterns, so that
three to four crops are taken in a year and a
yield of 1500-2000 q/ha of fodder obtained_
Use high yielding varieties and replace them
by better ones as per recommel!dations of
fodder specialists. Grow crops in mixture, like
maize+cowpea, jowar+cowpeas, jowar+
cowpeas. jowar+ guar to provide nutritious
fodder and high yields. Include mJllticut
crops like pioneer jowar and berseem to save
labour and produce fodder more economically.

2_

Apply 40-50 tonnes of Farm Yard Mztnure/ha

to only one of the crops in the rotation so
that no time is lost between harvesting of one
crop and sowing of another. Leguminous
crops like berseem should be fertilized with.
20 kg N 60 kg P200 +30 kg KzO/ha.
(Conld. on page 21)

HARYANA FARMING

Practical Tips for Goat

Breeding.in Haryana
-z. S. Rana aod Pradeep Godara
College of Animal Sciences, HAU, Hisar
Goat enterprise forms an important facet of ~
livestock
production in the economy of landless
r~
labourers of socio-economically backward communities of Haryana State. A variety of products
are available from the goat industry of which
choven and milk are of major economic importance.
The importance of goat as subsidiary source of
economy for small and marginal farmers is being
increasingly recognised in the rural areas of
Haryana.
Goat being a hardy animal its management is
not much of a problem but it has been realised that
the earning from goat flock can be substantially
increased, if special attention is paid to the breeding aspect of goats. From the practical experience
of goat breeding following tips are suggested for
Haryana farmers.
1. Select the breed according to your objectives i.e. for milk, Beetal, Barbari, Jakhrana,
whereas all the breeds/strains grades of goat may
be utilized for meat production. Although the
Beetal breed hails from Punjab but its grades are
available around Hisar. Barbari goats are available alongwith the Jamana river towards Haryana.
Jakhrana breed is predominantly found in Mohindergarh and Rewari districts. All these three are
breeding tracts of the breeds mentioned above. In
rest of the area crossbreds of Beetal, Jakhrana,
Jamanapari and Barbari are available.
2. For pure breeding the selection of animals
should be made according to the breed characteristics.
3. The large size breeds viz., Beetal and Jakhrana can be utilized for grading up of local nondescript breeds for milk and meat both, whereas
:aacbari can be utilized for milk purpose.

MARCH, 1991

4. Although goats are polyestrous animals

but research conducted at HAU shows that according to the maximum number of animals coming
in heat around the year the following two breeding
seasons are recommended :
(a) September, October and November
(b) March and April

5. For breeding of the animals the following

points should be kept in mind.
(a) For achieving high productivity both the
doe and the buck should not be mated
before the age of 12 to 15 months. At
this age the animal must achieve one third
of its adult weight also.
(b) The buck can start serving the doe at the
age of around 10 months but to make it
more poductive and to achieve good results it should not be allowed to mate before the age of 12 to IS months.
(c) A mature buck can be alloted to 20 to 30
does per season. Although ell:!mples arc
found in rural side of a male covering
even up to SO does. Productive life of a
doe and buck is considered for about 6-6
years.
(d) Considering the generation interval of
around 25-30 months and to avoid inbreeding and buck should be changed after
every three years. We should take three
kiddings in two years. The generation
period being 150 5 days, the animal is
all owed a physiological rest for one leason
in two years. During one breeding
season, the breeding should be restricted
to two estrus cycles (one estrus cycle
consists of 18 to 21 days).
(e) Before the onset of breeding season
flushing of the bull bucks and does should
be started at least one month before
breeding season. Before allowing the
bucks to mate, the semen picture of the
breeding buck should be studied. The
buck should not be criptic, reluctant to
mate by nature and should have effective
(Colttd on page 16)

15

What is 'T' Budding

In 'T' budding, with the help ofbuddjng koifc.
a horizontal cut is given on the bark of the stem of

'T' Budding-A Successful

Method of Propagation
in Ber
-SuJeman Mohammed, Jeet Ram Sharma and
D. S. Dahlya
Krishi Vigyan Kendra, Sadalpur
Seedling trees constitute the bulk of the ber
trees grown in Haryans snd bear very heavy crops
of small fruits which are of poor quality and have
little commercial value. Vegetative propagation of
superior varieties is. therefore, the most important
step in improving ber cultivation.
Among the various methods of vegetative
propagation'T' budding has been found to be
most successful and preferred. 'T' budding is also
known as shIeld budding. For this purpose, fully
ripe fruits from wild ber trees are collected in
March-April. After removing the edible portion,
the stones should be sown in the field directly at
proper distances (Fig. 1). This is considered
necessary because when raised in nursery, the
seedlings do not stand transplanting well due to
the deep tap root system. Watering should be
done daily to keep the medIa moist. The seedlings,
thus. raised are ready for budding in August-Sept.,
when the stemp of seedling is of pencil thickness ..
Budding can also be done during March-April.
ill

seedling plant and then a downward perpendicular

cut is given, thus forming an incision of tb~ shape
of the letter 'T'. The bark is then slightly llfted up
and the desired bud is then inserted into the top of
the T shaped slit and pushed downward so that it
fits closely under the bark of the seedling stem:
The bud is then tied with the polythene strips qui,e
tightly to hold the bark around the bud. Care
should be taken while taking the bud from
improved variety, that the bud should have a small
portion of wood and should be taken from the
previous season's growth. The buds sprout in two
to three weeks after budding, then the polythene
strips should be removed.
After Care
All undesirable branches and sprouts below
budded portion should be removed. Irrigation
should be given at fortnightly interval

(From page 15)

male. characteristics with strong limbs.'

. Various farm operations like hoof trimm109, curring of public hair and treatment
of simple igjurics must be taken.
(f)

To sychronise the estrus in the flock~

parading of approved or vesectomised
buck should be started 10-15 days before
starting the mating. The manager has to
be keen heat detector.

6. Selection of the buck should be on the

basis of general health, body weight at six months
and dam's milk yield.
7. Replacement and culling at the goat farm
should be cyclic routine. The defective undesirable,
old and unproductive animals should be.culled at
various stages.
Fig. 1. A. Stock seedling ready for budding. B. A stock
seedling with a "T" cut. C. A scion bud. D. The
scion bud inserted into "T" cut .. E. A scion bud
tied after insertion. F. A growing sci4lfl bud.

16

8. Economics of the goat farming is an

important aspects and before taking any decision
this aspect must be taken care of.
HARYANA FARMING

(WHAT TO
,

~O THIS M?~T~:!]
~

be harvested before the onset of monsoon. Use

recommended variety K 851 or PS-16. Use 20 kg
seed per hectare. Sowing should be done in good
moisture by using 'pora' in lines 30 em apart.
Treat the 'seed with Rhizobium Culture before
sowing.

Wbeat
Irrigate the crop timely at the late-tillering,
flowering and grain-development stages. Rogue
out the off-type plants at frequent intervals. For
producing healthy seeds, remove loose smut affected earheads carefully without shaking the plants
'So that spores of the fungus do not spread.
For controlling brown and yellow rust spray
the crop with Dithane Z-78/Dithane M-45 @ 800
g/acre in 300 titres water. Againlt aphid spray
250 ml fenitrothion 50 EC or 500 ml endosulfan
35 EC or 400 ml malathion 50 EC in 250 I water
per acre.
Mustard
If on J~te sown crop aphid attack is noticed,
spray 400 ml Metasystox 25 EC or Rogor 30 EC
or 100 ml Dimecron 85 WSC in 400 litre of water
per acre iQ the after noon. In case of painted bug
attack spray 400 mt malathion 50 EC in 400 litre
water per acre.
Complete the harvesting of sarson jf not already done. Harvest the raya crop in time on
maturity to avoid loss through the ,shattering of
seeds. The harvested crop should be stacked for
7 to 10 days before threshing. Harvest taramira,
wherever ripe.
Summer Moong
Best time for sowing of summer moong is
whole of March and if delayed, the crop will not
MARCH, 1991

For summer moong do not forget to apply

40 kg P205 alongwith 15 kg N per hectare before
sowing of moong. DAP applied @ 90 kg/ha will
take care of both P and N needs of this crop.
Sugarcane
Complete sowing of sugarcane by the end of
this month. Plant only recommended varieties of
sugarcane i. e. early maturing CO 7314, CO 7717
and COJ 64; mid season; CO 767 and CO 1158
and late maturing CO 1148. For planting, select
only the top 2/3 portion of those healthy canes
which are free from diseases and pests. The
recommended seed rate for one hectare is 87,000
two-budded setts or 58,000 three-budded setts per
ha which weigh about 70 to 100 quintals. To improve germination, treat the seed before planting
with 0.25% solution of Emisan or Dithane M-45
or Manzeb. Sow on flat soil in rows 60 to 75
apart. Also mix 2.5 litre gamma BHC 20 EC or
heptachlor 20 EC or J.3 litre aldrin 30 EC in 6001000litres water per acre and apply in furrows
over the cane setts with sprinkling cans. Furrow
should be covered immediately after treatment.
By this treatment crop will be saved from termites
and shoot borer.
Dr. D. P. Thakur
Dr. v. K. SrJ"taY8
Dr. M. S. Kuhad
Dr. K. C. Bishnoi
Dr. P. R. Yada'f
Dr. V. P. Sbarma
Dr. oal SIngh
Dr. ~arinder Singh

i (
J

r
I

Directorate of
Extension Education,
HAU,Risar

17

Apply 50 kg Nlha at sowing time through

200 kg CAN or 110 kg urea below the seed at
sowing time. Also apply ~O kg P20s/ha through
313 kg single super phosphate if soil is low in
phosphorus.
Give one blind-hoeing 7 to lO days after planting, followed by planking to promote the emergence
of shoots, particularly in heavy loils. Two or three
more hoeing' are neccssafY to keep the weeds under
check. Weeds can also be controlled with the preemergence application of Simazine 50 WP at the
rate of 4 kg/hectare in 600 lit res of water. This
should be followed by post-emergence application of
2,4-D (80% sodium salt) at the rate of 2.5 kg per
hectare in 1250 Iitres of water. First spray should
be done at three weeks after planting and subsequent
spraying may be done two weeks after earthing.
Sunflower
Sunflower is an important oilseee crop which
can be sown throughout the year on all types of
soils. In Haryana, the best sowing time for this
crop is between 15th December to 15th February.
For the sowing of one acre of this crop, 3 kg seed
of a good variety is recommended. To have a
bumper crop, the recommended dose of fertilizer
that are 60 kg N/ha and 40 kg P205/ha should
be applied. Drill one half of N dose and full dose
of phosphorus at the time of sowing. Apply rest
of the nitrogen at first irrigation.
Berseem and Lucerne
Irrigate berseem and lucerne at 15 to 20 days
jnterval. Take cutting of fodder at monthly intervals. For seed production of berscem, the last
cuttings of berseem should be taken in the first
week of March in dry areas and in the 3rd week
('f March in humid areaS. Eradicate the kasni
weed to obtain pure seed.
Kbarif Fodder
Start sowing of early fodders. The variety
recommended for jowar, are JS 20, He 136; He17-1, HC-260,' Sweet Sudan grass 59-3, cowpea
HFC 42-1. Prepare the soil thoroughly. Use seed
rate of 50-75 kglha for jowar, 30 .kg per hectare
for sudan grass and 40 kg per hectare for cowpeas.
All these fodders should be sown in lines at a
distance of 20-25 em by pora method.

18

Giant Napier Grass

Complete planting of NB 21 Giant Napier
Grass, in this month by using 27,500 root-slips or
cuttings (1 SO cm long with 2 to 3 buds) per hectare. It should be planted with 75 cm distance
from row to row and 60 cm from plant to plant
after preparing the soil nicely. Apply 50 cartloads
of farm yard manure well before planting.

Tomato
The spring crop of tomato would have been
transplanted during the last month. This crop I
will need regular irrigation and hoeing and weeding. Irrigate the crop at an interval of about 8-10
days time. The dead seedlings may be replaced.
After three weeks of transplanting, top dress the
crop with 35 kg of nitrogen (140 kg Kisan Khad)
for one hectare of land. After application of
nitrogenous fertilizer do not forget to irrigate the
crop. For the control of virus disease and fungal
disease the crop may be sprayed regularly with one
litre Malathion SO Ee and 2 kg Dithane M-45 in
one hectare of land at an interval of about three
weeks. You may need about 625 Htres of water
for the spray of these insecticides and fungicides.
The virus infected plant should be removed from
the field. This spray will take care of otber barmful insects like. Hadda Beetle, Jassid and White
fly. If required these sprays may be done .at an
interval of ten days. If the seedlings for summer
crop have not been transplanted durIng the
previous montb it can be done now after proper
preparation of the field as described during the
. last montb.
Brlnjai
The crop transplanted during February will
need regular irrigation, hoeing and weeding, The
dead seedlings may be replaced by fresh ones.
After three weeks of transplanting the crop should
HARYANA FARMING

,
be top dressed with 35 kg of nitrogen (140 kg
Kisan Khad) on one hectare of land. After application of nitrogenous fertilizer irrigation is very
important. For the control of viral infection it
would be desirable that the crop is sprayed from
the initial stage with insecticide to arrest the
development of insects carrying virus.

If the crop of previous season has been killed

by frost the plant may be pruned (the damaged /
shoots) and by giving proper irrigation and manuring early crop by this method CBD be taken.
For rainy season crop. nursery of brinjal is
prepared during these days. Nematode infection
starts from nursery stage,. Hence, to take healthy
seedlings, treat the soil with carbofuran 3 G @ 7 g
per square meter before 1-2 days of sowing the
brinjal seeds in the nursery.
Chillies
The crop transplanted during the last month
may be top dressed with 20 kp nitrogen (80 kg
Kisan Khad) per hectare of land after 3-4 weeks
of transplanting followed by irrigation. Regular
hoeing, weeding and irrigation of the crop would
be needed. The crop of chillies is usually infected
by virus disease and it would be desirable that
1 litre of malathion 50 EC in 625 litres of water
be sprayed regularly at 1015 day interval to kill
the vectors who are responsible for spread of this
disease.
Potato
If spring crop of potato has been planted it
should be properly cared. Usually this season
crop is DOt recommended. During the season crop
is severely infested by insect pests and diseases and
the yield is also low before digging crop. Use of
insecticide and fungicides should be stopped at
least two weeks before t~i&. The crop may be
harvested at proper stage, cured, cut and diseased
tubers should be qiscarded and then after proper
digging may be sent to cold storage and or market
for sale.
Pea
If the pods are available to the field they may
be picked up. Irrigations may be required depending on the conditions of the crop.
After
harvesting the field may be ploughed and may be
used for planting other crops.
MARCH, 1991

Cauliflower, Cabbage and Knol-kbol

The crops may be regularly irrigated and
matured heads may be harvested and sent to market for sale. During this month these crops are
usually harvested due to rise in temperature. )n
late sown crop, control leaf minor by spraying
400 ml Rogor 30 EC or 500 ml Metasystox 25 EC
in 250 litre water per acre.
Onion aDd Garlic
These crops may need regular irrigation and
some times weeding the exposed bulbs may be
earthed up. For the control of purple blotch the
crop may be sprayed with copper oxychloride
or Blitox-50 or Fytolsn @ 2 kgfha. Sticker like
triton @ 1-2 ml/litre of fungicidal solution be
mixed for better spread of fungicide.
Radish
During this month seeding of the radish
variety Pusa Chetki may be done. You may try
to it once small piece of land. It would be desirable that the seeding is done on sma)) ridges which
are prepared at a distance of about 30 em.
Palak
The crop in the field may he harvested and
sent to market for sale in proper bundles. Regular
irrigation is desirable. If the crop for summer
season has not been planted it can be done now.
For one hectare of land, about 20 kg of seed
would be required. Use high yielding varieties
like Jobner green, All-green or HS-23. The seeding may be done in I prepared field in lines at a
distance of about 15-20 cm.
Bblndi
Bhindi can be sown during this month also.
The field should be prepared 85 detailed during
the last month. Use Pusa Sawani variety. It would
be sown in lines about 30 cm apart and keep the
distance between plants at about 20 cm. For one
hectare of land you will need about 20-25 kg of
seed. It would be desirablefthat for good germination, the seeds are soaked in clean water for
over Dight before seeding. For the control of root
rot, the seeds may be treated with Brassicol at the
rate of 2.5 gm for every kg of seed.
The crop sown during February will need
regular irrigation. boeing an~ weeding and top
dressing of the crop with 3S kg of nitrogen (140
kg Kisan Khad) per hectare of land after about a

19

month of seeding. Irrigation after application of

nitrogenous fertilizer is important. It would be
desirable to use insecticides for the control of
jassids, cotton boll worm and white fly. For the
integrated control of these pests apply ten sprays
of the following insecticides at 15 days interval. The
doses are on hectare basis. For first and third
spray use 1, 1.25 kg DDT (WP) in SOD and 625
litres of water, respectively. For 2nd, 4th, 6th, 8th
and 10th spray use 800, 1000, 1200, 1400, 1600,
Malathion 50 EC in 500, 625, 750, 875 and 1000
litres of water, respectively. For 5th, 7th and 9th
spray use 750, 875, 1000 Carbaryl 50 WP (Sevin!
Hexavin/Carbavin) in 750, 850 and 1000 litres o(
water, respectively. Do Dot use DDT when plants
start fruiting. All fruits should be picked before
spraying.
Water Melon and Muskmelon
The crop should be regularly irrigated and kept
free from weeds. After about a month of seeding
they may be top dressed with 70 kg Kisan Khad
(17 kg Nitrogen) per hectare of land f()llowed by
irrigation. The crop should be protected against
Red Pumpkin beetle just after the germination of
ihe crop by dusting with 6 kg of 10% Seven dust
after mixing 20 kg of Ash or fine soil in one hectare
of land. Spray of 250 g carbaryl 50 WP in 625
lilres of water is still more effective. For the control of aphids, jassids and mites the crop may be
sp~ayed with 625 rol malathion 50 EC in 625 litres
of water at an interval of about 10 days.
Other Cucurbits
The seeding of other cucurbit can be done
during this month also. The land preparation,
planting distance and varieties etc. have already
been described during the last month. The crop
sown during February should be properly irrigated
and kept free from weeds. Top dresS-crop with 68
kg of Kisan Khad (17 kg Nitrogen) in every hectare of field followed by irrigation. For the control
of insects the insecticides indicated with water
melon and muskmelon should be used 'for these"
crops also. For the contrQI of powdery mildew
the CTOpS may be sprayed wiih 2 kg of wettable
,sulphur/ha.
Colocasia
Colocasia can be ~eeded during this month.
For the preparation of land apply 20-30 tonnes of

20

well rotten FYM or compost. Before seeding

apply 40 kg Nitrogen (160 kg Kisan Khad), 60 kg
Phosphorus (300 kg Single Super Phosphate) and
SO kg Potash (85 kg Muriate of Potash) in one
hectare of land. Seeding may be done in lines at
a distance of about 45-60 cm and keep the distance
in between the plants at 320 cm. For one hectare
of land, about 800 and 1000 kg of rhizomes would
be required for seeding in one hectare of field if
the seeding has been done during February, proper
care of the crop like irrigation, weeding etc. may!
be required.
I

Other Vegetables
Guar can be seeded during this month also.
Lobia can also be seeded. If sweet potatoes are
to be grown the tubers should be sown in nursery
for getting the stamped guidance. Other vegetables may need proper care depending on the crop.

During this month, the fruit-growers have to

pay a special attention to planting, the initial care
of young plants, the irrigation of orchard, the protection of plants ag8mst pests insects and diseases,
the pollination in date-palm. etc.
This month is suitable for planting evergreen
plants like mango, guava, loquat. litchi, papaya,
sangtra, malta. Even the decidous plants such as
pear, peach, plum, fig, grapevine, mulberry, etc.
can also be planted now, provided they are shifted
with the earth-ball around their roots. Once the
fruit plants have occupied their actual place in the
field, they have to be nursed well by giving them a
proper training, timely irrigation, manuring, an
adequate protection against the hot sun. There is
greater evaporation from the soil due to an increase
in the day temperatures, further the plants tc;nd to
transpire more and more with the daily increments
in growth. The supply of water at frequent intervals is required. Sprouts arising from the rootHARYANA FARMING

stock portion of a plant may be removed. The

exposed stems of plants may be wrapped with
material like parali, sarkanda etc. or they may be
whitewashed right now to prote~t them against
sun burn.
Sangtra, Malta, Lemon
Jatti Khatti seedlings of sJitablc size may be
budded with malta, sangtra, grape fruit and lemon
scions. The bud-wood for the' purpose may be
obtained only from the trees known for their productivity and fruit quality. It is necessary that
plants of only recommended cultivars may be
produced. Khatti seedings which have grown
15-25 em high in seed beds may be transplanted
in rows in well manured piots. Allow a distance
of 30 cm between the rows. After every two rows
provide a 60 cm wide space, so as to facilitate nursery operations. The plant to plant distance in a
row may be kept 20 cm. Citrus Pysllas, Citrus
Leaf Miner & white fly can be controlled with 1850
ml oxydemeton methyl (Metasystox) 25 EC or
1560 ml dimethoate (Rogor) 30 EC or 450 mi phosphamidon (Dimecron) 8S WSC in 1250 litre of
water per hectare.

Other Fruits
Irrigate the field at the interval of 10 days.
For the plantation of next season fruits the soil
may be got tested and accordingly planting and
layout may be done. Loquat and papaya may be
harvested and may be sent to the market for sale.
For controlling Peach Leaf Curl & Aphid, spray to
plants as suggested in the month of January.
' _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
(From page 14)

3.

Irrigate 4-5 days before harvesting each crop

so that the residuary moisture can be used for
preparing the land for sowing the succeeding
crop in rotatioD.

4.

Conserve excess fodder in the form of hay or

silage.

Dairy Cattle Management

I.

Buy only the best available crossbred cows

giving on an average at least 10 litres of milk
per day for 10 months in a year.

2.

Feed each cow @ 40 kg green fodder along

with :3 kg bbusa per day. Feed concentrate
mixture @ 1 kg for every 2.5 Htres of milk
over and above the initial 4 litres for which
no concentrate mixture is required, add mineral mixture to the concentrate @ 20 g/kg.

3.

Feed the heifers and cows in late pregnancy

@ 1 kg concentrate mixture daily for the last
two months.

4.

Make full use of the artificial insemination

and veterinury services.

S.

Record keeping-Maintain proper records of

day-to-day income, expenditure and other
records related to animals so that selection of
animals and net profit can be calculated at the
end of each year.

6.

Vaccination programme a Must-With reasonable care and timely vaccination, you can
control most of the infectious diseases.

Mango
To check fruit drop 2% urea may be sprayed
in the last week of March. The young plants as
well as old plants that may be weak may also be
given the required dose of Calcium Ammonium
Nitrate. Anarching may be undertaken, only the
twigs showing good growth on the mother trees
that are true type may be used in propagation.
Grapes
The grape-vines may be trained to single stem
up to the height desired in different training system.
All their unwanted shoots may be nipped while
just emerging to develop the desired number of
branches. The young plants that are weak may
also be given the required dose of Calcium Ammo.
nium Nitrate. Irrigation should be done twice in
this month. In the end of this month old plants
may be given the half dose of Nitrogen.

MARCH, 1991

21

Registration No. P/HS/l72

Registrar of Newspapers No. 22960/72

HAU Welcomes the Farmers at its Yearly Feature............

HARYANA KISAN MELA

being organised
ON

14 & 15 MARCH, 1991

AT

Haryana Agricultural University Farm

Balsamand Road, Near HAU Farm Gate, Hisar
SALIENT FEATURES

Guided visits to University Farm by vehicles. to see bumper standing Rabi crops
like Wheat. Barley. Gram. Rapaseed and Mustard, Lentil. Berseem, Sugarcane, etc. raised
with the latest scientific techniques by the university scientists.

Visiting farmers will be apprised of the latest methods of sowing, hoeing, seed treatment. soil reclamation, judicious use of water and fertilizers. plant protection measures,
proper handling of farm machinery and implements. etc. of different Kharif crops. They
will also be apprised of the techniques of inter-cropping. conserving soil moisture.
dry land farming. etc.

Most attractive feature-AGRO-INDUSTRIAL EXHIBITION-'in which farm machinery

and implements, insecticide-pesticides, and other farm use material will be displayed
by the Agri-businessmen, dealers, manufacturers, etc.

o
o
o

Priced and free agriculture literature. both in Hindi and English,

Seed sale of Kharif crops.
Free soil and water testing service.

Please bring samples with you.

O. Home-scale fruit and vegetable preservation.

Buzz Session on all the two days from 2.00 p. m. onwards, in which the farmers can
get solutions of their field problems from the scientists.

Free lodging for night stay in the Kisan Ashram.

also by paying nominal charges.

"0

Farmers can stay in Farmer's Hostel

Fr..ee service and diagnosis of tractor defec.ts and plant protection equipments defects.

Farmers are requested to reach the reception booth at the Farm Gate at
8.00 a. m. on either days.
For enquiries and information please contact or write to :

Director of Extension Education, Gandhi Bhawan, HAU, Hisar

Farmers may contact the Specialists of their District Krishi Gyan Kendra for
detailed Information.
Printed and pcblished by Prof. M. C. Agarwal. Director of Publications on behalf of Haryana Agricultural University
at HA.U Press, Hisar -125004.

D'.,.rN.r.t

r 'uAtUati.ftsr - - o - - - - - - - - - - - - . - - - - . . . - --I

HARYANA FARMING

j:'_-:_.J'

April.May 1991

Eighteenth

Contents

No. 45

Ann~al

Convocation

Pages
1. Insect-pests of cotton and their management
-Po D. Sharma and Praduman Bhatnagar
2.

Cpp;~trllint

analy!;is in gram production

'~1!:f,NJ;;fl(lndey, D. N. Dhull, C.'V.S. Malik

,'~(maV.
,u

P. Mehta

;'"

3. Potassium-a quality nutrient for fruit crops

-leet Ram Sharma, Sulemman Mohd. and
5
Dol Singh

4. Diseases of pomegranate and their control

-:-0. P. Kadian and P. C. Gupta
5. Get more chicks from eggs
-D. V. Arneja, Narinder Singh and
V.P. Sharma

6. Artificial insemination of turkeys

-Bharat Singh and B. S. Chhikara

9'

'i

7. Cure your mind first

- Praveen Kaur
8. Tomato-poor man's orange
- Yashpal Kaur and Sali! Sehgal

14

9. Child care for child development-a must

for parents

'

-M. Noth, Lal; Yadav and Bimla Dhanda

..

10. What to do this month?

15

18

11. Cotton cultivation-its cost snd return

analysis
-D. S. Nanda! and S. S. Guliani

12. Maintenance :of . fibre quality of cotton

during commercial production
-T. P. Singh, P. P. Jain and G. S. 'Sandhu

14. What to do for the month of May?

Speaking 00 the occasion, the Prime Minister

expressed bls concern over the widening gap between the agricultural production and the population.
He said the farm output increases bad been far outpaced by tbe rise In population and called for
'immediate st~ps to cbeck tbis trend. He said it was
a matter of concern that in a country where 70 per
cent of the people were engaged in agriculture, the
dependence 'On otber countries for certain foodstuffs
still persisted. Mr, Chandra Shekbar pointed oilseeds shortages and observed tbat their production
was far short of the demand. While the progress
in wheat, rice and some crops was creditable, the
country had to pay much more attention to oiJseeds.
He called for efforts to tap the soU, water
minerai and climatic r_esources to boost agricultural
production. No other counlry in the world was as
gifted as India in being bestowed with such a wide
range of soils, minerals and climates.

ii

Mr. Chandra Shekhar was conferred the honorary degree of Doctor of Science b,Y the University.

iii

Degrees were awarded to about 950 students

in various disciplines.

(Contd. on page viii)

13. Protein from peanuts

-Veena Jain

The 18th Annual Convocation of the University

was held on 26 March 1991 with.the Prime Minister,
, Mr. Chandra Shekhar as the chief guest. Organised
in the tastefully decorated Indira Gandhi Auditorium
tbe Governor Haryana and the Chancellor of the
'\
UniVersity, Mr. Dhanik Lal Mandai pnisided. over
the CODvocatioD, which was attended by tbe Haryana
Cbief Minister, Mr. O. P. Chautala and the Deputy
Chief Minister Mr. Hukam Singh, besides lienior
officers from the state Governmentand the District'
Administration.

To' Our Readers

Due to circumstances beyond our control, we
bave not been able to bring out in time the April
issue of Haryan8 Farming as a separate, Independent
issue. The April issue, therefore, has been combined
with tbe May issue by increasing' its volume in a way
that all the essential features for both the months

are retained. The utility _of the combined issue,

therefore, remains unimpaired.
We trust thal our valued readers would bear
with us as one time exception.
May 4, 1991
M. C. Agarwal
Director of Publications

plants is restricted and also the fruiting bodies

which appear in the early stages do not mature.
Sucking pests alone can cause 20-30% 'loss of
yield.

Insect-Pests of Cotton
and their Management
i

-Po D. Sharma and Pradumao Bhatoagar

Deptt. of Entomology, BeAU, Hisar
Cotton, the most important cash crop, is
grown during kharif season. The indeterminate
nature of the crop, its succulency and the hot and
humid weather during which it is grown, unitedly
contribute towards the attraction of large number
of insect-pests' towards it. It has been reported
that as many as 162 insect species infest cotton crop
and damage to the tune of 50-60 per cent. However,
out of all the insects infesting cotton, only a few
appear as serious pests. Based on the mode of
damage, the insect-pests of cotton can be grouped
as below:

Root Damaging
Termite is the most serious insect damaging
the roots and ultimately killing the plant. These
are loft bodied, creamish yellow insects living in the
soil by making tunnels, runways, galleries and
earthern mounds. The roots of young growing
plants as well as the mature plants are attacked.
The insects eat into the woody material of roots by
making galleries. Thus, the xylem vessels stop
functioning and the plant is suddenly disconnected
from the soil which results into the withering of
plant. The affected plants can be pulled out
easily.
Sap Sucking

Sap sucking species of insects include cotton

jassid, whitefly, thrip and aphid. These insects
pierce their mouth parts into the leaf tissue and
suck the plant sap. Jassid is the major pest of
cotton. Jassids and thrips feed at different locations
of the plant while aphids and whiteflies feed in
localised areas. By and large all these sucking
pests prefer to feed on the lower surface of
succulent leaves. The infested leaves turn yellow,
reddish, and . later curl and the growth of such
APRIL, 1991

Leaf Eating
Hairy caterpillars, cotton semilooper, leafroller, and greyweeviJ are the major insects
damaging cotton by eating its leaves and shoots.
Larval stage of the6e insects except greyweevil is the
only damaging stage in the field. Larvae feed on
the leaves and damage by eating the leaf margins,
eating holes into them and the shoots. In case of
heavy infestations, the leaves are completely eaten
away. The adults of greyweevil notch the le~f
margins and in case of severe infestation, the leaves
are skeletonised. Because of eating of the leaves,
growth of plant is adversely affected which ultimately affects the bearing of fruiting bodies and
the yield.
Boll Worms
Bollworms which include spotted bollworm,
pink bollworm and American bollworm are the
most notorious and serious pests of cotton. Their
first priority of eating is the fruiting bodies,
however, in their absence they may feed on growing
shoots. Spotted bollworm bores into the growing
shoots in the early stages which results into their
drooping and drying. Sometimes bunchy tops
appear on the infested twigs. Normally the young
larvae of the bollworms after hatching from the
eggs move up and down on the plants in search of
some suitable fruiting body or feeding site. As
soon as they get the things or place of site of their
choice, they start making h9les and finally enter
into the bolls. The spotted bollworm may come
out after exhausting one fruiting body and enter
the other. thus damage many fruiting bodies in its
larval life time. The American bollworm feeds on
the contents of fruiting bodies from outside. It is
a very voracious feeder and can exhaust a number
of fruiting bodies in its larval life. However, the
pink bollworm 'completes its larval life in one
fruiting body.
Pest Management Practices
(i)

For the control of termites, remove all the

stalkB and stubbles from the field and
destroy them. give deep ploughing during

hot summer months, before sowing of the

crop. Apply BHC 10% D or aldrin S% D
@ 30-35 kg/ha at the time of last ploughing,
before sowing. Plank the soil so that the
insecticide gets mixed with the soil
thoroughly.
(ii)

Remove all the weeds ill and around the

cotton fields because these plants provide
shelter to the insect-pest and also act al
alternative host.

(iii)

For the control of sucking pests, spray the

crop with 625-875 ml dimethoate (Rogor)
30 Ee or 750-1000 ml formolhion (Antbio)
25 EC or 750-1000 ml oxydemeton methyl
(Metasystox) 25 EC or ]90~225 ml
phosphamidoD (Dimecron) 85 WSE with
375-435 I of water/ha. Spray the crop only
when either 20% of the leaves start curling
or there is an average population of 2 jassid
nymphs or 6-8 whitefly adults per leaf.
Subsequent sprays should also be based on
the same economic threshold.

(iv)

Remove and destroy/bury egg masses and

young larvae/groups of hairy caterpillars
and other leaf eating insects.

(v)

For the chemical control of leaf eating

insects, spray the crop with 1.2-1.6 J feDitrothion (FoJithion/Sumithion) 50 EC or
1.5-2.0 I endosulfon (Thiodon/Thiotox/
Endocel) 35 EC or 1.2-1.6 kg carbaryl
(Sevin/Hexavin/Carbavin) 50 WP or 1.51.8 I Quinalphos (Ekalaux) 25 EC with
435-S00 I of water/ha.

(vi)

Remove all the spotted bollworm infested

shoots and, destroy/bury them thoroughly.

(vii)

Regularly collect all the shed material and

destroy it so that the bollworm multiplication and infestation is reduced.

(x)

Record the bollworm infestation regularly

and adopt the chemicai control measures
when )0% of the fruiting bodies are
infest.ed. Subsequent sprays should be given
after every IS days. Stop spraying when
bolls start opening.

(xi)

For the control of bollworm pests with

chemicals, spray the crop alternately with
conventional insecticides and synthetic pyretbroid group of insecticides.

(xii)

The insecticides recomQlended for the

control of bollworms are: Conventional
insecticides-1.8-2.2 kg carbaryl (Sevin!
Hexa,vin) SO WP or 1.8-2.2 I. fenitrotbion
(Folithion/Sumithion) 50 EC or 1.4-1.6 I
monocrotophos
(Monocil/Nuv8cron/MiIphos) 36 WSC or 2.0-2.S I QuinaIphos
(Ekalaux) 2S EC or Phosalone (zolone) 25
EC witb 425-500 I water/ha, ] 5 I triazophos (Hostathion) 40 EC. Synthetic pyrethroids--250 ml fenvalerate (Fenval/Sumicidin/
MilfanJAgrofan) 20 EC or alphamethrin
(alphaguard) 10 EC or 200 ml cypermethrin
(Cyperkil/Cimbush/Hilcyprin) 25 EC or
500 ml cypermethrin (Ripcord) 10 EC or
500 ml deJtamethrin (Decis) 2.8 EC or 300
ml fluvalinate 25 EC with 435-500 1 waterl
ha.
For effective control, do not use
insecticides from same group continuously.
Spray the crop with conventional insecticides
and synthetic pyrethroid group of inlecticides
alternately at an interval of 15 days .

(xiii)

In case of sucking pests, specially jassids

become serious during the reproductive
phase of the crop (boll bearing stage), these
can be effectively controlled by tank mixing
625-875 ml dimethoate or 750-1000 ml
oxydemeton methyl or formothion or
190-2'25 ml pholphomidon per hectare
alongwith the insecticides recommended fO,r
bollworm control during that period.
(Contd. on page 5)

(viii)

Remove and destroy the rosetted flowers

which are always due to pink bollworm
infestation. It will belp to reduce the
multiplication of pink: bollworm in the next
generations.

(ix)

Instal gossyplure pheromone traps in the

cotton field at, a distance of 60 x 60 m for

monitoring the population of pink bollworm.

Adopt the chemical control measures as
soon as the economic threshold of 5 male
moths/trap/night during July to mid-August
and 8 male moths/trap/night during midAugust to Oct. is observed.

HARYANA FARMING

Constraint Analysis in
Gram Production
J

-R. N. Pandey, D. N. Dhull, C. V. S.. Malik aod

V. P. Mehta
Directorate of Research, HAU, Hisar
Gram is the most important pulse crop occupying more than 90 per cent total area under pulses
in Haryana state. There has been no specific trend
in area, production and productivity of gram during last two decades. The share of gram in total
area and production of food grains was 30 and 20
per cent in 1966-67 and it declined to 18 and 8 per
cent in 1985-86, respectively. This shows a substantial decline in the relative importance of gram
among the foodgraios grown in the state. Depending upon the quantum and distribution of rainfall, the area, production and productivity of gram
shows substantial year to year fluctuations. The
area under gram ranged between 2,02,000 ha
(1987-88) to 11,48,000 ha (1977-78). Similarly,
the output of gram ranged between 67,000 tonnel
(1987-88) to 12,67,000 tonnes (1967-68) and the
yield ranged between 296 kg/ha (1981-82) to 1092
kg/ha (1967-68). Gram is a very rich source of
protein. Its reduction in supply and thereby incrc:ase in its prices and reduced per capita availability is 'adverseJy affecting the qualitative aspects
of the average diet in the atate as well as the country a whole.
Based on three dominant agrocIimatic factors
i.e. soil, rainfall and quality of underground water,
Haryana state can be delineated into seven agroecological situations namely (i) Shivalik hilly region
with high rainfall, (ii) alluvial plain with medium
rainfall, (iii) alluvial flood prone region, (iv) sandy
plain region, (v) alluvial plain with low rainfall,
(vi) sandy plain with low rainfall, and (vii) sandy
dunal area with very low rainfall. The first four
agro-ecological situations fall in the eastern zone
and the last three situations fall in the western
agro-climatic zone. The total cropped area in the
eastern and western zones was about 27 and 29
APRIL, 1991

lakh hectares and gram accounted for 2.83 and

20.0 I per cent of total cropped area in these two
zones, respectively. The share of gram in total
cropped area in the above mentioned seven agroecological situations was 6.67, 1.84, 7.35, 2.27,
14.71, 20.02 and 41.54 per cent, respectively. In
fact, the gram cultivation in Haryana is mainly
concentrated in the western zone, the last three
agroecological situations which account for about
88 per cent of total area under gram in the state.
Also, a lot of year to year variations in area, production and productivity of gram are observed
mainly due to variations in amount and distribution of rainfall and attack. of insects-pests and
,
diseases.
The total cropped area, area under gram,
average use patt~rn of nitrogen. '"hosphorui, potash, average yield alongwith yield range for
various agro-ecological lituations of the state are
presented in Table 1. When compared with the
recommended ultural practices, there exists substantial gaps/variations in the use of critical inputs
as well as the attained average yields of gram,
Based on the analysis of primary data collected
from ten sample farmers randomly selected from
each circle, the following constraints attributable
for low productivity of gram. were identified:
1.

Non-existence of substantially superior varieties of gram in terms of stable higher yield and
resistant to common diseases and insects-pests.

2.

Farmers do not apply the Rhizobium culture.

3.

Use of very low and imbalanced dose of fertilizers and majority of farmers do not apply
any manure or fertilizer to gram.

4.

Gram being a highly sensitive crop to salinity,

the increase in soil salinity with the expansion
of irrigation facilities is adversely affecting the
production and productivity of grant

5.

Low germination rate mainly due to existence

of toil moisture stress condition at planting
time results in poor crop stand and low yields.
I

6.

Heavy infestation of weeds in gram fields and

no suitable weedicide is, so far, recommended.

7.

Use of untreated seed against the seed oprne

disease.

TABLE I
Area, use pattern of fertilizer (nutrients) and yield of gram under different agro-ecological liituations in
Haryan. : 1985-87
Zone/Agro-ecological situation

1. Shivalik hilly region

Total cropped Area under

gram (ha)
area (ha)

1,52,666

8,659

Average fertilizer used

(kg/ha)

----------Nitrogen

Phosphorus

Potash

9.3

25.0

12

Average
yield
(kg/ha)

1045

Yield range
(kg/ha)

.t00-2000

with high rainfall

;
I

16,77,025

30,925

]277

130-2000

3,36,649

24,751

0
(0)

0
(0)

0
(0)

590
(832)

250-1200
(600-1500)

4. Sandy plain region

5,31,905

12,105

0
( 10.0)

0
(26.0)

0
(0)

570
(680)

300-1000
(500-1000)

5. Alluvial plain with low

10,09,220

1,48,540

3.1
(0)

1.1

to)

0
(0)

250-1500
882
(800) . (300-2S00)

(3.6)

0.8
(9.3)

0
(0)

710
(1312)

300-2000
(550-2250)

0
( 1.5)

0
(3.9)

0
(0)

210
(4]2)

0-500
(200-1000)

2. Alluvial plain region with

medium rainfall

3. Alluvial fiood prone

region

rainfa])
6. Sandy plain with low
rainfall

16,70,722

7. Sandy dunal area with

very low rainfall

2,46,998

Note:

1.9

3,34,508
],02,615

Figures in parentheSes show the coefficients for irrigated crops.

8.

Considerable loss in yield due to attack of

diseases such as wilt, bJight and root rot, and
insect-pests like termite, cut-worm, pod borer
and gujhia weevil.

9.

Non-availability of good seed of recommended varieties to farmers in the local markets.

The farmers mostly use the locally available
6esl varieties of gram.

2.

To educate and' convince the farmers about

the importance of (i) inoculation of seed with
rhizobium culture; (ii) seed treatment for protection against termites and seed borne
diseases; and (iii) use ofadequate and balanced
dose of fertilizers, well planned demonstrations
need to be conducted on farmers' fields.
Also the result of demonstrations need to be
properly analysed and published in popular
agricultural magazines to educate the farmers
about the economic gains of these recommendations.

3.

To control/check the problem of uneven germination and poor plant population, the available technology for conservation of Boil
moisture must be popularised among the farmers by the extension agencies through layi~:
out field demonstrations on the farmers fiel!}s.
Also, better and more efficient water conser(Contd. on page 6)

RecommeDoatloDS to Bridge the ExteDsloD/ Research

Gaps

1.

Well planned yield maximization demonstra

tions of the recommended varieties of gram
need to be,laid out on farmers fields (to bridge
the existing extension gap) and, concerted research efforts are needed for evolving superior
varieties in terms of yield, resistance to main
diseases, pests and drought conditions (to
bridge the research gap).

HARYANA FARMING

5. Sun burning
6. Reduced Vitamin C content of fruits
7. Smaller fruit size and fruits look shrinked.

Potassium-A Quality
Nutrient for Fruit Crops
-Jeet Ram Sharma, Sulemma8 Mohd. and
Dal Slogb*
Krishi Vigyan Kendra. Soda/pur
For vigorous aDd healthy growth, the fruit
plants have to take up large quantities of potassium
from soiJ.. Potassium affects both yield and quality
of fruit crops. It is well realised that the market
value of all fruits is dependent on quality. The
potassium deficiency reduces the quality both at
harvest and during storage. The fruits represent
'sink' for potassium. Its deficiency occurs mostly
during fruit development. If potassium deficiency
is allowed to persist, decline in orchards takes
place. Major functions of potassium are activation
of enzymes for the synthesis of proteins and fats,
formation of carbohydrates and increase the sweetness in fruits.

8. Delays the maturity of fruits

9. Unevenly maturity of fruits
10. 'Shorter shelf-life in storage
11. Increased frost damage

; 12,. Greater susceptibility of fruit crop. to pest

and diseases
Potassium deficiency can be corrected by application of appropriate levels of potassic fertilizers
to soil. Repeated foliar sprays can also effectively
correct in-season potassium deficiency. However,
soil application of potassic fertilizers followed by
one or two foliar sprays can produce better yield
with quality fruits.
Major sources of potassium are muriate of
potash (Potassium chloride and sulphate of
potash (Potassium sulphate). In fruit crops,
Potassium sulphate should be preferred due to the
toxic effects of muriate of potash.

Deficiency Symptoms
Soil and leaf analysis are excellent tools for
diagnosing potassium deficiency. Long before the
aymptoms of potassium deficiency become visible,
severe losses in both crop yield and fruit qualityoccur. As potassium is highly mobile within the
plant, initially the symptoms appear on older leaves,
since their potassium supplies are migrated to
younger leaves. The visual symptoms of potassium
deficiency are reduced growth, stunted plant arid
pale yellow to bronze colouration of leaves starting
from the margins, the leaf tips also become scorched and necrotic.
Important Effects of Potassium Deficiency Include
1. Reduced-yield of fruit crops by reducing number of fruits per plant, fruit size and fruit
weight

(From page 2)
Precautioo8
1.

Always use recommended

recommended doses.

insecticides in

2.

Purchase the insecticide in advance and test it

on a few plants before commercial application.

3.

Never use old or unlabelled insecticides.

4.

Purchase only quantities needed for the current

season. Avoid stoCking of pesticides.

S. Insecticides and the plant protection equipments should be handl,ed very carefully as per
the instructionsl directions given.

2. Poor colour development in fruits

3. Premature defoliation

4. Premature fruit drop ,

*Extension Specialist. HAU. Hisar
APRlL, 1991

6.

Never eat. drink or smoke during insecticides

application.

7. Never work alone with insecticides in the field.

season. The disease is caused by Xaathomoo.s

campestrls pv. puolcae.
Control: Spray the affected plants with
Blitox-50 0.2%+Streptocycline 250 ppm two or
three times after two weeks interval.

Diseases of Pomegranate
and their Control

Fruit Rot

"
Gupta

-0. P. Kadlao and P. C.

Deptt. of Plant Pathology. HAU, Hisar

Symptoms: The soft rot of pomegranate ,

fruit is caused by Rblzopos arrlzas and consider- .
able quantity of fruits is )Olt due to this disease,/
during process of harvesting, packing, transportation and marketing. The dark water soaked
lesions are formed on the skin of the fruits and
infected area shows greenish growth of the fungus
which later aD changes into brown to reddish
brown. This type of rot is caused by Aspergillus
nidulans, Aspergillos clavatos and Aspergillus
niger. The other fungi responsible for causing
fruit rot are: Spiearia sp. Botrydiplidla theobromae
and Penicillium expensum.

Alternaria Leaf Spot

Symptoms: The symptoms are produced on
the leaves in the form of small, round. light brown
to dark brown .pots. The spots are seen on both
the surfa_pe of the leaves. Sometimes concentric
ringl are also present. In beginning. the spots
become small, later on change into big blighted
patches and defoliation occurs. The disease is
caused by Alternaria alternata.

Control: Spray with Difolatan 0.2% or

Dithane Z-78. 0.2% gives satisfactory control.
Second spray should be given after two weeks
interval.

Control: Dip treatment of fruits with actidiane (100 ppm) gives more than 80% protection
to pomegranate fruits. While transportation of
fruits the packing materials should be fumigated
with. Ammonium bicarbonate or sulphur.

Colletotrlcbum Leaf Spot

Symptoms: Symptoms are noticed 00 the
leaves in the form of light brown to dark brown
irregular spots. The spots start from one end and
enlarge towards the petiole end. The smaller
spots coalesced forming bigger one. The affected
leaves start drying and defoliation occurs. The
disease is caused by Colletotrichom gleosporiodes.

( From poge 4)

vation techniques need to be evolved and

popularised among the farmers.
4.

Control: Spray Blitox-50 or Dithane M-45

0.2% two or three times after two weeks interval.
Bacterial Leaf Spot

aD~

Fruit Rot Disease

SYQlptoms: The symptoms are produced on

the leaves in the form of small, dark brown to
black, water 'soaked spots. Later on these spots
coalesced and form bigger spots and affected
leaves start falling. The water soaked spots also
form on flowers and fruits. The affected fruits
get deformed and not fit for consumption. Tho
disease starts from July and August during rainy

,.

,The majodty of farmers are not convinced

about the economic viability of the recommended plant protection measures as most of the
chemicals are very costly. Research 'efforts
are needed to find out cheaper and more
effective chemicals for being used by the farmers.
Concerning the problem of non-adoption of
weed control measures, the farmers need to be
educated regarding the substantial economic
benefits of controlling weeds in their gram
fields. In this context, demonstrations. on
farmers' fields need to be laid out and its
comparative economics be worked out to convince them.
HARYANA FARMING

)ity lines or strains. Poor hatchability genotypes

are usually associated with poor fertility, high incidence of early mortality and malformations.

Get More Chicks from

Eggs
-D. V. Arneja, Narloder Singb and V. P. Sharma"
Horyana Agricultural University, Hisar
For getting maximum economic benefits
from poultry farming, it is essential that we get
maximum number of chicks from eggs. Farmers
and poultrymen who ~re not well versed with
hatchability problems, pay little attention to some
of the simple but important factors affecting hatchability of eggs. Some of the important factors are
as follows:
1.

Selection of Eggs

(a) Eggs should be selected only from healthy

Qirds. Eggs from birds suffering from pullorum
disease, which is transmitted via eggs, should be
avoided.

(b) Abnormally smaller and much bigger eggs

should be avoided for hatching purpose, because
they do not hatch well. Eggs of 50-55 gm should
be preferred for hatching.

(c) Soft shell aad cracked shell eggs should

be completely, avoided.
(d) Eggs with abnormal shape, calciferous deposits on the shell shaken contents, and particularly
those having a bad odour must be rejected outright.
2.

History of Breeders

(a) Genetic background: The genetic constituents of the egg play an important role in its capacity to develop and hatch normally. Hatchability
in moat of the exotic breeds of poultry (WLH) is
much superior to our indigenous (Desi) breeds.
Hatchability is superior in crossbreds as compared
to inbreds. Genetic improvement in hatchability
can be made, to a certain extent, by adopting
vigorously various selection and breeding procedures aDd developing into so-called high hatchabiAPRIL,1991

(b) Diet of the breeders: A variety of nutritional substances are essential for normal growth
and development of avian embryo. These substances should be available in the diet of the mother
in sufficient quantity to be deposited in the eggs
and so made available to the developing embryo.
If such substances are lacking in the fertilized egg
or present in Dn insufficient. amount, death of the
embryo may occur sooner or later and hatchability
will be reduced correspondingly. Sufficient protein supply and deficiency of vitamins (such as Vito
A. Bl, Bz, Be and Vito BiZ) and minerals also leads
to retardation of embryonic growth and mortality.
Lack of calcium grit (calcium) in the diet of
the hens causes various types of shell defects and
finally very poor hatchability of eggs. The presence of toxic elements in the diet such as fungicides, inlecticides, selenium, etc. may have adverse
effects not only on the mother, but also on the
embryos developing in the eggs laid by such heos.
(c) Diseases: One of the most important
factors affecting hatchability is the health of the
breeder stock. Besides nutritional deficiencies, eXcessive embryonic mortality and malformations
have been associated with diseases like Ranikhet,
infections bronchulish puUorum disease, fouttyphoid, etc.
(d) Age of breeders: Frequency of malformed embryos is found to increase with advancing
age of parents. The advisable age of breeders is
around 1 to 2 years of age.
3.

Pre-iacubatloD Storage

It is common practice in the hatchery operation to hold eggs for sometime in a suitable environment before incubating them. 10 geoeral.
hatchability declines progressively 81 the period of
storage is extended beyond 7-10 days. Optimum
pre-jncubation storage temperature is 13-16C. A
relative humidity level 70":80% gives best results.
Turning of eggs duri~g storage period is not very
essential, but it may be beneficial if eggl are held
longer than 7-10 days.

Eggs should be cleaned before incubating

them.

4.

Incubator Environment Temperature

(a) Temperature of 37.S-3SoC is considered

optimal incubator temperature. Deviation of temperature even a few degrees from the optimum is
harmful for hatchability, under high incubation
temperatures eggs tend to loose an excess of water,
this in turn causes embryo mortality and smaller
size of the embryos. Lower incubation temperatures, on the other hand, may cause a delay or a
decrease in the rate of development. Maintaining
a constant temperature during the course of incubation is essential.

(b) Humidity level: In addition to an optimal incubating temperature, a suitable humidity

level is also very essential. Very good hatching
results have been achieved with a relative humidity
between 60-70%. Poor hatching results were seen
when the humidity levels were either too high or
too low.

Always Purchase Certified Seeds of

New Varieties of following crops
CI PADDY conON BAJRA
MUSTARD. PULSES. FODDER
4N[) vf:GflABLf SEEDS

(c) TurninK of eggs: Turning of eggs during

the course of incubation is essential. Lack of turning results in tbe abnormal adhesions of embryonic and extra embryonic structures to the shell
membranes and ultimately leads to retardation in
growth, developmental anomalies, and death of
the embryo. Turning eggs 6-8 times a day through
an angle of 90 is essential. It is better if the incubator is fitted with an automatic turning device.

(d) Gaseoths environment: The best hatchability results have been obtained with 21% oxygen
and 0.05 to 0.12% carbondioxide. Oxygen levels
below 18% tend to reduce hatchability. Carbondioxide above I % results in slow embryonic growth
malformations and early death of embryos. By
understanding the practical importance of the fac-
tors mentioned above and following these practically, we can maximize the production of chicks
from eggs.

For more details contact Regional

Offices of the Corporation at :YAMUNANAGAR UM~I

HISSAR SIRSA PATAUDI

For more detail contact nearest Regional Offices or Head Office:

HARYANA FARMING

Artificial Insemination
of Turkeys
-Bbarat Singb and B. S. Cbbikara
Directorate of E~tension Education, Hisar.

Artificial insemination has become standard

practice in breeding large broad breasted turkeys.
Semen is collectc4 from males and diluted which is
placed inside cloaca of female by a syringe.
The increasing problem of low fertility has
forced poultry far_mer to change from natura)
mating to artificial insemination. To keep poults
production cost in line with other production costs,
the flock! owner must maintain a high level of
fertility in the hatching eggs so that hatchery
operator can obtain a high poult yield from the
eggs. Low fertility reduces the returns to both the
flock owner and the hatchery operator and increases the cost of production. Therefore, by improving
fertility a farmer reduces production cost.
To increase maximum fertility from the use of
artificial insemination, it is important to follow
certain recommend.tioni such as flock manage'ment. semen collection and insemination technique,
etc. and the care and use of semen.
Flock Management
Low fertility is often caused by poor management in naturally mated flocks. The development
and maintenance o{ high fertility is possible only
when all contributing factors such as management,
mating behaviour, bealth, nutrition and breeding
~oor flock management and
are favourable.
deficient mating are the most frequent causes of
low fertility in a naturally mated flock.
'It cannot be emphasized too strongly that

poor management of the breeding flocks is ODe of

the most common of low fertility. Sound decisions
APRIL,1991

regarding the management of the breeder flock

must be made by the flock owner well in advance
of the breeding season; because no two strains of
turkeys act alike and, therefore, they will not
respond to management tbe same at the same age
and season of the year. This is particularly of
turkeys lighted in the winter months to get out of
season hatching egg .
Generally, males respond more slowly to the
lightened day then females of the same strain.
Therefore, toms should be lighted 3 to 4 weeks
before the females to ensure adequate semen
production. The mating behaviour of turkey
appears to be snother major cause of poor fertility.
Deficient mating resulting from the lack of sex
drive on the part of turkeys will reduce fertility.
For this problem, turkey breeders are advised to
.elect well-balanced terms on the basis of their
ability to mate, before. placing them in breeding
fiock.

C ollectiDg Semen
Two operators work together to milk the
toms. The first operator holds the tom on a padded
table or a canvas stand other comfortable resting
place or may hold the bird loosely by the hand,
supporting its weight on the cap or on his arm.
The back of the bird is towards the second
operator, it's legs are slightly spread so
that the abdomen is well exposed. The second
operator uses the thumb and fingers of one hand to
hold the receiving container and massage the lower
abdomen while he pushes tho tail upward towards
the bird's head with the other hand. When the
male responds to these pressures by starting to
extrude his copulatory organ, the second operator
forces the organ toward from the vent and milk
the semen into the receiver, which he is holding in
readiness during the massaging.

In another method of milking, the tom may

be placed breast down' on a 7 inch wide, 18 inch
high milking stool and held between the knees of
the first operator, who uses both hands alternatively
to massage both sides of the abdomen, starting
below the vent and stroking upw~rd towards 'the
tail, which may be pushed upward on the comple

tion of stroke. The second operator exerts a

steady downward pressure on both shanks of the
bird and collccts the semen.

within 20 to 30 min aftcr collection. Holding

scmen longer than 30 min after collection impairs
its fertilizing capacity.

Insemlnadon of Hens

Semen Dilution

To inseminate the hens, one operator everts

the oviduct and lecond operator delivers the semen
with one CC tubeculin syringe or insemination gun.
The holder, either in a standing or sitting position,
places the hen between his legs and supports hen
therewith his legs and knees. He causes the cloaca
to evert and the oviduct to protrude by applying
pressure gently to the abdomen with both hands,
one on either sides of the vent.
The oviduct opening always lies on the left
side of the cloaca. The inseminator inserts the
syringe or gun tip about an inch into the oviduct
and delivers the correct amount of semen. The
inseminator releases the pressure on the hen's
abdomen before the syringe is removed from the
oviduct. This ensures that the semen remains in
the oviduct and is not forced out when the syringe
is withdrawn.
After insemination, the hen should be releascd
gently to the ground or floor so she does not
strain and expell the semen from the oviduct.
Collect Clean Semen

Care should be taken to collect semen as free

from foreign matter as possible. Removal of feed
several hours before the males are bandIed wi1l
reduce tbe amount of faeces voided during collection. Collection of large amount of urates and
intestinal fluids should also be avoided, but small
amounts apparently don't damage semen quality.
providing it is used immediately after collection.

Use Semen Immediately

The,semen of the turkey is pale cream coloured, fairly thick and somewhat sticky. It dries so
rapidly upon exposure to air' that it should be
taken up with the syringe a. soon as' possible after
Best
coUection and practical, before drying.
temperature range for collection il between 25C
to 30C. Semen Ihould be used for inlemination

10

Excellent fertility has been obtained in turkey

hens with as little as 0.01 CC of undiluted semen.
Tbe semen can be diluted 1: 1 with istonic salt
solution (8.5 mgm- of plain sodium chloride) and
tbe usual amount, 0.025 CC of the diluted semen
injected very promptly. If the diluted semen is not
to be used immediately, a special diluent should be
used. Commercial diluents are available and can
be used in the ratio of 3: 1.
Time of Insemination
Depending upon the lighting programme,
afternoon inseminations appear desirable. Starting
at dark and working into the light may be the best
time since the birds are easier to han'dle in darkness, and very few hard-.hell eggs will be present
in the oviduct.
Care of HeDl(
Handle the hens carefully when they are
feeling corralled and held for insemination. Do
not keep them away'from feed and water too long,
or production will suffer the following day. Rough
handling can cause interrupted production and
broken eggs inside the oviduct.

Read

Haryana Farming
a monthly

farm
magazine
HARYANA FARMING

TABLE 1
Economics of cotton crop in Haryana State
during kharif, 1990
(Value in Rs.(acre)

Cotton Cultivation-Its
Cost and Return
Analysis,
I

Cotton (American)

Items

Qty.

Cotton is an important kharlf season cash crop

of Haryana State. It is grown on an area having
assured irrigation mOlltly in the south-western parts
of the State viz., Hisar, Sirsa, Jind and Bhiwani
districts. The area under cotton has increased from
4.58 lakh acres in 1966-67 to 11.70 lakh acres in
1989-90. The share of American cotton in the
total area under cotton has increased from 44.26
per cent in 1966-67 to 85.90 per cent in 1989-90.
The production of lint of cotton increased from
2.87 lakh bales (1.34 lakh balel of American
cotton and 1.53 lakh balel of desl cotton)
in 1966-67 to 11.83 lakh bales (10.74 lakh bales of
American and 1.09 lath bales of desi cotton). The
lint yield of American cotton increased from 120 kg
in 1966-67 to 182 kg in 1989-90 as against 116 kg
and 112 kg per acre of desl cotton in the corresponding years, respectively. Efforts are going on
'to increase further the yield of cotton. High
yielding varieties like H-777 and HS-4S of
American cotton, and G-27. D-S I and DS-5 of deal
cotton have been evolved to increase the production
of cotton; but still a wide gap exists between the
realised yield of cotton on farmers' fields and the
potential yield .
An important economic question arises about
its economic feasibility. cost of cultivation, gross
and net returns, yield and cost of production per
quintal of cotton. An attempt haa been made to
provide useful information on above mentioned
economic aspects both for American cotton and
desl cotton in Table 1 given below to enable
farmers to take rational decisions in allocating
their scarce resources. Data presented in Table 1
show average figures.
MAY. 1991

Value

Qty.

Value

4545.00

5.5

3907.00

1. Production (q)
(a) Main

5.2

85.00

77.00

4630.00
1134.00

3984.00
901.00

3496.00

3083.00

2936.00

2665.00

1694.00
5. Net return
6. Cost of production/q
(a) Without by565.00
product
(b) With by-prod uct 554.00

1319.00

(b) By-product
(c) Gross return

-D. S. Naodal aod S. S. Guliaof

Deptt. of Agricultural Economics, HAU. Hisar

Cotton (Desi)

2. Variable cost
3. Returns over
variable cost
4. Total cost

Note:

485.00
475.00

Farmers' data collected by D. E. Ss (F.

Mgt.) posted in different districts of
Hary.na State.

Table 1 clearly shows that during kbarif 1990,

the average yield obtained by farmers turned out
to be 5.2 q per acre in American cotton. whereas it
was 5.5 q in case of desi cotton. The post-harvest
prices of both American cotton ( Rs. 874) and desl
cotton (RI. 710) in 1990 were higher than the
minimum support price. Thus. farmers on the
prevailing post harvest prices received on an average a gross return of Rs. 4630 per acre in case of
American cotton against Rs. 3984 in case of desl
cotton. Per acre variable cost of Rs .1134 and
Rs. 90 I was incurred in case of American and desi
cottan, respectively. Per acre return over variable
cost turned out to be Rs. 3496 in case of American
cotton, whereas this was Rs. 3083 for desl cotton.
Farmers incurred a total cost of Rs. 2936 for the
cultivation of one acre of American cotton and Rs.
2665 in desi cotton. ,By lubstracting total cost
from gross returns, farmers on an average received
a net return of Rs. 1694 and Rs. 1319 in case of
American cotton and desl cotton, respectively. This
shows the scope of expansion of area under cotton
in south-western districts of the State. For this
(Contd. on page iv)
1

Maintenance of Fibre
Quality of Cotton during
Commercial Production

fled seeds is low. Very often, the farmer is at

the mercy of seed merchants for supply of
seed. It is essential that the quality of seeds
at different stages of seed multiplication should '.
be evaluated not only for germination but also
for technological quality of the produce to
ensure that there is no deterioration in fibre
quality.

4.

To maintain tbe quality of fibre durinl commercial production, adoption of recommended

package of practices is necessary. The crop
should be produced adopting proper date of
sowing, spacing, water and fertilizer and
proper control of insect pests and diseases with
the help of recommended chemicals. The
excessive use and abuse of very p?tent insecticides, like pyrethroids has rcs1;Ilted in the
resurgence of lome pelts and the development
of resistance to pesticides in, some of the insect pe&ts. It is observed that Heliotbis IIIpp.
has perhaps become resistant to several insecticide in the country.

5.

The picking of kapas from the open bolls is

carried out at suitable intervals during harvesting Ilea son. In the intervening period between two successive pickings. the open boJls
suffer deterioration due to exposure to sun,
wind, dew and sometimes rain. Various
types of trash such as dried leaf bits. dust, etc.
blown by wind get attached to the fibres on
the open bolls.

-I. P. Singh, P. P. Jain and G. S. Sandhu

HAU Cotton Research Station, Sirsa
Cotton fibre is a seed hair. The bolla produced
on the cotton plant contain kapas, that is, cotton
seeds with fibres on them. The inherent quality of
a cotton variety can be improved upon only by
adopting suitable breeding and 6elections procedures, while the adoption of proper agricultural
practices can help in maintaining the quality during
the cultivation of the variety. No improvement in
quality is possible after the bolls on the cotton
plant have been fully developed and burst open.
The inherent quality can be adversely affected due
to adoption of improper agricultural practices during
the cultivation of the plant. Further, the quality
of the fibres as produced in the bolls on the cotton
plant can be further lowered by bad harvesting and
post-harvesting operations.
Maintenance of Quality
1.

2.

. 3.

11

Several uncontrollable factors like weather

co,nditions, hours of sun light and cloudiness,
delayed rains, drought, etc. influence the fibre
quality.
Farmers should be advised to 1i0W seeds of
only varieties recommended for their region.
It is seen that growing no descriptive varieties
and particularly superior quality varieties under
conditions with low level of input,s is likely to
result in lower quality.
Genetical purity of the seeds is essential of the
quality of the seed is to be realised. Ti.lI date,
the actual coverage of cultivated area by certi-

Picking should preferably be done during the

morning and late afternoon, but when kapas is
fairly dry picking during hot mid-day should be
avoided as far as possible as there is a great chance
6f collecting dry leaf bits, burns, etc. Picked
kapas should be heaped on gunny bag cloth.
6.

Proper care should be taken to ensure that

kapas is fully protected against undue exposufe
to sun, dust or fains during transport.

(Col1td.

011

page ivY

HARYANA FARMING

Add peanuts in mashed potatoes.

Cut linely coriander leaves aod green chillies.
Add to mixture.

Protein from Peanuts

;
-Veena Jain
Kri!hi Gyan Kendra, Sirsa

Rinse bread in water. Squeeze and add in

mixture. Make cutlets and deep frY them till
golden brown.
Serve while hot with chutney.
PEANUT CHUTNEY

2.
Protein is one of the essential nutrients needed
for the growth of our body. Peanuts are a very
good source of protein. The protein attained from
these peanuts is equally digestible as the protein
contained in any other food. Besides protein
peanuts contain a considerable amount of fat, vitamin A, B-complex vitamins and minerals like
.calcium and iron. People often believe that
almonds and cashwenuts are more nutritious than
peanuts, but it is wrong. For a rupee spent on
peanuts we can get 4 times more calories, 6 times
protein, about 20 times vitamin B-complex and 46
times vitamin A in comparison to almonds which
are not within the reach of an ordinary man.
Peanuts can be used in the number of ways as
dried fruits, cookina oil and in various forms of
snacks and chutneys. Roasted peanuts are commonly consumed in most of the families in our
country. Besides this they can be used as ingredients to the following items.

1.

PEANUT CUTLETS

Peanuts

100 gm

Potato

250 gm

Bread

fth packet

Green chillies

2-3 number

Salt and candiments

To taste

Coriander leaves

Few

Fat

For deep frying

Ingredients
Peanuts
Green chillies
Tamarind
Green coriander
Salt
Onion
Ginger
Zeera
Mustard seeds
Black gram dal

1 cup

5-6
25 gm
Few leaves
To taste
1 small
I piece
I tsp.
t tsp.
t tsp.

Method
Roast peanut. and remove the brown skin.
Grind all ingredients to a course paste using
water except mustard seeds and black gram
da!.
Season it with mustard seeds and black gram
da!.

Ingredients
3.

PEANUT CHIKKI

lDgredients
Peanuts
Jaggery
Roasted gram

80 gm
100 gm
25 gm

Method
Prepare thick syrup'of Jaggery.

Method

Mix roasted peanuts and gram in it.

Boil, peal and mash potatoes.

Roast peanuts, remove
coarsely.

MAY, 1991

peels

and

grind

Spread it on a greased plate and cut into the

fine pieces.
(Contd. on page tv)

iii

(From page ii)

7.

8.

9.

Storage of kapas be dOlle on paved platform

under well ventilated sheds, protected from
rains and wind.

(From page iii)

4.

PEANUT BURFI

Ingredients

The admixture of inferior type lawen !the

quality of the superior types. Proper care
should be taken to see that lot of different
varieties should be stored separately.

Peanuts

50 gm

Besan

25 gm

Sugar

7:5 gm

Water

3S ml

Proper ginning is mUlt, as any damage to

quality during linning by unproper or defw
ective ginning cannot be rectified later in the
spinning and weaving processes.

Ohee

10 gm

Method
Roast the peanuts on tawa.

10.

After ginning and processing the bales of lint

produced have to be handled and stored
properly. The pressed bales should be stored
in well ventilated sheds or godowns.

Fry besan with little amount of ghee till light

brown.
Add peanuts and keep the mixture aside.
Make syrup of two thread consultency.

(From page i)

Add peanuts and besan to syrup and pour it

on greased thali.
Let it set and cut into desired size pieces.

there will be 8 need of assured reasonable price

support by effective procurement support or the
produce.

:5.

PEANUT MILK

Ingredients
The analysis showed that American cotton is
more paying than desi cotton. Despite the total
cost of production per acre of desi cotton Rs. 2665
was lower than that of American cotton RII. 2936,
yet the net returns were also found lower in case of
desl cotton mainly due to lower post-harvest prices.
Although good yielding improved varieties of desi
cotton are available, yet they are not receiving
proper attention of the growers in the matter of
improved management practices even t~ougb they
have a good export market.
The analysis further revealed that the average
yield per acre obtained of both American cotton
( 5.2 q) and desl cotton (:5.:5 q) were much lower
than their potential yields. This shows that a
considerable yield potential remai~s untapped.
This gap can be narrowed down by the sincere
efforts of the scientists all well as through the
adoption of recommended crop production technelogy and suitable plant protection measUres in
particular.
.

iv

Peanut

200 gm

Water

1000 ml

Method
Roast peanut slightly on hot tawa.
Remove their brown skin.
Soak them overnight.
Grind to a IImooth paste.
Add warm water and boil on a slow fire.
Stire it continuously. Serve hot or cold as
desired.

HARYANA FARMING

WHIT TO DO FOR THE MONTH OF MAY?

3.

Cotton

Wbeat
Harvesting and threshing of wheat be completed as early as possible to avoid any ~damage by
rains. The suitable thresher may be used for the
early completion of threshing.
Loose Smut
To control the internal leed borne infection
of loose smut causing fungus, treat the seed by solar
heat method in plains. The seed is soaked in ordinary water from 8.00 A.m. to 12.00 noon on any calm
and sunny day during Mayor June. After 4 hours
of soaking, the moist seed is spread out in the sun
in a thin layer (40 kg seed on 15 square meter of
ground space which must not btl covered with gralS
or any other vegetation) on tarpantine or sheets of
cloth or hessian and is dried completely and stored
in a dry place till sowing time.

High population of pyrilla found in isolated

fields especially in moist fields should be killed
by spraying 1 litre malathion 50 EC or endosulfan 35 EC or fenitrothion 50 EC in 1000
litres of water or dusting 25 kg BHC 10 per
cent dust per hectare. Insecticide should only
be applied if parasites are not prelent.

Complete sowing of both Deli and American

variety of cotton during this month. Sow only
the improved varieties which are G-27, DS-l and
DS~5 (Desi Cotton) and H~777 and HS-4S (American Cotton). Use recommended seed rate and
sow the cotton in a well moistened (Tar watter) conditions for getting a proper crop stand. The recom~
mended seed rate per acre is 6 to 8 kg of delinted
seed. In case delinted seed is not available then
use 8 to 10 kg undelinted seed/acre. Sow the seeds
in lines 60-75 em apart by using a single row cotton
drill and maintain a depth 4 to 5 cm.
Treat the seed by soaking in fungicide solution
for 4-6 hours for prevention of seed borne diseasell.
I g plantomycin/streptocycline+5 g Emisan in 10
Iitres of water. This solution is sufficient for soaking 5 kg undelinted or 7.5 kg delinted seed.

Sugarcane
Irrigate the sugarcane at 10 to 15 days interval
during the pre-monloon period. Give 1 to 2 hoeing
depending upon the weed infestation.
Smutted whips if observed be picked up gently,
collected in a gunny bag and put in boiling water to
check spread of whips smut. Eradication may be
taken up on campaign basis particularly in CoJ. 58.
1.

2.

Yellowing of ratoon crop can be due to black

bug attack. Control it by spraying 1.4 Iitres
eodoBulfan 35 BC or t litre fentboate (Elsan/
FandaJ) SO EC .or 1 litre fenitrothion (Sumithioo/Follithion) 50 Ee in 1000 litres water/ha.
If reddening by mite appears, spray 1250 ml
Metasystax 25 EC or 1560 ml dimethoate 30
EC in 1000 Iitres of water.

MAY, 1991

For prevention of root rot don't sow cotton in

fields where root rot was a problem last season.
1.

For checking carryover of bollworms do not

allow sproutin8 of last years plants. Do not
keep ratoon crop and finish complete sowing
of cotton in May. Remove immediately all bolls
from the cotton sticka and burn the leftover
bolls.

Dr. D. P. Thakur
"'I
Dr. V. K. SrI"ta,a I
1
Dr. M. S. Kubad
Dr. K. C. Bishnoi
Dr. P. R. Yada,
-,
Dr. V. P. Sharma
I
Dr. Dat Singb
Dr. Narinder Slogh

Directorate of
Extension Education,
HAU,Hisar

J
v

Paddy
Start raising of paddy nursery from middle of
this month and complete the same by middle of
June. IR 8 J Jaya, PR 106, HKR-120, Palman 579.
Jhona 221, Pusa 33 and Basmati '70, are the
recommended high yielding dwarf varieties of rice.
The duration of maturity of variety IR 8, Jaya, PR
106 and HKR-120 from seed to seed is 142 to 145
days. Palman 579 takes around 130-135 days and
Jhona 221, Pusa 33 take around 120 days. Basmati
370 takes around 140-IS0 days. Puddled method of
nursery raising has been found quite satisfactory,
and being followed in the State. Select the suitable
field for nursery raising and mix farm yard manure
Dr compost at tbe rate of 25 to 30 cart load per
hectare in the soil by repeated ploughing. We
require around 300 square meter area for raisih g
nursery sufficient for transplanting in one hectare.
Prepare seed-beds into convenient size. Sow
treated and pre-germinated seeds in each beds.
Thereafter keep the nursery free of weeds and irrigate regularly. We require 8 to 12 kg heavy and
treated seed to raise nursery for one acre.
Select beavy seed by floatation in salt solution.
Treat with fungiCide. For prevention of leed
borne disC'ascs treat the aced by soaking 10 kg seed
in 10 litres of water containing Streptocycline 1 g,
Emisan 5 g and 2.5 g pausamycin or 2.5 g
plantomycin.
For rice nursery. apply 60 g urea, 150 g single
super phosphate and 15 g zinc sulphate in nursery
beds of It m by 8 metre.
Sammer Fodder and Summer Moong

Ensure to irrigate these crops during the month

and interculture the moong crops after irrigation.

tomato fruits should be picked up and after ripening, it caD be sent to market for lale. The crops
should be sprayed with insecticide if they are
attacked by insect pest.
Brinjal
The crop requires regular irrigation, weeding
and hoeing. The fruit should be harvested with
the help of a sharp knife so that the branches of
the plants are not damaged. After transplanting
of the crop it is to be top dressed with nitrogenous
fertilizer, two times, using 35 kg ofnitrQgen/ha
each time. The first top dressing is usually done
after 3 weeks of transplanting and again when the
crop starts fruiting.
Spray alternately at ) S days interval with 1-1.4
litre malathion 50 EC and 1.25-1.75 kg carbaryl 50
WP or 925-1325 ml endosulfan 35 EC in 625-875
litres of water/ha.
Chillici

The crop should be irrigated and weeds should

be removed. Green chillies should be picked up
and sent to market for sale. ~he crop is top
dressed with nitrogenous fertilizer, firstly after 3
weeks of transplanting and again when the crop
starts flowering. Each time 20 kg of nitrogen per
hectare is to be used. At the stage of flowering it
may be desirable to spray the crop with Planofix
or Vardhak and again after about 3 weeks. The
solution may be prepared by using one ml of the
above chemical by mixing in 4.5 Iitres of water.
Onion aDd Garlic
The crop should be harvested by proper digging and then they may be cured by spreading in
room or shady places. The injured/damaged bulbs
and onion bulbs having thick neck are not suitable
for atorage and therefore, they roay be consumed
as soon as possible.
Radish

If the crop of radish has been sown earlier

regular irrigation. hoeing, weeding and earthing up
roa! be required.
Tomato

The crop should be irrigated at an interval of

6 to 7 days time or as required depending on
~eather. Weeds should be removed. Half ripe

vi

Palak
This crop will require regular irrigation and '
application of nitroacnous fertilizer after each
cutting. During hot season the plants usually bolt
very early.
HARYANA FARMING

Bhiodl
The crop will start fruiting this month and
tender fruits should be picked up and sent to
market for sale. The fruits should not be allowed
to over mature on plants. Spray the crop with
300-500 ml malathion 50 EC in 200-300 Iitres of
water/acre.
Other cucurbits like; Luffs, Bottle gourd,
Tinaa, Summer squash, Bitter gourds, Pumpkin
etc. may be required regular. irrigation and weed
control. If the second. instalment of nitrogen
fertilizer has not been given it may be applied. The
fruits should be picked at proper stage and sent to
market for sale. Spray the crop with insecticides
against insects as per HAU recommendatioos.
Watermelol;) and Muskmelon

The fruits will' .tart ripening from this

month. They ma~ be harvested and sent to market for sale. The plant protection schedule may
be required for control against fruit fly. To control
powdery mildew spray the crop with 0.25% Sulfex.
10 control anthracnose spray the crop with 0.25%
Difolatan or Dithane M-45 or 0.1% Ben late.
Colocasia : Irrigate the crop at regular interval
and keep it weed free.
Early Cauliflower

The early variety of cauliflower (Pusa Katki)

should be seeded in nursery during this month.
For one hectare of land about 900 to 1000 g of
seed may be required. The nursery beds should
be sunken one and before seeding the seeds may
be treated with captan or thiram. Use 2.5 g of
fungicide for every kg crseed. The nursery should
be properly cared' otherwise the tender seedlings
'are damaged.
The bark of the stem and of the branches is
split by the sun's irays. To safeguard the plants
against this hazardous weather, there is an urgent
need to supplement the water r supply with more
. frequent irrigation and also by reducing the loss of
water with some mulching material. Protecting
the plants against the hot sun is another job which
is to be done during this month on an emergency
basis. Some other operations to which the growers
have to pay attention during May to avoid fruitsplitting the pruning of ber trees, the cultivation
operations in orchards to destroy summer weeds,
the harvesting and marketing of fruits, the planning of the rainy-seas~n plantation and so on.
MAY, 1991

Grape
The training of the grape-vines may be done.
Remaining half of each CAN and Muriate of
Potash should be applied in the firat week. The
harvesting of Beauty Seedless and Perlette shall
start in the last week of this month, therefore,
irrigation may be stopped and in other varieties
irrigation may be done at the interval of 10 days.
There shall be dark brown spot cankers on
leaves round midribs and main veins; dark brown
Bunken spots on canes with dark purple raised
margins. To control this disease (anthracnose)
subsequent foliage sprays be given with Difolatan
or Benlate or Bavistin (0.2%). Spraying may be
done in the first week of May.
Citrus

New plantation should be irrigated weekly.

There is a problem of fruit dropping. For checking
the excess fruit drop spraying the trees with 10 ppm
2,4-D and 5% Zinc Sulphate and 20 ppm aureofungin is recommended.
To control all diseases may be followed as
mentioned in the month of April.
Mango

Young plants of Mango should be irrigated

weekly. For controlling of fruit drop the spray of
Urea 1.5 to 2% should be done. Foliar application
of Boron should be made in the form of Borax
(0.6%) at pea size fruit .tage.
Peach, Plum and Phalsa
For the control of Peach leaf curl & aphid
spray 500 ml dimethoate 30 EC (Rogor etc.) and
Mancozeb (Dithane M-45 or Manzeb) 0.25 in 500
Iitres of water/ha.
Irrigation should be done weekly and new
plantation should be protected from sun rays and
hot winds. For controlling of cracking of fruits in
peaches spray the trees with water. The irrigation
in case of Flordasun and'Sun Red may be stopped
and their harvesting may be started. For uniform
ripening of Phalsa spray of the ethrel 500 ppm 10
ml (20 Iitres of water) at colour break stage may
be done.
Ber

The pruning of Ber should be started in the

mid of May and add 150-200 BHC 10% per plant
under the tree and hoc the field. 50-60 kg FYM
per plant should be added.

(From 2nd covet)

Presentinl his report, the Vice-Chancellor,
Dr. A. L. Chaudhry bdefty reviewed the accomplishments and actlvltiel of the University during the past
two years. Dr. Chaudhry stated that the University
has released 102 higb yielding and disease resistant
varieties of different crops and has developed
viable technology for increased food grain

production. The University offers Master's programme In 44 disciplines and Doctorate programmes
in 39 disciplines in various colleges. A number of
fore Ian students from different countries are also
studying at the University. Likewise in tbe area of
Extension Education, the University bas a very
comprehensive and unique system which has received
nation wide recognition.

OWNER'S STATEMENT
In respect of Haryana Farming monthly Journal of HAU
FORM IV
(See Rule 8)
Place of publication

Haryana Agricultural University, Hisar

Periodicity of publication

Monthly

Printer's Name

Prof. M. C. Agarwal

Whether citizen of India?

Yes

Address

Director of Publications, HAU, Hisar

Publisher's Name

Prof. M. C. Agarwal

Whether citizen of India ?

Yes

Address

Director of Publications, HAU, Hisar

Editor's Name

v. S.

Whether citizen of India ?

Yes

Address

Directorate of Publications, HAU, Hisar

Name; and addresses of individuals who own

the newspaper and partners of share-holders
holding more than one per cent of the total
capital.

Haryana Agricultural University, Hisar

Gupta

(Harya~a)

I, P~of. M. C. Agarwal, hereby declare that the particulars given above are true to the best of my
knowledge and belief.

Sd/Prof. M. C. Agarwal
Publisher

viii

HARYANA FARMING

Cure your' Mind First

-Praveen Kaur
Deptt. of Sociology, HA V, Hisar

The twentieth century is' the age of anxieties.

The next century cannot be ,expected to have lesser
stresses on human mind. Conflicts. tensions and
frustrations are the common features of today's
competitive societies which are the real source of
mental stresses. The arrested mind is certainly to
have adverse effect on pody and body functions.
In met, a person is a kina operating ibrougb a
body. If 11 person is mentally disturbed, the vegetative functions of body are also disturbed. Both
arc linked to each other. If a person suffering
from severe mental conflicts does not find a respect~
ful solution neither expresses the same in socially
acceptable way, his emotions get suppressed which,
in fact, cause huge amount of energy. , This can
'be understood with the example of a IJubber ball
-harder you press it down higher it will rise.
Another example is that of pressure cookers.
Imagine the condition when steam cooker is full of
pressure but there is no outlet to relieve the
pressure. Similarly, the human mind operates the
similar way. The suppressed
emotions due to
\
inadequate expression constitute the pathological
conditions. The pent-up psychic energy either
gets converted into physical energy to find the out~
let or this 'steam' breaks the walls of consciousness
and as a result the person turns abnormal. When
psychic energy gets converted into physical energy,
it accelerates certain body functions and blocks the
_others. This way, the body does not function in
the proper way which ultimately causes various
types of ailments and diseases. Thus, the important functions of body get affected because the
repressed emotional tensions find expression
through bodily channels. Such diseases which
have source in human mind are called psychoso~
matic diseases. Such disorders are frequent during
the period of young and middle adulthood. These
health problems are not relieved completely till
attention is paid to the root cause which was in
APRIL, 1991

mind and not in the body itself. Thus. it is essential to keep your mind healthy. if you want to live
healthy. You will recover soon, if you Bre eager
to resume usual activities. If you face a return to
resume an unpleasant home or a frustrating job,
the chances of recovery are less. Have a strong
desire to be recovered, otherwise the treatment will
go longer and no surprise if may occur again and
again. What we feel and what we think change
our physical well~being.
The psychologists have identified a Dumber of
such pathological conditions of body organs that
are brought on in large part by mental and em~
tiona I (actors. Skin reactions like neurodermatores,
allergic, eczema. hives and ache; musculeskeletal
diseases like backache, muscle cramps, rheumetism
and arthritis; respiratory like bronchial spasms,
IlItbm~, bay fever, 8il1usitlll; cal'diovascular like
abrupt attacks of excessive heart action, high blood
_pressure and migraine headaches; gastointestinal
reactions like ulcers, colitus, constipation and heart '
burns. There are still a number of other diseases
related to endocrine or nervous system reactions
where emotional factors play important role. The
physical symptoms associated with these disorders
are the results of an exaggeration of the normal
physiology of emotions and over or under reactioDs
of organ systems t() sustained stress. Many phY8i~
cians have observed stomach ulcers, asthma, skin
disorders and heart trouble as frequently caused by
mental upsets that continue over a period of time.
The adverse emotional states cut down the pro~
duction of red blood cells, thus, leading to anemia.
In fact. nervous indigestion is emotional indigestion.
Many patients of face and body erruptions clear-up
quickly under proper mental treatment after failing
to respond to drue treatment. The prolonged or
severe frustration of wishes for love, care or relaxation may be important factors in causing colds in
some persons. The colds may also be caused by
situations of frustration of strong demands accompanied by repressed rage. Many times arthritis
also develop in patients who want to avoid visits to
some persons but due to fear or compUlsions cannot deny. Behind constipation may be the pessimistic attitude toward receiving help from others
or depending upon them. Besides these, there are
many other diseases which have origin in mind. A
few more common ones are being discussed here.

11

A Peptic Ulcer
In order to digest food, the stomach secretes
highly corrosive juices: hydrochloric acid and
pepsin which secrete only when there is food in
stomach. But, sometime the system develops a
problem and these digestive juices excessively,
particularly when food is not in stomach, will eat
away the lining of mucous membrane.in stomach
and smaH intestine that protects them from
corrosion. The crater like wounds are formed
which cause pain. High acid and pepsin secretion
runs in families and may be the constitutional
weakness that makes individuals more susceptible
to ulcers. When persons with constitutional weakness of the intestinal system encounter certain kinds
of stress, peptic ulcers may result. Researches
show the effects of anxiety and depression on
digestion. Many researches have confirmed that
gestic secretions increase by emotions of anger and
anxiety or resentful while thoughts of depression,
helplessness and hopelessness produce low secretion.
Ulcers flaire up during panics, overwork, frustrating results, tense relations with boss, etc. 8re lome
of the lituations which contribute more to ulcers.
Thus, it is clear that emotional states like
anxiety and anger cause excess stomach acid which
contributes to the development of peptic ulcers.
Peptic ulcers are commonly treated by antacid
drugs which provide temporary treatment. However, rest, relaxation and anxiety management give
better results. Removal from external source of
psychological stress also give relief. Psychoanalytic therapy has also been reported to be
effective with ulcer patients. A control of gastric
acid secretion can also be learnt by using biofeedback technique. However, to prevent such con9itions, the management with em.otional states is
more important which is not difficult. We all have
to find the simple way out.
Hypertension
It is the most serious of the physical disorders
that are clearly influenced by psychological factors
when small arteries resist the flow of blood causing
heart to pump the blood through the blood vessels
under higher pressure: As the' disease progresses
the individual becomes Illore prone to heart attack
and strokes. In early stages, hypertension seems
to be symptomless but as person grows older, the
risk; increases markedly. There are good evidences

12

to show that psychological factors have direct effect

on blood pressure. Though, hypertension may
also be caused by kidney and endocrine diseases
but in 90 per cent of the cases other causes operate
more apparently. Generally people say that it runs
through heredity but a twin study by Torgersen a~d
Krinalen (1971) shows that blood pressure runs 10
families because they share the same hypertension
inducing environments. There are two sorts of
emotional influences on hypertension. (1) emotional
states of hostility and threat produced by stressful
environments generally raise blood-pressure, (2)
having a time-urgent competitive and hostile personality which further increase the chances of
chronic high blood pressure,
Bloed Pressore
Normally increases when individual experiences
threat. Threats may be of death, injury, employment or respect. Anxiety and hostility are the
common reactions which increase. Correlational
Itudies show that B. P. increases most frequently
when the individual is anxious, alert, and under
time pressure. When dominant mood is either
hostility or anxiety, the blood pressure rises especially in those who are already hypertensive. Hypertensives have some personality correlates also. It
has been found that they normally struggle against
their own aggressive in pulses. As young children
they have tantrums of rage, but gradually they
learn to control under certain fears e. g. loss of
affection. As a consequence, they become unusually
complainant and uDassertive. When promoted to
executive responsibility, they are poor at asserting
themselves appropriately and making others follow
their orders (Alexander et st., 1968). Thus, inbuilt personality defects and high emotional excitability both contribute towards high blood pressure.
With regard to treatment, hypertensive medicines may cure the symptoms but not the causes.,
Moreover, drugs arc also not effective in mild
cases. The three psychotherapeutic procedures
have become popular: relaxation, [biofeedback
and transcendental meditation. In relaxation the
patient learns to relax his entire skeletal muscul"ature. In biofeedback, the patient learns to voluntarily lower B. P. using visual or auditory feedback
from B. P. meter. In transcedental meditation the
patient sits in a comfortable position twice a day
for twenty minutes with eyes cloled and repeats
silently some mantras.
HARYANA FARMING

The counselling that often accompanies drug

therapy, emphasizes three general goals: (i) to get
the patient to recognize that the environment is not
necessarily hostile, (ii) to encourage the patient to
respond to the environment, (iii) to release hostility
in a constructive way. Try to learn new waya of
reducing tensions and find new outlets for your
energy through social and recreational pursuits.

life events set off disease. Death of spouse,

divorce, separation, change of jobs, jail term are a
few such stressful events. Thus, the more stressfullife events an individual experiences more likely
is he to get sick from a variety of disorders. It is
in your hands, whether to live stressful life and
run after doctors or to manage your emotions
yourself to live healthy.

Asthma
Another important disease which has psychological bases is Asthma. It is a ,condition in which
the air passages of tbe bronchia narrow, swell and
secrete excess fluid to a variety of stimuli. It may
also stem from psychological sources. The personal
relation between parentll and the asthematic child
have long been suspected-to be the major source
of psychological disturbance. Family strelses set
off or worsen asthematic attacks. In these cases,
if the family members learn more effective and less
stressful ways of dealing with each other, the
child's asthma may get better. In a study cited by
Rosenhan and Seligman (1984) twenty-five chronically asthmatic school children who lived with their
families were divided in two groups-those in whom
emotional factors preceeded attacks, and those in
whom emotional factors seemed irrelevant. When
children were separated from parents, the group
A' children showed improvement. Their medication during separation reduced, the number of
asthma attacks and wheezing was also reduced.
But, as their parents returned to their children, all
the symptoms of asthma increased. However, the
separation did not show any significant change in
non-emotionally induced asthma.
To sum up the discussion, I can say that if
patient. can be re-educated to perceive the world
events in changed and positive way many of body
ailments can be cured or prevented. A mentally
healthy person gets more strength to resist the
external threats to his well-being, without eliminating the causes of excessive, unrelieved emotional
tensions, treatment otherwise will remain superficial. Think about those patients who do not
really want to be cured because their symptoms
have secondary gains in eliciting concern from
others and enabling them to aome extent to dominate their behaviour. The behavioural theory of
psychological influence on illness gives more
importance to life stresses. It holds that stressful
APRIL, 1991

KISAN-76
Spray Pump
The most useful and beneficial for the
farmers. Prepared by experienced and
qualified Engineers.

CODE;
KPS-ll

HAND COMPRESSION
SPRAYER
(With Brass
Tank)

ROCKIN'G SPRAYER

STIRRUP PUMP

BACK PACK SPRAYER

CODE'
A-I

FOOT SPRAYER

INDO GmRMAN AGRI SPRAYER &

PRESSING WORKS
Post Box No. 125, Clock Tower, Ludhiana-141 008,
Ph: Off: 51999, 51669 Fac.: 35367. Grams: Indo German

13

TomatoPoor Man's Orange

- Yashpal Kaur and Salll Sehgal
Department of Foods & Nutrition, HAU, Hisar

Tomato is a well ~nown and very popular

vegetable grown throughout India. This is of
course a fruit, but it has been served for so long
in a savoury fashion that it is included in the
vegetable section. It ranks as the world's largest
vegetable crop after potato and sweet potato.
NutritioDal Importance
Tomato is generally accepted as a nutritionally desirable food article and is also sometimes referred to as the poor man's orange. Its
juice is recommended for children as a substitute
for orange juice. Tomato is a rich source of
vitamins, particularly vitamin C and carotene.
Normal processing does not seem to adversely
affect its nutritive value. The amount of various
nutrients present in 100 g tomato and orange is
given in Table 1.
/
TABLE I
Nutritive value of tomato and orange
Nutrient

Amount/IOO g
Tomato

Protein (g)
Fat (g)
Carbohydrates (g)
Energy (Kca1)
Calcium (mg)
Iron (mg)
Carotene (p.g)
Thiamine (mg)
Robofiavin (mg)
Niacin (mg)
Vitamin C (mg)

14

0.9
0.2

0.8

Orange
0.7
0.2
10.9

20

48

48

26
'0.3
1104

0.4
351
0.12
0.06
0.4
27

Tomato is a versatile fruit, vegetable used as

soup, salad, pickles, chutney, ketchup and many
other items apart from being used for making juice.
Available in the marke,t almost round the year.
it is cooked as vegetable alone or with many other
vegetables like potato, brinjal or greens and is
alBO eaten as such when, ripe.
Since tomato is a fruit of good nutritive
value, specially with regard to vitamins and is
easily available at a relatively low cost wben in
season. Its inclusion in the daily diet, particularly
of young growing children is very desirable and
should be encouraged,
Many delicious recipes can be prepared from
tomatoes. Some of these arc given here.
Stu:ffed Tomatoes
Ingredients: Tomatoes-5 large, potatoes-6
medium, onion (cbopped)-2 medium, Green
chillies (chopped)-2-3 Nos., cumin seeds-l tsp.
coriander seed powder-I tsp, mango powder1 tsp, red chillies and salt-to taste, ghee-l tbsp.
Method: Boil potatoes. peel and mash.
Heat ghee in a karahi, add cumin seed, onion,
green chillies and fry till brown. Add salt, other
spices aod mashed potatoes and cook. Wash
tomatoes, remove tbe core aod stuff with potato
mixture. Saute in sauce pan till done.
Tomato Soup
Iogredlents
Tomatoes-5-6 large, onion
(chopped)-I small, potato {cubed)-l medium,
water -6 cups, ghee-3 tbsp, sait-to taste, sugar1 tap, sago-I tsp, bread-2 slices, pepper-to
taste.
Method: Melt I tbsp gbee and fry onion to a
light brown colour. Aod potato and 'water. Cover
and cook till tender. Add tomatoes and further
cook till done. Rub the mixture through a sieve.
Add salt, pepper and sugar and bring the soup to
a boil. Add sago and cook on a slow fire for
about 10 minutes. Cut bread slices into small
pieces, fry ghee and use for decorating the soup.
Tomato Chutney

30

Ingredients: Tomatoes-6 large, onion

(cbopped)-3 medium, sugar-I cup, ra16lDs-a
few, salt-to taste, spices-to taste, vinegar2 tbsp.
(Contd. on page 17)
HARYANA FARMING

Balance diet for a pregnant woman

Foods

Child Care for Child

Development-A Must
for Parents

Quantity
(gm)' ,

Cereal
Pulses
Green leaf ve!.

400

Other veg.

75

Roots and tubers

75

70

150

-M. Nath, Lali Yada, and Rlmla Dbanda

College of Home Science, HAU, Hisar

Child care is very vital for overall development
of child. The parents have to play very important
role. They must know child care is not limited to
feeding, clothing and their schooling but also in
developing their manners and behaviours and
creating in them a sense of security and responsibility as well. For the healthy future, a child must
receive the required amount of nutrition since
conception. Therefore, responsibility of the parents
begins long before the child is born. They mUlt
adopt some required measures during pre, peri and
pOlt'natal care of the baby. Some specific information in this regard is presente~in brief in this
article.
Pre-natal Care
Bearing children is biological function which
exposes women in certain special risks, dangers
and psychological changes. Some tips to remember
during pregnancy.

Foods
Fruits
Milk
Fats and
oils
Sugar and
jaggery
Eggs
Meat and
fish

Quantity
(gm)
30

325
35
30
30

SO

expecting mother. She can carryon her daily

chores of household work, those are not physically
or mentally exhaust,ing.
(e) Rest and sleep: A brief rest of about 20
minutes after lunch and before the evening meal
is excellent. Every effort should be made to obtain
restful sleep by following regular bed time, in a
well ventilated room.
(f) Health check ups': Routine health supervision is given to mothers to ensure that pregnancy
is proceeding normally and identify special problems for appropriate treatment. Mothers are also
given supplements of iron, calcium and vitamins.
(g) Immunization: For protecting the mother
apd newborn from tetanus, give two injections of
tetanus at 16-36 weeks of pregnancy. These injections should be given at the interval of one month.

...

Peri-natal care
(a) Optimal age for child bearing: The optimal
age for bearing children is between 20 and 30
years. The risk of death from pregnancy and childbirth increases in women below 20 years and above
30 years of age.
(b) Spacing for child bearing: A' woman needs
two to three years between birth to recover from
one pregnancy and prepare for another.
(c) Nutrition dUrlD~ pregnancy: Pregnant woman needs a balanced diet.
(d) Exercise: Regular exercise and a certain
amount of work are better for the health of the

APRIL, 1991

During delivery parents should take care of

the foHowing points:
Delivery room : Delivery room must be ventilated and clean.
Food: Warm liquid food such as milk; tea,
etc. should be given to expectaDt mother.
Delivery kit: The delivery kit contains following items:

o
o
o

Pieces of old washed Clothes

S"terilized cotton
Gause

IS

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o

One new blade

Scissor
Washed and lun dried thread for faltening the
amblical card
Brush
Plair
Soap
Pot for anema
Two deshes

Immunlzatioa and Health Care

0-1 month

B.C.G.

B.C.G. is given to
protect the baby
against tuberculoais.

2-6 months

In 2nd. 3rd and

4th
months.
three injections
of DPT and
three drops of
polio, at 5th
and 6th month
two drops of
polio

DPT affords protection against dipheria,

pertussis
and tetanus and
polio drops protect the baby from
polio.

9 months

Measles

Measles is given to
protect the baby
against measles.

15 months

M.M.R.

P(otect
against
mumps and measles.

a-2 years

Booster dose
of polio and
booster injection of D.P.T.

2! years

Typhoid

5 years

2nd booster injection of DPT

and . booster
drops of polio

12 years

Booster injection ofDPT

Post-natal Care of tbe Child

'Child Birth
Child birth should be regarded as a social
event rather than as a medical event. Opportunities for extended intimate contact between mother
and child should be provided within the few hours
of hirth. This will go a long way to ensure the
growth of the baby into a mentally healthy adult.

Why

What

When

Fee~Dg

(a) Breast feeding: The first important factor

after birth is breast feeding. The milk that is
secreted 6 to 8 hours after giving birth to a baby
is most important for him.
Feeding schedule
Age
Birth to I/month
1-3 months
3-6 months
6-12 months

Number of feeds in
24 hours
6-8
5-6

4-5
3-4

(b) Weanlag: Weaning means getting used

,to ta~ing food by biting and chewing instead of
only by sucking. Weaning should begin at the
age of 4 months.
(c) Supplementary autrltion: The suggested
schedule for giving supplementary nutrition to
child.
Age
}-3 months
3-4 months
4-6 months
10-12 months

16

Foods
Orange, juice
Cereal. fruits and
vegetables
Eggs
Meat

For
protecting
child from typhoid.

Toys: Toys are necessary for child to learn

and play. Simple wooden or plastic block, old
film spools make lovely toys.
Clothes: Children's clothes should be coinfortable. colourful and according to season.
Sleeping Ichedule for 0-2 years child
\

Age
0-1 month
1-3 month
3-6 month
6-12 month
1-2 years

Duration of sleep
20-22 hours
21 hours
15J hours
16 hours
12-14 hours
HARYANA FARMING

Love: Lots and Jots of love from mother,

father and family acts like a tonic OD new born
baby's psychological and mental rgrowth. A child's
personality can be good or bad depcnding upon
the amount of love it get a from his parcnts.
Fear: Some tips for parents for rcmoving fcar
of child.
.~
i

1.~

1)on't use fear as a means of disciPline.

2.

Try to get rid of your own irrational fear.

3.

Teach him about safety rules and about reaaonable care.

4.

Guide him when he develops some fear.

5.

Learn the causes of childhood fear.

6.

Go with your child to various places for excursions and picnics to remove fear of open place,
darkness and animals, etc.

Age

Weight
Girl a

Boys

Height
Boys

Girls

Birth

3.0

2.9

51.0

50.0

6 months

7.'

7.0
,

62.7

60.9

1 year

9.5

9.0

75.0

72.5

2 years

11.7

10.6

85.5

83.0

3 years

13.6

12.6

93.0

90.0

4 years

15.0

14.3

98.5

96.0

5 years

17.0

16.0

107.0

104.5

(From page 14)

Constant encouragement to the child is very

important whenever the child does well. He should
be praised and occasionally be rewarded. Never
give the child physical punishment.

Method: Blanch tomatoes in boiling water

for five minutes, peel and mash. Add chopped
onion, salt, sugar, spices and raisins. G:ook on
slow fire till it reaches jam like conlistency. Add
vinegar and cook (or some more time. Remove
from fire and fill into clean and dry jar.

Social developmeDt and Behavioural Problem

Tomato Pickle

Socialization of the child begins after the birth.

The fan;tily is the first tsocialization group for the
child. Thus, in home if the parents are loving
each other, carrying on healthy conversation, behave properly with outsiders, then the child will
aquire all these habits and sentiments. Sometimes
parents cannot fulfil child's need or ignore the
child, then he develops some behavioural disorders
such a8 breath holding, nailbiting, naughty words,
temper tantrums, tics, etc. which will badly affect
the personality of child.

Ingredients: Tomatoes-I kg, vinegar-lOO

ml, mustard oil-ISO mI. garlic-5-6 segments,
ginger-small piece, green chillies-6-7, mustard
seeds (rai)-50 g, cumin seeds-I tsp, fenugreek
seeds-25 g, slllt-75 g, turmeric powder-l tsp.

Reward and Punishment

Method: Roast fenugreek seeds, cumin seeds

and mustard seeds separately and grind coarsely.
Grind ginger and garlic separately. Heat little oj)
and add fenugreek seeds, cumin seeds and mustard
powder and mix well. Add garlic and ginger and
cook a little. Add cut tomatoes, green chillies
and salt and cook fill oil separates. Add vincgar,
remove from fire, cook and pour in clean bottles.
(

Parents can compare their child's weight and

height with following chart to find out if their
child is bealthy or not.

APRIL, 1991

17

Wheat and barley

The harvesting and threshing of wheat be
done in time to avoid losses due to the shattering
of grains. Also complete harvesting and threshing of barley.
Flag smut characterized by lead coloured
streaks on leaves and leaf sheath occurs at quite a
few places particularly in Bhiwani district. Affected
plants may be destroyed by burning.
Gram, lentil and rabl oilseed!
The harvesting of these crops be completed
timely followed by early threshing. In late sown
gram crop, if need be. spray insecticides for control
of pod borer as per HAU recommendations.
SagareaDeComplete sowing of sugarcane if already not
done. Do blind hoeing to the late sOWn crop. 7 to
10 days after planting following by planking. Give
one hoeing to the timely sown crop for controlling
weeds. Weeds can also bo controlled with the
pre-emergence application of Simazine SO WP at
the rate of 4 kg per hectare in 600 litres of water.
This should be followed by post-emergence application of 2.4-D (80% sodium salt) at the rate of
2.5 kg per hectare in 500 litres of water. First
spray shbuld be done at 3 weeks after planting and
subsequent sptaying may be done two weeks after
earthing. Apply irrigations at 7 to 12 days
intervals.
To control seed borne infection of smut and
enhance germination treat tho set before sowing
with 0.25% of Emisan or mancozeb.

18

If crop is sown, mix 2.5 litre gamma BHC

20 Ee or heptachlor 20 Ee or 1.3 litre aldrin
30 EC in 600-800 litre of water per acre and apply
in furrows over the cane setts with sprinkling cans.
Furrows should be covered immediately after
treatment. If it is not possible then apply BHC
10% dust @ 20 kg/acre. In case of ratoon crop,
rake into soil 10% BHC dust @ 10-15 kg/acre.
Black bug and Pyrilla in ratoon crop may be
controlled by spraying BHC 50 WP @ 1.6 kg or
endosulfan 35 EC @ 500 ml or fenitrothion
50 Ee @ 400 ml in 400 litre water per acre.
Cotton
The sowing of cotton is to be done in the next
month. Start preparing the soil thoroughly
immediately after the harvesting of rabi crops.
Select only recommended varieties of American
cotton (Narma), H-777 and HS-45. The recommended varieties of Desi cotton are 0-27. DS-l
and DS-S. To get good .::rop stand it is desirable
to prepare the soil thoroughly. One deep ploughing with a soil turning plough is desirable for
higher yield followed by 3-4 ploughings depending
upon the type of' soil and the rotations being
followed are required to prepare a good tilth.
Sowing should be done after a thorough pres owing
irrigation to ensure good moistures (tar watter)
at the time of sowing. Use the recommended
quantity of seed for getting good crop stand. It is
recommended that 15 to 20 kg of delinted seed
or 20 to 2S kg undelinted seed of American cotton
and 13 kg seed of desi 'cotton per hectare should
be used. Sowing should be done in lines 60 cm
apart with a single row cotton drill by maintaining
a depth of 4-5 cm. Try to avoide sowing in April
as far as possible or else BOW in medium to light
soils only.
Dr. D. P. Thakur
Dr. V. K. SrlTtaya
Dr. M. S. Kuhad
Dr. K. C. Bishnoi
Dr. P. R. Yadav
Dr. V. P. Sharma
Dr. Dal Singh
Dr. Narinder Singh

1
II
I

II

r
J

Directorate of
Extension Education,
HAU, Hisar

HARYANA 'FARMING

Before sowing of improved seeds of cotton,

get your soil teated. O.q average type of soils, if
cotton follows wheat, apply 8S kg urea or ISO kg
CAN alongwith 185 kg SIP per hectare at the time
of sowing. If zinc deficiency symptoms were seen
on. tht; previous cotton crop grown in your fields,
apply 2S kg zinc sulphate per hectare. Sandy soils
must be fertilized with sup,erphos{,hate and zinc
sulphate before sowing of cotton. Cotton responds
to potash application if soils 'are low in available
potassium. Sandy soils arc usually low in potassium so apply SO kg muriate of potash per. hectare
in average type of soils. In fi~ld8 having termites,
apply 12-15 kg aldrin 5% dust/acre before sowing.
Berseem, lucerne and oats
The berseem crop meant for seed be irrigated
frequently during the formation and ripening of
seed, Kashni and other weeds be eradicated th,o-.
roughly. The regular cutting of lucerne be taken'
and the harvesting, of oats be done for green fodder.
Summer fodders
The sowing of es-,:ly fodders, i.e., jowar, cowpea, bajrs, and maize should be completed within
this month to ensure green fodder during summer
months as per recommendations given in the last
month.
For Sathi maize, apply 120 kg CAN or 65 kg
urea and 185 kg single SIP per hectare before sowing of crop.

If there is attack of any ipsect pest, spray the

crop with 400 ml malathion 50 EC in 250 litre
water per acre.

Tomato
Irrigate the crop regularly every week. After
transplanting of the crop it is to be top dressed
with 70 kg of nitrogen (280 kg of Kisan Khad) in
two equal instalments. Give first, after three weeks
of transplanting, and the second at the time of
flowering of the crop. After application of nitrogenous fertilizer, cio not forget to irrigate the crop.
The crop should be kept free from weeds by frequent
weedings.
Spray 400 ml malathion 50 EC in 250 litre
water per acre against insect pests of tomato crop.
Repeat at 15 days interval, if necessary.
Brinjal
Irrigate the crop regularly and keep the field
free from weeds. The crop is to be top dressed
with nitrogenous fertilizer, two times, first afier
about three weeks of transplanting and again at
the time of flowering of the crop. Use 35 kg nitrogen (140 kg Kisan Khad) per hectare each time.
Irrigate the crop after application of nitrogenous
fertilizer. For the control of viral infection, regular use of insecticide and removal of infected plant
and its destroying is recommended.
Spray the crop with malathion 50 Ee against
insect pests as mentioned in tomato crop.,
Chillies

Farmers are advised to get soils of fields reserved

for cotton, maize and Baisakhi moong tested during
this month. Summer crops need more irrigation
water, better get your ,tubewell/pumplng set waters
tested for safegnardlng the soils against salinity/
alkalinity hazards. Every district in Uaryana: has
2-3 soil and water testing laboratories to help yoo.

APRIL, 1991

The crop should be regularly irrigated and

kept free from weeds. The crop should be top
dressed with nitrogenous fertilizer after three weeks
of transplanting and at the time of flowering. Use
20 kg ot: nitrogen (80 kg Kisan. Khad) per hectare
of field followed by" irrigation. At the time of flowering the crop should be sprayed with planofix and
f

19

it should be repeated after about three weeks.

Usc one ml of planoftx in 4.5 litres of water. This
will reduce the fruit drop and may lead to better
yield. For the control of pest and disease, the
recommendations given previously should be followed. Gree(l chillies may be picked up during this
month and may be sent to market for sale.
Control insect pests with insecticides as mentioned under tomato crop.
Onion aad Garlic
The bulb may be covered with soil and regular
irrigation of the crop may be required till maturity.
For the control of pest and diseases the recommendations given previously may be followed during this month also.
Radish

Irrigate the crop and keep it free from weeds.

For summer radish, you should only use Pu&a
Chetki variety. The exposed roots should be covered with so i) and the crop should be top dressed
with nitrogenous fertilizer. The harvesting should
be done when the roots are at tender stage. The
crop is ready for harvest after about 40 days of
seeding. For the control of insect pest, the crop
IIhould be sprayed with 625 ml of malathion 50 EC
after mixing in 625 litres of water in one hectare
of land.
PaJak

The leaves should be regularly harvested,

when ready, and may be sent to market for sale
after prep~ring in convenient size bundles. The
crop needs regular irrigation and it should be top
dressed with nitrogenous fertilizer after each cutting. New crop can arso be sown during this
month.
Bhindi

The crop should be regularly irrigated and

kept free from weeds. It should be top drellsed
with 65 kg of nitrogen (260 k~ of Kisan Khad) in
one hectare into two equal instalments, first top
dressing should be done after three weeks of seed-

20

ing followed by second top dressing at the time of

flowering of the crop. It is essential to irrigate the
crop after application of nitrogenous fertilizer.
The crop starts fruiting after SO days of seedling. Tender fruits should be' picked up and sent
to market for sale. They should not be allowed
to over mature on the plants. New seeding can
also be done during this month if proper facilities
of irrigation are available.
To protect the crop from insect pests, spray .'
the crop at 15 days interval with 0.08% malathion 50 EC or 0: 1% carbaryl 50 WP or 0.05%
endosulfan 35 EC.
Water melon and Musk melon
The crop should be regularly weeded with
regular irrigation. At the time of flowering, the
crops may be top dressed with 15 kg nitrogen (60
kg Kisan Khad) per hectare of land followed by
irrigation. For the control of Red Pumpkin Beetle.,
the crop should be dusted with 6 kg carbaryl
(Sevin) 10% dust after mixing in 18 kg ash or fine
soil in one hectare of land or spray with 250 g carbaryl 50 WP in 250 litres of water per hectare.
If there is attack of red pumpkin beetle, dust
the crop with 5 kg ~arbaryl 5% dust+5 kg ash
mixture per acre or spray 250 g carbaryl SO WP in
250 litre water per acre. For sucking pesls spray
malathion SO EC @ 250 mlfacre.

Other Cucurbits
The crop of this group will need irrigation, wecding and application of nitrogenous fertilizer and
plant protection measurcs as given for water melon
and musk melon. Summer squash and tinda will
start fruiting from this month. The tender fruits in
these and other crops, if available, may be pickcd
, up and sent to market (or disposal.
Calocasia

The crop will require irrigation and weeding.

It should be top dressed with nitrogenous fertilizer
after about a month of seeding.
HARYANA FARMING

Sweet Potato
The cuttings of sweet potato are planted in
field from ApriL to, July. The, field should be
thoroughly prepared. Use recommended-varieties,
Pusa Lal and Pusa Safed, for the purpose. For
one hectare, about 60000-70000 cuttings would be
required. For preparation of the land, apply 20
tonnes .of organic manure, 80 kg kisan khad (20 kg
nitrogen), 475 kg single superphosphate (60 kg
phosphorus) and 135 kg of muriate of potash (80 /
kg potash) per hectare of hind. The field should
be divided into convenient size of beds and the
planting sho~ld be done ,in lines at a distance of
about 45-60 cm apart. The distance from plant
to plant should be kept at about 30 cm. Care
should be taken that both {he ends of the cuttings
are exposed in the air and the middle part is buried
in soil.

2.

Animals develop corneal opacity when foreign

body, dust, etc., get entry into the eyes while
working. To protect animals from corneal
opacity, the eyes should be waShed with clean
water both in the morning and evening time
daily. Affected animals be got treated
promptly.

3.

Animals used for thrashing, often eat up

larger quantities of cereals and Bhusa and
suffer from impaction c,f rumen and tympany.
To check this, the animals should be muzzled
before they are put to work. Fresh drinking
water should be provided to them several
times after giving some rest. Affected animals
should be treated promptly. In case the
services of a Veterinarian are not immediately
available, turpentine oil 50 ml and sarson oil
or linseed oil ! to 1 kg should be drenched.
No feed or water be given till recovery is
attained.

4.

Raise green fodders like maize, cowpea, jowar,

bajra, M. P. Chari and makchari. For better
production, use only high yielding varieties of
recommended fodder seeds.

5,

After calving, cows often come into heat -after

30 to 40 days. Subsequently, the oestrus cycle
is repeated after an interval of 21 days. It is
advisable to get them artificially inseminated
when they come into heat for the second time.
In case the heat is detected in the morning
hours, insemination should be got done in the
afternoon. When detected in the afternoon,
it is necessary to get them inseminated in the
morning of the following day .

6.

Animals suffering from reproductive disorders

should be taken to A. I. Centre for check up
and treatment.

Other Vegetables
Crop like guar and lobia will need irrigation
and weeding. For the control of insect pest,
insecticides like malathion should be used. The
crop may be top dressed with nitrogenous fertilizer
after about a month of seeding followed by irrigation. Tender fruits should be harvested and
sent to market for sale.
Spray malathion 50 EC to control insect pests.

~~~f}

-'d LIVESTOC~:l;g
-

. IHEALT tt CARE

Cattle aod Buffaloes

1.

Arrange prophylactic vaccination of your animals against Foot-and-Mouth disease. In the

event of an outbr~ak, the disease spreads
very rapidly. Report of the outbreak should
be lent to Veterinarian of the area in writing.
Cooperate with the Veterinarian in the control
of outbreak of the disease.

APRIL, 1991

Sheep

1.

Arrange vaccination ag~inst sheep pox.

2.

Arrange deworming of ~heep flock at the Sheep

and Wool Extension Centre of your area.

21

Regiltration No. P/HS/l72

Registrar of Newlpapers No. 22960/72

~~4J. 'liTui!J'fi -1 O-G

arl~

srlfW it ~J~

.., (~~ Cfiff~e ''fI~1

~ i!fir 3J1I)~r Jji{1fi ~ IRIII' ~ i!fir~ ~
'ijt aJ11t~ ~ ifft ~ Ifi) 80~~ 611\ Oftt ,

~"'Q' ~ 1f~ri!{ itl f~'

q;)-{f;rl-<ti~ , 0-G !fiT ~"fq ~ I

q;)(lefiiflU 1 O-G llif ~pftfT ~;If it; arrf(!fT

1fT ~ ~t ~ 'I~
Ilit'l'l7"T if. ~)ol) ~

it

inJltl"T f~[) 'if~rlfi~ ~~ro ~r

~. ~

"'oti

~cr r

SPfPr rn ~ 3JTq' 11ft q~ lti)

~.q~~m~~,

.~'~d.~.

~~p!~CIDES INDIA

a._a.

AGIIA. NEW DlL"t 5111 OANGANAG.lI.

...... IDAIAD. OUIINII. toe"'N
CALCUnII
JIILANDltAIl.

Printed and published by Prof. M. C. Agarwal, Director of Publications on behalf of HlrYIDa Agricultural
. at HAU Pre~., Hi.ar-115 004.

""
~

UDi~,.lty

Annual Subscription Rs. 20/-

----

JUNE 1991

Hl\RYANA
Volume

xx

FARMING
,No.6,>

June 1991

'.

Contents
Pages
1.

Social forestry in Haryana-A sociological

perspective

-Raj Singh

2.

Some guidelines for wasteland development

-Ravi Kumar and Kulvir S. Bangarwa

3.

Heavy metal pollution through sewer water

irrigation

-Anoop Singh, A. P. Gupta, R. P. Narwal,

M. S. Kuhad and R P. Agrawal

4.

Role of zinc in rice production

-V. K. Gupta, D. S Mehla and R. D. Kaushik '7

5.

IR 64-A new short duration rice strain

-D. V. S. Pan war, Ajmer Singh, K:'R. Gupta

and K. R. Battan

Technological components to obtain potential

yield in rice

- K. R. Battan, K. R. Gupta and D. V., S.

Pan war

10

7.

Performance of scented rice varieties under

cultural operations

-S, D. Dhiman and Hari Om

11

~.

Performance of bajra HHB67 under intercropping system

-0. P. S. Verma, K. S. Pan war and Joginder

Singh

12

Pearl millet hybrid seed production under

Haryana condition is technically feasible and
economically remunerative

-R. L Kapoor and Rakesh Seth

13

Stress factors in poultry : Management axis

-1. J. Juneja, V. P. Sharma, J. S. Dal! and

6.

9.

10.

Narinder Singh

15

11.

Surra and its control

-Om Parkash, S. K. Khar and C. L. Yadav

16

12.

Integrated child development services-An

appraisal

-R. S. Hudda, H. K. Verma and S. N. Singh

]7

13.

Sprouted pulses are more nutritious

-Veena Jain

19

14.

Garments: Tips to last longer

- Parveen Punia, Nirmal Yadav and Vivek

20

15.

What to do this month?

21

Editor
V. S. Gupta
Production Assistance

D. C. Yadav
Layout
Kuljit Mann

Editorial Assistance
Indira Bagga
Photography
HA U Photo Unit

Price per copy Rupees 2/Yearly Subscription

Rs.20.00
Please send your mllMY order to :

Director of Publications,
Gandhi Bbawan, HAU, Hisar-12S 004

'

Social Forestry in Haryana

-A Sociological Perspective
-Raj Singh
Deptt. of Sociology, BAU, Btsar

Haryana State is basically' an agricultural

state as 76% of the area of State is under cultivation. The area under forests forms 3.4% of the
total land area against 20% for the plains and
60% for hills as laid down ,in National Forest
Policy. So, there is an acute s,hortage of fire wood
in consequence of which huge quantity of cow dung
is burnt as fuel which could otherwise be used as
manure in the fields to boost up agricultural production. The raising of plantations in governmental
land which are limited in extent will hardly be
adequate to meet the essential requirements of
firewood, timber and other produce in rural areas.
It is, therefore, necessary to encourage social
forestry which in the first phase will be mainly
conservation of existing forests and afforestation
on all types of land capable of bearing trees. It
will include private fallow land, village pancbayat
land, canal bank, roadside, railway track, banks
of village ponds, farm roads, farm houses, tubewells sight~ and degraded lands. Social forestry
is in fact an integral part of economic growth
and community development. The social benefits
thus generated and the additional resources so
created may serve as stepping stones toward self
sufficiency. But, so far social forestry has not
been given the importance it deserves.
Issues
Traditionally and historically forestry and
agriculture have been looked upon as cc;>mpetitive
and not complementary activities. It is common
'knowledge that all over the world forests
were cleared to make room for agriculture. To
farmers, forests meant h~rbouring harmful birds
and animals causing root competition and shuttering off sunlight so essential for agricultural production. In short, trees were looked upon as
enemies of farmers "ho preferred to grow their

JUNE, 1991

crops in sterilized isolation with all potential

c:>mpetitors ruthlessly removed.
Nevertheless.
forests provided fuel, fodder, grazing grounds
timber for rural housing and agricultural implements and many such needs of rural life. Rural
community is used to get these needs from the
forests near villages either free or at a nominal
cost. However, with indiscriminate felling of trees
forests have receded, upsetting rural way of life.
For instance, take the role of forests as a source
of fuel. The rural people usually depended on
firewood collected from forests to stove the kitchen
fire. Now be faces a lot of hardship. The lihortage of firewood has led to large-scale burning of
cattle dung, which normally should enrich soil.
Forests play an important role in rural
economy. It is, therefore, surprising that farmers
and foresters should remain isolated from each
other. After all, both make use of the same raw
materials namely soil, sunlight and carbon dioxide.
This situation has adversely affected both agriculture and forestry alike. The depleted forest area
has adverse effect on the environment, which in
turn has resulted in soil erosion, floods and
famines jeoparding agriculture production. National Forest Policy lays down that at least 33 per
cent of the country's land area should be under
forest for preserving the environment, preventing
fioods, droughts and providing valuable forest
products. At present we have barely 3.4 per cent
of total land under forests.
India's population is expected to touch 1000
million mark by 2000 'A.D. Cattle productionl
population of the country which was 382 million
in 1980 and about 418 million by 2000
A.D. The state of Haryana would also experience
a similar transformation in the time to come. So,
this vast human and animal population needs food,
fuel, small timber for needs of agricultural
implements, housing, grazing and fodder for
livestock, fencing material and thatch as well as
raw material for various agro-based and forest
based industries. As a result of heavy and continuOus grazing the village pastures have become
only exercise grounds for the cattle. In the absence
'of proper diet productivity of the cattle is very
poor. Thus, functional allocation of land for
agriculture and forestry does not appear to be
capable of meeting the multifarious demand of the

growing population. The only answer appears to

be to integrate the land use for agriculture and
forestry in such a way 80 as to maximise production
of goods and services required by the society at
large.
As it is, India's rural economy is lopsided,
we produce food but do not cater for fuel. This
inevitably leads to the improvised use of cow dung
as fuel and cooking and heating which is like
robbing Peter to pay Paul. Cow dung mixed with
little and green leaf makes an organic manure
which serves as lifeblood to the soil. Its scarcity
or absence from the field deprives the soil of
phosphorus, potash and nitrogen and seriously
impoverishes soil fertility. According to estimates
over 458 million metric tons of wet dung are
diverted annually to rural hearths. At 5 metric
tons/ha this amount could fertilize 91 million
hectares of land. Similarly, trees planted on farm
boundaries serve as protection fences and shelter
belts. Plants serve as effective checks against
sandstorms, thus maintaining soil fertility.
Needs
Forestry in Haryana is intimately connected
with rural population. So the far.mers and foresters are both responsible to implement a sound
programme of social forestry. The farmer has to
be posted with adequate information about trees,
their growth habits and utilization technology" An
effective programme of educating the farmer is
necessary to develop an active participation by
him. The forester has to be trained in extension
methods to acquire proper approach to farmers.
There arc certain prejudices attached in farm
forestry based more on ignorance than on reality
for example, that trees, harbour birds which
damage food crops or that trees provide shade
which marS crop growth or that trees lower the
water table through excessive transpiration. These
prejudices wiH not die if lefl alone. A deliberate
and constant diffusipn of facts to, combat these"
fallaCies is essential. It could be dOne through
lectures, agricultural broadcasts, village' meetings
and the like.

tion projects on private land. Such project,

therefore, be taken up by individual farmers. A
tree is both a factory and consumer goods. It is
a factory run mainly by nature for man. If farmers
plant trees on boundaries and other uncultivable
land in Bnd around their farm holdings valuable
capital can be generated at a practically negligible
cost. In a few years, 90 paise to Rs. 1.50 seedling
becomes a tree worth Re. 300/-.
In farm forestry the ownership of the land is
usually private, individual while in rural forestry
it is communal in most ,of states. This raises
peculiar problems of protection and management,
calling for the involvement of the entire community ,
for the effective implementation" of the project ..
Such a systematic involvement of rural population
in forestry activities will bring to the fore-front the mUltiple advantages of tree-growing for food.
fodder, and subsidiary products. The primary
objective of all rural forestry programmes is to left
peasants out of their condition of poverty and
ignorance Bnd help them to attain 'self-sufficiency
through planting trees. Further more. a number
of cottage industries can develop with the aid of
tree resources, honey, sports goods, and silk, oil
from seeds, household furniture from wood and
bamboo; dairy prod nets from fodder; tanning
industry from back, seeds, leaves and many others.
Social forestry, therefore, aims at growing
trees wherever possible on idle land resources,
singly, in groups and in strips. At present idle
land resources consist of roadsides, sides of railway
tracks, canal banks and drainage channels. These
alone offer a substantial land that can be profitably planted. Other waste lands are: river banks/
ponds banks; degraded areas in villages, ravines;
swamps, cremation grounds, compounds of
schools, colleges, hospitals, buildings and so on.
All the more, there are about 400 million people,
mainly in the rural areas, who arc living below
the poverty line because they are either unemployed' or under-employed.
Given appropriate
incentives and training these idle people can be
productively employed to afforest substantial
rural land hitherto untapped.

The resources of the state forest departments

or government are too Iimifed for finaDcing planta-

HARYANA FARMING

Some Guidelines for

Wasteland Dev~lopment
-Rul Kumar aod

K~lvlr

The crop rotation with N-fixiog, plants might

be more favourable for sites tbat have been drastically disturbed, such as, mine spoils. On such areas
common crop trees will not frequently grow with an
acceptable rate, because of N deficiency, low soil
organic matter content and adverse soil physical factors. The growth of N-fixing crop prior to
the desired tree crop may be essential.

KISAN-76
Spray Pump

S. Bangarwa

Department 0/ Agr%restry, HAU, Hisar .

Low fertility is a common problem in establish-

ing. vegetation on wastelands. Since N is generally

deficient in these lands, afforestation can be accomplished using tree ~pecies which can fix atmospheric
nitrogen for their growth for development and
proper establishment. It is generally believed that
th~ immediate gains obtained from using N fixers
do not compete favourably with the use of inorganic N fertilizers. However, it may cause long
term benefits such as increased crop yield together
with soil improvement and conservation, increased
efficiency of N utilization, reduced air and water
pollution, quality biofertilizers as partial or complete
substitutes for inorganic N fertilizers ..
Following approaches are required to be
followed to utilize the maximum potential of nitrogen fixing tree species under plantation forestry
programmes. Nitrogen fixing tree ~pecie8 can be
interpl'I)ted with the other tree species under wastelands, social and agroforestry plantations. Trees
in the genera Acacia (Babul), AJbizla (Siris),
Leucaeu8 (Subabool) and Sesbanla showed promise
for interplanting with more valuable tropical timber
species. The Leucaeoll leucocephala (Subabool)
includes varieties that ranges from 5hrub to tree.
It has tremendous potential for interplanting or
underplanting depending on variety.
The underplaoting of N fixing ground cover
plants in a forest plantations may have several advantages in addition to added N. Development of
good ground cover may reduce erosion and eliminate the need for cultivation of youog plantations.
The best underplanting species is Trifolium
(Clouers). This species grows during fall and winter
and coes not compete for moisture and nutrients
during the principal period 'of tree growth.
JUNE, 1991

The most useful and beneficial for the

farmers. Prepared by experienced and
qualified Engineers.

NAPSACK SPRAYER
IWith High DenSity
P()lelhene _Tank)

CODE:

CO~E;

psl0l

Kpsll

HAND COMPRESSION
SPRAYER
(With Brass
Tank)

ROCKmG SPRAYER

CODE
A-I

FOOT SPRAYER

CODE,
FP300

INDO GERMAN AGRI SPRAYER &

PRESSING WORKS
Post Box No. 125, Clock Tower, Ludhiana-141 008,
Ph: Off: 51999, 51669 Fae.: 35367. Groms ; Indo German

Chemical ComposltloD of Sewer Waters

Sewer water samples were collected from
different towns of the state. The chemical composition of some of the sewer waters is given in Table
1. The data in Table 1 reveal that pH and electrical conductivity of almost all the waste waters was
in the normal range except that of cycle industries
effluent mixed sewer water of Sonepat whose electrical conductivity was highest. The biochemical
oxygen dimond (BOD) and chemical oxygen
dimond (COD) values of Hisar walers was higher
than 100 mg/l, the standard fixed by Water Pollution Control Board, Haryana.. The sewer water of
Sonepat was found rich in total nickel content
which was, possibly, due to the discharge of cycle
industries effluents into the I.!ewer water. These
waters cannot be used for irrigating the agricultural
crops due to one or the other unfavourable characteristics. Continuous use of such untreated waste
waters may result in the deterioration of soil quality!
productivity due to increased content of toxic
metals in them.

Heavy Metal Pollution

Through Sewer Water
Irrigation
-Anoop Siogb, A. P. Gopta, R. P. Narwal,
M. S. Kuhad and R. P. Agrawal

Department of Soil Science, HAU, Hisar

Soil pollution is increasing due to increase in
industrialization and urbanization in the developing
countries. The number of industries in Haryana
increased from 1168 in 1966 to 4681 in 1987. The
increase in the industrialization has resulted in the
deterioration of ambient air quality by increasing
its carbon monoxide, sulphur oxides, nitrogen
oKides and other toxic substance contents. Some
of these gases are also toxic to plants, animals and
human-beings. Similarly, about 200 million gallons
of city waste waters are produced daily in the state.
These waste waters are also known to contain toxic
metals in varying amounts. Long term use of such
untreated waste waters may lead to metal accumulation in Boils to such an extent that may prove
toxic to plants and beneficial micro-organisms.

Extent of Soil Pollution

(i) Canal/tubewell water irrigated soils: Nine
profiles were exposed in three physiographic zones
of Haryana viz., plains with Aravallis hills and
sand dunes (Zone I), plains with !land dunes (Zone
II) and upland plains (Zone III) representing most
of the agriculturally important soils from the State
of Haryana supposed to be free from any kind of
metal contamination. The heavy metal levels in
the surface horizons were within the normal ranges
(Table 2) or equal to their background levels.
The metal levels in the
C horizon are
considered equal to the
natural or their

Keeping in view the above, systematic studies

were undertaken to study the heavy metal status of
caoal/tubewell water and sewer water irrigated soils
of Haryana.
TABLE

Chemical characteristics of some of the sewer waters of Haryana

Location

Hisar (MT)
Hisar (City)
Kamal (City)
Kamal (MT)
Panipat
Sonepat (Atlas)
Sonepat (Mix)

pH

EC O.C. SAR BODo

(dSm- 1) (mgL _1)
(mgL- 1) Zn

7.25
7.39
7.44
7.53
8.17
7.08
7.69

2.39
2.13
1.3.3
0.96
1.60
4.79
2.55

97
105
52
45
15
23
30

1.28
0.83
0.69
0.5]
0.89
1.87
1.14

.117
127
63
54
18
28
36

Total metal content (ppm)

Mn

Fe

13
10

23

11
11

13
13
14

145
145
106
76
205
92
66

11

64
10

IS

]S

14

Cu

1.9
1.9
1.7
1.7
1.7
2.4
1.7

Pb

Ni

Cd

36
38
34
38
38
36
40

3.6
2.8
2.8
2.8
3.4
3.0
6.4

5.2
5.8
6.2
5:6
5.6
5.4
5.6

HARYANA FARMING

TABLE

Range and mean vah!e~ of elements (ppm) in surface soils irrigated with canal water
Element
Range
Cd
Pb
Ni
Co
Zn
Cu
Mn
Fe

Mean

0.8-1.0
10.0-17.5
20.0-3' 0
11.9-20.9
16.7-25.0
45.0-65.0
133-266
28125-4187'5

'-0.98
13.1a
27.7a
15.2
22.111
'6.Sa
8

209
320158

Range

Mean

Range

Mean

0.5-1.3
10.0-22.S
20.6-45.0
9.0-26.1
15.0-26.7
45.0-80.0
155-266
20625-50625

O.8ab
16.8b

0.5-1.0
125-20.0
22.5-42.5
10.4-27.1

0.7 b
15.8bc
31.6bc
19.5bc
31.7a

31.6b
19.1b
23.9 11
56.0
211 8
36993b

Within a row, means with no common superscripts are

Student 't' test.

background levels. The extent of soil pollution was assessed by dividing the metal content in
the surface horizon with that of in the C horizon.
If the ratio between the two is more than one, the
soil is polluted with respect to metal in question or
vice vena.
The levels of most of the heavy metals were
either depleted or remained unaffected in the A
horizons associated with C horizons with the excepHO,n of Mn and eu (Table 3). It is also evident
from data in Table 3 that there was a tendency of
copper accumulation in these soils otherwise all the
metals were within their background levels.
TABLE

Ratios of levels of elements in Ap and B horizons

in the associated C horizons irrigated with
canal water
Hori- Cd
zon

--

Pb

Ni

Co

Zn

Cu

Mn

Fe

-~----____!_--

Ap

0.94 0.89 0.88 0.82 0.83

1.84 1.04 0.84

0.90 1.00 1.00 0.98 0.82

1.50 1.02 1.00

(ii) Sewer water Irrigated soils: Four profiles

were exposed at Ali, Sharan, Panipat aod Sonepat

JUNE, 1991

Zone III

Zone II

Zone I

1'.0-96.2
25-170
111-322
21875-44375

58.5
2248
36045bc

significantly different at P 0.5

using

to study the long term effect of sewer water irriga

tion on the heavy metal accumulation in these soils.
The status and distribution of total heavy metals in
sewer water irrigated loils is given in Table 4. The
data in Table 4 reveal accumulation of metals in
the surface horizons of all these soils. The metal
accumulation was exceptionally higher in the
surface horizon of Sonepat soil. The accumulation
of heavy metals in the surface horizons reveals
about their low mobilily in the soil system. The
metal content in the surface horizons of Panipat
and Sonepat profiles exceeded their background
levels (Table 5). The metal accumulation in these
profiles is mainly attributed to the continuous irrigation of the soils with contaminated sewer waters.
The data in Table 5 also reveal that the
Sonepat soil was highly polluted with cadmium,
lead, nickel, zinc, copper and iron. The nickel
contamination in the Ap horizon was 135 times
higher than its background level. Similarly, zinc,
copper, lead and cadmium levels in the Ap horizon
of Sonepat soil were 62.5, ~ 1.6, 12.8 and 3.33 times
higher than their respective background levels.
Therefore, the unwise use of untreated industrial effluent mixed sewer water irrigation will result
in the metal accumulation in the soils. Thus. these
waters should not be used without their proper
treatment.

TABLE

Status and distribution of total metal content in sewer water irrigated soils
HorizoD

Metal status (ppm)

Cd

Pb

Ni

Co

Zn

Cu

Mn

Fe

100
70
65
60
55

155
144
211
177
222

26250
21250
33750
30000
27250

70

133
210
183
222

32500
40000
38750
43125

75
55

288
277
165
155

36250
48125
41875
26875

2500
95
70
60

199
119
177
155

97500
34375
44375
43125

Ali (Typic Ustortheots)

Ap
AI2
AC
CI
C2

1.00
0.75
1.00
1.00
1.00

20.0
7.5
12.5
12.5
15.0

25.0
20.0
30.0
30.0
30.0

11.4
13.8
20.0
22.3
19.5

45.1
26.7
25.0
13.3
16.7

Sharan (Typic Ustortbeots)

Ap
A12
AC
CI

1.00
1.00
1.00
1.25

15.1
12.5
15.0
15.0

40.0

27.S
28.7
30.0

16.6
15.7
19.0
19.5

36.7
26.7

6S

23.4
26.7

55
65

Psoipat (Typic Ustortheots)

Ap
IC
lIC
IIIC

1.00
1.00
0.75
0.75

250
22.5
20.0
17.5

32.5
30.0
32.5
25.0

36.7
36.7
28.4
23.4

29.0
25.2
16.1
16.6

80
~5

Sooepat (Typic Ustortbeots)

Ap
AC
CI
C2

2.50
1.00
1.00
0.75

225.0
12.5
17.5
17.5

4750.0
117.5
32.5
35.0

18.0
19.5
21.4
20.4

TABLE

2296.0
50.1
45.1
36.7

Ratios of metals in Ap versus C horizon in sewer water irrigated soils

Profile

Metals (ppm)

10catioD'

Cd

Pb

Ni

Co

Zn

Cu

Ali
Sharan
Panipat
Sonepat

1.00
0.80

1.33
1.00
1.42
12.85

0.83
1.33
1.30
135.71

0.58
0.85
1.74
0.88

2.70
1.37

1.81
1.07
1.45
41.66

1.33
3.33

1.56
62.56

Mn
0.69
0.59
1.85
1.28

Fe
0.95
0.75
1.34
2.28

HARYANA FARMING

Role of Zinc In
Rice Production
,-v. K.

Gupta, D. S. Mehla and R. D. Kaushik

Department of'Soil Science, HAU, Hisar

Zinc was proven to be an essential plant

nutrient more than 75 y~ars ago. The requirement
of zinc for paddy crop is much Jower than nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium. Even though
zinc is required only in small amounts, deficiency
of the micronutrient 'can decrease yield beyond
expectation.
Zinc is an essential component of plant
enzymes required for energy production, for
protein synthesis and degradation. Insufficient
zinc levels can decrease the plant growth regulator
indole-3-acetic acid. Low levels of zinc cause
suppression of these combined processes resulting
in the stunting of young plants and lower yields.

Occ~rrence of Zinc Deficiency

Zinc deficiency is more prevalent in rice plants
under several environmental conditions such 8S
low soil zinc sandy textured soils, high pH, low
organic matter, calcareous soils and heavy doses
of nitrogen and phosphorus.
The management practices in rice are conducive to zinc deficiency, if available soil zinc is low
to medium. Continuous submerged conditions
in paddy enhance the availability of iron, manganese and phosphorus and decrease the absorption
of zinc and can induce zinc deficiency in plants.
Several zinc deficiencies often occur on areas
where surface soil is lost by land levelling.

in 3-4 weeks old crop in the field. Similar type of

symptoms appear in the nurseries of paddy also.
The affected tissue becomes necrotic and under
secure deficient conditions the entire mass of
leaves collapses and further growth is arrested.
In general, leaf tip sustains green colour for some
time. Zinc deficiency in rice is generally named
as 'Khaira disease'. The affected leaves are brittle.
Zinc deficiency in Kallar soils appears in patches
and the affected crop exhibits reddish browD
appearance from distance.
Correcting Deficiencies
Zinc deficiencies are corrected by applying zinc
to plant foliage or to soil by broadcast method.
Several sources of zinc are available in the market
and the choice left is only zinc sulphate due to its
lower cost. The other sources are either too
costly or less efficient. Dipping of roots of paddy
seedlings in 2 per cent zinc oxide suspension did
not prove economical although it increased the
yield significant over control. In general, soils
having less than 0.8 ppm DTPA extractable zinc
respond to its application. The comparison of
some zinc sources on the yield of paddy (Variety
Jaya) is presented in Table I.
TABLE 1
Effect of zinc sources on yield of paddy
Zinc sources

JUNE, 1991

Yield data

Zn con-

kg
Zoha-1

Gram

Straw

centration
straw
(ppm)

Control

63.6

87.8

19.3

Zinc Sulphate

5
10

68.9
76.3

96.4
92.4

26.6
32.3

Zinc Oxide

5
10

66.6
68.1

101.6
98.0

25.0
28.3

67.0

10

71.7

101.0
92.0

26.3
29.0

3.5

7.6

NPK

Deficiency Symptoms
Low absorption of zinc by plant roots can
result in shortening of internode length. Chocolate,
darR! brown or reddish brown pigmentation in the
middle of lamina of 3rd to 4th leaf are observed

Rates

Zinc Sulphate

C.D. at 5%

If the soils are severely deficient, the level of

response is. very high.
For soil application, in a paddy-wheat cropping system apply 25-50 kg zinc sulphate per
hectare (10 to 20 kg per acre) before paddling in
paddy only. If kallar patches are present they
should be treated with higher rate of zinc sulphate.
For uniform broadcasting mix the desired quantity
of zinc sulphate with 20-40 kg of friable soil or
with other fertilizer. Zinc applied through broadcast before transplanting and mixed with soil
yields better than foliar spray (Table 2).
Foliar spray should be done with 0.5 per cent
solution of zinc sulphate and 2-3 per cent solution
of urea. For spraying acre of paddy 1 kg zinc
sulphate and 46 kg urea should be mixed with
200 Htres of water and sprayed on one month old

crop. The process should be repeated 2-3 times

at the interval of 7-10 days till deficiency disappears. Foliar application either in the morning
or evening helps prevent leaf injury.
TABLE 2
Effect of soil and foliar application of
zinc on paddy yield
Treatment

Grain yield
q ha-1

------Per cent increase

over control

Expt. 1 Expt. 2 Expt. 1 Expt. 2

----------------~-----

Control (NPK)
25 kg ZoSo,ba- 1
50 kgZnSo.ha-1
0.5% ZoSo, Spray

63.4 46.6
71.5 50.9
73.0 51.3
69.4 48.4

12.7
IS.l
9.4

9.6
10.03.8

,.,

Always Purchase Certified Seeds of

For more details contact Regional
New Varieties of following crops
,. Offices of the Corporation at : PADDY COlTON BAJRA
YAMUNANAGAR UM~I
MUSTARD. PULSES. FODDER
L._-w.~. HISSAR ., SIRSA PATAUOI
4I\JO VE:GflABLf SEEDS

For mOTe detail contact nearest Regional Offices or Head Office:

HARYANA FARMING

-L

IR 64-A New Short

Duration Rice Strain
-D. V. S. PRow_r, Ajmer Siogb, K. R. Gupta ao4
K. R. Battao
HAU Rice Research Statton. Kaul

superfine quality of rice and fctch good pricc in

market. Thc test weight of grains (1000 grains)
is 27.6 gm. Tts cooking quality is good and whitebelly is absent in ita kernels. It takes 134 days
total duration. It is moderatcly rcsistant to Item
rot and white packcd plant hopper.
TABLE 1

, The medium duratiol;l (145 days) rice straius

Jaya, PR 106 and HKR 120 cover maximum rice
acreage in the state due to their higher yield
potentials. But their' higher yields are only
obtained when transplanting is completed by first
week of July. It is not pOllible to complete full
transplanting of rice crop by this time. Delay in
planting due to lacil; of irrigation water for want
of timely rains, inadequate supply of canal water
and less availability of power for tubewells and
non-availability of desired labourers is quite
common. Thus, the peak season of transplanting
is the second half of July. There is a need for an
early maturing variety which can give higher grain
yield under such late sown conditions. Such
variety will be popular for multiple cropping allo.
Keeping these requirements in view, a number
or' va~ieties were tested at Rice Research Station,
Kaul. IR 64 (IR 18348-36-3-3) a strain developed
at the International Rice Research Institute, Philippines from a cross between IR 56S7-33-2-1/IR
2061-465-1-5-5 proved the best one. The yield
performance of IR 64 as compared to Pal~an 579
at Research Centres and .farmer fields is given in
Tables 1 and 2, respectively.
It is evident from the data given in Tables 1
and 2 that IR 64 yielded on an average 71.52 q/ha
against 64.90 q/ha of Palman 579 at Research
Centres and 56.06 q/ha'_' against 52.52 q/ha at farmer's field. Thus, the increase in yield of IR 64
over Palman 579 was 6.62 q/ha (10.20%) at Research Centres and 3.54 q/ha (6.74%) at farmers'
fields.
Characteristics
The plants of IR 64 are of short stature
(108 em) with erect leaves and all parts green.
Its grains are long slender which come under
JUNE, 1991

field perrormance of IR 64 against Palman 579 at

Research Ccotrcs during 1984-1990

Year

Location

_ Grain yield (q/ha)

IR 64 Palman 579

1984
1985

Kaul
Kaul
Karnal
Karnal
Kaul
Karnal
Kaul
Kaul
Karnal
Karnal
Kaul
Kaul
Karnal

65.92
72.12
76.85
73.00
87.77
69.54
62.20
83.92
54.00
81.71
74.88
57.22
70.66

53.33
69.25
72.84
68.00
85.55
60.87
47.87
71.51
57.62
73.16
67.20
43.25
73.29

Mean

71.52

64.90

1986
1987
1988
]989
1990

Percent increase
ovcr Palman 579= 10.20
TABLE 2
Performance of IR 64 against PalmaD 579 at
farmer's fields during kharif 1988
Districts
Ambala
Karnal
Kurukshetra
Jind
Soncpat
Hisar
Sirsa

No. of
trials
20
29
75
28
11
3'
15

Mean

Grain yield (q/ha)

IR 64 Palman 579
53.11
38.33
67.46
43.58
63.63
54.50
55.33

49.15
36.78
63.10
40.76
58.33
52.33
52.27

56.06

52.52

Percent increase
over Palman 579=6.74

Technological Components
to Obtain Potentjal Yield
in Rice
-E. R. BattaD, K. R. Gopta aDd D. V. S. PaDwar
HAU Rice Research Station. Kaul
Rice hal become an important crop of Haryana. It is grown in 672 thousand hectares ,,:ith
total production of 1823 thousand tonnes and
average yield of 27.13 q/ha (rice). Although the
varieties available in the state have yield potential
of 70 to 100 q/ha (paddy) in early and mid duration varieties, yet the average yield is very low.
Therefore. to achieve the targets of high yields
better understanding of technological components
responsible for potential productivity and its
. proper adoption by the farmers is elsentia). The
gap between the yield potential and average yield
being obtained can easily be narrowed down by
adoption of some scientific techniques as discussed
below:
1.

Adoption of Green Manoring

By majority of tho farmerl rice-whcat rotatioD

il beioi followed io the rice growing arcsi of the

10

3.

Timely Transplantlog of Crop

Drastic reductions' (1 to 1.5 q/ha/day) have

been observed in yield due to delay in transplanting of mid duration rice varieties which cover
about 65 per cent of rice area in the state. The
optimum time for transplanting of mid duration
(l3S to 150 days) varieties is 15th June to 10th
July. But many farmers delay the transplanting
of these varieties even by the end of July and thus
get poor yields. The yield losses. can be minimised to a great extent by transplanting 40-50
days old seedlings of these varieties. Another
alternative is to use early maturing varieties like'
Pusa 33, Palman 579 and lR 64 for such condi~
tions.

Replacement of Obsolete, Varieties

In general, it has been observed that many

obsolete varieties like Jaya. lR 8 and PR 106 in.pite of their susceptibility to diseases and insectpests are being cultivated by the farmers. Some
farmers are growing the varieties like Indrasan,
Haryana Gaurav, Lakarbagga, Terricot,. etc.
which are not even recommended by any Institution or University. Many times, reductions in
yield have been observed due to emerging of new
diseases and insect-pests due to growing of unrecommended varieties. In few years, false smut,
Kernel bunt, stem borer and leaf folder have been
noticed in severe form. Hence, farmers should
select the varieties baving better resistance to
insect-pests and diseases. The farmen should
cultivate 'the newly developed varieties HKR.120
of mid duration and IR 64 of short duration over
a large area.
2.

Itate. Both these crops are shallow rooted and

take heavy nutrients from the upper layer of the
soil. As a result fertility is exhausting for macro
and micro nutrients both. As the farmers arc not
adding the organic matter in the Boil. the organic
content is very 10Yl. Therefore, the soil structure,
and nutrient storage capacity of the soil has been
disturbed. To maintain soil health in good condition, the green manuring crop of Daincha may
be raised after whcat and incorporated in tbe soil
at puddling before transplanting of rice.

4.

Balanced Fertilizers and Available Irrigation

Under sufficient' facility of irrigation water,

fertilizers should be applied as per soil test and
requirement of the variety. Full dose of zinc.
potash, phosphorus and 1/3 dose of nitrogen
(recommended ISO: 60 _: 60 kg NPK+2S kg
ZnSo./ba) should be applied at the time of
puddling. If 1I3 dose of nitrogen is not applied
at the time of transplanting, it can be applied
within 7 days after transplaDting. It has been
seen that many farmers apply very high doses of
nitrogen which increase succulency in the plants
resulting in more attack of diseasel and insectpests. Paddy fields should be kept wet during
tbe whole crop season as under water strels con.ditions yield losses many be high. At least crop
should not suffer due to water at critical stages
like active tillering, panicle initiation (flowering)
and grain formation. Hence, high yields ate
possible with balance doses of fertilizers alongwitb
sufficient irriJation8.
.
(Contd. on page 12)
HARYANA FARMING

Dosea of Nitrogen

Performance of Scented
Rice Varieties under
Cultural Operations
-So D. Ohlman and Harl Om
HAU Rice Research Station, Kaul
I

In spite of low yield 'potential, the farmen are

tempted to grow scented tall varieties of rice due
to ita high market valuc. It occupies about 20-2S%
arca of rice bowl of the state depending on thc onset of monsoon and premium in price. With the
results of scientific a,pproach, three semi-dwarf
sccnted rice varieties have been idcntified for such
rice growing areas of the country. Thcse are:
HKR 228 from HAU, Kaul; Pusa Basmati-I from
I. A. R. I:, New Delhi and Kasturi from ORR,
Hyderabad.
To exploit yield potential of new cultivars,
tbese were evaluated under different dates of
transplanting and tgraded doses of nitrogen. Tbe
grain yield data of both the experiments are given
in Tables I and 2, respectively.
Date of Transplanting
From Table I, the maximum grain yield
(44.7 qfha) was observed by planting these varieties
on 5th JUly. The reduction in yield was 5.6% upto
1Sth July planting over first. Thereafter, the rate
of reduction in yield was recorded to be 12.0% and
39.6% by planting on 25th July and Sth August,
respectively over previous dates. At 5th July
planting, varieties HKR 228 and Kasturi performed
better over Pusa Basmati-I. Later on, varieties
HKR 228 and Pusa Basmati-l performed better
over Kasturi with the marginal edge. OveraIJ,
cultivar HKR 228 performed better (37.S q/ha)
and followed by Kasturi and Pusa Basmati-I.
Maximum unfilled grains (l4.4 to 35.4%) were
recorded in variety Pusa Basmati-I, while it was
5.5 to 7.9% and 6.1 to 12.5% in HKR 228 and
Kasturi, respectively under different dates of
planting.
JUNE, 1991

The trend in the increase of grain yield was

recorded upto 60 kg N/ba by Basmati 370, while
this increase was observed upto 90 kg Nlha by
Berni-dwarf scented rice vilrieties. Moreover, 41.4
q/ha grain yield of variety HKR 228 was recorded
under 90 kg Nlha, while 31.6 q/ha grain yield of
Basmati 370 was obtained, which is maximum.
With the results, there is increase of 9.8 qfha grain
yield due to selection of variety HKR 228 over
Basmati 370. Moreover, the quality traits of new
variety are comparable to Basmati 370, a popular
scented variety.
Conclusion

New dwarf scented rice varieties arc fertilizer

responsive and drastic reduction in the grain yield
was observed, if planted after second week of July.
TABLE 1
Scented rice varieties affected by dates of
planting (1990)
Varieties

Date of transplanting
Average
5th 15th 25th 5th
July July July Aug.

HKR 228
Pusa Basmati-l
Kasturi
Average

46.6
40.6
46.8
44.7

42.8 37.3
43.2 37.9
40.8 36.3
42.2 37.1
(Grain yield in

23.6
22.2
21.4
22.4
q/ha)

37.5
35.9
36.3

TABLE 2
Grain yield (qlha) of scented rice varieties
influenced by doses of nitrogen (1990)
Varieties Levels of nitrogen (kg/ha) Mean Lodging
30

HKR 228 31.5

PUsa
28.4
Basmati-l
Kasturi
29.4
Basmati 37029.6
29.7
Average

60

90

score
(1-10) at
90 kg
Nlha

37.9
35.S

41.4
37.2

36.9
33.7

35.1
31.6
35.0

38.8
28.9
36.6

34.4
30.0

2.7

8.0

It

Performance of Bajra
HHB-67 under
Intercropping System
-0. P. S. Verma, K. S. Panwar and
Jogloder Siagb
Deptt. of Agronomy, HAU, Hisa,
The identification and notification of extra
early maturing bajra hybrid HHB-67 has opened
new dimensions. This hybrid is not only good
for pre-monsoon and late ~own conditions but very
well suits under multiple and intercropping system.
Arhar being competitive in nature was never
considered seriously for intercropping system.
Basically, the growth of arhar plant is slow during
early period of life cycle, whereas bajra HHB-67
has early vigour coupled with short duration
maturity (60-65 days). Therefore, both components of intercropping system can accommodate
each other with least possible mutual competition.
Secondly, the traditional intercrops like moong
bean, cowpea, etc. are becoming susceptible to
mosaic disease and it affects the yield of these
crops adversely in the intercopping system. Having
in view the above considerations, arhar (Manak)
and bajra (HHB-67 and HHB-50) were tested in
intercropping system under two planting patterns
during khadl 1989 at H.A.U., Hisar. The results
are summarised in Table 1.
TABLE 1
Effect, of intercropping on the grain yield of bajra
and arhar
-~-----

S. Treatments

Grain yield (q/ha)

No..

Bajra

Arhar

Bajra HHB '0 PR

(60/30 cm)+Arhar
2. Bajra HHB .'0 WR
(60 cm)+Arhar
3. Bajra HHB 67 PR
(60/'0 cm)+Arhar
4. Bajra HHB 67 WR
(60 cm)+Arhar

14.65

1.8S

13.72

2.52

J3~SO

3.80

12.80

4.76

1.

12

The data indicated that the grain yield of

bajr. HHB 67 and HHB SO is almost same under
paired row (60/30 cm) planting and wider-row
(60 em) planting, whereas the graiD yield of arhar
is certainly better under wider-row planting over
paired-row planting. Among the two bajra hybrids
tested for intercropping, HHB 67 matured ]8 days
earliar than HHB SO and thus the grain yield of arhar
was much higher under HHB 67 over HHB 50 which
took more than 82 days to mature. The late maturity
in case of HHB 50 prolonged the competition
period and ultimately it affected the arhar yield
adversely in the intercropping .ystem. Therefore,
HHB 67 is certainly superior hybrid for bajra-arhar
intercropping system.
(From page 10)
5.

Pursue Control
Diseases

Meuures for Weeds ,_ aDd

If weeds are not controlled in the early

growth stage of crop. large share of recommended
dose of fertilizers is utilised by weeds. 10 this
problem the herbicidal management technology
can help the farmers a lot. The use of machete,'
Delcholor, Basslin, Ronstar and Saturn is observed to be effective in controlling the weeds.
Normally, the newly released high yielding
rice varieties like HKR 120 and IR 64 have good
degree of resistance to major problems of rice
(BLB, stem rot and WBPH), but in due course of
their cultivation over a span of time, resistance
ability sometimes break down. The major diseases
of rice are bacterial leaf- blight, stem rot, glume
discolouration, kernel bunt and false smut and
the major insect-pelts are white backed plant
hopper (WBPH), root weevil and leaf folder.
The lossel sometimes due to WBPH alone have
been observed upto 30 to 80 per ccnt. Hence, to
reduce the losses due to diseases and insect-pests
proper plant protection technology like ruse of
resistant varieties (HKR 120), leed treatment and
application of suitable chemicals in litanding crop
..should be followed.
With due considerations of these important
technoloaical components coupled with farmers
enthusialm and ability to apply required inputs,
etc. we may look forward to harvest a new record
production of ricc.
HARYANA FARMING

or for such hybrids which require stagger planting

between male and female parents.
Method of Plaotlog

Pearl Millet Hybrid Seed

Production under Haryana
Con~itioD is Tech:qically Feasible
and Economically' Remunerative
1

-8. L. Kapoor aDd Rakesh, Seth

Department of Piant Breeding, HAU, Hisar

(8) Plaotlog ratio: An average Iced yield

of 27.68 q/ha followed by 26.98 q/ha and 25.46
q/ha was recorded at the planting ratio of 1 : 4.
I : 3 and 2 : 6 as compared to the 22.35 q/ha of
the check 2 : 4, in case of HHB 60 and 23.29 q/ha.
22.:53 q/ha, 21.21 q/ha. 19.83 q/ha for HHB 67.
respectively (Table 1). Thus, for getting higber
seed yield the ratio 1: 3 or 2: 6 could be
beneficially adopted (Fjg. 1). With North-South
planting it caD be profitably modified even to I : 4/

2: 8.
_ Pearl millet commonly known as baJra is the
principal crop of dry land tract of country.
Rajastban, Haryana and UUar Pradesh occupy
more than 60 per cent of about 11 million hectares
under Pearl millet in the country. Presently, the
entire hybrid seed is transported from Gujarat,
Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka and Tamil Nadu.
This results not only in higher cost but in delayed
availability and also acute shortage of quality
hybrid seed. Recent intensification of rcsearcb
efforts at H. A. U., on some of the important
aspects of Pearl millet hybrid seed production
technology has led to 8 great degree of optimism
to generate technology package for production of
quality seed. These are briefly discussed below:
Selection of Field
The field selected should have a minimum
illolation distance of 200 m from fields of other
bajra varieties/hybrids. It should be well drained
and well prepared with assured irrigation facility.

TABLE I
Seed yield (q!ha) of HHE 60 and HRB 67 at
affected by planting ratio at HAU, Hisar, during
kbarlfl989
P. R.

Seed yield (q/ba)

1:4
1: 3
2:6
2: 4 (Check)

40 kg N;

L '.

" I,

/."

P.OIi;

25 kg

applied to the preceding crop.

Top dressiDg

40 kg N at tillering .taie (25

days after sowiDg)
40 kg N at boot leaf stage (45
days after sowing)

Time of Plaotlog
June end to fint fortnight of July. Resort to
transplanting preferably under late sown conditions
JUNE, 1991

'.

1,1

liii ~

"

'

"

'I ''I ,
I

'."

"

IIi"~
,J

60 kg

23.29
22.53
21.21
19.83

1,,

BHC 10%; 25 kg ZnSO, if not

21.63
26.98
25.46
22.35

",

Basal dOBe

HHB67

?ri~---~-l-- .-;--:..----~. -:. - --..'=:=.=:; :-:--::. :.. =-_.--: ':":: -: :-:=,.: -1--1-:'~ ~ r: : ~~~
;~,
I
I

I
.. ':
1,1
I
I
',1 I
II
'.J'
1I
."

Fertilizer AppllcatioDJba

HHB 60

'

,':

',',

;:!~

'I"

II

I.I ,'I'I ''''

':1'
I It"

AL, ,j,=::_,_~ __'-' ~- '-0--'. _ :[[lUi LL

'I" ' : '

.-. .:n-

Fig. I.

I,

I I !, I

Mo.l f

111",

I' ",.
""

~ I"E"MALF

najra Hybrid Seed ProductIon-Field Plan.

(b) Row spacing: In case of HHB 67 closer

inter-row spacing of 30 and 45 cm outyieldcd the
wider spacing by an average margin of 4.28 qJha
(Table 2). On the other hand, row spacing had
no effect on the seed productivity of HHB 60.
Thus. for biaher economic gain, the 6ced produc-

13

In terml of economic return the ratio I: 4

registered a monetary gain of Rs. 2568/ha and Rs.
4064/ha over the check in caae ofHHB 67 and HHB
60, respectively. However, the profitability of
HHB 67 could be increased to Rs. S136/ha byadopting an inter-row spacing of 45 cm and planting
ratio of 1 : 4.
(c)

Seed rate/acre:

Male = O.S kg
Female = 1.S kg

WeedlDK and IDterculture

I
I

The seed crop must be kept (ree of weed .

Spray 400 g of Atrazine in 750 litre of water

Hybrid seed production plot of HI-18 60.

immediately after sowing (Pre-emergence). It

should be followed by one weeding after about 3
weeks of planting at tillering stage.
IrrlgatioD
Irrigate the plot as and when required.
Roguing

Hybrid seed production plot of AHB 67.

tion plotll of HHB 67 should be planted at closer

spacings of 30-45 cm. However, wider inter-row
spacings of 45-60 cm would facilitate better
management by way of weeding and jnter-cu~t.ure.
lower input cost and could be profitably utilized
,in the seed production of HHB 60 and other
MS81A based hybrids like HHB 60.
TABLE 2
,Seed yield of HHB 60 and HHB 67 at various
row spacings
Row spacing (cm)

Seed yield (q/ha)

HHB 60

30
45
60
75

14

26_88
2599
25.50
25.17

Rogue out the off types, voluntary and downy

mildew infected plants before flowering from the
male and female rows and in between the rows.
At floweting, pollen shedden and plants/ear heads
showing green ear, smut and ergot infection should
also be rogued out.
Harvesting

Harvest the male rows first (This is used as

grain) and care should oe- taken that they are Dot
mixed with female heads. Female rows (seed
parent) are harvested and threshed separately and
are used as seed.
It is sincerely hoped that information provided
would prove of immense utiHty to the seed producers both in the public and private sector as
well as farmers at large for the successful production of hybrid seed under Haryana, Rajasthan and
- other North Indian conditions.

HHB 67
24.79
23.43
20.15
19.51

HARYANA FARMING

/.

one-third beak falla off at 2-3 weeks of age.

lower beak should also be tipped.

c.

Stress ,Factors in
Poultry : Management
Axis
-I. J. Juneja, V. P. Sharma, J. S. Dall and
Narioder S.aah
Haryana Agricultural University, Hisar
Stress meanl a cond,ition of disease or Bome
other agent causing ali unfavourable reaction in
the bird. This reaction is called stress. Among
the stress factors affecting poultry production, the
temperature. moisture, feed, water. houlling, social
tension are important. These factors put lot of
stress. They affect the performance of birds.
Some factors of stress are described below :
A. Social Teasion
In every flock, there is social order. There is
social dominance. More the dominance, the more
is social tension. Social tension brings losses.
This behaviour is more in light breeds like leghorn
than in heavy weight breeds. The birds develop
cannibalism which causes bleeding and injury.
To avoid social tension, it is advised to group the
birds according to age, weight and the type.
B. CanDlbalism
The cannibali5m may develop due to imbalance
ration, Dutritional deflciency, overcrowding near
feeders and waterers, presence of bright light for
Jonger duration in the shed, high density of birds
in the shed. presence of injured birds in the flock,
ectoparasites in the birds, stoppage of supply of
animal protein in the ration, etc. It is difficult to
control all these factors at a time. It can be overcome by proper man.aement and good nutrition.
The other effective method is to debeak the birds
at proper stage, treatment of prolapse aad measles.
Debeakiui is done by hot blade debeaker.
The upper beak is notched and cauterized so that

JUNE, 1991

The

Diseases

Diseases in the poultry are great setback to

the poultry farmen. It is deviation from the normal health and is characterised by clinical symptoms. The diseases are manifested by reduced
feed and water intake, decrease in growth rate in
chicks and fall in egg production with increaBed
mortality, etc.
Proper management can prevent the recurring
losses from diseases by taking care of the following
point. :
I. Procurement of healthy chicks: The chicks
should be purchased from a well reputed hatchery
which keeps the parent stock disease free. This
will avoid the hereditary diseases. Moreover, the
emphasis should be on disease resistance stock.

2. Sanitation: Sanitation in and around the

sheds is important to check the growth of microbial population. The shed should be well designed
so as to provide optimum floor space, cross ventilation and light to them. The birds should be protected from cold and hot temperature. The litter
should be kept dry by stirring it. Cake or wet
litter should be replaced. In the broilers, when
they arc being reared in batches, a fresh dry litter
should be used for every new batch. A foot bath
containing a suitable disinfectant, such as lime.
bleaching powder or phenyl solution should be
kept at tbe entrance of the farm and at every gate. A
provision of clean and fresh water should be made.
In case of persistent disease problem, it is useful to
get. the water tested for presence of pathogens.
Chlorinated water caD reduce the pathogens.
Sodium bypochlorite O.S gm added to 28 Htres of
water will serve this pur pOle.
PreveDtlve Measures

Certain discases as Ranikhet, Mareks', infectious Bronchitis, and Fowlpox can be checked by
prophylactic vaccinations: In calc repetion of vaccination il required in a particular disease, it should
be done.
(Contd. 011 page 18)

15

pressing its head against wall or manger, apparent

blindness, bellowing, etc.
Diagno~ls

Surra and Its Control

-Om Parkasb, S. K. Kbarl aad C. L. Yadav2
Krishi GyaJt Kendra, lind
Surra is the protozoan disease known as
trypanosomiasis in domestic animals. The disease
caused by protozoa Trypanosoma evansi. T. evans.
was first identified 81 pathogenic in mammals by
Griff-th Evans, a British veterinarian in India.
Outbreaks' of the disease have been recorded
in every corner of Haryana. Most outbreaks occur
during the rainy season. But sporadic cases are
found throughout the year. The disease is transmitted mechanically by biting flies. No cyclic
development takes place in the vectors.
The severity and the incidence of the clinical
disease varies according to the strains of T. eTansi
and the species of host. There is evidence that
T. e18nsi caused enormous loss of livestock when
it was initially introduced ioto new areas. The
most severe disease occurs in horses, camels and
dogs. Cattle aad buffaloes mostly act as symptomless carrier but at times fatal outbreaks have beeD
recorded in them from different parts of India.
Laboratory rodents such as mice, rabbits, rats and
guinea-pigs are readily infected.
In horses, emaciation and oedema are the
most common clinical signs, the oedema varying
from urticarial plaques on the neck and the flank.
to oedema of the legl and lower part of the body.
In camels, the diseases .run a chronic course of
about three years hence known as 'Tibersa'. The
animals become progressively weaker, emaciated
and there is oedema of dependent parts with
intermittent fever. Oedema of head and corneal.
opacity are 'common symptoms seen in the dogs.
The disease in cattle and buffaloes occurs in acute
or peracute form and is manifested by nervous
symptoms viz., circling movements. incoordination,

The diagnosis of the disease is based on

clinical symptoms and demonstrat.ion of the
Trypanosoma evansi organilms in the blood of
affected animal. The motile long, elongated
trypanosomes could be seen in freshly prepared
wet blood fllms examined under high power of
the microscope. The intercellular parasites can i
be demonstrated in Giemsa stained blood smears.,I
However, the diagnolis of chronic casel may
present difficulty because parasitaemia is usually
low. In such cases thick and thin blood smears
taken on consecutive days or Iympb node puncture
smears should be attempted. In luch ca&es
biological test such as animal inoculation, using
mice. rats or guinea-pigs is more. satisfactory. The
suspected fresh blood" (0.5 to 1 ml) is inoculated
intra peritoneally in the white m(ce. The tryps /
could be demonstrated in the blood of ~ice within
a week of its inoculation. Under field conditions,
a young pup could be inoculated with the blood of
a suspected case in order to confirm the disease .
Some indirect diagnostic tests dependent on
disease-induced alteration of serum proteins have
been practised. In camels a mercuric chloride test
consists of adding one drop of serum to 1 ml of
1 in 30000 lolution of mcrcuric chloride in
distiled water, the tube being shaken gently. A
white opalesccnce which appears in a few seconds
indicates a positive rcac;:tion. In cattle. the stilbamidine test consist of adding one drop of serum
to a 0.3% solution of stibamidine in distiled water.
A positive reaction consists of an opalescence of
precipitate after one to two minutes. Some
serological tests viz., capillary tube agglutination
test and indirect fluorescent antibody test, etc. have
been found useful for the demonstration of antibodies in the serum of surra affected animals.
Treatment
Various effective drugs are used for the
treatment of surra in animals. These arc as

follows:
I.

lSr. Ext. Specialist (Vety.), HAU, Hisar.

IDeptt. or ParaSitology, HAU, Hisar.

16

'

Antrycide prosalt (lCI): It is given at the rate

4.5 mg per kg body weight subcutaneously.
(Contd. on page 18)
HARYANA FARMING

Integrated Child
Development Services
-An Appraisal

The results of the study indicated that problems

faced by Anganwadi Centre were mainly related to
provision of accommodation/space and availability
of fuel for cooking of food. etc. As many as 26
problems covering these three aspects were identified. Some suggestions were also put forward in view
of these problems. These are discussed below:

-R. S. Hodda, H. K. Verma and S. N. Singh

A. Fuel
Fuel is an essential item for cooking the nutritional food for children and conducting demonstrations on cooking for expecting and nursing women
in view of the objectives of leDS. Arrangement of
fuel is the major problem faced by majority of
Anganwadi workers. When the children were
requested to bring fuel, they did not turn up to
attend the sessions in the centre. The villagers also
did not provide fuel. Hence the Anganwadi workers were of the opinion that it would be better if
the supply of fuel is made by the I. C. D. S. officials
or funds are provided to the workers for purchase
of fuel from the village.

, Department of Exten1ion Education, HAU, Hisar

Children, in Indi~, constitute about fou!thtenth of the total population i. e. about 270 million
children live in such ,an impourished, economic,
social and environmental conditions which impede
their mental and physical development. There have,
undoubtedly, been significant achievement in India
thrQugh various five: years plans in all spheres of
development from which children too have derived
benefit. Inspite of all this, various problems concerning child welfllre were still of fairly large dimension. The incidence of mentality, morbidity and
malnutrition among children continues to be high.
Government of India introduced the Integrated
Child Development Services O. C. D. S.) in 1975 to
make a concerted and co-ordinated effort to deliver
a basic minimum package of health, nutrition and
educational services in an integrated manner to vulnerable mother (expecting and nursing) and the young
child (0-5 plus years). Like all other states/territories.
Haryana also made a beginning of this programme
in August, 1975 with its first project started
at Kathura in Sonepat District. The services of the
ICDS include supplementary nutrition. immunization. health check-up. referral services. treatment
of minor ailments. nutrition and health education
of women, pre-schoo] educlltion to children and
conveyance through its Anganwadi Centres at
grass-root level.
The pivot programme of ICDS is Anganwadi
i. e. a courtyard of a house where children and
mother assemble to receive supplimentary nutrition
and non-formal education. The Anganwadi workers
are the key-workers at the grass-root level to perform the aforesaid jobs. Their work performance
is greatly influenced by various problems faced by
them. The present article gives an account of these
problems which is based on the information collected from 75 Anganwadi workers of Hisar-II Block;
in response to a mUltiresponse questionnaire.

JUNE, 1991

B. Pardclpadon of Children
Participation of children is a must if the
I. C. D. S. programme is to survive. In fact, the
programme is meant for children and their nursing
mothers but lIurprisi ngly their participation was
very poor. Majority of the children visited the
centre to take meals and did not participate in
other activitieB. No doubt, it seems to be justified
for children belonging to economically weaker sections so as to get the nutritional food free of cost.
Interestingly, the parenti having superstitious
nature did not like vaccination and weighing of
children. Thus, they discouraged their children to
visit the centre. In the eyes of some of the parents
the I. C. D. S. did not enjoy good reputation, so
they also did not allow their children to participate.

C. Accommodation/Space for Centre

It is beyond doubt that well built infrastructure is necessary for any programme to be executed
efficiently. In Haryana, the I. C. D. S. Centres ace
located in premises of privately owned houles or
QD the panchayat land. This is mainly due to the
lack of funds for construction of their own building.
Moreover, it was difficult to find a suitable rented
accommodation for the centre. So far the available
space is Dot sufficient for seating arrangement of
children a8 well as the staff of the centre. There

17

was inadequate furniture like table, chair, carpet,

etc. The village people were hesitant to provide
accommodation on rent as they had the fear that it
might be acquired by the Government. Non-payment of rent by the I. C. D. S. was also one of the
major hindrances to get accommodation for the
centre. The Anganwadi workers were of the firm
opinion that most of the problems relating to
accommodation/space can be solved if I. C. D. S.
Centre. have their own buildings.
Conclusively, the problems discussed above
seem to have direct bearing on the performance of
Anganwadi Centre. Lack of suitable accommodation with inadequate physical facilities do not
permit the Anganwadi workers to organize various
welfare activities in the centre. Cooking demonstrations and preparation of nutritional food for
children and expecting women are affected due to
non-availability of fuel. Poor participation of
children in the centres was also due to lack of
space and adequate supply of fuel.
The possible remedy would be to provide its
own independent building to run the centre. In
addition, supply of fuel should be made by the
government or sufficient funds be provided for the
purpose. Poor participation of children could be
avoided by making various educational efforts to
convince the parents about the utility aspectB of
the centre.

(From page 16)

(From page 15)

D.

Ration

The birds must be fed with balanced ration

prepared from good quality feed ingredients. It
should be according to age, need and season of the
year. The summer feed formulation should be
made to increase the energy level and protein level.
Additional vitamins during summer help in better
resistance. Under Indian conditions combination
of vitamin C and Acetylsalicylic acid reduces the
effect of high temperature.
E. Climate
High environmental temperature adversely
affects the performance of poultry birds.. The. ideal
temperature range for poultry is between 55 'to
SOop. The body temperature of the bird is about
106-107P. Heat stress results in the drop of ~egg
production, reduced egg size, poorJeed conversion.
decrease in weight gain and feed consumption.
poor resistance against diseases, uneasipess, increase
in water intake and decrease in fertility. It may
lead to even 20% mortality in b170ilers and to about
10% drop in egg production. the feed con sump- ,
tion drops to about 2% with every 1C rise in
temperature. To combat the summer stress following measures should be taken:
(i)

Orientation of the house should be on

East-West direction. It will avoid direct
sun light.

(ii)

The cross ventilation should be adequate.

2.

Tevansi (Ranbaxy) : Dose rate 4.2 mg/kg body

weight subcutaneously.

(iii)

White washing and providing insulation

like thatch of the- roof of the shed.

3.

Triquln (Wockhardt) : Dose rate 4.2 mg/kg

,body weight subcutaneously.

(iv)

Provide roof over-hangings about 3 ft. on

both the sides.

4.

Tribexinprosalt (IDPL): At the rate of 4.2

mg/kg body weight subcutaneouslY.

5.

Naganol, Antrypol and Suramin are used

1 gm/IOO kg body weight intravenously.

6.

Bertnil (Hoecbd) : A dose of 10 mg/kg body

weight intramuscular has been used.

7.

Samorln (M & B) : It is used at dose 1 mglkg

body weight.

Surra at present is under reasonable degree of

control due to the efficiency of available tryponocidal drugs.

18

(v) Sprinkling of water on the roof reduces

the temperature of the shed to about Sop.
(vi)

Put screens on the windows and wet them

in the day.

(vii)

Increase the number of waterers and frequency of watering. Normally the birds
take 2 kg water for everyone kg of feed
consumed at 70oP. Use earthen pots.
they keep the water cool.

(viii)

Add vitamin C/B complex through drinking water, it overcomes heat stross.
HARYANA PARMING

Method

Sprouted Pulses are

More Nutritious

1.

Grind the sprouted del.

2.

Boil potato and mash.

3.

Mix all masala and knead it like flour.

4.

Prepare small ro)]s and deep fry till golden

brown.

5.

Take a little ghee. Fry onion and add all

mala las and curd and boil with Koftas.

-Veena JaiD
Krishi Gyan Kendra, Sitsa

Sprouted Gram Kichrl

Pulses from the major part of human diet in
India. They are good source of protein-a body
building substance r~quired for the repair and
maintenance of our hody. Besides protein pulses
also have considerable amount of carbohydrates
and B-complex vitamins. Pulses have very negliaib1e amount of vitamin C which is very essential
vitamin needed to keep up healthy. By the process
of sprouting we can enrich the pulses in their vitamin C content, sprouted pulses can be included in
meals in various forms.

100 gm

Potato

100 gm

Tomato

50gm

Metbod
1.

Cool; the sprouted gram till tender.

2.

Add rice and cook

3.

Add little gbee. Fry masala and add in

Kichri.

slow fire.

Potato

SO gm

200 gm
2

Bread slices
Salt and chilli powder

To taste

To taste

Method

Sprouted Pulse Kort.

Sprouted Moong or
Mauth

1 Katori

Potato

4 Number

Onion

100gm

Besan

100 gm

Curd

Salt a~d chIlli powder

To taste

JUNE, 1991

OD

Sprouted Moong

Green chillies

To taste

Salt and other Masala

Sprooted Mooog Ticld

Sprouted moong

Salt and red chilli

powder

100 gm

Rice

Sprouted Moong Chat

Lemon

50gm

Black gram

Katori

1.

Steam and sprouted Moong.

2.

Boil and Mash potato.

3.

Mix potato and Moong.

4.

Add bread in it after dipping in water.

5.

Mix all Mallala and fry it on tawa in sbape of

ticki.

6.

Serve it with tomato sauce.

Two

19

1 J. Do not dip woollen and silk garments in water

/for a longer time. This affects the durability
of the fabric.

Garments : Tips to Last

Longer
-Parvccn Ponla, Nirmal Yadav and Vivck
Deptt. of Clothing & Textiles, HAU, Hisar
1. Hold the lower garment high enougk from the
floor while wearing it so as to avoid it from
picking up dust.

2. Always apply make-up before dressing. Wear

an apron if you apply make up after dressing
or work in the house.

12. Rinse in several water while "washing the

garments. Be sure that washed ones are free
from soap.
13. To retain the basic shape of knitted garments,
do not hang these for dryiog. _
14. Dry the coloured garments in shade otherwise
these may be discoloured.
15. Clothes should be dry and
hanging these in the cupboard.

fresh befor:e

16. To avoid foul smeH and insect attack, etc.

these need to be starch free when stored.

3. Do not stuff pockets. Prevent pockets of the

garments from sagging creases.

17. Wrap the silk garments ornamented with Zari

in a muslin cloth, when stored, so as to BToid
the Zari from being discoloured.

4. Unfasten the openings while wearing or taking

the garments off.

18. Put a paper in the sleeves of coats, etc. to avoid

the spoilage of the shape of the sleeves.

5. Repair the garment as and when it tears off

and needs mending. Delay in repair helps in
extending the tear/openings of seams/cut. etc.

19. Openings of the garments should be closed

before hanging ..

6. Resew the fasteners SOOD, when detached or

about to get detached.

1. Get rid off stains immediately when these come

an the garments as old stains become stubborn
to removal.
8. Launder the garments when these are dirty
enough to be washed. Do Dot allow these to
be ~ery dirty.
9. Do not aHow the garments" to dry with perspiration in them. It will lessen their wearing
time.
10. To retain the shine and colour of the garment.
wash according to the nature of th~ fibres it
consists of and the texture of the fabric it is
made of.

20.

20. Keep the white garments in sun and coloured

in shade before _~toring.~

Contributors are requested

to send their artic1es
latest by the 10th
of every month,
so as to
enable us to bring out
the
publication well in time.
HARYANA FARMING

...

[WHATTo DO
Rice: Complete sowing of rice nurseries by
middle of this month as per guidelines given in
May. The seedlings are ready for transplanting when
they have developed 5 to 6 leaves in case of tall
varieties and 6 to 7 leaves in case of dwarf varieties
(about 25 to 30 days old). The water should be
drained a week before uprooting to harden the
seedlings. The seedlings should be pulled out
gently so that their toots are nOl injured. The
seedlings should be gently washed in water to
remove mud. The uprooting of single plants holding them as low as possible would minimise the
damage. While uprooting seedlings glor.e~vigilence
is reqmfed to destroy any diseased/unhealthy
seedling so that infection does not reach milri field.
Repair all field bunds and prepare 8 well levelled puddle for maintaining good seedlings vigour
and weed control before transplanting the seedlings. These operations will also help to minimise
water loss owing to deep percolation. In all 4 to
5 ploughing and .planking in dry and wet conditions
are required for preparation of field. I~ case the
green manure crop like dhaincha 18 raised and
where paddy is to be transplanted as a succeeding
crop. plough in the green manure crop of 40 to,45
days, about a week before transplantiDg~"_ St~rt
transplanting from the middle of this month.
Transplant the seedlings in lines by putting 2 to 3
seedlings per hill in well puddled fiel ds at 15 X 15
em spacing. The seedlings should be transplanted
upright and about 2 to 3 em deep when the puddle
settles. Withhold water for few days after 6 to 10
days of transplanting to encourage the development
of a better root system. Give interculture 15 days
after transplanting or use herbicides for control

JUNE, 1991

of problem weeds immediately after transplanting.

The recommended herbicides are Machete EC or
Saturn EC or Delchlore EC at the rate of 3 litres/ha
to be mixed in I SO kg of dry sand and apply uniformly within 2 to 3 days of transplanting in standing
water. Basalin EC at tbe rate of 1.25 to 1.5 litres/ha
can also be used by mixing in 100 kg dry and apply
uniformly in standing water within 2 to 3 days
after transplanting. In case granular herbicide
is to be used Machete at the rate of 30 kg/ha or
Saturn (0) at the rate of 15 kg/ha can be applied
in standing water (4 to 5 em) within 2 to 3 days
after transplanting. Please ensure that only one
of the above herbicides is to be used for control
of weeds in transplanted rice. Foc control of seed
borne diseases use heavy and bold seed through
salt floatation technique, and dip about 10 kg of
such seed in 10 Htres of water containing 5 g
Emisan and 2.5 g Pausamycin or 1 g Streptocycline
overnight.
For the control of grass hoppers and other
foliage feeders, dust 10 kg BHC 10% per acre.
The fields which were infested with root weevil
last year, in those fields if paddy is to be raised,
apply 10-15 kg BHC 10% or aldrin 5% dUlt per
acre at the time of field preparation.
Bajra: Start sowing of bajra as and when
good rains are received. Sow only recommended
varieties of bajra namely HHB-50, HHB-60, HHB67, HC-4 and WCC-75. Arrange the seeds required for sowing well in advance and ensure to
complete sowing immediately after good rains aro
received. Ensure to prepare a deep and smooth
Dr. D. P. Thakur
Dr. V. K. Sri,tS'fa
Dr. M. S. Kubad
Dr. K. C. BlsbnoJ
Dr. P. R. Yadav
Dr. V. P. Sharma
Dr. Dal Singb
Dr. Narinder Singb
I

J
II

>

I
,I

Directorate of
Extension Education,
HAU. Hisar

.U

seed bed free of weeds. Moist seed bed is conducive to good germination. 5 kg seed is enough
to sow in one hectare. Sow the seed about 1.25
to 2 cm deem in rows 45 cm apart. For getting
good crop stand sowing may be done in rows on
ridges with tractor drawn or bullock drawn ridger
seeder. IntercuIturc crop 3 to 5 weeks after
sowing and gap filling also be done three weeks
after sowiog.
Treat the seed before sowing with 2.5 g PMA
& 4 g tbiram/kg seed. Before seed treatment, it
must be ensured that seeds do oot carry the
sclerotia of ergot fungus.
Maize: Start sowing of maize from middle
of tbis month by usiog 17 kg of seed/ha. Sow only
recommended varieties namely Ganga Hybrid-S
and Composite Vijay Maize. Prepare fine seed
bed free of weeds. Ensure good moisture at the
time of hgeing. Sow the seeds in lines 75 cm
paart. Before sowing, treat seeds with 4 gm thiram
per kg seed.
Cotton: The first hoeing should be done in
cotton sown during May, before the application of
the first irrigation to destroy weeds by dry hoeing.
Apply first irrigation about a month after sowing
and subsequent irrigations at 2 to 3 weeks intervals. Thin out the plants in the rows. keeping
about 30 cm distance from plant to plant.
For the control of surface grass hopper and
cricket, dust 25 kg BHC 10% per hectare. In case
of attack of thrips and mites, spray 625 ml Rogor
30 EC/Metasystox 25 EC or 190 ml Dimecron
8S WSC in 375 I of water/hectare.
Sugarcane: Irrigate the crop 8t 10 to 15 days
interval and start the earthing up of sugarcane
before the beginning of the monsoon in the end of
the month to save the crop from lodging. Keep
the weeds und~r check by hoeing or weeding ..
In ratoon crop apply 25-37.5 kg BHC 10%
dust/ hectare for the control of sho~t borer. For
mite control spray 1250 ml Rogor 30 EC or 1500
ml Metasystox 25 EC in 875 I water/hectare.
If there is attack of termite in standil:1g crop.
apply 5 I aldrin 30 EC per hectare with irriaation

22

water. For the control of blackbug and pyrilla,

spray 4 kg BHC 50 WP or 1.251 endosulfan 35 EC
(Thiodan/Thiotox/EndoceO or fenitrothion SO BC
in 875 I water/hectare. For the control of pyrilla
dustmg of 25 kg BHC 10% per hectare is also .
effective. The best way for controlling pyrilla is
to release parasites in the field. For more details
regarding parasites and diseases contact the experts
of nearest Krishi Gyan Kendra or Regional
Research Station. Uchani (Karna)).
In some of the areas there is heavy damage
due to attack of top borer. Therefore, in the
Jast week of June apply 33 kg carbofuran 3 G
(Furadan) or 20 kg phorate 10 G (Thimet) per
hectare followed by a light irrigation. It will be
better if these insecticides are applied in those
fields where the attack of top borer was more than
5% in the month of April/Mayor .15% in the last
season.
GrouDdout: Sow the crop in the'last week of
June or the first week of July positively. Sow only
recommended varieties of groundnut. Variety.
MH-2 bunch type has been found very good for
getting higher yields. Other varieties MH-l, M 145
and M 13 can also be used for sowing of groundnut. Healthy and well developed pods should be
hand shelled about a fortnight before sowing.
Select only plump and healthy kernels for so wings.
A seed rate of I SO kg kernels in oase of MH 2
and M 13 and 100 to 110 kg kernels in case of
MH 1 and M 145 per hect~re is required. Sow the
variety MH 2 in closer spacing by ISx IS cm and
other varieties in spacing of 15 x 30 cm.

For the control of termite either treat 1 kg

seed with 5 ml aldrin gO EC and 5 ml water
mixture 1 day before sowing of the seed or ~pply
15 kg aldrin 5% dust per Bcre at the time of field
preparation. For the protection of crop from
white grubs treat the seed before sowing at the
rate of 25 ml chlorpyriphos 20 EC per kg seed
(This recommendation has been given by the
ICAR). For eradicating smut, remove the smutted
shoots carefully as given in package of practi~es
and destroy them.
.
Arhar: The crop may be sown in the month
of June and sowing should be completed in the
HARYANA FARMING

first week of July. It should. however, preferably

be Bown jn the first fortnjght of June so that the
succeeding crop can be sown without delay. Sow
only short duration varieties UPAS 120 or Prabhat. The sowing should be done in linea 40 to
50 cm apart. 12 to 15 kg of seed per hectare is
enough. The land. should be prepared well so that
it is free from clods and weeds. The arhar should
not be sown in saline or kaHet fields. In between
every two rows of arhat, one row of moong K 851
or T 44 or the urad variety T 9 can be sown. ;rhe
yield of arhar is not adversely affected with intercrop while an additional yield of another pulse
crop is realised within the same plot. The early
sown Arhar may be irrigated as and when felt
necessary.
Important Note
If rat control campaign has not been launched
in the month of May, ]991 the same may be
conducted during the month of June. For this
purpose, the farmers are advised to take help from
the nearest Agricultural Development Officer who
will provide the required quantity of rodenticide.
Further the farmers and officers of the department
of agriculture of Mahendragarh, Rewari, Gurgaon,
Bhiwani, Hisar and Sirsa districts Bre advised to
be ready with full preparation for white grub beetle
control campaign in this month. With the onset
of monsoon there will be emergence of adults of
this insect-pest from 7.30 to 8.00 p.m. These
adults go on neighbouring trees and feed on leaves
of these trees throughout the whole night. This
process continues for 23 nights. By mechanical
method these adults can be corrected from the
trees and destroyed very easily. If this is not
possible in that case spray the trees with 0.2%
DDT 50 WP or 0.15% carbaryl 50 WP or 0.05%
monocrotophos 36 WSC. Spraying of monocrotophos has been proved to be the best as per
recommendation of Project Co-ordinator, All India
Co-ordinated Project on White Grub Control
(lCAR).

kharif season the seeds of tomato may be sown in

nursery. Select high yielding varieties like HS101, HS-I02, HS-lJO, Pusa Ruby or Punjab Chuhara. For one hectare of land, about 500-600 gm
of seeds will provide ample seedlings. Nursery
should be raised (about 15-20 em) & before seeding
seeds should be treated with copper oxychloride
or Emisan @ J gm for 'every 400 gm of tomato
seeds. Proper care in nursery will be required like
irrigation, weeding, drainage after heavy rains and
care against damping off disease. For damping
off disease the nursery beds may be drenched with
0.2% Captan on 3rd and 10th day of seeding. The
seedlings are ready for transplanting in about 3-4
weeks time. In the mean time field preparation
should be carried out.
BrlnjaJ: The tender fruits from previous
crops may be harvested and sent to market for
sale. Regular irrigation and suitable plant protection measures may be required. The seeds may be
sown in nursery during this month. Select high
yielding varieties Jike BR 112, PH -4 or Pusa Purple Long @ 400-500 gm for one hectare of field.
-Seed should be treated with Thiram or Captan or
Monosan @ 2.5 gm for every kg of seed. Use
raised nursery beds during this season. Proper care
of seedlings in nursery will be required. They will
be ready in about 4-6 weeks time and in the mean
time field preparation should be started.
Chilli: From previous crops, fruits should be
picked up and sent to market for sale. Crop may
need irrigation and plant protection care. Now
seeding in nursery should be done during this
month if not already done in May. Select high
yielding varieties like NP 46A or Pusa Jwala (long
types) or California Wonder (bell type). About
800-1000 gm of seeds will be required for one hectare of field. Use raised nursery beds and treat the
seeds before sowing as in brinjal. Proper care in
nursery will be required. Start field preparation
also as the seedlings will be ready in 4-5 weeks

~time.

Tomato: The left over of spring crop may

be harvested and sent to market for laIc. For
JUNE, 1991

Early CaullOower: Take care of seedlings already sown in nursery duriDg May. It can also be
Bown in nursery in this month if not done previously. Select suitable carly varieties like Pusa

23

Katki or PUsa Deepali. About 900-1000 gm seeds

will be sufficient for one hectare planting. Use
raised nursery beds and the seeds should be treated
with Thiram or Captan-l gm for every 300 gm of
seeds. Care of nursery beds and seedlings will be
required. For control of damping off disease the
nursery beds should be drenched with 0.2% solution of Captan. Seedlings will be ready in about
4-6 weeks time and therefore field preparation
should also be started.
Bhlndi: Pick up the tender fruits from the
previous crop and send them to market for sale.
Crop may require irrigation and plant protection
measures. Fresh crop may be seeded in this month.
Prepare the field thoroughly by 2-3 ploughings
followed by plantings. Add about 25 tonnes of
well rotten organic manure about three weeks before seeding. At the time of seeding apply 35 kg
of nitrogen (140 kg of kisan khad) and 50 kg of
phosphorus (300 kg of single super phosphate) in
one hectare of field. Use high yielding variety
Pusa-Sawani @ 12-15 kg per hectare. Seeds should
be treated with Brassicol (1 gm for every kg of
seed) and planting distances in rows should be
about 45-60 cm and diltance between plants should
be about 30 cm. It would be better if the seeding
is done on small ridges. For control of virus, use
of insecticides from the very beginning would be
desirable for checking the vectors.
Watermelon and Muskmelon: Ripe fruits
should be picked up and sent to market for sale.
After rains these crops lose sweetness and thus
may be unfit for market. The field may be used
for another kharif crop.
Otber Cucurbits: The tender fruits of the
crops like, luffa, tinda. bittergourd, longmelon.
bottlegourd, pumpkin (may be harvested at ripe
stage also) may be picked up and sent to market
for sale. The crops. may need irrigation and' plant
protection measures particularly for fruit fly and
powdery mildew.
For kharif crop land should be prepared and
seeding may be started from this month. For field
preparation, about 15 tonnes of organic manure,
16 kg of nitrogen (64 kg kisan khad) and 25 kg of

24

phosphorus (ISO kg of single super phosphate) per

hectare is usually applied at the planting places on
side of channels.
Sweet Potato: The cuttings of this crop can
be planted in this month also in well prepared field.
If the planting hal already been done, it may need
regular irrigation and weed control.
Kbarif Onion: The seed of kharif onion
(variety N-53) is sown in well prepared raised nur~
sery beds. About 12- JS kg of seeds is required
for one hectare of field. Before sowing of seed in
nursery beds, it should be treated with Thiram or
Captan @ I: 400. Proper care in nursery, is
essential.
Palak: The cuttings from previous crop may
be taken followed by top dressing with nitrogen
and irrigation. Fresh crop can be seeded in this
month in well prepared field.
Radisb: Early variety "Pusa Chetki" may be
seeded in this month in well prepared field. The'
distance between rows should be about 30 cm and
plant to plant about 8 cm (after thinning). About
12 kg of seed may be needed for one hectare field.
Other Vegetables: The crop like guar, labia,
colocasia may be planted during this month in well
prepared field. Guar and labia pods of summer
season may be picked up and sent to market for
sale.

Due to extreme hot and dry conditions the

fruits on the trees may shed, bark may be burnt,
foliage may dry in most of the cabes the fruit plants
may die. Therefore, fruit growers have to make
more efforts to protect the fruit plants against 'hot
sun on the one hand and to make available sufficient water required for their survival and subsequent development on the other. Apart from these
important job., the fruit growers have to attend to
HARYANA FARMING

other operations like the conservation of soil

moisture through mulching, the eradication of
summer weeds, the pruning of ber-trees, the checking of pre-harvest fruit:drop in citrus, the planning
and laying out of new plantations, the picking and
marketing fruits like grapes, litchi, phalsa, peach,
,plum, aprico(and~so on.
Grapes: For new grape-vine plants, add 60 g
Calcium Ammonium' Nitrate per plant ana then
irrigate, continue training of plants and prevent
undesirable growth' on the plants. Irrigate the
field at the interval of one week and hoe the field
after alte_rnate irrigation. Graprs may be protected
from birds damage. Harvest the ripened (fruits
carefully and send to the market for sale. Irrigation
may be stopped one week earlier before harvesting
of fruits and afler complete harvest cf fruits irrigation must be given. For controlling hairy
caterpillar, spray the plants with ] kg Carbaryl
50 WP (Sevin) or 1 litre Endosulphan 35 EC in
500 litres of water. For controlling grape vine
thrip, spray the plants with 500 ml Malathion SO
EC in 500 litres of water.
Citrus: The dropping of citrus fruit from the
trees before attaining full maturity is a serious problem for the fruit growers to control it. Spray of
mixture as mentioned below should be given in the
month of June if already is not done in the month
of the May. For spraying one hectare of sweet
orange trees 15 g of 2, 4-D, 7.5 kg/Zinc Sulphate,
30 g Aureo-fungin and 3.75 kg lime will be required
to be dissolved in 1375 litres of water.
Single-stem training of the citrus root-stock
to be budded during the ensuing season may be
accomplished. Sprouts from the stock portion of
the budded or grafted plants may be removed
carefully every week.
Guava: Due to attack of anthracnose or dieback, some of the fruits may drop and remaining
fruits bec('me blackish in colour. The fungus also
attacks young trees, twigs and branches and spray
the trees with 0.3% Copper Oxychloride at the
interval of 15 days. There may be attack of guava

JUNE, 1991

thrip on leaves and fruits and control this insect as

suggested in case of grapes.
The seedlings of guava plants may be transplanted in the pots so that they are well set 'before
enarching operation. The saleable plants in the
nursery may be given a light dose of Ammoniutn
Sulphate to accelerate their growth. Hoeing and
weeding of the nursery pots should be followed
after alternate irrigation.
Ber: If the pruning has not been done
towards the end of May, it may be done in the first
half of this month. The top worked Desi Ber trees
may be budded in the last week of this month.
Only two shoots on the tree may be budded and
remaining may be removed. Bud sticks for taking
buds from desirable varieties like Gola, Kaithli,
Umran may be taken. In bearing plants 50- 100 kg
FYM and 50-60 g BHC per plant may be added
beneath the tree and hoeing must be done aDd
tben irrigate the field in the Jast week ot this
month. Protective control of powdery mildew
disease may be followed & spray the plants with
Karathane .1% or liulfax .2% in the last "eek of
this month.
Mango: Irrigate the mango field regularly
and save the young plants from rays of hot liun
and hot winds. The remaining dose of Nitrogen
and Potash (1 kg of CAN and Potassium Sulphate
each) per plant may be added, hoe the field, and
irrigation must be given. The systematic removal
throughout the year of malformed shoots and
inflorescences from the trees greatly helps in checking the spread of mango malformation disease.
Mango pests may be controlled as suggested
earlier.

Peacb, Plum and Pba'sa: The harvesting of

ripened fruits may be started carefully and stop
irrigation before harvesting. After complete harvesting of fruits irrigation mm.t be given. The
seeds of peach a~d plum may also be procured
for stratification. Phalsa seeds may be sown in
tbe seed beds during the second half of this month.

2S

Registrar, of Newspapers No. 22960/72

Registration No. P/HS/172

VEGFRU

FORftTOX..l0
GUARANTEES FREEDOM FROM PESTS.

",!Ii

:;1" .

Advantages of Vegfru Foratox--10

,r.

ECONOMIC: II does not Aeed 2/3 sprays like 0ther conventional

insecticides, QUICK PERSISTENT control of insect pests through
systemic contact and fumigant action, which cannot be washed off by
rains,
NO ,DRIFT hazards. SHMlJLATES crop Yield, CONTINUOUS and
EXTENDED insect;conlrol PROTECTS against sudden out-break of
pests, The most effective'producl for WHITE GRUBS, Vegfru Foratox
lOis available in tin and plastic containers.

\'
. I.

, I
'~'
-

,.' "I

,: II ;~

: of'"
I, ~

.1

i'

:t~~

-..... -..._.........
'~~-

.
:~,:

Foratox-l0 is a granutar systemic insecticide which controls all early

season sucking pests like jassids, apllids, thrips. white flies. mites etc
It is the most effective chemical for white grubs,

~ t

USEYEGFRUFORATOX~10AND

PROTECT YOUR BUMPER CROP

*'"'.lJl.~~

MANUFACTURED By

PESTICIDES INDIA

~" ~~~~~~
. ~

20, Udalsagar Road, Udaipur-lI3001 Ph 28751 (4 Lines) 24936

NEW DELHI 504 Mansoravar.90 Nehru Place, Ph, 6412650, 6440976,
JALANDHAR 63, Shaheed Udham Singh Nagar. (Punjab) Ph 73266. 72605.

Printed and published by Prof. M. C. Agarwal. Director of Publications on behalf of Haryana Agricultural University at HAU Press,
Hisar-125 004.

",:

/: .~. . ..

.!..~ ..~~,
~
,....' -' ..
" ::~~.
~
.....
.

.
I .. . . ",";
.:. ~

::

. ..;':"
..
I. ... '!ii'
"
.j....::j:l~~~
-,

t '

..

.. .t.,.:!"

.... '~!-'"i:

Rs. 2 per copy

JULY 1991
irectorate of Publications

Haryana Agricultural University, Hisar-125 004

H A R Y A-N A - FAR MIN G

Volume

xx

July 1991

No.7

Contents
Pages

/ I

I.

Important diseases of bajra in Haryana and

their control

-M. P. Srivastava and A. S. Rathi

2.

Increase your bajra production using biofertHizer ( Azotobactor chroococcum)

-0. P. S. Verma, K. Lakshminarayalt(J'and

3.

Key insect-pests of cotton and their control

-- Jai Lal and P. R. Yadav

4.

Guidelinet for safe storage of foodgraios

-Po R. Yadav and Jat Lal"

5.

First aid measures

pestiCide p!)isoning

6.

Management gaps in grapes

-H. K. Verma, R. S. HUdda and S. N.

7.

Management of citrus canker

-'-Vijai Pal, B. P. Mishra and H. C. Yadav

13

8.

Shelter your orchard

- Darbara Singh and Suneel Sharma'

14

and

antidotes

Joginder Singh

"
,

-Po D. Sharma and Praduman.Bhatnagar

in

Sing~

II

9.

Zinc disorder and its amelioration in kharif

crops

-So P. Gupta ana V. K. Gupta

15

10.

Economic importance of agrometeorological

input to operational crop protection

- Raj Singh and Surender Singh

18

11.

Tips for stain removal at home

- Rajesh Dahiya. Beel1a Yadav and

Nirmal Yadav

19

Editor
V. S. Gupta
Production Assistance

D. C. Yadav

~out

Kuljit Maoa

.""

,.. ,,<
h

Price per copy Rupees

Year1y Subscription

Rs.20.00

Editorial Assistance

, ~ ln4i ra BIIIP, , ;l);"

Photography

HAU Photo Uoit

2/-

,-

" Pleale sendyourmlNUY order to:

Director of Publications,
Gandhi Bbawan, HAU, Risaf-12S004 .

2.

Important Diseases of
Bajra in Haryana and
their Control
I

._

-M. P. Srivastava and A. S. Ratbi

Deptt. of Plant Pathology, HAU, Hisa~
I

Bajra crop is affected by a number of diseases

of which Downy Mildew, Ergot and Smut are the
most important. Ergot bas appeared in. the State
2-3 times in severe proportion earlier, though presently not posing any serious problems as appearance is very sporadic, while smut is of regular
occurrence. Downy mildew happens to be number
one disease in terms of prevalence and losses.
Blast and rust are presently of no economic
importance.
In the present article, therefore, the tbree
important diseases are being discussed.

1. Downy Mildew
Downy mildew is characterised with the turning of healthy seedlings to yellowish colour
followed by appearance of white downy growth
first on the under surface and later on both the
!lurfaces of infected leaves. The seedlings remain
maximum vulnerable to downy mildew infection,
upto 2S days. Later on, the symptom appears on
the older plants also but to a lesser extent. Downy
mildew infected leaves develop brown patcbes and
finally start drying in the field resulting into the
seedling mortality. The systemic infection of this
disease manifests characteristic grern ear appearance in the ear heads of downy mildew infected
plants. There may be complete or partial deformation of the ear heads intermingling with the
green leafy structures with spares or no grain
s~tting in the infected heads.
Downy mildew is caused by a fungus, Scferospora gramioicola which is primarily soil-borne in
nature. It is seed-borne as welJ and air-botne,
through sporangia under congenial conditions. The
oospores surviving on host debris in soil or on seed
initiate the disease.

JULY, 1991

Ergot

Disease is characterized by droplets of pinkish

or light honey coloured liquid (honey dew stage)
exuding from the ear head at protogynous stage
of flower development. Subsequently these droplets become darker, coalesce and cover large areas
of the ear head. Later on such infected florests
develop into a hard tiny, pointed woody structures
known as sclerotia which are the resistant bodies
of the fungus, projecting between the glumes. Both
the honey dew and sclerotia of ergot contain alkaloid and are reported to be poisonous for cattle
and human being.
Sclerotia are the main source ofinfection which
go in the fJeld during harvest or along with seed.
They germinate in about 30-45 days coinciding
with the flowering of the crop releasing numerous
ascospores which are carried by air current to
stigmas and cause infection leading to honey dew
symptoms. Sclerotia appear 2-3 weeks after inoculation. Secondary spread is accomplished through
conidIa which are produced in abundance in the
honey dew which are disseminated by rain drops
and insects including house flies: Rate of infection
falls down once fertilization has taken place. Blue
panic grass (Ghumer grass) (Psnicum sntldetale)
has been found to harbour this disease even before
bajra comes in flowering in Haryana and therefore
this also serves an important source of conidial
infection.
This disease is-caused by a fungus Clavlceps
fusiformls.

3. Smut
Appearance of smut is by formation of boJd,
shining, green, smut sori in the infected ear heads.
The green colour of the sori Jater on changes to
brown and at grain maturity stage the sori rupture
and release milliona of black chlamydospores of
the fungus.
Smut of bajra is caused by fungus Tolyposporium peDicillaries which perpetuates through soilborne or externally seed-borne chlamydospores and
also through air-borne chlamydospores through
the early smutted bajrs crop. Tbey germinate at
the time of ear formation in the next season and
give rise to sporidia which are carried by wind
current and settle down on florets causing infection.
(Contd. on page 7)

TABLE 1
Effect of inoculation on grain yield of bajra

S.

Increase Your
Bajra Production
Using Biofertilizer
( Azotobactor chroococcum)
-0. P. S. Verma, K. Lakshmlnarayaoa aDd
J oglnder Singb
Deptt. of Agronomy, HAU, Hisar

Bajra, growing aa rainfed crop in Haryana,

suffers from twin problems of instability and low
productivity. Despite the development of strains
with drought resistance, disease resistance, high
productivity and short duration there exists still a
large gap between attainable and attained yields.
In arid areas, several production constaintl exist
and poor economic condition of the farmers is
one that discourages the use of costly fertilizers.
Also farmers consider usiog them as 'risky'. Under
such conditions, use of low cost nitrogen fixing
bacteria as inoculants to improve soil nitrogen
status bears considerable promise.
Among various groups of free living nitrogen
fixing bacteria, Azotobaclor chroococcum is considered important for improving soil nitrogen statu8
in case of bajra. The bacteria derive energy from
the organic matter of soil and ule it to fix the
nitrogen from atmosphere. The results of experim~nts conducted over the years with Azotobactor
chroococcum in Haryana have shown an increase
of 1 I per cent in grain yield of bajra. The average
grain yield of bajra recorded with the application
of 10 kg Nlha (11.29 q/ha) was nearly equal to
obtained with Azotobactor inoculation (11. 10 q/ha)
(Table 1). Experiments carried out at various
centres in' India have sbown that inoculation
contributed an equivalent of 15 kg N/hs. The
inoculation effect decreased with the increasing
level of external nitrogen and at 40 kg external
nitrogen per hectare there was very little or no
effect of inoculation.

Treatments

No.
1.

2.
3.
4.

S.

Control
10 kg N/hs
20 kg Nlhs
40 kg Nlha
Azotobactor
inoculation

.Grain yield (q/ha)

Kharif Kharif Average
1988
1989
9.50
10.85

10.62

16.55

11.74
14.50
17.30

10.60

11.61

13.67

9.97
11.29
14.08

16.92
11.10

,
The biofertilizer Azotobactor is not' oply a
cheap input but procedure for its use, like in case
of rhizobia i8 easy. The culture packets of the
bacterial IItrain (Mac 68) are supplied by the
Department of Microbiology in H.A.U. and can
be stored at
room temperature until use
without any deterioration in its effect. However,! "
storing the packets in a cool place lIuch all near
earthern pot containing water will serve the
purpose better. Having above points in view,
inoculation of bajra seed with Azotobactor can,
therefore, be recommended to increase its yield
under rainfed conditions where application of
chemical fertilizer is considered expensive and
risky.

Contributors are requested

to send their artic1es
latest by the 10th
of every month,
so as to
enable us to bring out
the

publication well in

time~

HARYANA FARMING,

1.

Key Insect-Pests. of Cotton

and their Control
_jJal Lal and P. R. Yadav
Department oj En_tomology, HAU, flisar
Cotton is one of the world's most vital and
important cash crops and plays an extremely important role in India's ecoqomy. India which has the
largest area under cotton continues to rank fourth
among cotton produc:ing countries. The cotton
yield per hectare in India is the lowest in the world
most probably due to attack of large number of
insect pests. Sometimes, the damage may be upto
80 per cent, if the pests are not controlled at proper
time. Of the insects infesting cotton, bollworm
group is the most serious and notorious because
the members of this group feed normally from
August to October on squares, buds, flowers and
bolls but in the absence of these fruiting bodies,
the young larvae may feed on leaves or shoots.
These pests are serious because they cause huge
losses to cotton in terms of yield and quality and
notorious because it is difficult to locate the larvae
after they have entered the fruiting bodies. On the
basis of their nature of damage, they may be classified into following categories:

J.

Socking pests:
and Thrips.

2.

Leaf eating insects: Hairy caterpillars, semiloopers and grey weevil.

3.

Fruiting bodies damaging Insects: Spotted

bollworm, pink bollworm and American
bollworm.

4.

Lint damaging Insect.: Red cotton bug and

Dusky cotton bug.

Jassids, Aphids, White flies

Out of these in!lect pests, only Jassids, spotted

bollworm and pink bollworm are the major pests
and American bollworm is a sporadic pest of
cotton, but during last cotton season in kharif,
1990, caused heavy loss to the crop.
JULY, 1991

.Jassld (Amrasca bigotolla blgutulla Ishida)

The adults are winged and greyish in colour

but the nymphs are wingless. The nymphs and
adults suck the sap from the lower parts of the
leaves. It prefers the Hirsutum cotton than Arboreum cotton. High temperature and high humidity
are the congenial conditions for rapid multiplication of this pest. Therefore, its incidence is
maximum during the month of July and August
due to high temperature and high humidity at that
time. Two nymphs per leaf is the economic threshold level for this pest.
Control Measures
For control of Jassids, spray cotton crop 1-2
times when two nymphs per leaf of cotton are
observed during June/July in 150-175 litres water
per acre with anyone of the systemic insecticides
namely 250-350 ml dimethoate (Rogor) 30 Ee or
300-400 ml formothion (Anthio) 25 EC or oxydemeton methyl (Metasystox) 25 BC or 75-90 ml
pbosphamidon (Dimecron) 80 WSC. These
insecticides will also take care of all other sucking
pests such as white flies, thrips etc.
2. Spotted Bollworm (Earl as spp.)
Normally two species of this insect viz., Eadas
vltella (Pab.) and Earlas Insulana (Boiod.) damage
the crop. The wings of moth of E. vitella are of
dirty white coloured along with a green colour
stripe in the middle of each wing while the moths
of E. Insolana have dirty re~ wings. These
adults lay small sized round green eggs singly at
night on the tender parts of the plant buds, flowers,
bolls, bracts and leaves. The eggs hatch in about
3-4 days. The larvae are dull green i~ colour with
stout bristles and black spots on the body. Till
the fruiting bodies are not available in the crop,
the larvae bore into the shoot and feed in it but
later on when the fruiting bodies become available,
the larvae prefer to feed on buds, flowers and bolls.
The infested shoots droop down and dry. In case
of fruiting bodies, the larvae feed heavily on their
internal contents resulting in shedding of infested
buds, flowers and bolls. However, infested bolls,
which mature, produce low yield of poor quality.
The larvae complete their larval development inside the fruiting bodies jn 12-15 days. The mature
larvae after coming out of the boll/bud/shoot spins
silken cocoon to pupate in that. Pupal period is
completed in 8-10 days. The adults Jive for 2-10
days. There are 4-5 generations in a: year.

3.

Pink Bollworm
Saunders)

(Pectlnopbore

Pink bollworm vernacularly known as 'Qulsbi

Bundi' is enemy No. 1 of cotton crop followed by
spotted bollworm. The adults are small darkbrown mpths with fringed wings. The larval stage
is th~ only damaging stage. Eggs are laid singly
on the terminal shoots, leafaxils, buds, bolls,
bracts of flowers and stalks of cotton bolls. The
eggs hatch in 4-5 days. The young larvae are very
active. They move on the plant for 2-3 hours to
find out the preferred fruiting body for entrY. It
takes 1-2 hours for the larva to make the entry
holes and, thereafter, enters in it. After entry, the
larvae keep on developing within the fruiting body
and pass through five instars. The larvae are
intially creamish yellow but later turn white, wateey
and finally pink. Larval development is completed
in 12days after which it comes out for pupation which takes place either on the plant or the
soil, in cracks or amongst debris. Pupal period
completes in 5-10 days. There are 5-6 generations
in a year. The larvae of the last generation undergo diapause in the mature leeds. Normally the
larvae join two adjacent seeds and live in them
during diapause but sometimes single bold seeds
also harbour diapausing larvae.

J'

Larvae after entry into the. fruiting bod ies,

feed on their internal contents. In buds, larvae
feed on developing floral parts and spin silken
thread to bind the developing floral petals resulting in the formation of rosetted flowers. And in
bolls, the larvae feed on developing and immature
seeds. The infested buds usually are shed, whereas
in the bolls the internal contents of the seeds are
eaten away resulting in their bad and premature
O'pening. The kapas of these bolls is immature,
stained and of poor quality. Thus, the insect causes
huge quantitative and qualitative losses to cotton
crop.
4.

Amerclan Bollworm (Heliothls armlgere Hb.)

it isa polyphagous and sporadic pest Qfcotton .

The moths' are of brown colour. The adults are
medium sized insects with brown wings and dull
black border on hind wings. Spherical yellowish
eggs are laid singly on the termina! shoots, buds
and other tender parts of the plant. The eggs
hatch in 4-5 days. The larvae are greenish yellow
or green in colour with dark broken grey stripe.
4

along the sides of the body. The larva feeds upon

the squares, flowers and bolls. When the larva
feeds upon the fruiting bodies; its lower half portion remains outside the squares and bolls which
can be seen easily. The infested buds and bolls in
the early stages are shed off, whereas th~ developed
bolls when mfested are damaged by eating their
internal contents. Larval period completes in
18-25 days. Pupation takes place in earthen cells
in the soil 8nd it lasts for 10-15 days. Thero are
5-6 generations in a year . .

gossyplelia

CODtrol Measures

For the contrql of bollworms, the cotton crop

should be sprayed 4-5 times at 12 to 15 days inter- -val from August to mid-October with any Qne or
the following insecticides iii 400-500 Jit(es of water
per acre. The insecticides from group A and B
should be interspersed. These insecticides will also
control leaf eating insects such as hairy caterpillars,
semi loopers and grey weevils, etc.
Name of the insecticides

Dose per
acre

Group A
Carbaryl (Sevin/Hexavin/Carbavin)

700-900 g

SO WP
FenitrothioD (Accothion/Folithion/
700-900 rol
Sumithion) 50 EC
Quinalphos (Eka.Iux) 25 EC
800-1000 ml
Phosalone (Zolone) 35 BC
650-750 ml
Triazophos (Hostathion) 40 Be
600 ml
Monocrotophos (NuvBcron/Monocil/ 550-650 ml
Milphos) 36 WSC
Group B
Cypermethrin (Cyperkill/Cymbush/
Hilcyprio/Cypergaurd)
Fenvalerate (FenvoI/Sumicidin/ Agrofenl
Milfan) 20 EC
Decamethrin/deltamethrin (Decis) 2.8 EC
Alphamethrin (Alphagaurd) 10 'EC
FI uvaJioate 25 BC

80 ml
100 ml
200 ml
100 ml
120ml

Note:
1. Spraying for bollworm control should bp initiated when 10% of the fruiting bodies are
infested or when more than 25% plants IItart
bearing flower. Therefore, crop should be
sprayed after every ]2-]5 days.
HARYANA FARMING

2.

Insecticides from group 'A' and 'B' should be

alternatively used and under no conditions,
the insecticides from group 'B' should be
used more than twice during one crop season.

3.

Same insecticide should not be used for more

than two sprays.

4.

Normally the above mentioned insecticides if

interspersed and used (A & B) as suggested,
take care of all types' of insects infesting cotton
during August-October. However, if slicking

pests like jassids, aphids or white fly become

serious during this period, mix 350-400 ml
dimethoate 30 EC or 400-500 ml oxydemeton
methyl 25 EC or 100-120 ml phosphamidon
85 W. S. C. in the above recommended spray
mixture per acre or spray 550-6'0 ml monocrotophos 36 WSC alone per acre.

S.

While using these insecticides, all precautions

to avoid health hazards should be litrictly
adopted.

.I
\

. For Prosperity

,J

;,t-

..

";.--.:_

-:w.:- '" ..... -:.-:

"

;'j>.
>'

t .

--"..

:
,

& Bumper
Harvest

Always Purchase Certified Seeds of

New Varieties of following crops
WHEAT. GRAM. MUSTARD. PULSES
PADDY Cj conaN. BAJRA 0 !=ODDER
AND VEGETABLf SEEDS
Harvana Seeds are easily available trom .
o Sale counters of HSDC located throughout
Haryana State
o Authorised Dealers of HSDC
Co-op Societies and mini banks
o Farmers service centre5 of HAle I(nbhr:D & Hated

JULY. 1991

Sonrce of losect lofestation

Guidelines for Safe

Storage of Foodgrains
-Po R. Yadav and Jai Lal
Department of Entomology, HAU, Hisar
Sometimes due to adverse climatic conditions
and unscientific storage results'in heavy losses of
foodgrains. There are reports that due to improper
storage in god owns, about 10 per cent losses of the
total foodgrains produced in India are caused by
insects, rats and humidity, etc. Insects and rats
are in fact the chief factors responsible for this
loss. It is, therefore, imperative to check or at least
minimise these losses. As major part of the
produce remains with the farmers and other rural
people, it is essential to adopt preventive and
curative methods at the village level where maximum losses occur due to attack of insect pests and
rodents, etc.
A.

Insects

Imporiant insects which damage stored grains

in Haryana are khapra beetle (Trogoderma granarium), lesser grain borer (Rhizopertha dominica),
rice weevil (Sltophiins oryzae) and rust-red flour
beetle (Trlbolium costaneum) which are serious
pests of wheat, jowar, rice, barley and maize.
Moong dhora and gram dhora attack different
pulses. Grain moth damages wheat, maize, jowar,
barley and oats, etc. Rice weevil is a serious pest
in humid areas or in grains with higher moisture
content, whereas khapra beetle and lesser grain
borer at low moisture content of grains and high
temperature. Rust-red flour beetle infests flour or
the broken grains or grains already damaged by
other insects. Larvae as well as adults of rice
weevil a'nd lesser grain borer, bore into the grains
and feed on' the internal contents. In case of
kbapra, however, the damage is do~e only by the
larvae which are exposed feeders. These insects
not only cause loss in weight but also lower the
nutritive value and germinating capacity of the
infested grains.

(a) In most cases, the stored grain pests

survive within the stores either on old stock left
from previous year or in cracks and crevices in the
same premises, etc.
(b) Some pests like 'Anaj-Ki-Titli' apd 'Rice
Weevil' are known to lay eggs on the grain in the
field on unharvested crops.
(c) Old infested gunny bags and others clothes, etc. used for grain storage are the greatest
offenders. They usually harbour pests and as such
their use without prior insecticidal treatment is
risky.
(d) Infested transport vehicles viz., carts,
trolleys, trucks and wagons.
(e)
B.

Entry of insects from outside.

Rats

Rats are major pests of foodgrains at all the

6tages of production, storage, processing and distribution. Rats eat lot of grain~ and spoil still more
by contamination with faecal pallets, urine and
hair. In addition to feeding and damaging stored
produce, they gnaw and destroy the other materials
kept in stores. Rats are important pests not only
due to their omnipresence but also because of their
high rate of multiplication.
Sometimes, rats die in godowns and spoil the
grains badly. Such grains cannot be used for
consumption purposes due to fear of spread of
diseases in consumers.
C. Moisture
Moisture content of grains is an important
factor. Grains with more than 9-10 per cent
moisture or wet grains due to rain water get,spoiled quickly. High water content leads to more
attack of insects and sometimes rotting
of grain may take place resulting in bad odour.
Similarly. due to high moisture content, attack of
fungus may take place and thus foodgrains are
spoiled very badly.
PreveDtive and Control Measures
The saying "Prevention is better than cure"
holds particularly true while dealing with insect
pest damage in stored grains.
HARYANA FARMING

(i)

Store new food grains having less than JO per

cent moisture in clean god owns.

(ii) Before storing the grains. the stores should be

thoroughly cleaned. The cracks, crevices and
holes should be filled with cement/mud. To a
kucha (kuthla etc. storage structure, repair
with fresh clay soil.
(iii) Use new gunny bags. q'ld gunny bags, if used,
must be disinfested by dipping in 0, I % malathion emulsion (1 ml malathion ~O EC in 500'
nil of water) for 10 minutes and dry in shade
before filling the food grains.

(iv) Disinfest empty godawns in April/May by

spraying 0.5% malathion emulsion (l ml
malathion 50 EC in 100 ml of water) on floor.
walls and ceiling or by using 7 tablets (3 g
each) of Celphos/Phosfume/Quickphos (aluminium phosphide) or 10 Wres of EDCT
mixture or 1.7 kg ethylene dibromide (EDB)
Per 1000 cu. ft. (28 cu.m.) of fmpty space
with 7 days exposure period.
(v) Mix malathion 5% dust @ 250 g/ quinlal by
weight with grain meant for seed only.

5.

(From page 1)
Secondary infection of late sown crop occurs
through spores formed in the same season. Under
favourable condition they germinate to produce
sporidia.
Integrated Disease Management
Adopt following practices to minimize the
incidence of major diseases.
1. Remove ergot sclerotia by floating seed in 10%
salt solution and clean healthy seeds settling
at bottom repeatedly with clean water and dry
in shade.
2. Treat seed with mixture of mercurial fungicide
2.5 g and Thiram 4 g per kg seed or alternatively with Apron SD 3S @ 6 g/kg for effective
control of downy mildew.
3.

(vi) Agaimt dbora, cover gram or other pulses

,tared in bulk with 7 em layer of sand.
If attack of insect pests takes place in
godowns, following treatment may be given:
(i)

(ii)

4.

Use Celphos/Phosfume/Quickphos (aluminium

phosphide) @ one tablet of 3 g per tonne or
7 tablets per 1000 cu. ft. (28 cu. m.) space of
godown. Exposure period is 7 days.

S.

EDCT mixture (Klloptera) @ one litre for 20

quintals grain or 10 litres of EDCT mixture
per 1000 cu. ft. (28 cu. m.) space .of godown
can also be used. Exposure period is 4 Oays.

6.

Precautions
1.

Where the empty godown is infest~d wHh

khapra, it should be fumigated with aluminium
phosphide or kiloptera (EDCT mixture) before
use.

2. Do not mix DDT or BHe dust with seed.

3.
4.

Avoid use of EDB in grains meant for seed

purpose.
The fumigants should be used only in air tight
stores by specially trained personnel.

JULY, 1991

Structures/godowns for grain storage should be

of improved type having at least controlled ventilation, high plinth, freedom from leak and
damp as well as rodent and bird proof with
cleanliness in and around it.

7.

8.

Remove or rogue downy mildew infected seedlings followed by gap filling with 3 week old
healthy seedlings by transplantatiop on a rainy
day in case of moderate downy mildew incidence in the pre-tillering stage. It removes
infection source and maintains normal plant
population.
Since most of the bajrs cultivars are susceptible to ergot, spray bajra heads at pre-protygynol's stage (before flowering of the florets)
with 0.2% ziram (Cuman-L).
Since all the major diseases of bajra are soilborne hence crop rotation for three years
would substantially reduce incidence of these
diseases.
In addition, deep ploughing and sun baking
of the field followed by.collection and burning
of plant debries during hot summer mon~hs of
M!lY and JUDe also reduce soil-borne inoculum
of various diseases.
.
In the ergot prone areas, mixed cropping of
"ajra with moong bean or moth also reduces
ergot incidence.
Eradicate. or debl.ossom Blue panic grass
(Paoicum sotldotale) from and around bajra
fields before flowering of bajra crop to minimize honey dew inoculum and consequently
ergot incidence on bajra.
.

Public Enemy No.1

of sucking insects

ILDON

Cildon is a true systemic insecticide. When sprayed

directly onto the cotton crop, it permeates the entire
plant. And fatally attacks any sap-sucking insect, from
aphids and jassids to thrips, whiteflies and leaf-eating
caterpillars. This results in healthy, vigorous plant
growth, with better flowering and boll formation. And a
bumper cotton crop for youl

CILDON Nocil's ~powerful insecticide

NATIONAL ORGANIC CHEMICAllNOUSTRIES LIMITED
Bank of Baroda Building, 16, Parliament Street,
New Delhi 110001.

CHAITRAB NOC 1481'

..
8

HARYANA FARMING

Specific first aid measures recommended for

particular kind of poisoning are mentioned
below:

First Aid Measures and

Antidotes in Pesticide
Poisoning

1.

Skin contamination: It ill the most common

kind of poisoning. It may be due to accidental
spillage on skin or clothing or continuous
contnct of skin with pesticide during operation.
In such cases, change the contaminated clothes
immediately and wash the skin with plenty of
soap and water. Speed in washing is important in reducing the ,extent of injury. Special
care should be taken in washing of hairs, face
and toes. After washing the skin, dry it with
a towel or cloth piece and wrap the patient
in a blanket to maintain warmth. In case of
temporary irritation, apply nivea-type cream
or quotane cream, etc.

2.

Eye contamination: Eye is the most delicate

part of the body. In case of eye exposure to
pesticide, the victim may feel irritation in eyes,
excessive lacrimation and abnormal opening
of the eyes may take place. In such cases,
hold the eyelids open and wash the eyes
quickly several times with fresh and clean
water. Continue washing for 10-15 minutes.
Do not use any drug with wash water or
before water wash. Eye washing should be
taken up immediately because delay of even a
few seconds, will greatly enhance the extent
of injury. Arrange for medical attention
immediately.

3.

Inhaled poisons: It is another common type

of exposure which usually occurs while spraying in a closed or poorly ventilated area or in
high and thick crop. In such cases remove
the victim immediately from sprayed area to
fresh area. Loosen all his tight c10things and
wrap the patient in a blanket to prevent chilling. Keep the chin of the patient up so that
there is no problem of breathing. If breathing
ceases or weakens, artificial respiration must
be given. It should be made sure that the
breathing passage of patient is clear. Clean
the mouth of patient with a clean cloth repeatedly. Do not press the chest vigorously.
Never give alcohol or any other thing till
doctor arrives.

4.

Swallowed poisoning: The poisons are sometimes swallowed accidently as a result of

- P: D. Sharma 'aod Pradumao Bhatnagar

Deptt. 0/ Entomology, BAU, Hi~ar
The use of pesticides in agriculture is
increasing day by day in our country. These
pesticides' are always toxic in some degree both
to man and animals. Careless handling of tbese
pesticides by the people engaged therein may
result in pesticide poisoning. In such cases
restlessness, headache, giddiness, fatigue, gastrointestinal disturbances, hyper-excitability, abnormal
size of eye pupil, perspiration, nausea. convulsions,
excessive salivation and sweating, vomiting,
depression, weak and slow heart beat ana
discomfort in chest may be felt to a different
degree. However, increase in severity of symptoms
may lead to poor muscle coordination, tremors,
blurred vision, rapid pulse, heart problem and
difficulty in breathing. In case of severe poiso~ing,
loss of reflexes, inability to respire, unconsciousness, partial paralysis and finally death may result.
First aid measures: Following first aid
measures are extremely important and must be
.adopted before a patient gets the medical
attention.
1.

The patient should be taken to the doctor

immediately alongwith the container of the
pesticide.

2.

The victim should be kept quite warm and

away from the sprayed area possibly in shade.

3.

Contaminated skin should be washed

immediately and thoroughly with plenty of
soap and water.

4.

Contaminated clothes should be removed.

5.

Give artificial respiration, if necessary.

JULY, 1991

which the poison gains entry into the entire

body system. As a first aid measure immediately induce vomiting, provided a non
corrosive substance has been swallowed.
Vomiting can be induced by administering
saline solutioo (Two table spoon of salt in 250
ml of warm water) orally. The treatment
should be repeated till the vomited liquid is
clear. Tickling the back of throat with clean
finger or end of spoon will aid in inducing
vomiting. Gastric lavage may be done with
potassium permanganate and water (l : 5000)
particularly in poisoning by organophosphorus
group or with activated charcoal 2 parts,
magnesium oxide 1 part, tannic acid 1 part
and water. In case of ingestion of nitrophenols any synthetic pyrethroids, gastric lavage
with activated charcoal should be done. After
the stomach has been emptied, raw egg white
mixed with water or gelatin (2-3 tea spoonful
in 500 ml water) or plDperly mashed potato
and water should be given.
If poisoning is due to the ingestion of mercurial compounds, egg white and milk should be
given first. After this, vomiting should be
induced by giving saline solution.

In case of poisoning by .nicotine and its salts,

victim should be given strong tea or coffee in
plenty, after inducing vomiting.
For acid poisoning give milk, water or milk
of magnesia while for alkali poisoning, give milk
or water to the patient. Give condensed canned
milk universally.
Do not induce vomiting if the patient has
swallowed a corrosive substance (strong acid or
strong alkaline product or petroleum product as
Kerosine, gasoline, etc.) unless it was diluted with
water. Do not induce vomiting, if patient is in a
comma or unconscious state.
Gastric lavage should always be done but by a
trained p~rson, if patient is seen within first four
hours after the ingestion of poison.

may be taken, if the symptoms are felt. For large

scale spraying programmes, a first aid kit having
soap, towel, salt and antidotes should be kept at
hand. Supply of clean water for drinking and
washing contaminated area of body should be
ensured. As first aid is only to relieve the patient
before medical help is provided, therefore, do not
substitute it for medical treatment.
Antidotes and their use: Specific antidotes
mentioned below and their uses have been
recommended for th~ following group of
pesticides.
1.

Chlorinated hydrocarbons (DDT, BHC, aldrin,

chlordane, heptachlor, endosulfan, etc.): In
case of poisoning by these insecticides, givo
phenobarbitone @ O. 7 g daily or pentobarbitone @ 0.25 - 0.50 g daily to the victim.
'Calcium gluconate may be given intravenously
for some organochlorine insecticides. Do not
give stimulants such as Epinephrine.

2.

Organophosphorus Insecticides'
(DDVP,
monocrotophos, demeton methyl, malathion,
methyl parathion, quinalphos, dimethoate,
chlorpyrifos. etc.}: If poisoning is due to this
group, give Atropine sulphate @ 2-4 mg
intravenously repeatedly or give 2-PAM @
2000 mg intravenously.

3.

Carbamates (Carbaryl, propuxor): Give Atropine sulphate' @ 2-4 mg intramuscularly or

intravenously repeatedly. Artificial respiration
and oxygen should be given, if needed.
"'

4. Synthetic pyretbrold (decamethrin, cypermethrin, fen valerate, etc) : In case of intoxication

by cypermethrin, therapy should include a
:sedative and anticonsulvant (e.g. barbiturates,
diazepam, paraldehyde). In case' of poisoning
due to fenvalerate and decamethrin, the treatment should be primarily symptomatic and
supportive. Phenobarbitol may be given
intravenously.
5.

Mercurial compounds: Dimercaprol/B. A. L.

3-5 mg/kg body weight should be given
intramuscularly.
@

The doctor must be informed of the name of

active ingradient and preferably he should be
shown the leaflet or empty container. Operators
in areas remote from medical centres should be
given tablets of atropine (0.6 mg), two of which

10

6.

Arsenic compounds: Give B.A.L. @ 3-5 ..mg/kg

body weight. Maintain fluid and electrolyte
balance.
(Contd. on page 12)
HARYANA FARMING

Management Gaps in Grapes

-H. K. Verma, R. S. Hudda aDd S. N. Singh
Deptt. of Extension Education, HAU, Hisar

Fruits have a more i~portant function to

perform in our daily diet thaI) merely being a dish
after meals. Fruits are not only protective foods
that are rich in vitamins and minerals but many
of these'supply enough calories as well. This,
however, does not mean that fruit crops can completely replace the food crops, but it does demonstrate the need to give fruits a more important place
in our daily diet and in th~ crop planning of tbe
country.
The area under fruitll in India is JUBt 2.5
million hectares i.e. 1.8% of the total cultivated
area. Despite the fact, that high yield potential
exists in our country, fruit production in India is
still at 11 low level which is quite disappointing.
Among various fruits, mango occupies first place
in area and production, in our country followed
by banana and citrus, etc. Grapes rank at 6th
place in the world. Grape is also considered one
of the most prestigious and favourite fruits and
gives good quality wine and raisin, apart from
being served for table purpose.
In Haryana, grape is mainly grown in Risar
district which stands first both in terms of its area
and production. This has been possible due to
the evolution of improved varieties like PerleUe,
Thomson seedless, Delite, Beatiseedless, etc. and
the dissemination of scientific technology of grape
cultivation to the farmers by the research and
extension workers. The financial assistance provided by Haryana Government through cooperative
banks also encouraged the farmers to undertake
cultivation on a large scale. But, undoubtedlY,
higher economic return per unit area of Vineyard
was the strongest motivation. On an average
8000 to 10000 kg of grapes can easily be harvested in each season which fetch an income of over
Rs. 40,000 to 50,000 per acre alone. Such bumper
harvest and income are not obtainable from any
other fruit crop.
JULY, 1991

Higher gains in production are generally

accompanied by certain management problems.
Many hinderances are allo faced by farmers in the
adoption of improved technology of grape cultivation.
Following are some of the important
management gaps:
Marketing
Marketing is the major aspect of management
which needs care and attention of the farmers.
Since grape is a delicate fruit and gets spoiled very
quickly, its marketing is more difficult as compared
to other fruit crops. It requires careful handling,
packing. quick transportation and disposal. Contract system is popular as it minimizes the risk of
farmers due to bad weather at ripining stage and
price fluctuations in the market. The problem of
marketing has also become more serious due to
the increasing area under grape. Since the farmers
do not have adequate means of conveyance to
tran.port and sell their produce quickly in the
market, they are bound to sell their crop at
throw-a way prices to the contractors, who earn
maximum profit by selling it at higher prices.
Lack of Storaee and Processing Facilities
Grapes cannot be kept in open for more than
two-three days. Therefore, its disposal is very
necessary immediately. Since there is lack of
proper storage and processing facilities with the
farmers of Haryana State, they are bound to sell
their produce at much cheaper rate.
Use of Single Variety
In Haryana, majority of tbe farmers are growing Perlette variety of grapes. Though it is high
yielding but the crops grown all over the area,
ripen at the same time which cause glut in the
market and thus need proper management care.

Lack of Irrigation Facilities

The crop requires regular irrigation from Feb.
to May which is clashing with the requirement of
other food grain crops like wheat, etc. Moreover,
canal irrigation alone is not able to meet the
requirement of incrrased acreage under grape crop.
Credit Facilities
Although the Government provides loan facilities to grape growers to meet their needs of higher
investment, yet it has not "been possible to cover
all the willing farmers. Majority still remain
waiting for such kind of financial help.

11

Though there is ample scope to have an

l ncrease in the area and production of grapes on
account of its high profitability than other fruit
crops but it is only possible when the aforesaid
management gaps 'are given due attention and
tackeled at earliest possible. Following suggestions
need to be considered :

1.

2.

3.

There is an urge~t need of establishing industrial unitlor processing and producing various
grape products. This should be taken up by
the government on priority basis to solve the
problem of marketing and storage at the
farmers level.

KISAN-76
Spray Pump
The most useful and beneficial for the
farmers. Prepared by experienced and
qualified Engineers.

'"
The farmers desirous of establishing
vineyard
should be provided an additional amount of
water for irrigating the crop.
Loan facilities should be made available to
small farmers at the earliest possible. The
procedure to advance loan should also be
made simple and easy.

4.

Extension campaigns should be organised to

populsrise other grape varieties suitable for
early, mid and late sowing 110 as to avoid glut
in the market.

5.

Training should be imparted to the farmers on

various aspects of grape cultivation. Extension
agencies should give priority on developing
desired skills and knowledge of farmers for
undertaking various agricultural operationll
to get higher production.

NAPSACK SPRAYER
(With High Denslt~
Polethene .Tank)

CODE:

CODE.

KI'S11

PS1Dl

HAND COMPRESSION
SPRAYER
(With Brass
Tank)

ROCKIf4G SPRAYER

Conclusively, provision of adequate facilities

for marketing, storage and processing of products
is a must for better prospects of grape cultivation.
In addition there is an urgent need to direct tbe
rs:search efforts to meet the requirements of grape
growers.

(From page 10)

CODE,
f'!>300

7. In case of poisoning due to methyl bromide

and ethylene dibromide, B.A.L. may be given
before the appearance of symptoms. .
.
Precaution: Antidotes should not be ulied 81
prophylactic or preventive measures as they
themselves are poisonous in nature. Administer
the antidotes only under the guidance of the
medical officer.

12

Post Box No: 125, Clock Tower, Ludhiana141 008,

Ph: Off: 51999, 51669 Fac.: 35367. Grams'; Indo German

HARYANA FARMING

be seen on older and long branches. Cankers on

twigs cause them to break. In case of fruits,
similar type of spotl are produced except that the
yellow halo is absent. The irregular mass of
cankerous spots on citrus fruits reduces their
market quality. The disease also adversely affects
the growth of citrul seedlings particularly in the
nursery stage. The most severe phase of the
disease appears more particularly during rainy
season.

Management of

Citrus. Canker
-Vijai Pal, B. P. Mishra and H. C. Yadav

Deptt.
of Plant Pathology,
HAU, Hisar
.
I
Citrus is one of the most.' important fruits of
the world cultivated widely in the .tropical and
Ilubtropical regions in India. Citrus occupies
commercially a very important place among the
fruit crops, next only to mango and banana.
Although it is grown all over India, yet CQmmercially produced only in Andhra Pradesh, Assam,
BacyaDa, Karnataka. Kerala, Meghalaya, Maharashtra, Manipur, Mizoi:am. Nagaland, Punjab,
Raja&than and Sikkim. The total estimated area
and production of citrus fruit in India is 1,90,000
hectares and 1.8 million tonnes, respectively.
Although the cultivation of citrus fruits has
made a phenomenal progress during the last
decade in India, yet its production has not
augmented significantly because of
several
factors. Various factors responsible for low production of citrus fruits in the country are: insects,
diseases, nematodes, malnutrition and environmental conditions. Diseases play a major role
for its comparatively low production as the crop
is known to be damaged by several fungal.
bacterial, viral and mycoplasmal diseases. Among
these diseases, bacterial canker is the most serious
disease in the country causing 50 to 60 per cent
loss ill yield. In Haryana, this disease is known
to occur in all the citrus growing regions and
poses a serious problem.

The Caose of the Disease

The disease is caused by a bacterium, Xanthomonas, compestris pv. eltri. The bacterium does
not survive in the soil or in infected plant parts
fallen on ground. The infected twigs bearing old
lesions on the tree are the main source of primary
infection. The bacteria from the cankers are
mostly disseminated by driving rains and by insect .
The bacterium enters the bost through stomata
and wounds caused by insects, movement of thorns
and mechanical injury. It multiplies in the cortical
region of the host. The disease is favoured by mild
temperature and wet weather.
Control Measures
CODiidering the severity and prevalence of the
disease developed countries have resorted to
complete destruction of the diseased trees by
burning them. Though this method is most
effective yet in India it will not be feasible due
to high cost involved in the operation. Therefore.
following measures can be adopted to check the
disease.

o
o

Symptoms

The disease affects almost all the parts viz.,

leaves, thorns, old branches, stem and fruits.
Symptoms appear in the form of tiny circular
brown eruptions on the lower surface of leaves.
They 8re raised and become brown later on.
They also develop on the upper surface of the
leaves. These spots may be surrounded by yellow
halo. The outer surface of the individual ,pot
gives a rough appearance on touching by hands on
both sides of the cankerous leaf. Spots occurring
on leaf petioles cause premature defoliation.
Irregular and rough necrotic canker lesions may

JULY, 1991

Use of disease free nursery stock for planting

in new orchard.
Spray the plants before planting in new
orChard with one per cent Bordeaux mixture.

Prune the affected twigs and spray with one

per cent Bordeaux mixturelStreptocycline
(500 ppm).

Protect emerging flushes with sprays of one

per cent Bordeaux mixture/Streptocyclinc
(500-1000 ppm).

Periodic spray of streptocYcline (500 ppm)1

BHtox-SO (1000 ppm}/paushamycin (500 ppm)
starting before the onsct of tainy" season.

Control of citrus leaf minor througb use of

dimethoate or oxydematon methyl to reduce
incidence of the disease.

13

Shelter your Orchard

- Darbara SJngh aud Suneel Sharma

Deptt. of Horticulture. HAU, Hisar

One of the earliest methods of improving the
climate for growing crops must have been by the
use of shelters or windbreaks. They have an
important part to play in horticulture. Excess of
heat or cold or wind is damaging farmland. and
particularly the fruit trees. The damaie becomes
much more when translated in money terms and of
course, the farmer is the loser.
When the wind blows in the area where there
is no windbreaks it increases the transpirational
loss of water b'y fruit trees to go up tremendously.
This is particularly in places where water is the
limiting factor. Secondly, in summers it raises the
temperature which causes scorching of leaves and
the tender parts like tip of the fruit plants.
ThirdlYt high winds blow away precious top soil.
This damage becomes particularly great where the
soils are of sandy type when the orchards are
ploughed and are waiting to be sown for intercropping. The longer the exposure, the greater the
damage.
There are different ways to greatly minimise
wind damage. Plant shelter belts around orchards
to break the unhindered flow of wind. These are
also called windbreaks. They are beneficial to the
land, increase productivity of fruit plants and
control soil erosion. Shelter belts can be grown
around any field where the farmer can spare some
space along the boundries to grow a row of trees.
To be more effective, the shelter belt must be at
least two rows deep. One of the rows should be
of tall trees, while the other row should be of small
to medium sized shrubs. Secondly, the shelter belt
should be of permeable nature and not a solid
obstruction ,across the winl;l flow. The wind is'
obstructed by the semipermeable barrier which
slows down the velocity considerably and the wind
blows across the farmland very smoQ~hly without
causing any damage. A c,oncrete or impermeable
shelterbelt which causes wind at very high velocity
to gush into this vacuum. This can cause a great
loss to the orchards.

14

A shelter belt must have two different species

of trees or shrubs which grow to different heights.
There are recommended species of trees and
shrubs. These trees are suitable for our entire
northern belt 't. e. outer row (eucalyptus sp.,
IIheesham, poplar, mango and kikar, inner row
(kaner, mulberry, hibiscess, subabul, Parkansonia
aculeata). Any plant from the outer row may be
used with the inner row as per the desire of the
orchardist. The recommended spacing for the / .
outer row plants is 3 meters from plant to plantJ
For the inner row of plants the recommended
spacing is 2 meter from plant to plant.

There are certain limitations wh~n planting the

inner row. They ahould be planted earlier or at
least at the same time as the outer row. If the
inner rOw is planted later it may be suppressed and
take an exceptionally long time to reach its full
height. Shelter belts are effective to a length of 2d '
times the height of the tallest tree OD the ward side.
A IS-meter high eucalyptus will provide a shelter
belt effect up to 360 meters. In the immediate
vicinity of the shelter belt, the redu.ction in wind
velocity is 60 per cent. Thus, a 200 km/ha ..
windsform would have its velocity reduced to 80
km/ha while passing through the shelter belt. You
can imagine the disastrous effects a high wind can
have on a fully ripe crop of kinnow or any other
fruit plants.
In addition to decreasing wind speed shelter
belts also have the effect of decreasing temperature
by an extent of up to 30% in the vicinity. This
property is particularly useful in the winters when
freezing temperature inhibits fruit trees growth.
It has been found that in orchards sheltered by
windbreaks trees the yield increased by 10 to 20 per
cent, humidity increased by 5 to 8 per cent while
0
soil temperature decreased by 3-4 F.
This should allay the fears of the fruit growers
that the shading effect of tall trees will decrease
their yield. In addition the trees where gro~n as
shelter belts grow much faster and provide a good
return When uprooted and sold. Keeping in view
all these points the fruit growers may follow this
practice for the success of their orchards and for
good return.
HARYANA FARMING

Zinc Disorder and its

Amelioration in Kharif Crops
-So P. Gupta and V. K. Gupta
Department of Soil ~cience, HAU, Hisar
Exten~

of Deficiency

The optimum use of essential nutrients through

fertilizers is very essential for maximising crop
production. Over a period of more than two decades, intensive cultivation of high yielding varieties
has resulted in the depletion of micronutrients from
the soil, particularly the zinc, which has seriously
affected about 43% of the soils of India. The
extent of zinc deficiency in Haryana ranged from
31-92 per cent. According to an estimate about
66% soils in Haryana are deficient in zinc, however,
this deficiency varies from district to district
(Table 1). Large tracts of sandy soils of Sirsa,
Hisar, Bbiwani, Mabendergarh, Gurgaon and
Rohtak districts have acute deficiency of zinc. In
Karnal and Kurukshetra districts, the progressive
farmers have started using zinc regularly and there
is no likelihood of increase in zinc deficient areas

Extent of zinc deficiency in Haryana soils

Ambala
Bhiwani
Faridabad
Gurgaon
Hisar
Jind
Karnal
Kurukshetra
Mohindergarh
Rohtak
Sonepat
Sirsa
Source:

Per cent deficiency

Alkaline soil reaction/sodicity.

High calcium carbonate content of the soil.
Addition of undecomposed organic residue.
Low organic matter content of the soil.
Sandy soils.
Removal of top surface soil.
Liberal use of heavy doses of nitrogen and
phosphorus.
Long cold spell or very low temperature.
High light intensity.
Use of sodie water.

The zinc deficiency may be diagnosed by the

following methods in Boils and plants:
Soil analysis.

60

Plant appearance or visual symptoms.

92

Plant analysis.

69
88

80

65
58
31
90
92

S9
79

Gupta et al. (1988). Zinc in Indian

Agriculture.

JULY. 1991

Factors that Increase the Need for Zinc

Diagnostic Techniques

TABLE 1

Name of district

in these districts. The recent evaluation indicates

that in intensivc:ly cultivated areal the deficiency is
decreasing sharply. A large Dumber of experiments on farmers' fieldl have shown that most
soils respond to zinc sulphate application. With
the application of zinc a farmer may get an extra
income of more than Rs. 300/- per hectare. A
rupee spent on zinc sulphate may give an additional
income ranging from Rs. 3.50 to Rs. 20.00.
Experimental results show that a rupee on zinc
fertilizers gives much higher return than a rupee
spent on N, P and K but both macro - and micro
nutrients i. e. N, p, K and Zn together are necessary
for optimum yields and each loses its significance
in the absence of others.

The soil analysis and visual symptoms which

play an important role in the diagnosis of zinc
disorder are summarised as under:
Soil Analysis
Without producing, any symptoms, a SO%
depression in growth of a crop may be caused due
to zinc deficiency. The analysis ofsoil, thus, playa
a vital role in the diagnosis of zinc deficiency, so
tbat zinc can be applied before Sowing as considerable damage is done to crops by the time the
deficiency is diagnosed by visual symptoms.

15

The most widely used and accepted extractant

which gives the count of available soil zinc is
DTPA+CaCI. (pH 7.3). This extractant is used
to establish critical limits of soil zinc for different
crops which separate the deficient soil from nondeficient soils (Table 2). In general, soils containing less than' 0.6 ppm DTPA+CaCla extractable
zinc will respond to zinc application, however, the
critical limit varies with the crop, cultivar and soil.
At a level of more than 0.5 ppm DTPA-Zn, crops
like urd. moong, arhar, gram, raya and barley will
hardly need any fertilization, whereas paddy, maize,
bajra, goar, groundnut, sorghum and wheat will
certainly require zinc application to give optimum
yield8, however, it is important to note that urd,
moong and arhar are highly susceptible to zinc
stress at very low level of zinc (0.47 ppm) although
their critical limits are lower than other crops.
Therefore. under extremely low levels of zinc, its
application is a must even in urd, moong and arhar.
TABLE 2
Critical limit of zinc (DTPA extractable)
in soils for important kharif crops
Crop

Critical limit (ppm)

Paddy
Maize
Bajra
Guar
Arhar
Moong
Groundnut
Source:

Gupta et al. (1988).

Agricul t ure.

0.80-1.00
0.62
0.57
0.54
0.48
0.54
0.62
Zinc in Indian

Visual Symptoms or Plant Appearance

Most of the zinc deficiency symptoms appear
on the older as well as young fOliage. The symp'
toms vary from crop to crop, stages of growth and
even variety to variety. The symptoms of zinc
deficiency should be diagnosed at early stages of
growth. The following points should be kept in
view while diagnosing zinc disorders in plants.

16

The symptoms should not be confused with a

disease; such as symptoms of downy mildew
of bajra are similar to that of zinc deficiency
and mosaic disease in crops may be confused
with zinc deficiency.

o
o

The plant should not 8uffer from moisture

stress.
The plant should not suffer from multiple
nutrient deficiency.
The toxicity of other elements should not be
confused with zinc deficiency.

In case of deficiency of nitrogen and zinc tog

ether the symptoms of nitrogen deficiency
predominate.

Hidden hunger is not detectable and in that

case soil as well as plant analysis is the only
solution.

The deficiency symptoms ,of zinc in maize;

bajra, jowar and sugarcane are alike with a
slight difference.

. Zinc Deficiency Symptoms in Important Kharlf

Crops

1. Maize: Fading of the basal part of the

middle (usually the third) leaf at about 3 weeks
growth, which spreads towards the leaf apex and
chlorotic part of leaf generally becomes dry and
necrotic. There is development of purple pigmentation on the leaves, leaf sheaths and even
internodes. The entire plant becomes bronzed
and developes a cOQ8picuous metallic sheen. The
elongation of internodes becomes severely restricted
and expansion of foliage is retarded. When zinc
deficiency is severe, plants show a total collapse.
Deficiency of zinc in maize has been described in
literature as "White bud of maize."
2. Jowar: In 3 weeks old plant, the young and
middle leaves develop light reddish-brown or
purple pigmentation. Plant growth is retarded by
preventing the elongation of internodes. and
expansion of foliage.
3 Rice: Development of reddish-brown pigmentation in the central part of the middle leaves,
which gradually spreads almost all over the lamina
and also on leaf sheaths. Severely pigmented
leaves turn necrotic and paperly and leaf tips
wither. Within 2-3 weeks from the appearance of
the deficiency, the entire foliage withers and further
growth of zinc deficient plants is arrested. Such
plants have short internodes with leaves appearing
HAR Y ANA FARMING

to rise close to each other. The tillers are very

weak and most of these fail to develop panicles.
Setting of grains and their development is very
poor resulting in loss of grain yield.
4. Sugarcane: The characteristic symytoms
appear as white strips/band, more pronounced near
the mid rib after 5th or 6th week of sowing. The
symptoms Slart near the base of the lower leaf
which later ,on spread upward. Almost all the
leaves show symptoms at later stages of growth
except second and third leaves from the top.

5. Bajra: The 3rd and 4th leaves may develop

!igM chlorosis primarily in the lower half of the
leaf along the leaf mid rib. Later chocolate to
brown coloured small spots appear on chlorotic
leaves turning into dead tissue,. The affected leaf
finally dries and droops down: Plants are stunted
in growth and have short internodes.
6. Cotton: Leaves develop interveinal golden
yellow colour in the early stages of growth. General bronzing of first true leaves, followed by pronounced interveinal chlorosis. The leaves become
thick and brittle with their margins turned upwards.
Internodel growth is curtailed and the plants appear
stunted. Boll formation is reduced and their
opening is delayed.
7. Grouodnut: The symptoms generally appear on 3rd and 4th compound leaves. The emerging leaflets are 6maller in size and donot unfold
giving a peculiar appearance (Rossetting). The
chlorosis appears on the tip of such leaflets spreading downward and further chocolate or brown
coloured spots develop which finally dry and the
leaflet die. Plant growth is retarded and reproductive phase is delayed. Size of the kernels is very
much reduced.

8. Urd and Moong: In moong, symptoms

appear after 10 days and in urd 14 days of sowing.
Necrotic spots (brown) concentrated at the tip of
cotyledonary leaves appear. The chocolate brown
spots appear on the older leaves. Affected leaves
shed later on. Newly emerged leaves are small in
size.
9. Arbar: Symptoms appear within 20 day.
of sowing.
Interveinal chlorosis and yellowing
start from tip of the leaves and progress downJULY 1991

ward. Midrib remains green. Later on chocolate

brown coloured spots may develop on the lower
leaves. Shedding of leaf occurs when 60 per cent
leaf is affected. Younger leaves are smaller in size
and the plants are stunted in growth.
10. Cowpeas: Symptoms appear within 10
days of sowing. Initially orange yellow colour
appears in the interveinal portion of the leaf. Later
on dull chlorotic spots Bre found mostly towards
tbe margin of leaf blade, especially the tip. These
spots develop into irregular brown necrotic spots
al~ over the leaf blade including margins and later
involve most of this interveinsl tisllue. The affected
leaves ahed from the plant.
I I. Soybean: Initially interveinal marginal
chlorosis on 1st and 2nd leaf from bottom is observed. Leaf size is reduced. Midrib and lateral
veins remain green-yellowing starts from leaf margins towards midrib. Necrotic spots develop later
on. General necrosis and drying of leaves at
advance stages of growth is tommon.
12. Goar: Symptoms appear in third week of
sowing. Lower leaves are light yellow in colour.
Necrotic spots develop on the lower leaves which
are either greyish brown or brown in colour.
Leaves are small in size and maturity is delayed.

Plant Analysis
Diagnosis of zinc deficiency through
analysis:

plant

Plant analysis also provides a good and useful

clue for assessing the zinc deficiency in plants, but
assessment of zinc defiCiency prior to sowing of
crops is always better for correction of its deficiency.
The major drawback in the plant analysis method
. is that the zinc content of plant varies with crop,
age and plant part. In general, plants containing
less than 20 ppm zinc are thought to be suffering
from zinc deficiency.
Remedial Measures of Zinc Deficiency
Soil application: Among several sources of
zinc, zinc sulphate is the only commercially available zinc fertilizer. Application of 25 kg ziDc sulphate/ha prior to seeding Ot transplanting of crops
is the best time of zinc application. Broadcasting
(Con/d. on page 20)

17

Economic Importance of
Agrometeorological Input to
Operational Crop Protection
- Raj SIDgb and SureDder SIDgb

Deptt. of Agricultural Meteorology, HAU, Hisar

Agrometeorology forms an important part of
crop protection schemes, by signalling the timing
of a spray. the dispatching of scouts to the site of
a possible pest problem, the most appropriate
wheat her conditionl for spraying and so on. However, it is not. possible to separate the other inputs
that form an integrated pest management package.
The losses in wheat, rice, cotton, maize and
sorghum demonstrate not only the enormous level
of losses from pest and diseases that occur regularly,
but also that these losses are not necessarily confined to the developing nations. For example, an
evaluation in six European countries over an area
of 929,000 ha of vegetable crops suggested 3 per
cent losses to animal pests, II per cent to diseases
and 10 per cent of weeds. It is clear, therefore,
that effective crop protection in a worthwhile
objective.
Agrometeorological input has
particular
inpact in several situations. Such input may prevent
mistiming of a spray application and thus avoid the
washing away of the material by rain before it has
had time to act or the unnecessary usc of pesticide
~hen the weather is unfavourable to the pest's
development. In the longer term, good agroclimatological advice based on weather records over
many years can belp to locate new planting of
crops in areas where the climate is unfavourable
for
the development of particular pests.
Meteorology plays ao important role for the
prediction' of locusts and' grass hoppers attack.
Because the development of a locust unsurge
needs widespread heavy rainfall at suitable
intervals. The average annual expenditure on

18

desert locust survey and control is about US $ 15

millions. The benefit/cost ratio for the meteorological input to the programme might be considered
even greater, since this input is only a fraction of
the total expenditure. Some workers mentioned
that saving 0[.40 per cent for integrated control of
pests in a peach orchard in. Fran~e. 18 per
cent in Swiss apple and upto 50 per cent in Texas
cotton fields. Weather timed fungicide sprays on
onions in Ontario, Canada, .reduced. spray frequencies by 47 per cent during the summer. Some
scientists showed that the number of applications
of pesticide used. to control apple scab could bl1/
reduced by between IS and 30 per cent when
meteorological data were used to determine the
spray applications.
The economic value of agrometeorological
information for crop production tbat is to calculate saving per hectare when routine spray programmes are replaced by weather-driven pest warning services. The most effective weatber-based crop
protection schemes are likely to be those which us~
forecast as well as current or climatological data.
In these circumstances were formal methods of
assessing cost/benefit ratios are likely to have
advantages over empirical schemes.
There are a number of additional benefits of
food pest management schemes that use biological
and agrometeorological data to maximize crop
protection with minimum resources. Chemical
input to the environment is reduced by integrated
pest management, there is a subsequent reduction
in air, soil and water poJlution.
It is not difficult to show the economic benefits of crop protection schemes that combine the
use of biological and agrometeorological data to
provide effective pest management wit)l a high
degree of efficiency and safety. The saving in spray
costs alone are sufficient to cover more than the
costs of running an int~grated pest management
programme. There is no question that the benefits of the biological and agrometeorological
services required in an operational crop protection
scheme vastly outweigh the costs.

HARYANA FARMING

Use of solvents may spread the stain on bigger

portion. Therefore, absorbants like cbalk,
talcum powder, etc. sbould be spread around
stain before applying the solvent or use blotting paper under the garment.

Always sponge from tbe outer boundry to

inner side. If started from inner side then the
stain will go on spreading.

Do not leave tbe solvents or cbemicals into

the material for.a longer time.

Never store the stained material.

Bleaching treatment should only be tried as

the last resort, and these should he taken in
tbe form of several applications of weak solutions rather than use of strong solution in one
application.

Reagents must be made into a solution when

used on coloured material.

An acid stain removed agent should be neutralized by an alkaline rinse.

Some stains set even with washing thus, the

stained articles must be attended first before
they are washed.

Heat must be avoided in removing the protein

based stains like blood, egg, milk, etc. as the
protein matter gets fixed in tbe stain.

The method selected for stain removal should

suit both the stain and tbe fabric 8S same
method may suit one type of fabric and may
be harmful to another type of fabric.

For grease staios, same grease solvent or

absorb grease and then washing should be
done.

If the stain is unknown then follow the

procedure given as under:

Tips for Stain Removal

at Home
-Rajesb Dabiya, BeeDa Yadav aDd Nlrmal Yada,*
Deptt. of Home Science Extension Education,
I
HAU, Hisar
Stain is spot or mark of discolouration left on
fabric by the contact and absorption of some foreign
subatan,ces. Basic knowledge about tbe metbod of
stain removal is very essential for every housewife.
This would belp her to act promptly whenever the
need arises. There are certain tips wbich are
required to be followed' to obtain good result of
stain removal. These tips are as importa.nt as the
procedure of stain removal.

First check the nature and age of the stain

and composition and colour of tbe fabric.

Most of the stains can easily be removed when

fresh and are difficult to remove once they are
permanently fixed with the action of soap and
heat. So try to remove stain as soon as it
gets.

o
o

o
o

Stain remover should always be first tested on

an unexposed part (seam allowance or hem)
of the garment.
Whenever possible treat the stain on the wrong
side of tbe material to prevent roughening of
the surface.
Chemicals should be used only when home
remedies are found ineffective since tbey tend
to weaken the fabric.

*Deptt. of Clothing & Textiles, College of Home Science,

HAU. Hisar.

JULY, 1991

(a) Soak in the cold water.

(b) Soak in the Juke warm water.
(c) Bleach in open air if time permits.
(d) Treat with alkaline solution like borax,
NaCI (salt) potato, etc.
(e) Treat with acid solution like vinegar,
curd, lemon, tomato, oxalic acid, etc.
(f) Treat with bJeaching agent.

19

Removing some common stains at bome

Stain

Procedure

-----------------------------------

I. Vegetable. curry or
Haldi

Wash with soapy water

and then expose to sun.

2. Blood !ltain

Always wash with cold

water, rub with salt and
then wash with soap.

3. Butter. oil or ghee

Use hot soapy water.

Apply flour bean paste
and
remove
after
drying.

stain

Stain

II. Lipstick stain

Use glycerene or spirit

and wash with soap.

12. Tea/coffee

Spread borax. powder

over the stain, pour
boiling water and then
wash.

13. Medicine

Wash with cold water.

Wash with warm water.
Dip and rub in oxalic
acid solution and rinse
with borax solution and
then ,:"ash with soap.

14. Rust

Dip and rub,in oxalic

acid solution, rinse'with
borax solution and
then wash with soap.

Put the material in

between two layers of
blotting paper and iron.

4. Ball pen ink stain

Put with spirit using tl

pad of blotting paper
below.

5. Fountain pen ink:

staiD

Rub with tomato, salt

and lemon.
Soak in curd for half
an hour. Wasb with
soapy water.

6. Paint, varnish,
grease stain shoe
polish

Dip in kerosene or tUfpentine oil for some

time and then rub and
finally wash with soap
water.

7. Mehandi stain

Soak in hot milk for

half an hour an wash
with soap and water.

8. Grass stain

Can be removed by
soapy water. If stain
is not removed then
soak the stain in kerosene oil or spirit and
wash.

9. Ksjal stBin

10. Mud stain

20

Use water in wbich

potatoes have been
cooked or rub starch
solution on the stain
and then wash.
Do not wash the wet
stain, let it dry, scratch
the mud and wash with
soap. If stain is not
removed, wash with the
water in which potatoes
have been boiled.

Procedure

(From page 17)

or drilling of zinc sulphate be!ow the seed is equally
effective method of zinc application. One application of 25 kg zinc sulphate/ha lasts for 2-3 crops.
Sandy soils due to low fixing capacity need less
while heavy and alkali soils require more zinc for
optimum productioll.
Foliar application: It is most suitable in standing crops and fruit trees, but never match with soil
application as considerable damage is done to the
crop by the time deficiency is diagnosed. For foliar
spray the following procedure should be adopted.

Prepare 0.5 per cent solution of zinc SUlphate

i.e. dissolve 500 g (i kg) zinc sulphate in 100
litres of water.

In the above solution, just before spray, add

250 gm unslaked lime to neutralise acidity of
zinc sulphate, and filter through muslin cloth
and use the liquid for spray.

For spraying of one acre, generally 200 Htres

of water is needed.

Two-three sprays at an interval of 7-12 .days

will mitigate zinc deficiency under normal
conditions.
HARYANA FARMING

Annual '
t
Subscription J RI. 10

Rs. 1 per copy

AUGUST 1991
DI'lct()rat.

of~

Publications

Haryua Alricultural Univenity, Hisar-llS 004

HARYANA FAHMING
August 1991

Volume 'XX

No. '8,

Contents
Pages
f

I.

Grow sunflower for more income

-R. S. Ktidian

2.

Management of water resources in irrigated

area of Haryana

-M. C. Agarwal and Pratap Singh

2 _,

Strategies in the management of diseases of

-D. P. Thakur

5
7

3.

bajra
4.

Safeguard your cucurbits against diseases

-s. K.

S.

Canning of fruits

-D. K. Bhatnagar

6.

How to earn from orchards

-D. S. Gill and Dol Singh

' 11

7.

Planting and' after care of plants

-D. S. Gill ond Dal Singh

12

8.

Status of medicinal plants and their future

strategies in Haryana

-J. S. Hooda, G. D. Sharma, A. K. Chhabra

and S. S. Rathee /

13-

9.

Factors promoting grape cultivation

Haryana

-Sushll Kharif{ta and Malkit Kaur

15

in

Maheshwari

19,

10.

Agroforestry-A useful discipline

-Raj Bahadur and M. S. Hqoda

17

11.

Liver fluke infection and its treatment in

domestic animals

-C. L. Yadav and Premo

18

,12.

20

What to do this month?

Edftor

Price per copy Rupees 2/-

V. S. Gupta

Yearly Subscription

Editorial Assistance

Rs.20.00

D. C. Yadav

Indira Bagga

Please send your mo'MY order to:

Layout

PhotogrQphy

Kuljit Manu

HAU Photo Unit

Director of Publications,,' .
Gandhi Bhawan, HAU, Hisar-12S 004

Seed Rate

to kg per hectare.

Grow Sunflower for

More Income
I

-R. S. Kadlan ,
IATI'E, HAU. Hisor

MaDuring
Apply 60 kg N (120 kg urea) and 40 kg P
(150 kg Super Phosphate) per hectare. Half of
urea and whole super phosphate should be applied
at the time of sowing and balance after 30 days of

Bowing.
Weeding

Sunflower is an important oilseed crop of

India, cultivated mainly in Karnataka and
Maharashtra. Due to; recent emphasis laid on
diversification at the national level, its cultivation
is becoming popular in north India too. In 1987-88,
the area under its cultivation was 1 million hectares out of which 26 thousand hectares were
cultivated in Punjab. The farmers of Haryana
have also shown interest in growing sunflower and
area under this crop has increased during 1991.
The oil content of local varieties varies between
36-46 per cent. Its oil is superior to all other
vegetable oils since it is rich in the desirabJe polyunsaturated essential fatty acids and is used preferably and safely by the heart patients.
Selection of Land
Sunflower grows well in a wide range of soils
but fertile, well drained soils are best suited. It
can tolerate soillalinity upto large extent.
Selection of Varieties
Use seed of improved variety E. C.-684IS or
other hybrid variety. These varieties mature in
110-130 days in rabl season and about 95 days in
kharif leason.
Time of Sowing

About 2 weedings at tin interval of 20 days

after sowing of crop should be done.
Irrigation
One irrigation at the time of flowering. is
essential for good yield. Irrigate the crop aa lind
when need arises.
Harvesting and Threshlog
Harvest the crop when the back portion of
flowers becomes yellowish. The flowers should be
dried in the sunlight before threshing. Thresbing
can be done with the help of special thresher available from Alstt. Agricultural Engineer or with the
help of sticks.
Economics of Crop
Average yield of sunflower in kharl! seaaon
may vary from 10-12 q. per hectare. Thus, cost
of cultivation is about Rs. 3500/- per hectare.
Support price for sunflower seeds is Rs. 600 per
quintal. Selliog price of sunflower seed in market
is about Rs. 950/- per quintal. So, it can give
returns from Rs. 9500/- to Rs. 114001- per hectare.
Farmers can earn net profit upto Rs. 7900/- per
hectare.

Sunflower can be cultivated throughout the

year. In rabl crop, mid January to mid February
is best time for sowing and gives good yield. In
kbarif sealon-mid July to mid August is appro
priate time.

AUGUST, 1991

Management of Water
Resources in Irrigated
Area of Haryana

30 per ccnt against 60 to 70 per cent obtainable on

operational scale. The water losses reduce effective command area and create water logging and
soil salinization. A field study carried out at
village Shabpur (Haryana) showed that the average
water use efficiency achieved by farmers for wheat,
gram and ray a was 56, 88 and 56 kg/ha-em
against 84, 162 and 76 kg/ha -em obtained under
improved water management practices.

2.2
-M. C. Agarwal'" and Pratap Singb
Deptt. of Agricultural Engineering, HAU, Hisar
1.

Introduction

Irrigation in India is as old as agriculture and

it is a means to mitigate the impact of irregular,
uneven and inadequate or wide fluctuation in rainfan distribution. Since irrigation is one of the
potential means of stabilizing and increasing agricultural production, therefore, development and
extension of irrigation facilities was accorded high
priority soon after independence. The spectacular
irrigation development has no doubt helped in
increasing food production. But the inefficient
water management and inadequate on farm development in the command area has not only reBulted in a large gap between the potential created
and actually utilized but also causing serious problems of water logging and soil salinity. This also
results in serious problem of water table rise or
water logging and secondary soil salinization
mostly in canal irrigated areas. The lack of adequate drainage has created very serious problems
in low rainfall canal irrigated areas with saline
underground water. Therefore, sound planning
and efficient water management is very important
to ensure optimum productivity on a permanent
basis and net return from irrigated projects.
2.

~ajor

Water Management Problems

The major water mapagement problems in

irrigated area of Haryana are listed below.

2.1

Low Irrigation and Water Use Efficiency

The overall irrigation efficiency in most of the

irrigation projects is very poor and as low as 2S to

*Director of Publications.
2

Alarming Water Table Rise and Secondary Soil

Salinization in Brackish Ground Water Areas /

The salinity problems are most serious in the

irrigated arid and semi-arid regions where brackish
ground water rises rapidly. In Haryan8 State the
water table rise has been observed in nearly 70 per
cent of its arable in land. The average annual rise
in water table varies from 30 to 10 em over 4000 sq.
km. area mainly in Rohtak. ' Sonepat, Gohana,
Jind, Hisar, Ransi and Sirsa. Natural or gravity
outlets for disposal of saline drainage affluent is / "
almost non-existant in the Haryana State, therefore,
a drainage system upto the Ran of Kutch is to pe
built for the permanent solution of the drainage
. problem in Haryana State.
I

2.3 Decline in Water Table in Gqod Water Quality

Zone due to over Pumping
The over exploitation of good quality ground
water is beinge xperieDced in eastern part ofHaryana
State wher epaddy-wheat is the most popular crop
rotation. The average_ annual decline in water
table in this zone varies from 14 to 33 em. This
has adversely affected the discharge of shallow
tubewells.

2.4 Flooding or Water Logging due to, Lack of

Drainage
The internal drainage basin area in between
the river Yamuna and Ghaggar drainage basin is
flat and has no drainage outlet. The 90 per cent
area of the internal drainage basin is having saline
ground water and this is the most critical area facing the problem of flooding, water logging, high
water table and soil salinity. The surface and
subsurface drainage need to be provided in this
region for cbecking soil degradation and declinc in
crop production.
HARYANA FARMING

3.

Remedial Measures for tbe Major Water MaDagement ProbJems

The following remed~al measures need immediate attention to overcome the major water management problems.

3.1

3.3

Scientific irrigation scheduling based on soilplant-climatic parameters and sensitivity of

crop to water stress using crop production
functions.

3.4

Proper adoption of surface and sub-surface

drainage systems depending on the soil hydraulic properties, water table fluctuation,
quality of drainage effluents and outlet conditions. Alkali soil regions are mainly faced
with surface drainage problems, whereas saline regions have both surface and sub-surface
drainage problems.

3.5

Proper Dumber of open wells and/tubewells

and tbeir spacing in a particular command
area should be based on the assessments of
ground water recharge to minimize the risk
of over mining in good quality ground water
regions.

3.6

Conjunctive use of brackish ground water and

good quality surface water based on the irrigation water need of crops in different commands of major and medium irrigation projects to minimize uncertainity in canal schedule and stabilize ground water table.

Minimize Uncertainty and Variability in Canal

Water Supply by Adopti;'g Following Measures:

(i) Do away with the priority system.

(ii)

Plan canal water supply on the probabilistic

aoalysis of water availability,

(iii)

Charges of irrigation water based

mctric systcm.

(iv)

Provide regulating or balancing reservoirs.

(v)

Provide water measurement, distribution and

control structures.

00

vari-

(vi)

Crop planning based on probabilistic analysis

of canal water and lowering of peak water
requirements using normal and late sown
varieties.

3.2

Improve Water Conveyance, Distribution and

Field Application by Adopting Following
Measures:

3.7

Reliable long range weather forecasting for

proper canal running schedule and proper use
of rain water.

(i)

Lining and proper maintenance of water conveyance system.

3.8

(ii)

Proper selection, design and operation of

irrigation methods based on surface topography, soil characteristics, crop to be grown,
water source, depth of irrigation, quality of
irrigation water, weather conditions, level of
technology, layout and management and cost
of installation and operation.

Inter departmental coordination and farmers'

involvement in irrigation projects planning
and operation for optimum and expected
benefits from irrigation projects,

3.9

Arrangements of inputs and credits, implementation of attractive crop insurance policy.

strengthening of agricultural extension and
training programme.

(iit)

On farm development work including land

levelling and shaping, construction of field
channels and drains, realignment of field
boundaries and consolidation of fragmented
land.

AUGUST, 1991

The water is most valuable national asset and

its rational development, conservation, distribution
use and management will lead to increased productivity, better economic returns and ecological
balance.

MONOCIL & R1PCORD.~

The friendship
that spells double-trouble'

for cotton pests.

'~

MONOCIL & RIPCORD

give your cotton
complete protection
,_ by providing widerange insect control.
MONOCIl, the doubleaction insecticide.
kills all sucking pests
andstubbom
caterpi l1ars with its
strong systemic and
contact action. And
RIPCORD,the new
generation
insecticide, quickly
"' knocks down insects

like bollworms even I

with low dosages. Not
only do the two
effectively wIpe out all
preying insects, they
also have a longer
residual dfect. So you
need reduced number
of sprays. Yes.
MONOell/!( RIPCORD
form a unique
comb illation.
MONoelL & RJPCORD-

fordoubJeaction
protection

,i

National Organic
Chemical Industries

Limited
Bank of Baroda Building

CHAITRAB NOC 1402 DEl

HARYANA FARMING

Strategies in the Management

of Diseases of Bajra

gial inoculum & systemic infection could be obtained. Under field conditions also, it is noW proved
that sporangia playa positive role in the spread
of downymildew. Up to 16% plants were found
to be infected by sporangia in causin~ secondary
wind-borne/insect borne infection. These infected
plants gave rise to infection.
Ergot

-D. P. Thakur'"
Deptt. of Plant Pathology, HAU, Hisar
I

Bajra (Pearl millet) plays an important role

in the agricultural economy of India. It is a staple
food for 10% of the population in semi arid tracts.
With the introduction of hybrids in 1965, the
production rose to 36% tin three years, but unfortunately these hybrids succumbed to attack of
varioull diseases and the yield went down from 8
million tonnes to 5.25 million tonnes. The major
cause of decline was susceptibility of these hybrids
to diseases like downy mildew, ergot and smut.

Doway Mildew
Downy mildew poses main threat to the very
cultivation of bajra. The symptoms of the disease
appear at seedling stage and ear head stages
producing various types of deformities depending
upon the inoculum threshhold.
The disease is primarily external seed-borne
and soil-borne. The oospores abundantly present
in diseased leaves fall off the ground and perenate
du~ing winter. When conditions are favourable,
the oosporeB germinate and cause BYltemic infection
to the germinating seedling. These. oospores
remain viable in soil for 28 months.
The disease is both externally and internally
seed-borne. Oospores stick to the seed surface
during harvesting. The mycelium of the fungus
has been found on the funicle portion of the seed,
cause infection to the germinating seedling. 5-6%
of the seeds have been found infected internally.
About 2% seedlings were observed infected due to
the internal seed infection.
Sufficient evidence is now available that young
seedling can be inoculated artificially with sporanSr. Extension Specialistl, HAU. Hisar.

AUGUST, 1991

Ergot also causes substantial loss. As high

as 70.5% loss in grain yield has been reported in
NHB-3. Ergot poisoning in human and cattle
has been well established.
The disease is evident as small droplets of
pinkish or light honey coloured fluid. These droplets become darker, coalesce and cover larger area
of inflorescence. In advanced stages, dark brown
horny (pointed woody) structures called as 'sclerotia' appear between the glumes.
Ergot spreads from one season to another
mainly by admixture of sclerotia with the seeds.
These sclerotia reach the soil along with the seed
and take about 30-45 days to germinate which
coincide with the time taken by the plants to flower
and receive the air borne spores (called as
ascospores).
Secondary spread is through conidia produced
in the honey dew stage and diSfleminate by rain
drops, wind and insects.
There is a definite correlation between stage
of flowering and infection. Rate of infection falls
down once pollination/fertilization has taken place.
It is also important to note that the infection
taken through stigma and occasionally by piercing
the thin ovarywall before fertilisation. It takes
5-6 days to develop honey dew and 2-3 generations
may be completed within anthesis period. The
longer the anthesis period, the more the disease.
Smat

The sumt has also become a serious disease.

The infection is visible on scattered grain in the
ear. The sori are projected clearly beyond the
glumes. Collar of the affected grain is bright
green to chocolate brown and becomes dark brown
usually ruptures at maturity.

The disease is mainly soil borne. The spore

balls consisting of chlamydospores fall on the
ground, germinate at the time of enr formation in
the next season. The spores are carried by convectional ~ wind currents towards floral axis,
settle down on fiorets and cause local infection.

TABLE 1
Apron 80.35 seed treatment in bajra downy
mildew reduction in NHB-3
Year

Seed treatment with

*Apron SD-35

Little secondary infection occurs by the

spores formed in the ssme season. The incubation
period is only 2 weeks.

% Downy

Management

1. None of the genotype is resistant to downy

mildew.The male sterile line which are being
used in hybrid production MS 5141A and MS
50S4A have succumbed to the disease. The
hybrids/compo6ite/synthetic have become more
or lesl susceptible. It is advisable to lOW
different tolerable varieties available such as
HAB-60, HHB-67, etc.

1978

8.8

31.13

82.7

7.86

1979

5.8

31.00

72.7

19.00
13.00

1980

10.3

27.62

84.0

1981

0.4

30.50

87.5

4.00 -

1982

3.7

34.00

77.2

7.61

Av. of
5 years

5.8

30.85

-80.7

10.29

Efficacy of Metalaxyl formulations against downy

mildew of bajra NHB-3 under demonstration plots
(Field conditions)
-----~~-

Year

5. Balanced doses of fertilisers should be applied

which include P and K besides N.
6. Bajra shOUld be sown in the late June or till
first week of July as early sown crop escapes
downy mildew and ergot infection.

mildew
plaDts

TABLE 2

4. Rogueing of downy mildew infected seedlings

should be done at pre-tillering stage and gap
filling with healthy seedlings should be done.
To compensate for the rogued out seedlings,
seed rate should be increased for maintaining
optimum plant population.

mil 75 WP) spray @ 2000 ppm after 20-25

days of sowing has proved highly effective in
controlling downy mildew as 'shown in
Table 2.

Grain
yield
(q/ha)

mildew
plants

3. Field should be ploughed deeply in summer

so as to reduce soil-borne infection.

8. Seed treatment followed by matalaxyl (Rido-

% Downy

Grain
yield
(q/ha)

*Mean of 4 replications every year und~r downy

mildew sick-plot.

2. As far as possible, bajra should not be grown

in the same field year after year.

7. Seed treatment with metalaxyl (Apron S0-35)

@ ,6 g/kg seed protects bajra plants from
downy mildew.upto 30-35 days. This treatment also improves the growth of plant and
yield (Table I).

Without' seed
treatment

Seed treatment Seed treatment Untreated

with Apron
as in A + Richeck
8D-35 @
domil MZ 72
WP spray (2000
6 q/ha
ppm) at 25 days
crop

% DM
plants

Grain
yield
(q/ha)

% DM Gr. %OM. Grain

plants yield
(q/ha)

plants

yield
(q/ha)

1982

3.8

25.6

1.7

26.4

61.1

8.6

1983

2.5

23.3

2.1

24.1

82.1

6.2

1984

3.5

25.0

20

26.1

87.0

5.3

Mean
of3
years

3.3

24.6

1.9

25.5

76.8

6.7

(Contd. on page 8)
HARYANA FARMING

Anthracnose

Safeguard your Cucurbits

Against Diseases
I -So K. Mabeshwarl
Deptt. of Plant Pathology, HAU, Hisar

It is a fungal disease and is caused by CoJletotrlchum Jagenarium. Muskmelon, boUlegourd

and cucumber are most susceptible while bitter
gourd and pumpkin are less affected. Heavy losses
occur on fruits. Brown spots on leaves start from
vein and become angular or round when many
spots coalesce, the entire leaf may be blighted.
Brown to black depressed spots appear OD fruits.
turn ashy in the centre and have many black dot
like structures. The fungus is soil borne in nature
and may be seed borne if fruita are attacked. The
disease is severe in rainy season.

Cucurbits are the important cucurbitaceou~

vegetables. They suffer from several fungal,
bacterial and viral diseases. Sorhe of the important diseases occurring in Haryana and their
control are described bere"

Control Measures
I.

Destroy all weeds and burn all plant debris

after hnrvesting of crop.

Powdery Mildew

2.

Follow 2-3 years crop rotation.

Symptoms: It is n fungal disease and is

caused by Eryslphe cicboraceurum DC. It is one
of the most serious diseases in cucurbits. The
symptoms appear on stem and leaves. White
powdery colour spots are formed on leaves aDd
stem. Humid climate is more favourable. The
disease is transmitted by wind and insects.

3.

Treat seed with Bavistin or Captan @ 2.5 per

kg seed before sowing.

4.

Spray with Mancozeb (Dithane M-45) 0.2%

or Zineb (Dithane Z-78) 0.2% or Difolatan
0.2% or Blitox-50 0.2% at 15-20 days interval.

Control Measures .
I.

Collect and burn diseased plant refuse.

2.

Spray the crop with Karathene 0.1 % or Sulfex

0.2% or Calixin 0.05% or Bavistin 0.1% at 10
days interval.

Downy Mildew
It is also a fungal disease and causes more
damage in muskmelon, cucumber, spongegourd,
bottlegourd. bittergourd, etc. It is caused by
PseudoperoDospora cubensis. The symptoms appear
aD leaves. Affected leaves have yellOW, angular
spots on the upper surface and purplish downy
growtn appears on the under surface of leaves.
Later on leaves become dry and die. High rainfall
and moderate temperature are favourable for this
disease.

Control Measures
1.

Follow 2-3 years crop rotation.

2.

Destroy all wild cucurbits and weeds from

fields.

AUGUST, 1991

Fusarium Wilt

It is also a fungal disease and is caused by

Fusarium spp. It caU6es great loss in yield. Plants
may be attacked at any stage. The seedlings may
damp off and die. The affected leaves show tip
burning followed by gradual wilting and plants
die. In moist weather dead stem portion shows a
white or pinkish mass of fungal growth. wil (s are
more favourable when soil temperature is comparatively high about 28C. The fungi can survive in
soil and in seed.
Control Measures

1.

Treat the seed with Captan or Bavistin @ 2.5

per kg seed.

2.

Follow long crop rotatioD.

3.

Drench the soil with Captan or Bavistin 0.2%

solution.
P

Fruit Rot

It is common disease during summer and rainy

season. It is caused by Pb:ythium aphanidermatum.
The symptom appears on fruits on tne skin of
fruits, soft. dark green, water soaked lesions
develop. Later on wooly mycelium growth appears.

(From page 6)

Cootrol Measures
1. Sowing on raised beds.
2.
3.

Do not give much irrigation.

Destroy affected plants or parts of plant includ-

4.

ing fruits from time to time from field.

Avoid direct contact of fruits from soil.

5.

Drenching the soil with Blitox-50 or Captan

at 0.2%.
Mosaic
It is a virus disease. It causes mottling chorasia, veinbanding and blistering of leaf surface.
lt is sap transmissible. The virus is transmitted
by whitefly Bemisia tabacl.
Cootrol Measures
1.

Destroy all affected plants and weeds from

fields.

2.
3.

Collect healthy seeds for sowing.

Control insect vector by spraying insecticides
like Metabytox 0.15 or Thiodon 0.1 % solution
at 15-20 days interval.

"

F or Prosperity
& Bumper
Harvest

9. Mixed cropping of bajra in ergot susceptible

cultivar/hot spot location with mungbelln
reduces ergot.
10. Paniclum antidotale, a blue panic grass commonly known as 'Ghumar' grass 'serves as 11
collateral host of ergot pathogen. Removal
of the grass 8rouncf ,the field reduces the ergot
incidence.
11. Spray of ear heads with ziride (Cuman,L 50%)
or captafol (Difolatan) @ 0.2% at boot stage
reduces ergot i~cideDce.

/
I

12. Spray of Plantvex or Vitavax @ 0.2% at

boot stage reduces smut, iDcidence~
13. Before sowing, seed. must be checked for
freedom from ergot scleratia which should be
removed by hand picking o~ by floating seeds
in 10% salt solution. Thorough washing of
treated seeds salt removal ensures good seed!
germination.

Always Purchase Certified Seeds of

New Varieties of following crops

Q WHEAT ~ GRAM ~ MUSTARD 0 PULSES
Q PADDY 0 ConON Q BAJRA 0 FODDER
AND VEGETABLf SEEDS
Haryana Seeds are easily available trom .
o Sale counters of HSDC located throughqut
Haryana State
o Authorised Dealers of HSDC
o Co-op Societies and mini banks
o Farmers service centres. of HAIC Knbhr..o & Hated

HARYANA FARMING

Canning of Fruits
-D. K. Bhatnagar

Department of Horticulture, HAU, Hisar

India, is one of the few countries in the world
where practically all types ofJruits and vegetables
(tropical, subtropical and i temperate) can be
grown in one or other region. The current production of all types of fruits is over' 20 million tonnes.'
However, it is also estimat~d that the total quantity
of losses due to pre and post-harvest is over 12
million tonnes (approximately 9.33%) of food
every year. Hardly one percent of the total production is utilized for processing. Important fruits
utilized for processing ,at present are mangoe.,
pineapple, citrus, oranges, apples and to some extent apricots, cherry, guava, peach, papaya and
banana.
Fruit Canning
There are various methods of preserving fruits
and canning is comparatively a modera technique.
The principles of canning are (a) to pack fruits in
an impervious container and (b) heating to destroy
spoilage, pathogenic micro-organisms and inactivate
enzymes. Of the many different methods of preserving fruits, canning is most extensively used because it provides freedom from spoilage, retention
of nutrition value, palatability. attractiveness and
cost. Hence. the present article provides general
procedure of fruit canning and also canning of
some important fruits.
Canning Procedure
The fruits and vegetables for canning pass
through several processes before they are turned as
finished products. The main steps in process are:

than cold water. The most effective w8shing is in

.. revolving or agitating water. However, severe washing sometimes result bruishing of the fruits.
(2) Peeling, Coring aDd Pitting: The washed
fruits are peeled by hand with knives, machines.
bye or steam blanching methods. Cores and pits
are removed by hand or machines. Coring and
pitting knives are also used.
(3) Filling: Plain cans are used generally used
except in case of coloured fruits like plums, black!
grapes etc., wh~re lacqured cans are used. Heal all
the cans in boiling water from 15 minutes to make
them free from any dust or microorganisms. Transfer the prepared fruirinto the container. Pour boiliog sugar syrup to cover the fruit leaving about 0.6 m
of top space. Syrup strength for each fruit has
given in the Table. Heavy medium, or light sugar
syrup can be used depending upon the requirement
of a particular fruit.

(4) Exhausting: Exhaust the filled can or jar

before sealing to drive out air from the fruit tissues
and to prevent discolouration. Place the filled can,
in a large kettle or open tank containing boiling
water. Place a lid in the tank and continue to
heat the water, till the centre of the can records a
temperature of 80-85C. Keep the container 10
minutes.
(5) Sealing: While .till hot, remove the
cans or jar one by one from boiling water tank.
Place a lid on the filled can and seal it by means of
a home can sealer. Seal the jars with screw caps.
(6) Processlog: Place the sealed cans or jars
on a thick pad of cloth spread at the bottom of
open containing hot water. Cook different fruit.
for different periods as indicated for each fruit in
the Table. Count time from the moment water
comes to rolling boil. MOlt of the fruits are processed at above 180C.

( I) Selection and preparation of fruits: The

raw material to be processed for canning should of
good quality. Select fresh firm, fullyripe evenly
mature, aod sound fruits. To ensure good qualitative product use only fruits of uniform maturity
aod colour. If the fruits are underripe. keep them in
a ventilated place for some time to ripen properly.

(7) Cooling and Storage: Cool tbe cans

quickly preferably in the running cold water. Take
them out and dry quickly in the air. When they
are cooled store them in a cool dry place.

Now wash the fruita manually or mechanically

to remove dirt, spray residues, foreign material
etc. Hot water is more effective soaking agent

Generlll methods of canning fruits have been

discussed above. However, some fruits require
special attention for canning. .

AUGUST, 1991

Canning of Some Important Fruits

Apple: Apples are generally not canned since

they can be stored for longer period under low
temperature conditions. For canning the fruits are
washed with dilute hydrochloric acid and peeled.
Cut into slices 0.31-0.63 em thick. Place them in
2.3% s.lt solution to prevent darkening. Blanch
them at 71-80C for 3-4'. Follow filling and sealing as usual.
Apricot: White Ijnd yellow types are good
for canning. They IlfC not peeled. Cut into two
halves and remove stones. Cover them with thin
sugar solution.
BaDaDa: Fully ripe fruit is peeled and cut
into slices. Add lugar syrup 25-30 Brill: containing
0.2% citric acid as covering liquid. Cloudiness of the
syrup or discolouration of the slices are problem.
Grapes: Large sized berries are used for can
ning use syrup 20-40 Brix as covering liquid.
Guava: Good quality guavas, fully ripe and
preferably with white fl~sh are suitable for canning.
Peel them with knife or hot lye. Cut into halves.
Seeds are scooped out. Immerse peeled and
cored fruits in 1-2%. Common salt solution.
Can in sugar syrup according 10 general procedure.

Litchi: For canning take free ripened fruits.

The outer shell is first removed, separate pulp from
stones. Plain can and 40 Brix syrup with 0.5%
citric acid are uled.
Mango: Firm ripened mango fruits are selected for canning. Wash, peel and cut the pulp
into 6-8 longitudnal slices. Immerse these halves
into 2% common salt solution. Use plain can for
canning.
Papaya: Pa paya slices or cubes can be canned. Add 0.5% citric acid to syrup to counteract
the high pH. Papaya can be canned along with
other fruits Jike pineapple, mango, banana ~tc.
Peach: Peaches are generally canned in the
form of halves. Fruit is cut round pitting il done.
Peel the cut halves in hot lye (1-2%) from i-I
minute and then washing away the loolened peel
in water.
Place them in cold ,,(ater to prevent /
darkening.
Pineapple: Pineapple forms a big canning
industry. Graded fruits are peeled, cored & sliced.
Eight to nine alicea of 1.2 em thickness are generally
filled into a can with sugar syrup as covering liquid.

TABLE
Canning of Fruit.

-----Fruits

CaD
Recommended

Syrup Strength
(OBrix)

Temp.
\oC)

]. Apple

2. Apricot
3. Banana
4. Grape

S.

Grape fruit

6. Guava
7. Litchi

8. Mango
9,
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

.10

Muskmelon
Orange
Papllya
Peach
Pear
Pineapple

Plain
Plain
Plain
Plain
Plain
Plain
Plain
Plain
Plain
Plain
pjain
Plain
pjain
Plain

Water or light syrup

55
30+0.2% citric acid
40
60
40
40
40
40+0 ..3% citric acid
50
55
40
40
40

Processing

Exhaust

-------- --------

86-100
80-100
80
80
80
80-100
80-100

82
80-100
80

88
80
80
80

Time
(minutes)

Time
(minutes)

1-10
7-10
1-10
]2
7
10
10
1

10
25
16
12

10

10
5
7
7
10

20
36
15
30
15
20
35

35
30

Temper.ture
(OC)
100

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

HARYANA FARMING

How to Earn frorr}

Orchards
-,-n. s. Gill aod Oal Slogh

As the farming is being taken up the educated

people, the area under fruit trees is increasing.
Another reason for increase in area is that income
from fruit trees is much more as compared to
general crops. SecondlY, the new high yielding
varieties of fruit trees and practice of growing
intercrops in the orchards have increased the
interest of the farmers. The net income fcom
orchard varied from Rs. 10,000 to Rs. 50,000 per
year per hectare depending on the type of fruit
trees grown.

, Krishi Gyall Kendra, Sirsa

Haryana has great potential for fruit trees

cultivation. The total production of fruit is
estimated to be around 0.475 million tonnes from
25,000 hectares which represent only negligible
area of the total cropped area in Haryana.
Though, recently the cultivated area under fruit
trees has doubled. yet supply basis minimum 85 g
of fruit per head per day area and production
must increase manifold. Haryana has different
types of climatic conditions and has been divided
into four zones. Different types of fruit trees can
be grown in these four zones as under:
Zone

In order to obtain some additional income in

initial stage of fruit plants the filler and iotercrops
may be adopted for growing. These crops will
protect soil erosion as well as suppress the weed
growth. Filler crops and intercrops should be
adopted till the full bearing in fruit trees starts.
Farmers may select either flller crops or intercropa
or both considering the position of main fruit
plaots demand and feasibility. etc. The year up to
which intercrop can be taken depend upon the
type of fruit trees grown in the orchard. Some
fruit crops like papaya, phalsa and peach can also
be planted as filler in the pre-bearing age of
Fruit recommended

1. Eastern Zone
A.

Peach, plum, pear, mango, loquat, litchi, sapota,

papaya, aonla, jamun and gauva.

Shivalik hilly region (Sub-humid with high

rainfall)
Kalka, Naraingarh, Chhachhroli, Jagadhari,
Karnal, Panipat, Ladwa, and lodri
B. Alluvial Plain (Semi-arid with medium
rainfall)
Faridabad, Palwal, BalJabgarh, Gurgaon.
Nub, Pataudi, Sonepat, Karnal, Panipat,
Kuruhhetra. Kaithal, Gulha, Pehwa, Part
of Robtak, Jind

Citrus, guava, grapes, datepalm, papaya, peach,

plum, phalsa and jamun.

2. Western Zone
A. Alluvial plain (Semi-arid with medium to
low rainfall)
Part of Hisar, Robtak, Bhiwani and whole
Mabendergarh district

Citrus, grapes, guava, ber, aonla, datcpaim,

jamun, mulberry and pomegranate.

B. Sandy dunal (Arid zonetraiofed with low

rainfall)
In the western and south western parts of
state adjoining Rajasthan-Sirsa Hisar,
Bhiwani
*Extension Specialist (Hort.), HAU. Hisar.
'AUGUST, 1991

Ber, bael, aonla, - mulberry, phalsa, karonda,

pomegranate.
(Contd. on page 14)

11

Planting and After Care

of Plants
-D. S. Gill and Dal Singb*

Krishi Gyan Kendra, Sirsa

Deciduous fruit and ornamental plants lose

their leaves completely and be,?ome dormant in
winter months. This is the only suitable time for
planting these plants. In this category fall fruit
plants like apple, cherry, walnut, pear, apricot,
plum, almond, peach, grapes, persimmon, fig,
phalsB and mulberry. Among ornamental plants
willow, golden rain tree, chioese tallow tree, tulip
tree, cockscomb tree, rukmanini, plumerias, peacock,
flower, sufaid kachrar, grape flower wine and
yellow bell. are planted from mid-December to
February.
Apple, cberry and walnut do well in h'gh
elevations exceeding above 4500 feet in the Himalayas. Apricot, pear, peach and plum have got
distinctly different varieties suitable for growing in
lower elevation of the cold region and subtropi,cal
climate. Grapes, peaches, almonds, plum. fig,
apricot and pear are some of the fruit plants
suitable for srowing in the plains provided the right
Grapes and
kinds are selected and planted.
peaches grow very fast and start bearing fruit
within two to three years of planting. Almonds,
plum and apricot start fruiting after three to four
years. Pear is very slow growing and takes about
eight to ten years.
Afte~

Care of Young Plants

You must have done the planting or are in the

process of doing it. Some saplingsidie soon after
they are planted. What could be the reason?
Young plants need extra care for a few days, or
till the time tbey get established. The following
points must be kept in mind.
*Extension

12

Sp~cialist

(Horticulture), HAU, Hisar.

After they are brought from tbe nursery, the

plants should be planted in pits which must be
kept ready. If you have to wait for a few days,
then keep them in the shade of tree. The packing
should be removed at the time of planting. If the
straw packing also goes into the pit, it can invite
white ants, besides causing root rot. It is also
advisable to add 50-60 g BHC 10% or DDT at
the time of filling the pit. Still if the presence of
white ants is suspected, aldrin should be applied,
one millilitre to 8 litre of water. A bucketful of
this solution for each plant is sufficient to keep
white ants away. This treatment ~hould be given
at the time of planting.
It is important to keep a proper balance
- between the top and the root of the plant. A
plant with a heavy top and a sparse root system
(a small earthball) may not survive. In such cases
some of the shoots should be pruned at a suitable
height. Properly regulater watering is another!
important factor. Neglect in watering often harms
the plants. Young plants should be given frequent
watering, depending on the weather, rainfall and
soil conditions. At the same time, the excess water
should be drained out. Stagnating water is equally
harmful. Where there is water scarcity, spread
straw, manure, saw dust, etc. in the basin to minimise the loBS of water.

Plant. usually 6how a lopsided growth at tbe

initial stages, due to budding or grafting. Such
plants can break due to wind, or under tbe weight
of their fruit, Therefore, all unwanted branches
should be removed and the plants should be given
the support of stake. Do not support the plant
with a 'Y' shaped stick. Rubbing at tbe point of
contact can injure the plant. Use a strong and
stout support on the opposite side of the pole and
strengthen the plant with a string tied only once
around the stem. Trying the string repeatedly
around the plant wiJl cut into its skin.
Sometimes nitrogenous fertilizers are added to
new plants in the hope of getting quick growth
but this is not right. No fertilizer should be added
until the plant bas struck roots apd started' growing. The manure added in the pit is suffi~ient to
support the plant in its initial period of growth.
ODly deciduous plants are planted in winter when
they are domant.
HARYANA FARMING

00 the basis of climate and ecology of Haryana, it can be divided into three zones.

Status of Medicinal Plants

and their Future Strategies

In Haryana
,
,
-J. S. Hooda, G. O. Sharma, A. K. Chbabra and
S. S. Ratbee
Medicinal & Aromatic Section,
Deptt. of Plant Breeding, HAU, Hisar

Haryana is one of the smallest states of India.

It is situated between 2739' to 30 55.5' N latitude
and 74 27.8' to 77 36.5' E longitude. Delhi,
U. P., Rajasthan, H. P. and Punjab are its adjoining states. lnitially Haryaoa was oot a prosperous
state in comparison to Punjab. But now Haryana
progressed a lot in extension of irrigation facilities
throughout the state and has become one of major
food grains producing states of India.
The climate of Haryana is arid, semi-arid and
sub-bumid. The temperature ranges from -2C
in winter (Dec.-Jan.) to 47C in summer (May-June)
while mean average temp. ranges from 23C-26C.
The normal annual rainfall varies from 300 mm in
southern parts of Bhiw8Di, Hisar and Sirsa districts
to about 1200 mm in hilly tract of Ambala district.
Medicinal Plant Status
In Haryana about 4.5 per cent of its total area
is under medicinal plants and trees, as cultivated
and wild species. These are of immense uses
directly or indirectly as medicines. Natural medicinal plants mostly are found in Ambala districts
along the Sivalik foot hill and a few patches in
Aravalli bills of Mohiodergarb district. Besides
these medicinal plants are found in non-cultivated
land, on bank of rivers and canals and alongwith
the road sides in Haryana. The overall plants are
in scanty and widely dispersed. It can be classified
into three major groups.

(i)

Dry decidous type \

Oi)

Tropical thorne type

(iii)

Bushy and short statuTed type

AUGUST, 1991

(i) Zone-}: It consists of Sirsa, Hisar.

Bhiwani. Mohindergarh and Jhajjar sub-division of
Rohtak districts. It includes the dry and hotest
parts of state in summer and coldest in winter, All
the Xerophytic plants are found in this zone e. g.

Withanca somlnifera, Dhatora metal and Acacia

senegal.
(ii) Zone-II: Karnal, Sonepat, Faridabad,
Rohtak, Jind, Gurgaon and Kurukshetra are
included in tbis zone. It is a semi-arid zone. The
dry decidous broad leaved plants are found in this
zone e. g. Plantago ovata, Glyc)'rihiza glabra and
Vitis venlrera, etc.

(iii) Zone-III: It represents hills of Ambala

baving dry sub-humid environment. It has lowest
temperature, low wind velocity and high humidity
during summer months. It has a thick vegetation
of broad leaved medicinal plants and in upper
parts, sub-tropical pine plants as Acacia Dilotica,
Acacia catecbu, Eucalyptus and Pioos roxburghli
are found. Besides the above listed species, a
number of medicinal species are found in these
zones as listed below:

Zone I: Withaola somioifera, Ficus religiora,

beoalensis, Aegle marmelos, Ferula foetida,
Salmalia malberlea, Raolfia serpeotina, Euphorbia
nerifolia, Glycyrihiza glabra, Azadrachta indica,
Termlnalia arjunla, Solanum vlolaceuUl, Dbatura
metal, Commlphora mukul, Cissampelos parelra,
Butea mooosperma,' Lawsonla Intermis, Acacia
senegal, Tamarlodas indica, Ferals foetida, Zlzypbus jujube, Plantago ovata.
HSCU5

Zone II: Aqullarla agollocha, Garcinis pedunculata, Plantago, Cannsbls sativa, Ocium sanclum,
Apium graveolens, Mucuna prurien" Bacopa mobbieri, Ricinus communis, Curoma looga, Modbaca
Indica, Morus alba, Hibiscus rosasioensis, Coriander
sathum, Vitls venifera, Cymbopogon martini, Saraka
indica, C)perous rolundu~, Asparagus racemOSD8.
Zone III: Astavarge, Jivak, Bombusa boboos,
Cedrus deodar, Caelal piDea crista, Ziogeber
oficlniala.

13

Potentials
No doubt Baryana has become one of the
major food grain producers in India by adopting
intensive cultivation. It has about 2.2 m ha irrigated area out of 3.6 m ba area. In irrigated area,
fast growing species like Mulhatti, Sadabahar,
Mentha, Sarpgandha, ISllbgol alongwith trees
Eucalyptus, Populus and Leucaena can be planted.
Similarly under unirrigated area, Mulhatti, Isabgol,
Euphorbia, Lasonia and other spp. shown in Zone-I
can be grown.
Marginal lands are over exploited to achieve
green revolution. The greenary is disappearing On
such lands slowly and slowly. Such lands can
produce agricultural crops only for a limited span
of period. In future on such lands medicinal and
other agricultural crops should be planted. But
unfortunately the farmers are reluctant to sacrifice
the current yield of agricultural crops and to grow
medicinal plants for the safegaurd of future. Medicinal plants provide raw material to industries and
export. They also serve 8S basic drugs for curing
of several disorders and bouse remedy.
Future Strategies
Medicinal plants will immediately bring qualitative changes in human life. Waste Land Development Board, New Delhi estimated about 20 lacs
ha of land as waste land in Haryana: It is about
45% of total area. This waste land is due to
gullies, undulated land, waterlogged, salt affected,
degraded forests, sand and industrial wastes. The
major constraint is to find out a suitable technology for choice of species to be planted for development of these lands.
Moreover, the existing vegetation is also under
threat due to exploitation of medicinal resources
and lack of natural regeneration of plants. To.day
we sbould stress to plant medicinal plants/trees.
But Done botbers about planting of a particular
species. Fllrthermore financial constraint is a'
major hurdle for mass scale planting programme.
The medicinal plants should be compared to
large expense of agricultural area and a situation
that does not permit to grow these plants. These
medicinal plants never be planted ,alone or in
group in strips or small blocks without interfering

14

with existing agricultural crops. This land use

practice not only maintains tbese plants but also
enhances the productive potential of land resources
and conserves the environment.
The species should be selected in suc,h a way
so that it supplies wood product and non-wood
requirement for coming years. There are numerous
species to be planted in Haryana. The active
participation by the scientists of H. A. U. and
Agriculture Deptt. can bring out the desired
change. without disturbing the existing cropping
system.

(From page 11)

orchards. Recently an Indian Agricultural
Research Institute scientists have devised a new
cropping pattern to raise income from orchards.
Raising of high yielding and short duration
varieties of pulses and vege'tables will give all
additional income of about Rs. 4,000 a year from
an acre of orchards, according to Dr. K. S.
Randhawa. The cultivatioB of pulse crops also
generates SOil fertility, enabling orchards to cut
down on the fertilizer use for fruit plants. All
pulse varieties, being leguminous crop, generate
more fertilizer than consume and leave of behind
in the soil to be used by the next crop.
Dr. Randhawa has suggested raising three
pulse crops in a year in mango, orchards-peas
(winter), green gram (spring) and cowpea (rain).
For grape gardens, he suggested peas, onions and
green grams. In guava orchards, the suggested
crops are pea, watermelon and muskmelons. In
citrus gardens, peas, gram, lentils or berseem are
found ideal.
The pulse crops suggested require a very little
irrigation and can even be grown under rainfed
conditions. Dr. Randhawa adds the success of
these intercrops is high during the first eight years
of a new orchard. As the fruit trees and foliage
occupy more space, the yield of these crops will
decline. When the full bearing starts the intercrops
should be avoided and maintained the orchards to
get more income regularly.
HARYANA FARMING

Factors Promoting
Grape Cultivation
,in Haryana
-SushII' Kharlnta .nd Malklt Kaur
Deptt. of Agricultural Economics. HAU. Hlsar

In addition to other fruit crops like bert citrus

fruits, peaches. mangoes. etc. grapes, which were
introduced 'in Haryaoa
in the mid-sixties are
.
being increasingly adopted as one of the major
fruit crops. At present grape cultivation in
Haryana is concentrating in and around the Hilar
district which ranks first in terms of area and
production of grapes. In order to promote the
,rape cultivation in a planned way, it is easential
to know the various factors promoting and
hindering the adoption of grape cultivation in the
region. Based on the study of Hisar district,
following factors have been identified favourable in
the adoption of grape cultivation.

Hlgber Profitability

to invest such a huge amount from their ownpocket. To facilitate the adoption of grape
cultivation by farmers, the Govt. of Haryana has
started a grape loan ICheme in selected districts
of the State. The loan is provided through land
development banke. The credit facility has rapidly
increased to adoption of grape cultivation in the
State.
Marketing Facilities
Marketing institutions, marketing channels,
transportation, etc. play a major role in the
adoption and development of a crop in a reaion.
Orape is a very delicate fruits and spoiled rapidly.
Hence, its marketing requires additional care as
compared to other fruits.
In Hisar, aU required facilities for an efficient
marketing arc available. All the village. are well
linked by pucca roadl which facilitate the quick
and easy transportation of grapes.
This district has a well established fruit
market at Hisar city. Data reiated to annual
arrivals reveal that during the month of June more
than 4000 q of srapes are handled in this market
every year. Contractors ali well as farmers have
also started to export grapes to other states in
recent years.
Favourable Climate

Cultivation of grapes has been found to be

more profitable in comparison to other competing
crops. The study conducted by the authors ha.
revealed the grapes to be highly profitable' as
compared to other crops. The net returns per
hectare from grape cultivation were found to be
Rs. S2.262 on the farms where produce was sold
by farmers themselves and Rs. 38,542 on the farms
where, produce .was sold through contractofl.
Thus, greater profitability of the grape cultivation
compared to other crops has led to its increased
adoption.

Besidcs these favourable factors there arc a.lso

some unfavourable factors which arc limiting the
scope of grape cultivation in the region.

Credit Facilities

Lack of Storale aad Procesllog Facilities

Grape cultivation requires high initial investment for establishing the orchard. Through discussions with the grape growers it was found that
an orchard of one acre requires an initial investment of about Rs. 25,000 Jo RI. 30,000 at current
price. It ii not possible f(..)r most of the farmers

Grape is a peri.hable fruit and it cannot be

kept in open for tnore than 2-3 days. Though at
preseot there is Dot much problem of marketing at
Hisar. but tbe way. the area undcr grape cultivation
is increasing. it is likely that in coming years there
may be heavy glut of the fruit in the market parti-

AUGUST, 1991

Grapes require high temperature at the time

of ripening. Hot days and cool nights are the
most suitable for good ripening of the fruit. The
climate of Hisar suits well to grape cultivation.
Here the day temperature in summer rises up to
4SoC and night temperature goes below normal
due to sandy soils in the region.

15

cularly in May-June. This will prove to be

unfavourable for the growers as it will lead to a
decline in the price of grapes. To avoid this
situation, there is need for creating storage and
processing facilities in the region.

KISAN-76
Spray Pump

Lack of Training Facilities

Various operations of grape cultivation like
establishing the orchard, training of vines,
spraying, harvesting, grading and packing require
skilled labour. Technical guidance in these matters
is seldom available to the farmers. It leads to
shortage of skilled labour particularly at the time
of harvesting and packing. Efforts should be
made to conduct training programme for the grape
cultivators by the 'concerned departments_

The most useful and beneficial for the

farmers. Prepared by experienced and
qualified Engineers.

Us_e of a Si_ngle Variety

It bas been observed that most of the grape
c~ltivators have grown 'Perlette' variety of grapes.
Though Perlette is a high yielding variety and is
also remunerative to the f~rmers. but the tendency
of growing only Perlette may create problems in
the coming years. The entire crop ripens at the
same time (within a month duration) which causes
glut in the market. Thus, there is need on the
part of scientists to develop and popularise other
suitable varieties for the area.

CODf:
KPS-'l

Inadequacy of Irrlgaflon Facilities

The majority of the area in and around Hisar
district has salty underground water which is unfit
for irrigation. The alternate source of irrigation
is canal which is not capable of meeting the overall
demand of grapes and other crops.

CODE'
A-I

FOOT SPRAYER

STIRRUP PUMP

BACK PACK SPRAYER

Shortage of Capital
CODE.

In spite of the fact that Govt. provides credit

facilities to grape cultivators, it is not possible to
cover all the farmers who are willing to grow grapes
under the credit ,scheme. Most of the farmers are
not in a position to i!lvest from their ,own.
. Grape cUltivation is very remunerative for
. farmers. But the State Govt. should take care of
the limiting factors, if it wants to promote and
develop the grape cultivation in the State in a
planned way.

16

Fp300

INDO GERMAN AGRI SPRAYER &

PRESSING WORKS
Post Box No. 125, Clock Tower, Ludhiana-141 008,
Ph: Off: 51999, 51669 Fac.: 35367. Grams; Indo German

HARYANA FARMING

it is made available at little or no cost as is

the case with cowdung at present.

5. Increased availability of industrial wood aa a

Agroforestry-.A Useful
Discipline
-Raj Ba'badur and M. S. Hoods
Department of Forestry, HAU, Hisar

Agroforestry in a simple and appropriate way

can be called as forestry practised alongwith
agriculture that gives s~pplementary returns in the
years of crop success and complimentary one in
the years of crop fsjlures. Firstly, the evidence
gained from tbe practice ofTauogya or agri-silviculture reported Blanford (1958) which was begun
way back in Burma in 1856. is B classical instance
in point. Many of the forest plantations which
have been established in the tropical world includ- ing India owe their origin to thill system. King
(1968) and Van Besmer (1966, 1970) have reported
on the various trees and annual agricultural crop
that can be grown together.
The main benefits ofagroforestry under Indi8n
conditions can be summarized as under :
l. Rational use of land, by using the land according to its capabilities.

2. More complete use of land by growing tree

species which draw nutrients from different
layers of soil.
3. Increase in the production of agricultural
crops from areas not presently used for arable
agriculture thereby increasing their avails bility,
because of vagaries of the climate or the
erratic nature of rainfall.
4. Increase in the production of fuelwood and
small timber from Don-forest areas thereby
increasing the availability of such produce at
reasonable price near the population centres.
An important benefits of increased availability
of fuel wood would be the release of cowdung
from burning for use as manures in the fields
thereby increasing their productivity, provided
AUGUST, 1991

result of release of pressure of local demands

on production forests, thereby increasing the
availability of industrial raw material will
result in cutting of the country's import will
for products like paper and newsprint.
6. Availability of well grown pastures and fodder
trees on marginal lands and village commODS
will improve the health of the cattle thereby
increasing the milk yield of milch cattle and
motive power of drought animals.
7. Provision of additional employment to rural
communities (particularly forest based communities in (he hills) where a lot of underemployment and unemployment exist. Even
where the rural communities are engaged in
flourishing agriCUlture, agroforestry practicell
will result in increased income.

8. With paper extension approach and pursuasion. 'suitable agroforestry systems can help
in minimising the extent of the highly wasteful
practice of shifting cultivation wbere it is
practised even now, thereby preventing further
damage. Such an approach will also meet tbe
psychological urge of the tribaJs to practice
shifting cultivation.
9. Suitably designed agroforestry sYitem, can
prevent soil erosion and site degradation by
wind or water on cultivated Jands, waste lands
and degraded forest areall.
10. Agroforestry practices can be devised for
landllcaping and beautification of tbe country
side. providing suitable recreation facilities with
inbuilt aesthetic considerations and environmental conservation thereby providing a
package of goods and services. The country
shall witness the real green revolution only
when the country side is clothed with
greenry.

17

Chemoprophylaxis

lLiver Fluke Infection

and its Treatment in

Domestic Animals
-c. L. Yadsv and Prerns
Department of Veterinary Parasitology, HAU, Hisar

Fascioliasis caused by Fasciola bepatlca in

temperate and F. gigantica in tropical regions is
an economically important disease affecting many
domestic animals. The severity of the disease depends on the number and stage of development of
the parasites In the host liver. The disease may
occur in acute, sub-acute and chronic forms.
Clinical disease in horse and goat is uncommon
and of chronic form. Sbeep and cattle show acute,
sub acute and chronic disease. Pigs are naturally
resistant. Therefore. sheep. goat and cattle are
mostly benefitted from the treatment against fascioliasis. The purpose of this communication is to
update field Veterinarians Bnd livestock owners
about the use of new 8nthelmintics against fascioliasis, the disease responsible for heavy production
losses in low lying areas (eastern part) of Haryana.
Con trfil I measures include vaccination, development of genetically resistant animals and chemoprophylaxis. Vaccination in cattle and sheep by
irradiated .metacercariae was not effective. thus
lacking p,romise. Therefore, efforts are initiated
towards biological control and development of
animals resistant to Fasciola infection. So, presently chemoprophylaxis is the only alternative
control measure.
Some conventional drugs are less effective and
more toxic. Recently introduced. new drugs are
highly effective against all stages of the p~rasite and
'Iess or no toxic to the host. Table I provides
necessary information of various flukicides.

18

Dosing schedule suggested in endemic areas includes two preventive treatments; first in Novemberl
December and the second in February/March to remove mature and immature fluke burdens acquired
from the rainy and winter flush of metacerc,ariae at
grass. Triclabendazole preferably, followed by nitcoxynil should be used. Triclabendazole .is highly
effective against immature flukes as the infection
does not become patent for 10-]2 weeks as compared to one to six weeks with other drugs. Summer
(May-July) treatment prevents pasture contamination with fluke eggs and subsequent snail infection.
Any of the available anthelmintics with activity against adult flukes can be used. However,
oxyc1ozanide is the only flukicide that can be used
in milking animals because of its zero statutory
with-holding for milk.
Dlagoostic Sigos of Fascioliasis
In acute fascioliasis animal shows sudden death
or dullness, anaemia, dyspnoea, ascites and abdominal pain. Sub-acute disease (with infections of
mature and immature flukes) is characterised by
rapid weight loss, anaemia, submandibular oedema
and ascites in some cases. The symptoms of chronic form (mature flukes in bile ducts) arr loss of
body weight. pale mucous membrane. submandibular oedema, anaemia and ascites. Milk production is reduced in milchanimal.
Acute disease is rare, however, immature stages
cause liver damage leading to subclinical disease
responsible for production losses. Therefore, treatment of subclinical disease is the recent strategy.
However, in endemic areas drugs effective against
both mature and immature stages yield greater
benefits.
Combioed Antbelmiotlcs
Some of the anthelmintics effective against
flukes are available in combination with other
anthelmintics which are effective against gastrointCiltinal nematodes. Thus, combined anthelmintics. if used judiciously, can provide almost complete parasite control. Table 2 gives nec~ssary information about such anthelmintics.

HARYANA FARMING

TABLE 1
Anthelmintic! used against Iiverfluke infections in ruminants
Trade
name

Source

Active ingredient

Recommen- Effective against Withholding

ded dose
- - - - - - - period (days)
(mg/kg)
Imms- Mature - - - - - ture
(above
Meat Milk
(6 weeks 12 weold)
eks)

boil

leI

Oxyclozanide

15.0 sheep
10.0 cattle

Trod ax

May &
Baker

Nitroxynil

MSD Ag
Vet

Rafox8nide

Raynide

14

30

28

21

10.0 sheep
cattle

&.

7.5 sbeep
cattle (Drench)
3.6 cattle
(injection)

Brotianide

Triclabendazole

10.0 sheep
]2.0 cattle

28

Coriban

Coppers
Animal
Health

Diamphenithide

100 sheep

Smith
Kline &
French

Albcndazole 7.5 sheep

Valbazcn

- =Not effective,

+ = Effective,

Dose may be given

upto 4S mglkg in
acute infection
Active against Hal!"

monchus

Vermadex May &

Flukom- Baker
bin
Fasincx
Ciba
Geigy

. 6.0 sbeep
3.0 cattle

Remarks

Effective against bot-

fly larvae

Only available in
combination with thiophanate

Effective against very

young flukes (1-5
weeks). Not effective

against nematodes
Also effective against
1-~

14

10.0 cattle

weeks old flukes

Also effective against

nematodes,
lungworms & tapeworms

*=Not for use in animals producing milk for human consumption.

TABLE 2
Combined anthelmintic medication
Combination

Trade Name

Effective against

Nematode
Oxybendazole+ fafoxanide+ cobalt
Thiophanate+ brotianide
Levamlso!e+oxyc!ozanide
Levamisole oxyclozanide + cobalt
+ selenium
Levamisole+oxyc!ozanide+cobalt
Tbiabendazole+ rafoxanide
Albendazole + cobalt + selenium

Lungworm

Liverfiuke

+
+
+
+

Benafox, Rycovet new,

duospec Drench
Flukombin, Vermadex
Nilzan drench
Nilzan drenchsuper

+
+
+

+
+

Nil.zan drench plu.

Ranizole
Powacide Valbazen total
spectrum wormer

+
+
+

+
+

------------------------------------------------------------------AUGUST, 199"1

19

iWHAT TO DO THIS MON~~ ?]

""
Maize
Irrigate the crop in case there are DO rains.
Ensure proper drainage of the fields. Do not allow
the weeds to grow in the fields. Remove them by
hoeing with a hand hoe/hand wheel hoe.

Bajra
Do hand hoeing for interculture and to remove
weeds. Thinning and gap filling should be done
on rainy day by keeping a distance of 15 cm plant
to plant in the rows. In case nursery for transplanting of bajra has been raised, the seedling of
3-4 weeks old should be transplanted in a well
prepared field OD rainy day by keeping a row to
row distance of 45 cm and plant to plant distance
of 15 cm. Transplanting must be completed
before second week of this month.
In late sown bajra crop complete roguing of
plants affected with downy mildew by first week.
In the later pact of the month look for green ear
Bnd ergot and destroy them with their first notice.
Problem of hairy caterpillars can be found on
all kbarlf crops in the first fortnight of August.
If population is low then kill mechanically. High
population needs to be controlled by spraying any
one iDse9ticide in 625 litres of water/ha.
1.

1 25 litre endosulfan (Thiodan/Endocel) 35 EC

2.

1.25litres quinalphos (Ekalux)

3.

625 ml monocrotophos (Nuvacron/Monocil)

36 WSC

4.

500 mt dichlorvos (Nuvan/Vapona) 76 EC

2'

EC

In some areas attack of cydnid bug may be

observed. Nymphs and adults suck the sap from
.roots resulting yellowing and stunting of crop.
Apply 10 kg BHC 10 D or 1.5 I aldrin 30 EC per
acre in soil.

20

If attack of stem borer observed give 4 sprays

at 10 days interval. 1st spray ~fter .10 days of'
germination. In August 3rd or 4th spray is required which need J kg carbaryl '0 WP or 1.25 litres
endosulfan 35 BC in 1000 litres of water/ha.
Direct spray in the whorl.
Paddy
Ensure that paddy fields are saturated with
water. Always irrigate and maintain 4-5 cm of
standing water. Remove the weeds by manual
weeding from the paddy fields. Herbicides can
also be used for control of weed as per recommendations given in JUly.
In case of rootweevtl incidence apply 3.5 litres
aldrin 30 BC or 5 litres, heptachlor 20 BC or
chlordane 20 BC/ha with irrigation water in well
drained fields. In flooded fields or such fields
where drainage is not possible apply 25 kg Sevin 4
G or 16 kg BHC 6 G or 15 kg Sevidol 4: 4 G or
25 kg Furadan 3 G or 10 kg Phorate 10 G/ha. If
damage by plant hoppers occurs apply 25 kg
Folidol 2% dust or Savin 5% dust/ha or spraL!.
kg carbaryl 50 WP 900 ml endosulfan 35 BC or
625 ml fcnitrothion 50 EC/monocrotophos 36 WSC
in 625 litres water/ha
IR. D. P. Thakur
Dr. V. K. Srivastava
Dr. M. S. Kuhad
Dr. K. C. Bishooi
Dr. P. R. Yadav
Dr. V. P. Sharma
Dr. Da) Singh
Dr. Narioder Slogh

1I
I
I

rI

II
J

Directorate of
Extension Education,
HAU, Hisar

HARYANA FARMING

sprayers should be thoroughly washed with

soap/soda water for 3-4 times followed by
flushing with clean water.

For prevention of bacterial blight avoid

continuous water logging and wilted plants noticed
if any, should be removed.
Remove the weeds by hand hoeing and do
not allow water to stand in the fields.
Moong, Mash, Lobla: Pest problems are
, whitefly jassid, flea betles. Whitefly also spreads
virus disease. Spray the crop in after 2-3 weeks
interval with 625 ml Metasystox 25 BC or Anthio
25 Be or Rogor 30 EC or 190 ml Dimecton 8S
/ WSC or 1 litre malathion SO EC in 625 titres of
water/ha. Remove and destroy the viru. infested
pllnts. For hairy caterpiUlrs follow recommendations as given in bajr

Cotton
Topping in desr cotton rna, be done in the
first fortnight, in case there is over growth of the
desi cotton. To ensure better boll formation in
American cotton spray NAA (PJanofix or similar
formulation). First spray of 125 ml per hectare
should be done at flower appearance (second or
third week! of August) and the second spray of
NAA @ 175 ml 25 days after the first spray may
be done. In no case brackish or saline water
should be used with it. Ensure that cotton docs
not suffer for want of water.
For control of bacterial blisht spray the crop
with 7S g plantomycine or 1.5-2.0 kg of copper
oxychloride/ha.
Remove stenoid plants from the field to check!
spread of stenosis.

Useful hlnta for cotton insect pest coatrol

3.

4.

Test the insecticides on a few plants. Oblervc

the effect. If no adverse effect for 6-7 days,
then go ahead with their spray otherwise
return the insecticides back to the dealer.

6. Recommended loaectlcldes
(a) Due to high moisture Jassid can be a
serious problem in the first fortnight of
August. Give spray of900 ml dimethoatc
(Rogor) 30 EC or 1000 ml Metasystox
25BC or Anthio 25EC or 270 ml Dimecron
8S WSC in 900 Htres of water/ha.

(b) In 2nd fortnight incidence of bollworms

and other caterpillars occurs for which
give spray of anyone of the following
insecticides in 900 Iitres of water/ha.
(i) 1.8 kg carbaryl (Sevin/Hexavin/Car-

bavin) 50 WP.

(ii) 1.8 litres fenitrothion (Sumithion/

Folitbion/Accotbion) 50 Ee.
(iii) 1.6litres Phosalone (Zolone) 35 BC.

(iv) 2.2 litres quinalphos (Eklux) 25 BC.

(v) 1.4litres monocrotophos (Nuvacron/
Monocil/Milphos) 36 W. S. C.
(vi) 200 ml cypermethrin 2S

Be.

(vii) 250 ml fcnvalerate 20 Be.

(viii) SOO ml decomethrin 2.8 BC.

Note: 1. Sometimes incidence of bollworms and

days interval as per HAU recommendations.

Make timely arrangement of pesticides.

other caterpillars in 1st fortnight or of

jassid in 2nd fortnight occur, then spray.
Monocrotophos alone for both types of
pests.

Purchase insecticides from reliable source.

Follow recommendation of AgrL Deptt. or
Agri. University experts only.

2. If rain occurs after the spray of insecticide for bollworm, then repeat the spray.

1. -In August-September give 4-5 sprays at 12-15

2.

6.

Never purchase old insecticides whose date has

expired. Ensure that packing/container should
be properly sealed.

Spray pumps : Avoid use of sprayers with

which. weedicides have been applied.

AUGUST, 1991

Such

Sugarcane
Earthing of sugarcane should be completed in
this month. Prop up the crop by the trash twist
method ..to save it from lodging. For the control
of Gurdaspur borer, remove and destroy the in~

21

fested tops at weekly interval. If pyrilla population is more contact the sugarcane Entomologist
for parasites.
Til

Control leaf folder by spray of 1500 g carbaryl SO WP in 500 Iitres of water per hectare.
For jassid control spray 1 litre malathion 50 EC
in 1090 I of water/ha.

It is a very good time for the vigorous growth

of plants. This month also provides an opportunity
to the growers to add manures and fertilizers to
the plants to stimulate further growth. The rains
are good for the growth of the plants. Hence. it
is time to bring an additionsl area under fruittrees. On the other hand, the rains do havoc when
received in excess. The growers have, thus, to
make immediate arrangements for draining away
excess water. There is a greater incidence of insect
pests and diseases. The timely adoption of plantprotection measures is, therefore. the formost need
now. The growers have also to attend to the
eradication of weeds, the sowing of kharif intercrops, the picking and disposal of fruits and so on.
This is an excellent time for planting fruit
trees, especially the evergreens, like sangtra, mango,
molta, guava, loquat, papaya, etc. One should
procure the plants only from a dependable nursery,
may it be government owned or a private concern.
Preferably, the plants may be purchased from the
nearest source. It is very necessary that in respect
of frequent irrigation, the removal of sprouts from
the stock portion, ~he proper staking to help the
plants grow upright and prote'cting them against
the bot SUD, is given to all the newly. set plants in
the orchard.
The rows of trees known as a wind-break
planted around an orchard, reduce the velocity of
wind-storms, which cause extensive damage to the
trees by breaking their limbs by whipping off the

22

foliage, and by sbeding flower sand fruits. During

the winter, the wind-break protects the plants
against chilly winds. whereas in the summer, it is
very helpful in reducing evaporatiCi>D from the soil
and transpiration from the leaves. To establish a
dense wind-break on all sides of the orchard is
essential for every fruit grower. Jamun, Mulberry,
Sufeda, Khatti and Shisham are the best to be
used as trees. If tbe growers undertake the planting to trees around their orchard in the manner
suggested above, it will help not only in increasing
tbeir income but also be of great service to the
nation by increasing the number of trees and, thus,
contributing to the success of the national trees
festival known as Vana Mahotsava.
Loquat, papaya, mango, citrus-plants are
affected adversely by the continuous stagnation of
rain-water. In fact, all the fruii-trees begin to
show symptoms of decay to a more of less extent
depending upon their kind. Therefore, in order
to avoid losses, resulting from excess water, either
have plants which are tolerant of such conditions, ,
or make adequate arrangements for immediately
draining away water from the orchard. Among
tbe fruit- trees, guava and pear are known for their
adaption to after wet conditions.
During August, ,frequent rains and a warm
weather the emergence of many types of weed from
the soil. This obnoxious weed absorbs nutrients
of the soil. Their eradication through plouging
or hoeing may, however, be undertaken only when
the soil is in a workable condition.
The harvesting of mango fruits will continue.
Even the fruits in the case of the late varieties, like
Samar behist Chausa, Fajri, etc will be available
for picking by the middle of this month. ' The
fruits must not be infured or bruised during picking or handling, because such injuries reduce thier
marketability and life as well. By the end of this
month guava will also be ripening. When the fruits
- change from dark-green to yellowish-green, it is
the right stage for picking them from the trees.
Tbe pear will be ready for the market.
The nurserymen may take immediate steps to
drain away excess rain-water from the nursery
IIrea. Only good-sized, diseasefree pedigreed
plants may be supplied to the customers. The
enarching of mango, guava and loquat is carried

HARYANA FARMING

out during the month. Care should be taken to

ule only those scion twigs which are healthy and
do not show any symptoms of anthracnose or
some other disease. These twings may be 30 to
45 cm long. The collection of mango stones (or
raising stock seedlings may continue. All these
stones may be sown in well-prepared plots. JatH
Khatti fruits are green,ibut their seeds are capable
of germinating. The seeds may be extracted from
the fruits and sown immediately in well-manured
raised beds. Khatti .seedlings which are the result
of spraying sowing are now 15 to 30 cm high.
They may be graded according to their size and
transplanted in the field in rows which are 30 cm
apart. After every two such rows, there is allowed
a free space of 60 cm. The plant-to-plant distance
in these rows is maintained at 15 to 20 cm. The
shield or T-budding of ber seedlings may be done
during this month. The shoots which have arisen
from tbe beaded-back old desi ber trees may also
be budded with an excellent variety, namely
Umran. Gola. Kaithli. Transplanting of seedlings
of phalsa in the field may be done. Ber seedlings
may allo be shifted to their permanent positions
in the field.

or flood prone areas tban high level areas. The

animals may not be allowed to graze near the
ponds and water logged areas.
,. Special management practices and hygunic
measurel are to be adopted and carried out
for milch animals to safeguard them from
mastitis disease. Mastoid solution test atlast
once a week will help in early detection of this
disease. Infection of teat requires prompt
attention and health care by tbe expert.
4. Remove the mucus from the nose and mouth
of the calf after birth. If the calf does not
start breathing, artificial respiration should be
used by pressing and relaxing alternately the
chest with hands.

S. Be sure that the new born calf gets the colostrum (first milk) which is very high in protein
and protects tbe calf against diseases as it
contains antibodies and provides strength
and energy. It acts as a laxative to remove
the excreta from the rectum.
6. Cut the naval cord with a sterilized knife or
scalpel. Disinfect the naval cord and apply
weak solution of Tincture Iodine to the naval
at birth and repeat for 2-3 days.

~1~~

7. In cross bred cow-calf remove the calf from

the mother immediately or after 2-3. days for
Bucceslful early weaning.

1. Due to the rains, the contagious diseases are

8. Dehorn the calf within two weeks of age, by

applying caustic potash to the horn buttons. _

:HEAlTH CARE

I~

more likely to flare up during this month,

hence the livestock requires more attention in
health care. As soon as a disea5e is suspected
among the animals, the sick animals require
immediate segregation for a close watch and
special attention in health care. The contagious disease outbreak should be promptly
reported to the Vety. Doctor of the area.
2. The animals may be closely watched for liver
:fluke disease. During rains the snails find a
very suitable and favourable environment for
multiplication. As a result the occurrence of
this dilease is more common in inn undated
AUGUST, 1991

9. During advanced pregnancy provide laxative

and balanced feed.
Prevent mechanical
injuries, observe carefully for freshening date
keep the animals as quiet AS possible. Pregnant
animals should not be walked for long distances and not made to run. Do not frighten
them.
10. Feed light rations of barn and ground oats
after calving for about a week.
11. At the time of calving avoid physical stresl to
the animal. In caseB of difficulty iD calving/
torsion of uterus, retained placenta Ind prola-

23

pse of the uterus/vagina, consult the Veterinarian as early as possible.

12. Buffaloes suffering from planting should be

kept in well ventilated, cool place and bathed
atleast thrice a day with cold water. Feed
minerals and vitamins for favourable effect on
the recovery from this disease. Stomach
powder should be give regularly in the transition period. In the areas where this disease
occurs, animals should be given feed mixed
with tetracycline powder @ 2-2.:5 m.g./kg body
weight on the alternate days for about 20
days on the change of feed Bnd season. If the
cases of planting in buffaloes are not attended
to properly they usually become useless, unproductive and uneconomical.

13. Watch your calves for scour. For infectious

diarrhoea Neftin 200 rog/l or 2 tablets up to
40 kg body weight may be given twice 'a day.
Aureomycine 5-10 mg/kg body weight may
be given. For parasitic diarrhoea, piparazine
adepate, Helmacid, Nilverm, Sonex. Thiabendazole may be used according to the nature
of worm infestation.

14.

In cases of tympany, it is advised to drench

SO mt of turpentine oil in one litre of mustard
oil.

15. Ghee being a fat rich prod~ct requires to be

protected from light. oxygen and metal contamination. Hence a packing material which is
a perfect barrier for light, gas. odour and
grease is needed. Amber coloured glass is
good for this purpose.

USE AIMeO PESTICIDES

CROP PROTECTION
HOUSEHOLD & PUBLIC HEALTH
CARBOFURAN 3G
InsectiCide I Nematocide

PHORATE lOG
SOil & systemic Insecticide
~4lf'"
GUn'JTOX-IOG.
PHOUTt -10<;'
_ _;:,,=;;;;, .. ~

~~~~? ~

:.:;='

~'":,..

'0"'"

:= -,

<~

TECHNICAL KNOWHOW AVAILABLE ON TURNKEY

BASIS FOR PESTICIDE FORMULATION.
TECHNICAL GRADE PESTICIDES:
FENVElARATE, CVPERMETHRIN, MONOCROTOPHOS
PHOSPI1AMIDON, DDvP, ZINC PHOSPHIDE
& ALUMINIUM PHOSPHIDE TABLET

~2~:::~:- -;Ftil
'\_Ailaco/
""'/

All India Medical Corporation

P B 168G6 Santacruz (~). BOMBAY 400 05!> INDIA
Tel 6125287

FAX NO 6124424

TE~EX 01174538AIMGIN

OUR OTHER PESTICIDES Methyl Parathion 50% EG. Fenvalerate 20% EC Gypermethrin 2 5%

J. t 0% QUlnalphos 25% EG. Garbendazlm 50% WOP & other 150 Pesticides formulatJons

24

. HARYANA FARMING

Rs. 1 per copy

Annua'
1
0
Subscription 'S.Rs. 1

i~

SEPTEMBER 199 I
Directorate of l'ublication s

Haryan a Agricultural Univenity, Hisar-I15 004

HARYANA
Volume xx,

FARMING

September 1991

No.9

Contents
Pag~~

1.

Leafy vegetablel-Palak and methi

-Avtar Singh and A. C. Yadav

2.

Potato Iced production at farmers field

-So C. Khurana. V. K. SrivQstava and

A. K. Bhatia

3. Commercial table potato production

- V. K. Srivastava. S. C. Kh~rana and

Naresh Mehta

4. Grow garlic for more profit

-.=cB~

S. Dudl. V. K. SrivQstal'a
R. S. Kadian

and

5.

Pea production

-Kalloo and V. K. Srivastava

6.

Rabi vegetable diseases and their maDaBement '

-Naresh MelJta

7.

Protect winter vegetables from insect pelts

-Po R. Yadav and L. S. Yadav

11

,8.

Important tips for luccessful kitchen gardening

-D. K. Bhatnagar

13

9.

Minor diseases too caD be devastatins

-M. P. Srivastava and A. S. Rathi

15

-So S. Bls/a altd D. P. Singh

16

to. Agroforeltry to meet our food, fodder and

fuelwood needs

C.

JI.

Tips of tree selection for agroforestry

-So S. Bis/a and J

Kaushik

12.

Identification uf some common aquatic weeds

in filh ponds and their control

-N. K. Yadavand Neeru

13.

What to do tbi. month?

17
18

21

Edlto,
v. S. Gupta

Price per copy Rupees

Yearly Subscription

Editorial Assistance
D. C. 'Yadav
Indira Daaaa

Plell.fe send your mMNY erder

LIIyout

Kuljlt MaDD

rholography
HAU Pboto Ualt

2/-

Rs.20.00
10 ;

Director of Publications,
Gaadbi Dbaw.a, HAU, HI.. r-125 U04

S-23

Leafy Vegetables
- Pala~ and Methi
-Avtar Singh and A. C. Yadav
Department oJYegeiab/e Crops. HAU. Hisar
Leafy vegetables occupy an important place in
human nutrition., These are rich source of vitamins,
minerals and salts. These greens have a very high
protective food value and some of them have an
important place in Ayurvedic medicines. Leafy
vegetBules lIelp ia removing' cOOl!rtipation lind
improve digestion. These vegetables are very easy
to grow but cannot be transported to a long distance so their cultivation should be done near the
market. SOme leafy vegetables are Pajak, Methi,
Lettuce, Chaulai, Coriander, Padina, Green Onion,
Bathua, Sarson and Radish leaves, etc. Among
them palak and methi are the main leafy vegetables, being grown in Haryana state. Palak is
rich in Vito A, C and calcium, irOD and iodine. It
is of two types i. e. Desi and Vilayati: Methi is
grown for vegetable purpose and spices. It is rich
in protein, mineral and Vito C. It is also used in
Ayurvedic medicines. Some important points for
successful cultivation of palak and methi are as
under:
Varieties
All Green

It is developed by JARI, New Delhi. It is

high yielding and its leaves are tender, thin and
green. Its winter season crop gives 6-7 cuttings.
Jobner Green
It is developed by Udaipur University (Jobner

Campus). It is high yielding apd its leaves are

green. thick and big in size. The average size of
the edible leaves is larger than All Green. It is
highly tolerant to salinity and gives 6 to 8 cuttings.
It yields about 200 q/ha.
SEPTEMBER, 1991

It "i8 developed by H. A. U. Deptt. of Vegetable Crops. Its leaves are wide green and tender
and it gives about 8 cuttings because of quick
ability for rejuvenatian. It yields about 150 q/ha.

Metbi
Pusa Early Buncbing: It is a deli methi and
has been developed by IARI, New Delhi. It grows
faster and plants are straight. Flowers axiHary,
white and pods are long flat and green. It is high
yielding and seeds are of big size. Yield depends
upon the number of cutting. Average yield of
green leaves is 70-80 q/ha and seed yield 15-20
q/ha.
Kasurl Selection: It is high yielding variety
of Kasuri Methi,. rosette habit trifoliate leaves, late
flowering, flowers yellow borne is dense terminal
racemes, pods sickle shaped, fiat, small and greeD.
Many cuttings can be taken due to late flowering.
Average yield of green leaves is 50-60 q/ha and
seed yield 6-8 q/ha.
Climate.
Desi Palak is winter season crop but can be
grown in summer season also. It can tolerate
frost. Vilayati Palak is grown only in winter season
and it cannot tolerate heat. Under higb temperature seed stalks appear in Desi Palak and its
leaves become unfit for consumption. Methi is
also a winter season crop. It is more tolerant to
frost. Kasuri Methi thrives well in winter climate.
Soil and it, PreparatioD
Tllese crops cao be grown on various types of
soils but sandy loam soils with proper drainage
facilities are most suited. Palak is little tolerant
to the salinity. Field should be ploughed 3-4 times
followed by planking (Suhaga). make the field
levelled and prepare the beds of desi ruble size.
Seed Rate
'20-25 kg seed of paJak and desi methi is sufficient for one hectare. Seed rate of Kasuri methi
is 10 kg/ha because
its leeds are of small size.
t
Time aDd Method of Sowing
Pajak can be sown throughout the year but
August to mid December is the best time. Both
types of methi can be sown from mid September to
December. These are sown on flat beds by two
ycars i. e. by broadcasting and in row sowing.

Row sowing is better because it facilitates

intercultural operations and cuttings. Row to row
.spacing should be kept 20 cm. Plant to plant
spacing is maintained about S cm by thinning.
Seed should be sown about 2-3 em deep in the
soil.
MaDure aDd Fertilizer.

Leafy vegetables require more nitrogen for

quick growth of their leaves. Their manure and
fertilizer requiremenls are as follows:
Palak:

About 50 tonnes well rotten FYM,

80 kg nitrogen, 40 kg phosphoru.
and 50 kg potash/ba.

Yethi:

About 20 tonnes well rotten FYM,

60 kg nitrogen and 50 kg phosphorus/ha.

The whole quantity of FYM (Farm Yard

Manure) should be thoroughly mixed in the soiJ at
the time of field preparation. Whole phosphorus
and potash and 1/3 nitrogen should be applied at
sowing time. The remaining 2/3 nitrogen should
be given to the crop in split dOles of two or three
as top dressing.
IrrigadoD
There should be sufficient moisture in the field
at lowing time to en lure better germination. If it
is not so, then irrigate the field after sowing. For
quick aDd more growth of leaves, irrigate the field
at 8-10 days interval or as and when required.
IDterculture OperadoD8
Light hoeing and weeding should be done for
good growth of these crops. Two or three hoeings
are sufficient. In the initial stage of the crop,
weeds come up but are suppressed later on as the
crop grows. Weeds can also be controlled by the
spray of a weedicide i. e. Tok-B-25. This weedicide should be sprayed just after sowing when
there is ample moisture in the field. 5-6 Iitres of
weedicide mixed in about 500 to 625 litres of water
is sufficient for spray in one hectare.
Cuttings
The first cutting of palak is dono about 30-35
days after and of methi 30-~0 days after sowing.
Subsequent cuttings are done at 15 to 20 days
interval. Desi Palak gives 6 to 10 cuttings, while
Vilayati patak gives 3-4 cuttings. Sometimes desi
Methi is left for seed after 3-4 cuttings. Kasuri

methi gives 4-5 cuttings. Palak; should be cut in

such a way that 5-7 em portion is left. Nitrogenous
fertilizer should be added after the cuttings and
irrigation should be done.
Yield
It depends upon va-riety and cuttings.

The
average yield .of palak and methi is as follows:
Desi Palak
]00 to 150 q/ha
ViIayati Palak
.._sO to 60 qlha
The yield of VilaYllli palak is less than desi
because of less cuttings and slow leafy growth.
Desi methi
70 to 80 q/ha
Kasuri methi
50 to 60 q/ha
Insect-pest
Aphid and leaf eating caterpillars are main
harmful insects ofpalak. Aphid is more harmful
in methi.
Aphid

It is a small insect of black colour. It lUCks

the juice from leaves and tender portion and makes
the plant weak. It can be controlled by spraying
625 mt Malathion SO Be mixed jn 625 litres of
water in one hectare on the crop. Repeat the
spray, if need arises. Don', ule the leaves upto
one week after spray.
Leaf Eatiag Caterpillar
This insect eats the leaves or makes holes on
them. It can' be controlled also by spraying
malathion.
Diseases
Palak is affected by two diseases i. c. root rot
and leaf spots while powdery mildew i. severe in
methi.
Root rot: Root rot harms the crop very
much. Seed treatment should be done before
sowing with Ceresan or BraBsicol @ 2 gm/kg seed
for its control.
Leaf spots: It is a fungal disease. Some
spots appear on the leaves of affected plants and
in severe cases the leaves rot or dry away. For
its control, affected leaves should be removed and
spray 1.5 to 2 kg BUtox or Dithane M-45 or Dithane Z-78 mixed in 625 litres of water in one
hectare. Repeat the spray at to-IS days interval.

Powdery mildew: It comes in the later stage

of the crop. White powder like substance appears
on leaves of affected plantl. The solution of 2 kg
soluble sulpher/ha should be sprayed on the crop
for its control.
HARYANA FARMING

Potato Seed Production

at Farmers Field

To avoid the risk of perpetuation of soilborne diseases, seed crop may be grown in a
field where potato has not beeD grown during
last 2-3 years.

()

Field should be well prepared and

levelled.

To encourage the production of more number

of seed size tubers, it is advisable to increase
the seed rate to 35-40 q/ha, depending upon
tbe seed r>ize.

Dose of nitrogen may be reduced by about

20%, while dose of FYM, P and K is same llS
used for table crop.

Fertilizer
method.

Pre-sowing Irrigation is very useful for uniform emergence. In this case, first irrigation
is given one week after planting.

Do complete earthing up at planting time and

control weeds by using one of the following
weedicides within 10 days of planting:

-So C. Khurana, V. K. Srivastava aad A. K. Bhatia

Department of Veg~table Crops, HAU, Hisar
Basic need for potato seed production is to
have aphid free or low aphid period during the
potato growing season. Farmers of HaryanB are
very lucky to have three months of aphid free/low
aphid period during the potato growing season.
October and November are almost aphid free,
while during December generally aphid population
is very low. Haryana is even suitable for the
production of breeder seed. Therefore, if following
points arc taken into consideration, then farmers
can produce their own seed at their farms. In
this way, cost of cultivation will come down :

Select suitable variety. Kufri Chandramukhi,

Kufri Badshab, Kufri Sindhuri and JH-222
are well suited to our conditions.

by hand

placement

Alachlor at 2.5-3.0 kg/ha (Lasso 5-6

litres)
(b) Alachlor at 1.25 kg+simazine at 0.125
kg/h.
(Lasso 2.5 Iitres+Tagazines 0.250 kg)
(c)

Pendimethalin at 1.2-1.5' kg/ha (Stomp

4.0-5.0 Iitres)

irrigation may be given as and when required,

but it should be withheld aUealt 7-10 days
before haulm cutting.

Seed tuberl' to be used should be taken out

from cold storage atJealt 7-10 days before the
date of planting. These tuben are kept in
trays in well ventilated room with diffused
light.

To remove off-type and diseased plants, first

roguiDg is done 25-30 days after planting.
Second roguiog should be done 50-55 days
after planting and third in 3-4 days before
haulm cutting.

It is advisable to Use whole tubers for planting.

At the time of roguing, touch only the plants

to be removed to avoid the spread of mechanically transmitted viruses.

At the time of roguing care should be taken

that all the tubers of the diseased and off-type
plants are also removed.

Planting should be done in the first week of

October to avoid all the aphid free period.

applied

(a)

Basic seed to be used for seed production

should be of desired quality i. e. foundation
or certified aced. This can be obtained from
Haryana Agricultural University, NSC, HSDC
or Department of Horticulture, Haryana.

is

nicely

Tubers with thin and hairy sprouts should be

rejected at the time of planting. Tubers with
thick, stout and having multiple sprouts are
only used for planting.

SEPTEMBER, 1991

For the control of jalsids, white fiy or aphid,

spray the crop with either 750 ml of dimethoate 30 EC (Rogor) or 750 ml of methyl
demcton 25 EC (Metasystox) or 190 ml
phosphamidon 100 (Oimecron) in 750 Iitres of
water per hectare. Spray is repeated, if need
be, at 10 days interval.

For tbe control of early and late blights,

spra, the crop with 1.5-2 kglha mancozeb
(Oithane M-45 or Manzeb) or Difolatan. These
fungicides can be mixed with the insecticides
mentioned for the control of jassids, white fiy
and aphids.

Cut the haulml of seed crop when aphid

population reaches 20 aphids/100 compound
leaves in unsprayed crop. This generally
occurs in the first 10 days of January.,

Sometimes regrowth occurs on stumps after

dehaulming. This should be removed as and
when it appears as tender and succulent leaves
are eyen more attractive to aphids.

Harvesting should begin 10-15

haulm killing.

Although harvesting can be delayed further

but seed tubers must be sent to cold store by
the end of February.

Seed tubers, after harvesting, may be cured

by keeping them in heap under shade or
room. Heap should be covered either with
straw or old gunny bags.

Seed tubers are graded according to their siZe,

before treatment. At the time of grading,
cut and crack tubers should be lorted out.

Q)

After grading, wash tbe seed tubers in ordinary

water. After washing, dip the tubers in 1%
bleaching powder. RlDse the tubers again in
ordinary water and treat them' with 3.0%
Boric acid solution for 30 minutes.

Spray Pump
The most useful and beneficial for the
farmers. Prepared by experienced and
\ qualified Engineers.

CODE:

days after

(!)

KISAN-76

KPS-l1

HAND COMPRESSION
SPRAYER
(With Brass

ROCI<JWG SPRAYER

Tankl

INDO GERMAN AGRI SPRAYER &

PRESSiNG WORKS
Post Box No. 125, Clock Tower, Ludhiana-14' 008,
Ph Off 51999, 51669 Fac.: 35367. Grams Indo German

After treatment tubers are air dried, filled in

bags and IIcnt to cold storage for planting
during the following year.

HARYANA FARMING

Cultural OperatioDs

Commercial Tahle
Potato Production
-v. K. SrI"astau, s. C. KhuraDa .Iod
Naresb Mehta

Department o/Vegetable Crops, "AU, Hisar

Recommended Vadedes
The following high yielding cultivan arc
recommended :
(a) Kufri Cbsodramukbi : It is an early maturing

variety and is suitable for early planting also.

Yield of about 200 q/ha is obtained after 75 days
of planting. If harvested after about 90 days of
planting then it yield. about 250 q/ha. Its tubers
arc of attractive white colour with shallow eyes.
(b) Kufrl Badsbah: This variety is higher
yielder than Kurri Chandramukhi but is not suitable for early planting when h~rve8ted after 115
daYB of planting. It yields about 300 q/ha. Tubers
of tbis variety are of large size, smooth surface,
oval shape, white skin colour, develops faint
purple colour on expo.ure to light. fleet c):'cs and
dull white flesh. Thia variety has field resistance
to late blight.
(c) Kufri SiDdhurl: It is a late variety and
matures in about 120-125 days after planting. Its
yield is over 300 qfha. Tubers have very good
keeping quality and are round in shape with light
red colour skin, deep eyes aDd yellow flesh.
(d) JH-222: It i. also early bulking variety
with ahort stems and large sized leaves. Number
of tubers is more. Therefore, they are of medium
size. Its tuber yield is higher than Kufri ChandramUkhi and tubers are of round shape with attractive white colour. This variety has field resistance
to late blight.
.
SEPTEMBER, 1991

Seed source: Seed used for planting must be

true to type, free from diseasea, particularly the
viral one's. The seed should be obtained from a
reliable source, preferably from a Government seed
producing agency. These agencies in Haryana
are N. S. C., HSDC, Department of Horticulture
and Haryana Agricultural University. It is better
to replace the seed severy 3-4 years becau~e the
yield would, be reduced progressively if the lame
seed is uled year arter year.
Field preparation: Belt luiled soils for
potatoes are sandy loam to medium loam, well
drained and rich in humus. Potato does not thrive
on wet, undrained, alkaline and saline soils.
Potato fields must be well levelled and enough
arrangements for drainage be made.

Seed size and rate: The seed rate may vary

from 30-35 q/ha depending upon the seed size. If
seed tuber size is 30-70 g then a spacing of 20 cm
is recommended in 55-60 em apart rows. If aeed
is of 100 g tben a spacing of 35-40 cm is recommended. Tubers larger thun 100 g then a spacing
of 35-40 em is recommended. Tubers Jarger than
100 g can be cut. Cut tubers should be planted
after lOtb of October only.
Seed preparadons: Seed potatoes should be
removed from the cold stofe for about 7-10 days
before the date of planting. The seed tubC1fs
should be transferred to trays or baskets. Keep
these tray. or baskets in shade or room 'with
adequate ventilation and diffused Bsht (No direct
suu light) for sprouting. If trays or baskets are
not available then tubers may be spread in a thin
layer under sbade or diffused light for pre- '
sprouting. Unsproutcd and rotten tubers and
tubers 'hith thin aDd bairy sprouts should be
discarded at the lime of planting.
Planting dme: Optimum time of planting for
Kufri ChandramuKhi and JH-222 is first week of
October and for Kufri Badshah and Kufri Sindhuri
is Sth to 15th Octo'ber. Severa) farmers wishing
to raise a good crop of wheat after potatoes or to
catch the early market may plant by last week of
September. Pre-sowing irrigation aod use of
mulch (covering the ridges with rice husk or maize

or bajra stalks or any grass, etc,> is beneficial for

early planting as it improves the germination percentage by reducing the soil temperature.
Mulching conserves the moisture also.
MaDoriag: Farm Yard Manure (FYM) has
been very useful in increasing potato yield and
may be applied at the rate of 50 tonnes/ha about
2-3 weeks before planting. If FYM is applied at
50 tonnes/ba, the doses of phosphorus and potash
fertilizers can be reduced by half. ' 125-150 kg
nitrogen (125 kg for early maturing varieties and
150 kg for mid and late maturing varieties), 50 kg
phosphorus and 100 kg potash per hectare should
be used. In potash rich soils, only 50-60 kg of
KIO' should be applied.
In case of loam and sandy loam lioill, all
fertilizers are applied at the time of planting. In
light soils where complete earthing up is not done
at planting, 3/4 quantity of nitrogen alongwith
whole amount of phosphorus and potash is given
at planting. Remaining quantity of nitrogen may
be applied at' the time of earthina up. Fertilizers
at the time of planting are applied by hand placement on both sides of line about 4-5 em away
from the tuben or in furrows which are closed
witb soil before planting tubers. Care is to be
taken that tubcn should not come in direct contact
with fertilizers.
IrrigadoD: It i5 advisable to plant potatoes
after pre-sowing irrigation, then first irrigation is
given 7-10 days of planting. Subsequent irrigatioDa may be given at an interval of,7-l0 days in
October and November and 10-15 days in
December and January. Although optimum moiature is required for higher yield througbout the
growing sealon but availability of optimum
moisture at tuber initiation phase (i. e. about 20-40
days of planting) is very useful. Care should be
taken in Irst two irrigations. The furrow shOUld
be filled with water upto half of the height of ridge
and later on furrow should be filled upto the threefourth height of it. Anyway ridges should never
be completely sub merged or overfiooded.
Several experiments have' proved the effcctivenesl of sprinkler irrigation in increasing potato
yields.

Harvesting and marketiDg: ]f potatoes have

been planted for early market, then harvesting is
done when haulms are still green and tubers are
immature. These tubers need immediate marketing, care should be taken that field is not wet at
the time of harvesting. Tubers damaged during
harvesting should be separated before marketing.
In case crop is to be harvested after full maturity
then irrigation must be stopped about 15"20 days
before harvesting. After harvesting cut and
deformed tubers sbould be sorted out. Remaining
tuben may be kept in a room or under shade in
heap for about 10-1S days. Optimum temperature.'
for curing is 20C. Heap should be covered
properly either with any straw or old gunny bags
to avoid areening of potatoea. Since high humidity
is beneficial for curing, it can be creale<i by
sprin.tHag water on straw argunDY bags, covering
the heap.
Cootrol of Pesta aDd Disease.
Jassids aod apblds : For the control of jassids
and aphid., crop may be sprayed with anyone of
the following insecticides: 750 ml of dimethoate
(Rogor) 30 EC or 750 ml of methyl demcton
(metasystox) 25 EC or 190 ml of phosphamidon
(Dimecron) 100 in 750 Htres of water per hectare.
Spray may be repeated, if need be, at 10 days
interval. Do not spray these insecticides within
3 weeki of harvest,
Early blight: For the control of early blight,
spray the crop with Blitox 50 or zineb or DifoJatan
or mancozeb @ 1.5 - 2.0 ka/ha. Spray may be
repeated at IS days interval to cover new growth.
Late blight: For the control of late blight,
lipray the crop with 1.5-2.0 kg mancozeb or
Difolatan at 15 days interval. The interval may
be reduced to even 7 eays, especially when weather
remain I cool and humid. Use of dilease-free
ceItified Ijeed il mOlt important for the control of
this disease.
Black lcurf: For the control of this disease,
wash the seed tubers in ordinary water. After
washing, dip the tubers in I % bleaching powaet.
Rinse the tuberl again in ordinary water and t~eat
,

(Contd. on page 14)

HARYANA FARMING

Manurial requirement for this crop is 50 tonnes

FYM, 80 kg nitrogen, SO kg phosphorus and 25 kg
potash per hectare. Apply all FYM, ~. N, full PsO,
and K20 before transplanting and rest of N as
side dressing between rows in standing crop.

Grow Garlic for More Profit

-B. S. Dodl, V. K. Sriva"ltava and R. S. Kadlan
Education. HAU, Hisar
Directorate of Extension
,Garlic cloves ar~ mo;tly used as spice in different forms like powder, liquid or crushed pasterwhich
makes the dishes more tasty and nutritive. It is
very useful for getting relief from gastric troublel,
blood pressure. rheumatism. breathing troubles,
itching ears and eyes and to purify blood.
For high yield, select varieties like HO-l, G-I,
IC-49373 and [C 49383.
The seed (cloves) requirement foc planting is
6 to 8 qlha and these cloves should be completely
filled and disease free.
Optimum period for planting the cloves is last
week of September to October.
Planting distance should be maintained 15 cm
row to row and 10 em plant to plant. Cloves
should be covered in soil 2 to :3 em deep with
sprouting point facing upward.
First light irrigation should be given Immediately after planting. Other irrigations during the
,cropping period should be applied at an interval of
10-15 days according to weather.

Two to three hoeiogs and weedings should be

done before the formation of bulbs or the weedicides like Basaline 45% 2 to 2.5 I or Tribunal 70%
I.S kg or Lasso 30% 5.01 diluted with 625 I water
may be used. Basalio ill applied 2 days before
planting and mixed in soil by deep raking. Other
weedicides should be applied 15 days after planting.
Thrips can be controlled by 625 ml malathion
50 Be mixed with 625 Jitres of water/ha. For
control of purple blotch distase, spray the crop
with ZineblDiathane M-45 or Diathane Z-78@
2 kg/ha twice or thrice at an interval of 10 to 15
days.
.
. Garlic crop is ready for harvest after 170 to
200 days of planting when the tops have bent
down and started drying.
After harvest, the bulbs should be driedl
cured for 3 to 4 days in shade. Yield from one
hectare is about 100 q. The bulbs can be stored
by tying dried plants in bunches or the dried
leaves may be removed, in a dark dry well ventilated room.
As per available research data, the average
total cost of production is about Rs. 11,000/ha and
the average profit is about Rs. 12,000 to 20,OOO/ha.

USE AIMeO PESTICIDES

CROP PROTECTION
HOUSEHOLD & PUBLIC HEALTH
PHORATE lOG

CARBOFURAN 3G

Sod & systemiC Insecticide

~x_-:,'

-,-...

L...:._,---'-_'y

InsectiCide I Nematocide

TECHNICAL KNOWHOW AVAILABLE ON TURNKEY

BASIS FOR PESTICIDE FORMULATION,
TECHNICAL GRADE PESTICIDES
FENVElARATE, CYPERMETHRIN, MONOCROTOPHOS
PHOSPI1AMIDON, DDVP, ZINC PHOSPHIDE
& ALUMINIUM PHOSPHIDE TABLET
AI"'COPfsrlClDfS

All India Medical Corporation_

,\?,IMco/ P B 16806 Sanlacruz (E). BOMBA Y40005.'> INDIA

'\_/

Tel 6125287

FAl( NO 6124424

TE~EX

01114538AIMCIN

OUR OTHER PESTICIDES Methyl Parathion 50% EC% Fenvalerate 2O%.EC Cypermethrin 2 5%
, & 10% QUinalphos 25% EG. Garbendazlm 50"10 WOP

SEPTEMBER, 1991

& other 150 Pesticides formulatJons

Pea Production
- Kalloo aDd V. K. Srivastava
Department o/Vegetable Crops, HAU. Hisar
Recommended Varieties
Arkel : This is an early maturing variety which
takes 60-65 days from sowing to first pickinS.
Planu dwarf. seed wrinkled and pods are green
long (8-10 cm long). It js less tolerant to high
temperature and, therefore, can only be planted
when the weather cools down. Under favourable
conditions, it yields 40-50 q/ha pod.

PH-}: Early, takes about 70 days from

sowing to first picking, siolle to double podded,
pod large green well filled. seed green dimpled
after drying, yield 80-90 q/ha green pod.
BonDeville: It il mid late maturing. sweet,
wrinkled, seeded and medium tall variety suitable
for growing during the main leason i. c. middle
of October. It takes about 100 days to be ready
for first pickillg. It yields about 70 q/ha of green
pods per hectare.
Caltural OperatioDs
Sowing tim. and seed ute: Generally peas
arc lIown in plainl of Northern India from mid
September to mid November.. For early crop,
sec\)nd fortnight of Scptember and early October
Iced, are ,own. For late crop end of OClober to
mid November i. the bcst. For early crop 30-40
kg per acre and for mid and late crop 2O-~0 kg per
acre leeds are sufficient. Early SOWn crop suffers
with the fura.ium wilt and therefore. leeds should
be treated with fungicide bavistin 2 glkg seedl.
Planting distance should be ~O-40 cm between rowl
and between plants 3-5 cm. For early crop.
distance should be 20-25 em. Particularly when
peas are grown in newly reclaimed field, it, is advisable to treat. the seeds with ,Rhizobium culture
which will enhance nitrogen fixinl capacity of
plants. The culture is emulsified 'in 10% sualr
or gar solution and! litre is . mixed with the one
acre seed thoroughly. seeds are dried in sbade prior
to sowing. Seed should be treated with vitavax
7S WP or Bavilitin or Copper oxychloride. or ceresan 2 g per kg seed or Br8licol 5 gm/kg seed.

MaDures aDd fertilizers: About 20 tonnes of

FYM should be mixed thoroughly in the field at
least 15-20 days before planting. To stimulate
good plant growth, 30 kg nitrogen per hectare
will be sufficient. Phosphate favours greater nitrogen fixation by increasing the effiCiency of nodule
formation .. 50 kg P.05/ha gave best results. Half
nitrogen and full Pl06 should be applied before
sowing and rest nitrogen after 4-6 weeks' of sowing.
It is always better to avoid direct contact of fertilizers with seeds as lhey affect germination of seed
adverscly.
Irflaadon: It is advisable to apply pre-sowing
irrigation. It will enhance germination of seeds.
After sowing. first irrigation should be given at the
stage of initiation of flowers. The ncxt irrigation,
if required. should be given after onc m,?Dth.
Weed control: Hand weedin, i. generallyrecommended for keeping the field weed free. However.
stomp 1-1.5 kg a. i./h. should be applied 24 days
.fter sowing to control tbe weeds. .
CODlrol of pelt and dlsea.cI: n.e detail I are
given in another article on control measures of
pea pestl and diseases.

SAVE BAJRA CROP FROM

CYDNJDBUG
About three yean back in August, 1988, a new
insect pest problem was noticed in ..ajr. growin,
areas of Haryana State in general and Ba""al area
of Rewari diltrict in particular. Thil problem bas
been observed again in villages of Gursaon district
in the recent past. Brown coloured nymphs and
adults live in 1I0il and harm the young plantl by
sucking cell sap from roots. Affected young plants
first become yellow in colour followed by wilting
and finally drying takes place. To conform the
attack of this bug. dig out soil around iafcsted
plants and expose the underground parts of the
plant. Small roundi.h brown or black insects (If about
3 mm in size are (ound attached witb the underground parts of the plant. These are concentrated
more near the joints from where roots emerge, from
the underground portion of the stem. The problem is
more serious in the light and sandy soils in young
stagel of the crop while in advanced stage some
decline in the growth and reduced tillering may be
observed.
Control Measurell
Cydoid bug may be effectively controlled by
application of 10 kg: BHC 10% dUlt or aldrin 5%
dust per acre. Apply the dust around the base of
pllnts and therearter rake into the soil for etTective
kill. In irrigated areas, 1.5 litre aldrin 30 EC per
acre may also be applied with irrigation water.
P. R. Yad8'Y
Extension Specia,list (Entomology)

-nr.

HARYANA FARMING

Control

The plant should be sprayed with Dithane

M-45 or Difolatan 0.2% as soon as the disease
starts appearing. Repeat tbe spray after 15-20
days intervals.

Rabi Vegetable Diseases

and their Management

4.

This is a serious problem in potato specially in

the districts of Ambala, KurukBhetra, etc. The
disease is identified as water soaked lesions on the
leaves, starting from tips or margin. Under favourable climatic condition, the disease spreads to the
whole leaves then to the stem, branchel and whole
plant blighted. On the lower side of the affected
leaves, white fungus growth can be seen.

-Naresh Mehta
Department of Plant Pathology. HAU, Hisar
Vegetables are being, grown throughout the
state and are attacked by several diseases. Some
of the important ,diseases attacking the rabi vegetables and their control measures are described
below.
1.

Control

DamplDIOff

This is a serious disease in those vege~ables

whose nurseries are being raised such as cabbage,
cauliflower, onion, etc. This disease is very severe
during the rainy season. In this case, seeds decay
before germination and seedlings are killed after
germination. Due to the severeness of this disease,
the pJant population in the nurseries remained
very low.

Spray the crop with Dithane M-45 or Dithane

Z-78 or Difolatan at the rate of 1.5 to 2.0 kg/ha.
The spray should be at one month after sowing of
the crop. Spraying before appearance of disease is
a must. Repeat the spray after every 10-12 days
intervals.
<

CODtrol

,
Before Bowing, the seed should be treated with
Captan or Thiram or Carbendazim at tbe rate of
2.5 g per kg seed. The seedlings in the nurseries
should be sprayed with 0.2-% Captan or Difolatan
or Copper. oxychloride.

2.

Powdery Miidew

Powdery mildew is a serious disease in Pea,

Coriander, Fenugreek, etc. In this case, white
powdery growth appears on leaves, stem and later
on o.ther parts of the plant. Yield is reduced very
much due to severeness of this disease.
Control

Spray the crop with Sulfex 0.25% or Karathene .

0.1% as soon as tbe disease starts appearing and
after 15 days intervals as per need.
3. Downy Mildew
This disease appears specially on Cabbage,
Cauliflower, Radish, Turnip, etc. The disease is
recognised as small spots on the under surface of
the leaves and on tbe upper surface a yellow area
is observed. Later on these spots coalesced together
. to form big spots. During rain, the disease spreads
very fait.
SEPTEMBER,1991

Late Bligbt

5.

Early Blight or Alternaria Blight

This is a serious disease in Potato, Tomato

(Nov. transplanted crop), Radish, Cauliflower,
etc. This diseale is recognised as round or irregular dark brown tf? black spots on leaves. Later on
these spots appear on branch and stem aJso. As
a result the plant becomes blighted.
Control

Spray the crop with Dithane Z-78 or Ditbane

M-45 at the rate of 2 g per litre of water.. Repeat
after 10-15 days intervals.
6.

Viral and Mycoplasma Diseases

Almost ,all the vegetable crops are attacked by

viral diseases e. g. leaf roll, curling, mosaic in
potato and tomato. Little leaf caused by Mycoplasma is common in brinjal. Due to this disease,
as the name indicates the leaves become rolled,
curled or dark green and yellow patches appear
on the leaves. In some cases, the size of the plant
is reduced and ultimately the yield is reduced. This
disease is transmitted by Hnlecta such as aphid,
w~ite fly. etc.
Control

Healthy and disease free seeds should be used.

Spray the crop with insecticide such as Rogor,
Metasystox or Thiadon at the rate of 600-800 ml
per ha. Repeat the apray after 15 days intervals.

MONOCIL ~ RIPCORD.
The friendship
that spells double-trouble
for cotton pests.

MONOCIL ll( RIPCORD

give your cotton
complete protection
- by providing widerange insect control.
MONOCIL, the double
action insecticide,
kills all sucking pests
andstubbom
caterpillars with its
strong systemic and
contact action. And
RI PCORD, the new
generation
insecticide, quickly
knocks down Insects

like bollworms even

with low dosages; Not
only do the two
errectively wipe out all
preying Insects, they
also have a longer
residual effect. So you
need reduced number
of sprays. Yes,
MONOCIL &: RIPCORD
form a unique
coinbination.

I'tOr.OCIL llr RlPCORDfor doubleaction

protection

CHAITRAB NOC 10&02 DEL

10

HARYANA FARMING

Protect Winter Vegetables

from Insect Pests
-Po R. 'Yadav .ad L. S. Vadav
o/Entomology, HAV, Hisll!

D~partment

Important winter vegetable crops grown ia

Haryana are potato, peas, cauliflower, cabbage,
garlic and fenugreek (Methi). These crops are
attacked by several sap sucking and foliage feeder.
insects resulting in hea,vy loslC.. Brief description
or important insect pests and their control measures
i. a. follows:

They are dark grey or dull green and their skin is

smooth and greasy. Full grown caterpillar is 40~O mm in length. The caterpillars spend the day'
hiding near about plant bases or in soil or under
debries. At night they come out and become
active, cutting down the young plantl just above
or slightly below soil lurface. They are voracious
feeder and they fell more plants than they can
consume. Sometimel, tbe caterpillan make hole
in tubers also. More damage is caus~d durin.
February and March.
Coatrol Measurcs
Before .owing the crop apply 2.5 I Aldrex
30 EC or 4.0 I h~tachlor 20 EC per acre to upper
10- ] 5 em loil or apply same quantity of insecticide
with watering can in about 1000 litres water over
ridges
just before earthing up.
\

1. POTATO

(a) Sap SucklD, IDsects

Ja.aids, whitefly aod aphid. are the main sap
Bucking insects in potato crop. Nymphs and adults
of jassids arc greenim-yellow in colour, both move
briskly forward and sideways. They attack from
October to November in winter crop and February
to April in spring crop., The louse like nymphs of
whitefly which suck the sap are sluggish creatures.
cluster together on the under surface of leaves and
their pale yellow bodies make them stand out
, against the green background. Aphid is very
important sap sucking pest of potato. The nymphs
and adults, by and large, the wingless and green
in colour and attack from December to January.
During cloudy weather and high humidity, more
attack is observed. In addition to sap sucking
several viral diseases are transmitted in potato by
aphids.
Control Measores
Spray 300 ml Rogor 30 EC/Melasystox 25 EC
or 75 ml Dimecron 85 WSC in 300 litres of water
per acre at 10 to 15 days interval.
(b)

Leaf, Eating Insects

Cutworm is the most important foliage feeder

of potato. Only, the caterpillars cause damage.
SEPTEMBER, 1991

2.
(a)

PEAS

ThrJp. aDd Aphids

These are sap sucking insects. Adult thtip

is brown and I mm in length. Male has no
wings. Nymphs are similar to adult but smaller
in size and have no wings. In case of severe
attack, plants become weak.
Aphids attack during winters. Nymphs are
brownish in colour but adults are blue or blackiah
in colour. If the attack is on younger plants, the
growth is checked which results in poor yield.
When the attack i. at the time of flowering and
pod formation, the yield is reduced to a great
extent and even the graina formed are of poor
quality.
Control Measores
For thrip contrOl, spray 300 ml malathion
50 EC in 200 Htres of water per acre. The aphid
will be controlled by insecticides sprayed for pea
Jeaf miner.
(b)

Pea Leaf Miner

The light yellow coloured larvae are destructive

and make prominent white zigzag tunnels in the
leaves from December to March-April. The large
number of tunnels made by the larvae int erfere

11

with photosynthesis and the proper growth of

plants making them look unattractive. Due to
severe attack, the growth is checked which results
in poor yields.
CODtrol Measures
Spray 400 ml Rogor 30 EC or SOO ml
Metasystox 25 ECI Anthio 25 EC in 200 litres of
water per acre. If necessary, repeat same spray at
IS days interval but stop atleast IS days before
harvest of the crop.

(b) Cabbage Caterpillar

It is a serious
pest of cabbage and
cauliflower and may attack many other cruciferous
crops, Damage is caused by caterpillars only.
They are 4- 5 cm in length when full grown, pale
yellow when young and turn greenish yellow
later on. The head is black and the dorsum is
marked with black spots. First instar caterpillars
just scrape the leaf surfac,<, whereas the subsequent
instars eat up leaves from the margins inwards.

Control Measores
(c)

Pod Borer

There are three types of bore'fs which attack

on pea crop. The caterpillars of these borers,
feed on developing grains in pods resulting in
heavy loss. In case of severe attack, all the pods
are damaged aDd spoiled.
Control Measures
Spray 400 ml endosulfan 35 EC in 200 litres
of water per acre and if need be, repeat at IS days
int~rva1.

3.

CABBAGE AND CAULIFLOWER

The most important insect pests of these crops

are diamond back moth, cabbage caterpillar, semilooper, tobacco caterpillar and aphid.
(a) Diamond Back Motb
Damage is caused by the caterpillars. When
full growa, ,hey are about 8 mm in length and are
pale-yellowish green with fine black hair scattered
all over the body. They damage the leaves of
cauliflower and cabbage particularly in the head or
in the heart. Central leaves of cabbage and cauliflower may be riddled and the vegetables rendered
unfit for human consumption. The pest is most
serious when appears on the early crop in AugustSeptember.
'
Coatrol Me.sure.
, Spray 300 ml diazinon 20 EC or 60 ml
dichlorvos 16 BC or 400 ml malathion 50 BC/endosulfan 3S BC in 250 Htres of water per acre' at
weekly intervals.

12

Spray 400 ml malathion 50 EC/endosulfan.35

EC in 2S0 Iitres of water per acre at 10 days
intervals.
(c) Semilooper
The caterpillars are plump and palish ,gllCen
and cause damage to cabbage and cauliflower during
winter by biting round holes of varying sizes into
the leaves. As they walk, they form characteristic
half-loops and are often seen mixed with the cabbage caterpillars.
Control Measores
Same as for cabbage caterpillar.

Cd) Tobacco Pillar

The damage is done only by the caterpillars
which when full grown measure 3S-40 mm in
length. They are velvety black with yellowishgreen dorsal stripes and lateral white bands. The
larvae feed on leayes and fresh growth. They arc
mostly active at night and cause extensive damage
to the crop.
CODtro) Measures
~me

as for cabbage caterpillar.

(e) Apblds
The damage is caused by the nymphs and t~e
adults which are louse-like, are pale-greenish
insects and are seen feeding in large numbers, often
covering the entire surface of leaves. The insect is
(Conld. on page 17)

HARYANA FARMING

depends upon the availability of lan.d. It is better

to have a small well-kept garden than a large one
poorly cared.

Important Tips for

Successful Ki tchen
Gardening
-D. K. Dhatnagar
Department o/Vegetable Crops, HAU, Hisar

A home or vegetable kitchen garden is the

type of garden witb which individually all are
concerned whether one lives in a village town. or
city. It IS feasible and profitable almost anywhere
especially if.people realize its value in healtb and
good living and are willing to make the effort to
have one. Vegetables produced in kitchen garden
are certainly fresh, nutritive and provide balanced
<liet. It offers the best hobby. exercise and
entertainment especially to the city gardener.
To produce vegetables in a kitchen garden
successfully.
needs
considerable
technical
knowledge of vegetable growing. Here are some
important tips for successful 'vegetable kitchen
gardening.
). Locatioo aod size : In most cases there
will be a limiled choice for the selection of a site
. for the kitchen garden. Backyard of a house is the
best place. The vegetable plots should be away
from shady trees. The size of the kitchen garden
1.

Cauliflower (mid-season)

2. On soltable soil: Preferably the soil should

be loam or sandy loam. It should be well-drained;
not too acid and well supplied with organic matter
and nutrients.

3. Planning: Garden planning is directed'

toward an adequate supply of vegetables through
as long a season possible. Choice of crops to
plant and arrangement of planting in the kitchen
garden is essential. It is advisable to make a plan
before undertaking the planting of a garden.
Cropping pattern considers the location of the
plot. crops to be grown, planting time, varieties,
etc. A few examples of crop rotation are given
below.
4. Varieties: Varieties should be selected for
table quality and suitability for processing and
storing as well as for adaptability to; local conditions, productiveness ,and earliness.
5. Use of manures and fertilizers
Kitchen
gardens should be well supplied with F. Y. M.
before planting.
Nitrogen, phospborus and
potasb. (if required) should
,- be applied in adequate
amounts. For a plot of 25 sq., meter about 125 kg
of F. Y. M., 125500 gm of urea and 300-500 gm
of superphosphate is recommended depending
upon the type of vegetable. Whole of the F.Y.M.,
phosphate, potash and one third of nitrogen should
be applied before planting. The rest of nitrogen
should be given into two split doses at Mteen days
interval.
Radish

-+

(July-November)

2.

....

(November-December)

Potato

Onion
(December-June)
Cauliflower (Early)

Cowpea
-+

(October-March)

3.

Brinjal with
Spinach as intercrop
(July-Ma!ch)

SEPTEMBER, 1991

(March-June)

(July-October)

Bhindj Summer
(March-June)

13

6. Miscellaneous IIlP'oDomical operatioDs: Hoeing,

spading or harrowing should be done time to time.
Jr.rigation should be liveD when required.
Usc of fungicides and weedicides in order to
control ,diseases and weeds should be followed in
consultation with experts.

7. HarvesdDg: Season of harv~st may be

lengthened by using early varieties and transplanted
plants. Harvestins of vegetables should be done
i. the cool hours of the day. preferably in the
morning or evening.
Information OD various varieties of vegetables,
their seed rate, planting time, spacings, seed aod
fertil~zer requirements. etc. are given 011 a leaflet
released from Deptt. of Vegetable Crops, H.A.U.,
Hisar which should be consulted for a succe.sflll
kitchen gardening.

(From page 6)

them with 3.0% Boric acid solution for 30

minutes. This treatment is effective (or both
commODS scab and black scurf. After treatment,
on sure that lhe tubers are properly dried. Pack
the seed tubers in gUDlJY bags with proper labeJling
for marketing or cold store. If tuben have not
been treated before storage by Boric-acid then
treat the tubers before planting with 0.25%
Emiaan-6 or Arelane-6 for 30 minutes. Treated
tubcrs must not be used for table purpose.

Charcoal rot: If charcoal rot is problem

then it is advisable to grow early maturing
varieties. Crop should be harvested before it gets
warm i.e. by the middle of March. Treat the Iced
tubers with 0.25% Emisan~6 or Arelane-6 for 30
minutes.

Salient features of
Haryana Seeds : Certified and better
eMore Yield
o Purity and more
germination

o Diseaseless
o Money back
guarantee

Alwavs Purchase
Certified Seeds 01
following crops:-

WHEAT AND BARLEY

MUSTARD
GRAM AND OTHER
PULSES
o FODDER AND
VEGETABLE SEEDS

HARYANA SeEDS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION LTD.

(A Haryana Gavt Undertalongl
. )

14

S.C.O. 169-170. SECTOR a-c, CHANDIGARH-160 008

Phones 22168.22196.22097

HARYANA FARMING

RUst

Know these diseases of bajra too

Minor Diseases too can be

Devastating
-M. P, Srivastava aad A.

s. Ratbl

'Depa1tment of Plant Patho]olY, HA.u, Hisar

"
With fa.t changing
agriculture scenario. many
discasel which carlier were of minor economic
importance have assumed significant importance in
the recent pa.t. Hence, one should be as vigilant
for minor diseasel as for major dreadly disease.
Bajra crop ,utrcn heavy loss primarily from diseasel like downy mildew, smut and ergot. In
addition to these blast and rust diseases do attack
the crop. Althoulb, these dileases are not of
much economic importance yet one ba. to be
attentive. While the HAU il constantly monitoring their presence and development each year,
fumers are required to contact/inform HAU in tbe
event of their .erious outbreak. It is with this
conlideration that the readen are being appriied
through thi. communication about the diagnolil
of theu discasci so tbat their appearance io bajra
field does oot go UDDoticed.
Blast
Lelions OD leaf blades invariably are 'pindle
Ihaped to circular, upto 1 cm long. with dark
brown marginli and lishter coloured centres.
Lesions have cblorotic yel.ow haloes with an extension of thc brown marginl into the baloCI at
oppositc ends of the lesions. Under humid conditioni tbe lesion centres develop a light arey boom
of the, fungal growth consisting of conidiophores
and conidia.
The dileale i. caUled by a fungus. Pyrlcularia
et.rJae which il primarily air-borne in nature.
Humid conditionl are favourable for growtb of
conidia and which may be disseminated by air
current and water causing further spread.
SEPTEMBER. 1991

Symptoms are first visible on the lower older

leaves as typical crumpent pustules containing a
reddish-brown powder (uredolpores). As the
lcaves senesce dark brown tcliospores are produced,
sometimes in the uredolori or in teleutosori which
are darker coloured than ur~dosori. Symptoms
can appear on both the lurface of the leaves but
are common on upper surface. HighlY susceptibfe
varieties develop large pustules deosely grouped
on leaf blades and on sheaths.
Diseasc is caused by the fungus, PocdDla
pcamsed. The uredolpores are blown by. air
current causing regular infection in the lealon.

Chemical Weed Control

in Potato
It hiS been proved in several experimentl tbat
if proper earthing up hal been done at the time of
planting and weeds have been controlled by
weedicides then there is no need of additional
earthing up. Howevcr, additional earthing up in
comparatively light soils may help in reducing the
perccntage of grccn tubers. In case weedicldet
have not been sprayed and weeds have come up
then weeding/hoeing may be done at about 2.s-30
days'after planting followed by earthing up.
I

Weed. may be: controlled by Ipraying ODe of

the following weedicides within 10 day. of planting
in 625 litres of water per hectare. Prescnce of
enough moisture at the time of spraying is mUlt for
effective control of weeds.
<a>
(b)

Alachlor at 2.5-3.0 kg/ha (Lasso 5-6 litrel)

Alachlor at 1.25 kg+Simazine at 0.125 kg/ha
(Lasso ~.S Jitres +Tar.zin 250- g)
(c) Pendima\halin at ) .2-1.5 kg/ha (Stomp 4.05.01)
In case above weedicides have Dot been
SPrayed within 10 day, of planting. then apply
paraquat 600-7'0 mJlba (Gramoxone 2.5-3.0
litrel) at 5- 10% crop emergence.
-DR. V. K. SRIVASTAVA

15

Agroforestry to Meet our

Food, Fodder and
Fuelwood Needs

1.

To protect the upper layer of fertile soil which

blow away from not swift winds in dry areas
of Haryana, trees like Kikar, Khejri, Bakain.
Poplar, Sissoo are planted as shelter belts
which divert the wind speed and crops like
pigeon pea, pearlmillet and groundnut yiclded
more.

2.

In southern part of Haryana, Ber and Khejri

are the best trees for fruit, fodder and fuel
purposes. The crops like pearlmillet, clusterbean, mung bean are very successful along
with trees.

3.

A good pasture could be raised in between the

tree of khejri and kikar. The tree could be
lopped and pruned at convenient intervals to
provide fuel wood. Since trees put forth fresh
growth after pruning, a single tree often yields..
after repeated pruning 8 times the. fuel wood
it would yield upon complete felling. The
leaves can be used as animal feed as well as
mulch which improve the Soil structure.
reduces evaporation, increases moisture holding,capacityand enriches the nitrogen content
of soil.

4.

In Ambala, Karnal and Kurukshetra districts

wheat gave good yields when growniI;lterspacesof poplar. The barran alkaline' soil of Karnal
region could effectively be utilized for growin'g
Katilal grass along with Israeli kikar. In farm
forestry systems Dha incha was found to
contribute substantial amount of nitrogen
to soil.

5.

To grow subabul is an answer to some marginal farmers which gives fodder and fuet
sufficiently and moreover it fixes the nitrogen
to soil. Wheat, sorghum, groundnut, pearl
millet and chickpea gave higher yield when
grown with subabul. The leaves of subabul
can also be used as mulch. Crops could be
raised in association with bert pomegranate.
guava and kin now variety of citrus and gave
higher yield when grown with subabul.

-So S. Bisls and D. P. Singb

Department of Agroforestty, HAU, Hisar
Agrofocestry is cultivation of trees in association with crops. It has assumed Breat importance
in recent years primarily because of acute shortaae
ofland as the population is increasing a1 rapid
speed. To increase food production. we have
increased the area under cultivation by clearing
away most of our jungles. With the result. the
area under forest has been reduced drastically and
leading to floods. erosion, loss of human and
ilnimallives, crops and property:
More than 30% of entire energy requirement
of o~r country is met by trees and woody shrubs.
To meet such a high fuel demand, we are cutting
trees, fastly but o'ot giving emphasis to regrow. As
fuel wood becomes scarce, dried cow dung is burnt
which is a valuable fertilizer.
By the turn of this century, we have to increase
our food, fodder, timber and fuel production and
these are important components of 'our current
strategy. on Agro-forestry in which trees which
yield fruit, fodder, timber and fuel as well as
woody. perennials, shrubs are combined with crops
on the same land management.
' ..
All the trees .and crops are not compatible
with each -other. Keeping in view the diverse
agroclimatic regions, the socio-economic needs of
farmers have an important bearing on choice of
trees to be grown in association with crops. An
effective agroforestry strategy should therefore
provide sUltainable productivity, economic viability,
ecological suitability and social acccptibility to
farmers. To formulate such strategy thc following
practices ~ay be'adopted.
'

.16

So for better land management and to get

maximum production per unit area, the farmer must
gro,w trees along with crop and fruit plants.

HARYANA f:ARMING

(From page 12)

mOlt active from December to March.

Tips of Tree Selection for

Agroforestry

They suct
cell sap from leaves due to which vitality of tho
pl~nt8 is reduced resulting in poor yield.
Control Measures
Same as for cabbage caterpillar.

-So S. Billa aad J. C. Kausblk

Department of Agroforestry. HAU, Hisar

The following points should be kept in view
while choosing trees for cultivation in alsociation

with crops.
1.

The tree should grow fast and stand up to

tleparated prunings.

2.

Its roots should explore

by agricultural crops.

3.

The crown should not be too large Or

expenlive to prevent 8unlight from reaching
the crop that needs it.

4.

The peak period of flush And leaf fall should

be dctrimcDtal to the crop ,rown in
association.

1I0il

layen not tapped

Dot

5.

A. rar po.sible, the tree lipecies should be

legume whose root nodules harbour microorganisms that fix nitrogen from atmosphere
and enrich the soil.

6.

The branching should be spane and light.

7.

The leaves should serve as a nutritious animal

feed or al a good mulch that improves soil
porosity, increases its fertility, reduces evaporation and improves moisture retention.

8.

The: tree should mcet the locio-economic and

ecological nceda of the region.

4.

Thrip ia a major pest of garlic. Damage il

done by nymphs and adults. The adults are
Ilender, yellowish brown and measure about
1 mm in length. In shape "od colour, the nymphs
resemble' the adult bnt are wingless and slightly
ImalJer. The insecta arejust visibJe to the unaided
eye and are seen moving briskly on the flowers and
leaves of the plants from November to May. They
luck the cell sap and leave. of the attacked plantl
at first become curled, wrinkled and gradually dry
up. The plants do not form bulbs nor the flowen
set seed and thus the yield is reduced t'o & greater
extent.
CODtrol Measorel
Spray 300 ml malathion 50 Ee in 200-250
lite", of water per acre and, If necesnry, repeat at
10 days interval.

5. METHI
Sometimes duriog winter, aphid. damage
Me:thi crop. Nymphs and adults suck: the cell sap
and in case of severe attack, leave .. become yellow
and yield il affected adversely.
Control Measures
Same

SEPTEMBER, 1991

GARLIC

8.

in garlic crop.

17

Identification of Some
Common Aquatic Weeds in
Fish Ponds and their
Control

(ii) Emergent weeds : They are rooted in the

bottom but having their floating leaves flush with
the water surface and the stems are always hard,
remain inside water body e. g. Nymphae (lotus),
Nelumbo, Nymphoides (Fig. 2 c & d).

-N. K. Yadav and Neero

Department of Zoology, HAU. Hisar

Aquatic weeds are defined as those unwanted

and undesirable plants which reproduce and grow
in water and if left unchecked. choke the water body
posing a serious effect to pisciculture. One of the
serious problems comes before the Indian pisciculturists is the control of excessive growth of
aquatic vegetation in waters; all they consumed
large quantities of soluble nutrients and drastically
curtailing their production. Weeds choking of a
body of water severely restricts plankton production; limits the living space for fish; upset the
equilibrium of physico-chemical qualities of water;
checks oxygen circulation; promotes accumulation
of deposition of siltation; provides shelter to predatory and weed fishes. molluscs and aquatic insects and obstruct the netting operations.
Biawas and Calder (195S) classified aquatic
vegetation of perennial ponds into four zones.
Thus. weeds on the basis of their habits and habitats, having been variously classified. Lawrence
(1955) grouped them into:

~}}

: -ILu

,If

~~
!.c.l

3
(dl

,fJf
l.

Fig. 2. Emergent weeds: (c) Nymphae, (d) NY,mphoides.

(iii) Submerged weeds: Which ~ay or may

liot be rooted but whole of the body of plant remains inside the water except the flowery parts in
some casea e. g. rooted; Hydrilla, Najas, Vallisneria (Fig. 3 e). Potamogeton. Chara devoid of
roots: Ceretophylla. Ultricularic Naias.

(i) Floating weeds: They have their free floating leaves above the surface of water with roots
hanging free underneath (e.g. Eichornia, Pistia.
,Spirodela. Lemna, Azolla. Wolffia, Waterhyacinth)
~(Fig. I a\& b).

( e)
Fig. 3. Submerged weeds : (e) Hydrilla.

( 0)
Fig. (

l~

FJoating weeds: (a) Water hyacinth, (b) Pistia.

(iv) Marlins' weeds: These are mostly rooted and choke the shore line of the water body.
they are very hard and can withlltaod without water
HARYANA FARMING

for two-three months e. g. Typha, Pbragmiiies,

Cyperus, Panicum, Colocasia. Ipomoea (Fig. 4 f).

"t

( f) ;
,I. I

Fig. 4. Marginal weeds: (f) Typha.

(v) Matll or Scums: They are formed by filamentous algae and some ChlamydomonaJ and Euglin;nae family in the marginal area or in the main
body of the water, thus form a thin film over the
surface of water e. g. SpirogyrQ, Pithophora, etc.
(vi) Algae scattered through the water body:
In this case these micro-aquatic plants give greenish
tinge to water body due to their presence, if they
are preaent in abundance. They are Icattered on
the surface, column and bottom of the pond wafer
e. g. Microcystis, Oscillatoria, Anabaena, etc.
(vii) Phytoplankton. : These are minute,
microscopic plant I, passively floating in water,
often multiplying very rapidly and occurring in
millions, imparting a turbid greeD, brown or yellowish brown colour to tile water: Such a condition
is known as "water bloom" and the plants are
generally calle'd algae. The majority of planktonic
algae in the Indian fresh-waters belong to the
group green algae (Chlorophyceae) and blue-green
algae (CysnopbYBae) though a number of diatoms
(Badllariophyceae) aod flagellates (Euglenineae)
are also commonly found.
Control of tile Common Aquatic Weeds in Fish
Pond

When a new pond is constructed, the following

precautions should be taken to check weedS from
establishing tbemse!ves :
SEPTEMBER, 1991

1.

Keeping minimum depth of water, not less

than O.5m.

2.

Decping of the pond edge to reduce the hazard

of marginal and shallow water weed growth.

3.

Shapping and sooding of the pond edge above

water level to reduce the area where marginal
weeds could appear.

4.

Providing a diversion-ditch, if necessary, to

carry excessive and muddy water around the
pond. After the pond is properly constructed,
fiJI with water and fertilize it, supports a balanced aquatic vegetation, requisite for pond
ecology. The common methods adapted for
control of aquatic weeds are: Manual, Mechanical, Chemical and Biological.

Manual aed Mecbanical Control Metbods

In tropical countries, where labour is cheap,
manual methods are often employed to remove
weeds. In small water bodies, the traditional methods of handpicking, uprooting emergent and
marginal weeds and cutting them with scythes are
considered suitable. The mechanical methods in
India have been tried only on a limited scale.
These methods are slow, rather expensive and
generally beyond the means of an average Indian
pisclculturist. In Bengal, a weed cutting lunch,
having its bow fitted with long V-Shaped sickles
and baving reciprocal action, have. been used in .
cutting weeds likie C%caSio, Cyperus and other
tall weeds In shallow water, power winches or
mechanical lifts have been employed in AS6am to
clear shallow water thickly infested with water
hyaqinth. Recently, diesel-operated wiflGhes have
been used in Orissa to eradicate dense rooted submerged vegetations.
Chemical Control
A large variety of chemical weedicidcs are no11'
used for the contrdl of aquatic weeds, their leathal
action is eIther by direct contact or by translocation of the chemrcal from the treated part of the
plant, resulting in both the cases the death of the
plant. Following points should be remembered
before using any herbicides.

19

0) Effective in killing weeds at reasonably low

rate of application not exceeding 10 ppm 'or
those applied in water and about 10 kg/ba for
those sprayed on n surface area basil.
(ii)

Cheap and easily available.

(iji)

Non toxic to fishes and human beings and

stock animals.

(iv)

Should not pollute the treated water or any

supervision by technical person should not be
required.

(\')

Should not hav., any coroching action OD

metal containers and Iprayers.

(8)

Coatrol of FloadDI Weed.

Among the floating weeds, the water hyacintb

(Eichornia c"assipers) il the most noxious. and

,for its successful control-2,4 dichlorophenoxy aetie
acid (2, 4-D) il used. Direct effect upon the leaves
and roots. applied at the ratc of 4.S-6.7 kgth
other chemical is Taticide-80 (l, 4-0 sodium salt
80%) rate. 4-6 kg/hB-it shows its effect within
one weeki without any adverse effect OJ) fingerlings
and adult. of major carps.
Other floating weed I, such as Pislia slratlotas
and Salvi~ia have been controlled by H.S.D. and
Powering at 775-1, 100 Iitre/ha. MCPA (2,4-D
aster at the rate of 8.96-13.44 kg/ha at 0.2%
concen\ration, are best for killing pistia).
(b) 'Control of Marclna. Weeds

Young Cyperus were totally killed with 1%

aqueous solution of both Taficide-80 and Tarapon
(2. 2-dichloropropionic Acid. sodium salt 85%) at
the rate of 28 kg/ha. Eleocharis was controlled
with 2.5% aqueous, solution of 2,4-D with detergent at 0.25% concentratiou. Colocali. with
Taflcide-80, at a COn. 1.5% with detergent 'Iurf'.
(c)

Control of EmergeDt Weed.

In India, encouraging results have been

achieved in the control of Nymphaca with Dicotox,

20

and Nelumbo with Taficide-SO. Ramcbandran

and Prabhu (1968) have reported that litly plants
got uprooted with just one application of 2. 4-D
(Sodium salt 80%) at 1.50% concentration with
detergent surf, Taf'lcide-l0 at the con. 2.5% with
detergent, showed good result on Nymphoides.
(d)

Control of Submerged Weeds

Copper sulphate with ammonium sulphate

(1 : 1) (0.01 pp:n) were applied in controlling the
Char. com plete killing of Hydrilla and Najas were
experimented by ulinl Immunia-the gal wal
, injected directly in the top Iayerl or the weeds
chocked water, by meanll of suitable appliance at
the rate 1.2 ppm N. Other weedicides such as
Siroa7.ine, at about 8-5 ppm with active ingredient,
allio the Sulphur dioxid. at about 40 ppm, w~s
also found effective killing tbe Hydrilla verticillata~
(e)

Control of Algal Blooms aDd Filamentous

Algae
Th~

blue green algae, particularly Miorocistis

is most noxious alga, for this, Simazine was experimented at the rate of 0.5-1.0 ppm. With active
ingredient could effectively control the Microcistis.,
This weedicide is not toxic to fish or zoo-planktc;>n,
chemical control of matl & scums and filamentoull
algae il not attempted in India yet.
Blol.glca' Control
. Certain types of weed. in body of watc;r can
also be controlled by means of selected varieties of
herbivorou. labes. Tbe more important herb~voul
fishes aro glass-carp ( CtenopluJryngodon ilkl/a.
Tawas, Common carp. TI/apia, Gourami. An 'ideal
herbivarous fish is one which conlumes variety of
weed.. Tilapia, best for Cbara aad Najas. GralS
carp was found conluming wide variety of the
. aquatic vegetation.
Other animals such as duck and geele can be
employed for controlling aquatic vegetation' in
addition they manure the pouds with the excreta.
The geese keep the grals on pond banks trimmed
short.
HARYANA
.. FARMING
.

[W~AT.. TO DO ,THI~ M?Ni.~:~l

monocrotophos 36 WSC/fenitrothion 50 Ee/formothion 25 EC in 250 It. water or dust 10 kg BHC
10%1 carbaryl 5%1 methyl parathion 2% per acre.
During this month army worms cause heavy losses
to the paddy crops during nights and therefore
control them by dusting 10 kg BHC 10% or spraying 400 ml endosulfan 3S EC in 250 It. water/acre.
Note:
Rice
Irrigate to ensure that fields are atlel1st kept
in saturated condition. Replace water wherever
possible at weekly interval.

Farmers are advised to show the insectpest incidence in paddy crop to a specialist
of a nearest KGK or Department of Agriculture, Govt. of Haryana and thereafter
spray the insecticides as per expert advice.

Bajra
If zinc deficiency appears in rice fields which

is manifested by the presence of chocklate coloured

pecks on the leaves, then spray zinc sulphate to
alleviate zinc deficiency. For one hectare take 2.5
kg zinc sulphate, add 15 kg urea and make a solution of 500 litres with water (salt free) and spray
this solution on standing crop of paddy. Such
spray may be repeated after 10 days if the deficiency has not been removed altogether. In the
event of outbreak of Bacterial leaf blight don't
apply any nitrogenous fertilizers and irrigate the
field as per need, avoid continuous flooding. Rice
blast is likely to appear which can be rec~gnized
by eye-shaped spots with purple margin on leaves.
Leafinfection should be checked with appearance of
first visible symptoms on Basmati rice. To manage
this disease spray the crop with 500-625 mIl
ha Hinosan in 500-625 litres water. In place
of Hinosan, carbendazin (500-625 g) in 500-625
litres water per ha can also be used,.
There may be attack of Rice Gundhi bug in the
fields. Control this insect-pest by dusting 10 kg
BHC 10% dust per acre. To coptrol plant hoppers,
spray 400 gm carbaryl (Sevin/Hexavin/Carbavin)
WP or 350 ml endosulfan 3'S EC or 250 ml

'0

SEPTEMBER,1991

Provide watch and ward to protect the crop

from birds .
Apply 65 kg urea per hectare to bajra crop
by top dressing and give light irrigation afterwards.
If yellow specks on bajra leaves are visible, this
shows the deficiency of zinc in the plants. Spray
0.5 per cent zinc sulphate solution and to cover
one hectare take 2.5 kg zinc SUlphate, add 15 kg
urea and make a solution of 500 Htres with water.
Spray this solution in the afternoon.
Remove ergotted earbeads. If the crop is in
boot stage spray with 1 litre Cuman or 1 kg Difolaton diluted in 500 litres of water per hectare to
protect from ergot.

Dr. D. P. Thakur
Dr. V. K. SrI,a.tava
Dr. M. S. Kuhad
Dr. B. P. Singh
Dr. P. R. Vada'f
Dr. V. P. Sharma
Dr. Dal Singh
Dr,. Narinder Singh

,I

1
I

I
_I

Directorate of
Extension Education.
HAU,.Hisar

21

Cydoid bug a new insec.t problem observed in

bajra growing areas of Raryaaa particularly Gurgaan district. The small brownish or black bugs
of about, 3 mm size damage the bajra plants by
lucking sap from roots, thus damaging the overall
growth oJ young plants. For its control, apply 10
kg BHC 10% or aldrin 5% dust per acre around
the basis of plant & rake in the soil. Aldrin 30
Ee @ 1.5 It/acre can be applied with irrigation
water.

Pulses
Start harvesting the mature crop with a sickle
and thresh the crop by the conventiona' metbod.
In some years attack of Bihar hairy cater-

pillar has been observed in these crops. To cOntrol this insect-pest, spray tbe crop with 500 ml
endo8ulfan 35 EC/Ekalux 2S Be or 250 ml Nuvacron/Monocil !6 WSC or 200 ml Nuvan 76 Ee in
250 It of water per acre.

CottOD

Berseem
Irrigate the crop in case needed and start pick~
ing of desi cottOD in the last week of September.
Do not keep picked cotton in wet places.
To protect the cotton crop from bollworms,
spray the insecticides as per recommendations given
in the Raryana Farming of Augultt, 1991.
Maize

Irrigate the crop at silkiog and graiwdevelopment stage. Harvest the early sown short duration
maize at the end of this month. Let the cobs dry
and then shell them with a maize &heller.
To protect crop from stem borer. spray 400 gm
carbaryl 50 WP or 500 ml endosulfan 35 EC in
400 It of water/acre.
",
Sugarcane

Start sowing of berseem from 2nd fortnight

of this month. Prepare a fine seed bed by giving
three ploughings, each followed by ph~nting.
Ensure that tbe field is well-levelled. U!e only
clean seed of berseem variety M,escavi. 2S kg seed
il required for sowing in one hectare. Inoculate
the seed with berseem culture before lowing and,' ,
dry the seed in shade. Broadcast tbe seed unitorm/y in standing ~ater. if weather is calm. In
case of high wind velocity the seed should be
broadcast evenly and this should be followed by
rakmg and irrigation immediately. For high
yields of fodder. berleem should be sown mixed
with Japan rape. In this case, in addition to the
normal seed rate of berseem, add 1250 Bm seed. of
Japani sarson. Apply recommended doses of
fertilizer.

To protect crop from Gurdaspur borer. remove

the upper dry portion of sugarcane at weekly
intervals. If there is attack of red mite. spray tb.
crop with 500 mt MetasYltox 25 EC or 600 ml
Rogor 30 EC in 600 It of water/acre. There may
be attack of Pyrilla, hence release parasites or
IIpray insecticide as per HAU recommendations.

For a good crop of beneem, apply 60 kg urea

alongwith 425 kg of single super phosphate per
hectare ht the time of sowing. It is advisable to
apply Rhizobium Culture in a field where bcrseom
i. being sown for the l1rst time.

GroundDot

Apply pre-sowing irrigation for sowing of

toria in the 1st week and desi sarson of the lallt week
of September. or arrange sowing in a field where
rain water has been properly conserved. Prepare
a fine, moist seed bed by ploughing the field twice,
followed by ~plan king. SQW only recomritended
variety, toria-Sangam and desi sarson (BSH.No. 1).
5 kg seed is sufficient for sowing in ODe hectare.
Complete sowing of toria in the lst fortnight of

Irrigate the crop at fruiting stage and, remove.

the weeds.'

If there is attack of red hairy caterpillars,

spray the crop with 250 ml monocrotophos 36
WSC or 500 ml quinalphos 25 EC/endosulfan 35
Be or 200 ml dichlorvos 16 Be in 250 ml water!
acro.

22

Rabi oilseed!

HARYANA FARMING

September and start sowing of desi sarson in the

last week of this month. Sow the seed 4-5 em
deep in rows 30 em apart with a drill or 8 para.
Do the sowing either early in the morning or late
in the evening. When moisture in the top layer
or the field is inadequate, mix the seed with some
moist soil and keep it overnight before sowing.
Even otherwise some moist soil is mixed with the
seed at the time of so~ing to increase the bulk and
facilitate uniform distribution of the seed. For
unirrigated crop of toria. apply 40 kg Nitrogen
and 20 kg of Phosphorus (P20Il) preferably through
Ammonium sulphate and single super phosphate.
respectively. Both these fertilizers should be drilled
at the time of sowing. Under irrigated conditions
apply 60 kg Nitrogen and 30 kg PIO, per bectare.
Half dose of Nitrogen and full dose of P should
be applied by drilling at the time of sowing and
rest of the N should be npplied with first irrigation.
In sandy soil", add )5 kg zinc sulphate/ba at the
time of lowing.
TIl

Leaf roller cum pod borer is limiting factor

in this crop. For its control spray 700 g carbaryl
50 WP in 240 litres of water per acre.
Safe Storage of Grains
Rainy season is the mOllt favourable period
for insect pests damage in storage grains. Infested
grains can only be saved by fumigating the grains
witb aluminium phosphorus tablets which are
available as celpbos, pbolfume or quickphos. For
) ton capacity storage bin or kothi }-2 tablets of:3
gm each are sufficient. For storage of 1000 cubic
feet (28 cu m.) capacity, 7 tablets should be put
in the store. Fumigation should only be done
where air tight conditions can be obtained and the
.,torage bin is io a safe place and not in the living
or sleeping place. Keep these storage closed for
atIeast 7 days. In the grains not at all meant for
seed, EOB ampule can be used for fumigation @
3 ml per quintnl of grains.
Get soils of field wbere you are likely to !lowgram,
wheat aod barley tested in tbls month 80 that fertilizer
applicatioo is tailored according to soil test values.
Soil testing means saving in fertilizers.

SEPTEMBER. 1991

~~
d.L'VEST~
~ +tEAL1M CARE I~

Cows-BuffaJoes
1. The cows-buffaloes may get worm infestation
while drinkinB stinking pond water and in
addition there is every possibility of a' contagious outbreak in animals. TherefOre,. the
animals may not be allowed to drink stinking
water from ponds.
2. Get your hnimals dewormed every moath by
getting medicines from the Vety. doctor.
deworming is most essential in young calves
to keep them away from the habit of Iickingl
eating mud or soil.
3. The duog of your animals may be got tested
every fortnight in a vety. diagnostic laboratory to know the species of the attacking"
parasites in the stomach, intestines and other
organs.
4. During this month you may notice milk fever

cases in your newly calved, cows. buffaloes

and sometimes before calving also. Therefore,
you sbould give laxative diets and balanced
ratioos two weeks before and after calving.
Your concentrate ration must contain wheat,
barley and oats so that phosphorus is in
plenty. The milk fever case may be gut
attended to by Vety. doctor for prompt bealth
care.
5. The newly born calves mUit get colostrum
(first milk) within one hour of its birth. The
colostrum provides energy and immunity
against any infection, moreover it heIps the
calf in passing excreta after birth

6. The newly born calves may be provided, the

milk of two teats upto the age of atleast one
month and then it may be reduced to one teat
milk upto the age of 8 weeks witb extra feeding starting from 15-20 days of its birth.

73

7. The naval cord of the calf mlly be cut hygeinically with a sharp edged knife and dressed
with weak solution of tincture iodine for 4-5
days. The naval hernia cases of young calves
may be got treated in the Vety. Hospital.

Sheep

1. Lambing season in sheep is on the peak.

Therefore, pregnant sheep (ewes) .may not be
taken out for long distances but may be grazed
in nearby grazing land. Such ewes may be kept
separately from the general clock to provide
them extra health care.

8, Protect your animals against Rinderpest

Disease through prophylllctic Viccination.
9, The animals which drink urine or eat mudl
soil, ash, glass, bricks, stones, pebbels, iron
pieces, their blood and faecal samples may be
got examined in a clinical diagnostic laboratory
to know the cause of pica disease in animals.
10. Save your animals from ectoparasites by
spraying weekly (3 sprays) with 0.5% Malathion/sumithion or 1.0% Sevin aD the body
of the affected animal with the consultation
of Vety. doctor.

11. Place or hang with rope. a piece of salt brick

above the manger for licking by animals
whenever they like.
12. Utilize compounded feeds of .gro-in-byproduct and non-conventional raw materials
with established nutrient values to maximise
the efficiency of feed converting "Waste into
Wealth".
13. The minerals which are more concerned with
reproduction are calcium (Ca). phosphorus
(P). Copper. Cobalt, Zinc, iodine and selenium,
other minerals also play'minor role.

14., A condition of extreme fatness Appears to be

deleterious to reproduction. The infilteration
of fat in ovaries binders the development of
follicles with consequent irregularity or cessa~
tion of oestrus which results in delay or failure
in breeding. Extreme amount of rat in uterus
may also interfere with implantatipn of .
embryo. '
1S. The time of rabi fodder sowIng is in hand.
Complete the sowing of berseem an~ Chinese
cabbage by the end of October. Paragras8
and Napier grass can also be sown during
this month.

24

2. Keep sheep baras clean and tidy to keep the

sbeep away from the attack of flies and
mosquitoes.

3. Sheep and lambs may be got dewormed

regularly every tbree weeks time.
4. Ectoparasites may be got removed with'consultation of the Vety. Doctor. Droping should
be removed from the pen regularly in the
morning. The low ovulating ewe~ may be
identified, culled ana sold: The lambs require
special health care.
5. Treat your flock of sheep against strongyles.
under the advice of Vety. doctor of your area.

6.

Protect 'heep against Sheep Pox and Enterotoxaemia diseases.

Poultry
1.

Tbe average egg contains 2 g of calcium.

2.

Gc<t your poultry vaccinated against poultry

cancer. Tbe vaccine may be available from
the Indian Vety. Research Institute, Izat
Nagar (Bareilly).

3.

Get the poultry birds for the evidence of

Pullorum disease by an expert.

4.

Control internal parasites in poultry when the

chicks attain the age of 4-6 weeks. They
should be given a suitable anthelmintic once
in two months in consultation with an expert.
HARYANA FARMING

171- - - - i-

....

,Annual . I RI. 10 I
SubscriptIon S
---------

1------------------------------S'.
.
. ..

Rs. 2 per copy

OCTOBER 1991
Directorate of Puitliwtioft$

~-------------------------------

Haryana A.ricultural Univenity, Hisar- I15 004 '--_______________

H A R Y A-N .. A FARMING
.

Volume OCX
t
,

October, 199 I.

, No.

_ _- ' C_ _

IO~

- - - - - - - t - - - - -_ __

Cqnt,nts
Pages
1. Varietal choice of gram

-v. P. Singh. R. K

2. Oilseed. production : Status and strategies

-B. P. Singh

3. Gram fairs well under late sowings

-V. P. Singh, R. K. Yedava, R. S. Waldis,

V. S. Lather and R. K. Chowdhury

4. Pulses (legumes) in' nitrogen economy

-R. P. Singh, B. P. Singh and S. S:Sangwan ~

5. Gram cultivation: Cost and return analysis

-R. S. Kadian lind K. C. Bishnoi

Chowdhury. R. S. Waldia,
V. S. Lather and I. S. Solanki

6. Taramira-A suitable rainfed crop

-0. P. Yadav. Yash Pal Yadav and Har; Singh

7. Efficient wllter management in mustard for -A. L. Bhola and B. P. Singh

9
I

.higher yield

B.

Use mustard drill for higher yields

9. Chemical weed control in potato

10. Importance of cotton picking
11. Adopt seed production programme for higher
return
12. Duck farming-A profitable enterprise

-T. R. Sharma

11

-Vinod Batra and S. S. Punia ....

12

'.

-So S. Siwach. Ram AVlar. Ramesh Kumar and 13

B. P. S. Lather
-fl. S. Khatri and R. C. Punia
14
-R. S. Kadian. R. S. Singal and R. K. Khatk8r

13. What to do this month ?,

15

17

Editor
V. S. Gupta

Price per copy Rupees 2/Yearly Subscription

l!ditorial Assistance
D. C. Yadn
Indira BallR

P/e03e send your m.".y order 10

Rs.20.00
.'

LAyout
Kuljlt MaDn

I'ltorolf'Gphy
HAU Pboto Unit

Director of Publications,
Ganclhi Bbawan, HAU, Hisar-12S 004

Varietal Choice of Gram

-v.

P. Singh, R. K. Chowdhury, R. S.Waldia,

V. S. Lather and I. S. Solanki

Pulses Section
Haryana Agric,ultural University, Hisar

C-235

It is old variety released in 1966. It is

recommended for irrigated areas of the state. It
is semi-erect with medium height and has brownish yellow seed. It is tolerant to blight (chandni)
disease but susceptible to wilt. It yields about
20 q/ha.

Chickpea is the principal food legume of the

country and more so of Haryana State. It ranks
5th in acreage and 4th in production amongst the
foodgrains in India. The Haryana state contributes
about 18% of the total production of gram in the
country.
There is no sllbstantial increase in area,
production and productivity of this crop during
the last decade. The main reason being the nature
of the conditions of cultivation of this crop. It is
known that this crop is grown on marginal lands
under tainfed situations and. therefore, its production. area and productivity vary depending on the
rainfall pattern. It is very clear from the year
1987-88. which was the drought year. However,
high yielding varieties and the production technofogy are available which can give higher production per unit area if properly applied by the
farmers. This has been amply demonstrated on
the farmer's fields in the last several years. In
these demonstrationa, the yield level has been up
to 30 q/ha.
For maXimizing the production of any crop. the
adOPtion of the suitable variety is the foremost
requirement. The adoption of production technology depends on the variety sown. Based on the
experimentation the following varieties have been
recommended in Haryana for different 8groclimatic conditions.

Gaurav
It is recommended for irrigated, humid, submountaneous or adequate rainfall areas. It has
erect, bold stem, broad and dark green leaves.
Its seeds are bold and brownish yellow. It is
tolerant to wilt and blight diseases. It gives
average yield of 20-22 g/ha.

H-208
This variety is recommended for rainfed areas
of the South-Western part of the state. It is semierect with profuse podding and has brownish
yellow seeds. It vie Ids on an average 20 q/ha.
G-24
This variety is recommended for rainfed areas
of the South-Western part of Haryana. Being
tolerant to Wilt, it is good for wilt-prone areas.
It is semi-spreading with medium height and
yields about 15 q/ha. Its seeds are dark brown.
Gors Hisssri
This is kabuli variety of gram and is recommended for irrigated areas of the State. It is semierect with medium height and has profuse branching. Its aeeds are medium bold, pinkish white.
It is less prone to damage of Heliothis. Its
average yield is 20 q/ha.
Hints for Maximizing Gram Yield
1.

Sow quality seed of improved varieties of

gram suitable for different areas.

2.

Sow at the right time; avoid early sowing.

3.

Use proper seed rate and follow proper

method of .owing.

4.

Apply recommended doses of fertilizers and

rhizobium culture:

5.

Adopt tim,ely weed control measures.

6.

Protect the crop against insects pests and

diseases.

Haryana Chana-1 (H 82-2)

This Is the newly released variety recommended for rainfed and irrigated late sown conditions
of the Haryana State. It is dwarf and has light
green foliage, long primary branches and short
secondary branches. Its seeds are yellow and
attractive with longer beaks. It is resistant to
wilt and root-rot. B6ing early in maturity it escapes losses due to Heliothis, It gives 20-25 q/ha
yield.

OCTOBER,

1991

Oilseeds Production:
Status and Strategies
-8. P.Singh
Directorate of Extension Education. HAU, Hisar
India is fortunate to have a wide range of
oilseed crops grown in its different agro-climatic
zones. Rapeseed-mustard, groundnut, sesame,
safffower. linseed, nigerseed/castor and recently
introduced soybean and sunflower are the major
traditional cultivated oilseed crops. India stands
first in the world in the production of groundnut,
sesame and castor. One-third of the rapeseedmustard is produced in India. inspite of the premier position occupied by India in ahe world
oilseed scenario. The yield per hectare of Indian
oilseeds is very low compared to the world
averages.
Edible oil is a basic necessity of any society.
with the fast increasing population, the demand
for oil and consequently for oil seeds has increased
by leaps and bounds in recent years. So far the
oilseeds production both in kharif and rabi. of our
country is around 18 million tonnes. This is much
less than what we need. The per capita annual
consumption of oil is 7 kg in India 8S compared
to the world level of 14 kg, and consumption of
28 kg in the countries of Europe and USA. As a
result, edible oil is being imported from time to time
adding to our foreign exchange deficit. It is indeed
a matter of great concern that being predominantly
agricultural country, we cannot even produce
enough oil seeds for our basic need of even human
consumption.
However, it is re-assuring to find that ODr
agricultural scientists, planners and administrators
are conscious of this. The appointment of technology mission for oilseeds was one of the important
steps taken by the Government of India. Oilseed
Mission has 4 mini missions: on production, on
post- harvest technology, on producti9n and service
support to farmers, and on post-harvest services
to farmers and processing industry.

Rapeseed-mustard are pre-dominent crops of

Haryana which occupy more than 95 per cent of
the total oilseeds area of the state. The crops in
this group are Raya, Toria, desi sarson and Taramira. First two crops represent more than 90 per
cent of the rapeseed-mustard.
Haryana although a small stafe has an important place in rapeseed-mustard production in the
country. The productivity per hectare of rapeseed
mustard is 1330 kg/ha. Thus, the state was 3rd'to
U. P. and Rajasthan in hectarage and production,
and first in the 'productivity in the country (199o_- ,
91). Due to the concerted efforts of the scientists
of the University in developing production technology and transferring it to the farmers field the
state has achieved the prominence in the rapeseedmustard in the country. Th~ State Department of
Agriculture and hard working farmers have also
contributed considerably in increasing the production. As compared to early 1972-73 the stafe
has witnessed an increase of about 2 times in
area, 3 times increase in productivity and 5 times
increase in production. This miracle has been
attributed mostly to the development of production technology like new promising varieties of
rapeseed-mustard, groundnut, sesame, castor, etc.
During last one and a half decade the Haryana
Agricultural Uoiversity has released 6 varieties of
raya, 3 varieties of groundnut, 2 varieties of foria
and one variety each of faramira, S98ame, castor
and sunflower.
The matching package of production to exploit
the yield potential of these newly evolved varieties
have been perfected with regard to planting time,
crop geometry, fertilization and plant protection
requirements. large scale demonstrations under
farmers field conditions have shown that by applying full package of recommendation the yield
level has increased to 3 fold from the existing
area. Other factors like increase in irrigated area
from 27 to 67%, fertilizer use from 5 to 25 kg/h.,
increase in plant protection from 20 to more than
90 per cent, certified seed distribution and coverage
of about 100% area by improved varieties are
some of the significant factors contributing to
overall production of oilseeds in the Haryana
state.
To meet the national requirement and target
of 24-26 million tonnes of edible oil by 2000
HARYANA FARMING

A. D some of the options/strategies for increasing

the production/productivity are to be taken up
very seriously, which are listed as under:
1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Growing of high yielding varieties/hybrids

which may ultimately increase 20 to 30%
the total producti~itv of the oilseed crops.
Diversification of the area presently occ~pied
by less efficient crops to the oifseed crops in
different seasons and different farming
situations.
Mustard should replace wheat in areas with
limited irriga~ion facilities in north-eastern
zone of the state. and also in the Southeastern part where limited facility of water is
available to meet the full need of wheat crop.
Sunflower should replace barley under rainted
and limited water supply conditions in Southeastern Haryana It will add to the economy
of farming community by harnessing higher
monetary returns per unit area and time
under available resources.
Sunflower should also replace toria for
increasing per unit area productivity of oilseed
crops as sunflower has double the productivity
of toria (per unit area per unit time).

Besides the above. there is an urgent need

of introducing oilseed crops as inter-crops in
cereals. millets. legumes and various other crops
to increase the total productivity per unit area and
also finally gaining higher returns via more oilseed
productivity. This could be achieved by taking
full care of following strategies:
1.

Extension of oilseed crop as sole/sequence!

relay/inter-cropping in limited irrigated areas.

2.

Extension of oilseed crops (Sunflower,

sesame. groundnut) in spring summer after
paddy and sugarcane.

3.

Cultivation of rabi/summer groundnut and

sunflower to more and more areas where 2
to 4 irrigaiions are available.

4.

Popularisation of oil seeds as catch/sequence!

relay crop to increase total productivity per
unit area.

OCTOBER, 1991

5.

Popularisation of sunflower as spring crop

throughout Haryana.

6.

Extension of Toria cultivation as a catch crop

and rapeseed-mustard as a potential alternate
crop in non-traditional areas.

7.

Introduction of non-traditional Brass/cB

viz. B. car/nata and B. hirta which are more
resistant to drought and frost also.

B.

Exploitation of available improved crop production and crop protection technologies.

Technological Strategy
Technology plays significant role in enhanc.ing the productivity of any crop. particularly productivity of oilseed crops could be raised atleast 3
times provided it is adopted earnestly.
Low Cost Technology
1.

Optimising planting schedule for all the oilseed crops, to harvest potential yields.

2.

Use of optimum seed rate for maintaining

desired density and crop geometry.

3.

Use of quality seed.

4.

Pre-sowing treatments with Rhizobium culture

where necessary and with fungicides/
insecticides.

5.

Always follow critical time

weeding and interculture.

6.

Adopting efficient crop rotation and cropping

pattern.

7.

Overcoming problems of seed requirement by

the farmers by producing their own seed of
self-pollinated crops to meet their own need.

B.

Timely input management and pest control.

of thinr:aing.

One to 7 are non-monetary cash input

fectors, which are having direct bearing on crop
productivity.
High Cost Inputs
1.

Efficient fertilizer management. always apply

balanced dose.

2.

Minimum irrigation in dryland as life laving

irrigation and apply irrigation on artical stage
to fetch higher yield with minimal use of
water.

3.

Use of need based plant protection measures.

always adopt control measures at threshhold
point of past damage.

4.

AdoPtion of chemical weed control may prove

boon where labour is costlier and it has
fea8ibility, availability. acceptability and compatibility to the farmers.

Extension Strategy
The vision of a revolution in the generation
of new technology should be first seen by the

farmer. Because he needs new skills for its use.

Therefore. farmers are to be kept abreast with this
dynamic procelis. Hi. capacity to carry out this
revolution has increased. A very specific 8el of
strategies can be worked out only at a micro
level for a given kind of oilseeds production
technology.
Extension strategies for oilseeds
production technologies will also need to be identified at the state level and national level. These
multHevel strategies have to be consistant with

Salient features of
Haryana Seeds : Certified and better
More Yield
Purity and more
germination

Diseaseless
Money back
guarantee

each other while the micro-level strategy is relevant for all the extension workers and fUnctionaries in a given district for different kinds of
farmers. the state level strategy will give broad
direction for the whole of the state and will be
relevant for the state level authorities responsible
for oilseeds development. Similarly these have
to be a national level strategy.
Agricultural development can take place only
when ingradients of development be present or
created. One way to look at it. is to .ee what
are the pre-requisites for agricultural development.
Well accepted among these are real good technologies, market for the produce at remunerative
prices and excellent infrastructure facilities like
net work of pucka roads linking with agricultural
market. adequate energy in terms of electricity.
diesel. coal. etc.. supplies of inputs and good
agriculture marketing system in the form of
regulated markets. No extension, strategy can
ever succeed in the absence of these things.

Always Purchase
Certified Seeds of
New Varieties of
following crops :-

WHEAT AND BARLEY

MUSTARD
GRAM AND OTHER
PULSES
FODDER AND
VEGETABLE SEEDS

HARVANA SEEDS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION lTD:

(A Haryana Govt Undertaking)

S.C.O. 169-170, SECTOR 8-C, CHANDIGARH-160 008

Phon~s 22168.22196.22097

HARYANA FARMING

Gram Fairs Well Under

l~te
-v. P.

Sowings

Singh, R. K Yadava. R. S. Waldls.

V. S. Lather snd R. K. Chowdhury
Pulses Section
Haryana Agricultural University, Hissr

Traditionally. gram is sown in the 2nd

fortnight of October. It has often been observed
that gram attains excessive vegetative growth
when sown in October. Traditional varieties do
not perform well if sown late. With the concerted
efforts of the scientists for several years. it was
p'lssible to develop early maturing high yielding
variety of gram suitable for late sown conditions.
This variety. Haryana Chana-1 (H 82-2) was
released and notified last year for general cultivation in Haryana. This variety is specially
suitable for late sown conditions eVen after cotton
and ",addy. This variety is widely adapted and
has long flowering duration which is favourable
for its wider adaptation. Because of early
maturity. the damage due to pod borer
(Hellcoverpa) is much less compared to other
varieties. It is tolerant to major chickpea diseases.
Its plants ara semi-erect with Idng primary
branches and short secondary branches.'canopy
is open. which facilitates peneterance of light and
Ciir to the ground. Genotypic plasticitv of this
variety is very high and very efficient to make use
of gaps as the fruiting branches are long.

During the last year. this variety was tested

on the farmer'S fields under late sown conditions
in three district of the State under Front line
Demonstrations. In each districts, there were 9
or 11 demonstration plots of one acre each.
Though, the crop waG sown during November
and first fortnight of December, 'even then it
yi~lded much better. than the State average. The
data collected from the farmer's fields indicated

OCTQBER, 1991

that, on an average. it yielded 1533.3 kg/ha in

Bhiwani followed by 1522.5 kg/ha in Hisar and
10.06 kg/ha in Sirsa districts. The seed yield
ranged from 10-21 q in Bhiwani, 13-16 q in Hisar
and 8-14 q in Sirss districts. The cost of cultivation and net profit have also been indicated in
the table taking Rs. 750/q, the prevailing price of
gram at the harvesting time. The results are very
encouraging since this variety has yielded upto
15 q/ha even in December sowings. And hence
gram crop can be a very good economic proposition for farmers aven under late sown conditions.

Hints for Maximizing Yield Under Late Sown

Situation

1.

Usa quality seed of variety Haryana Chana-l

only.

2.

Increase seed rate by 25% (i.e. 20 kg/acre).

3.

Use fertilizer @ '5 kg Nand 40 kg P.

4.

Provide pre-sowing and other' need based

irrigation.

5.

Adopt timely weed control and plant protection measures.

USE AIMCO PESTICIDES

CROP PROTECTION
HOUSEHOLD & PUBLIC HEALTH
CARBOFURAoN 3G

PHOAATE lOG

Ins~hCIOf" '

SOil & systemiC Insecticide

il

TECHNICAL KNOWHOW AVAILABLE ON TURNU V

BASIS FOil PESTICIDE FORMULATION
TECHNICAoL GRAoDE PESTICIDES
FENVELARATE. CVPERMETHRIN. MONOCROTOPHOS
PHOSPhAMIDON, DDvP, ZINC PHOSPHIDE
& AoLUMINIUM PHOSPHIDE TABLET

jijii4 All India Medical Corporation

Nematoctde

. -~~-

S -=-

---

-J .;_'_ , :-~
~

__

Il

,.~-

~ ~~ .. __

---

~1"'Co/" PB 16806San\acn..z(E).BOM8A.'f4000~\NDI"

'\. /

fel 612S287

~A)(

NO 6124424

rElEJ. 01'

'~AlML.IN

O-U-R-O-TH--ER~P--ES:-::T1--C--'DE=S ...."V' Pala._ SO% EC 'envale<e 20% EG. Cypem'OI"'M, ..

& 'O%QUlnalplios25%EC C.rtJendlIm50% WOP & olllell;:J PesIla<Jes 100000a~

Pulses (Legumes) in
Nitrogen Economy
-R. P. Singh, B. P. Singh and S. S. Sangwan
Directorate of Extension Education, HAU, Hisar

Pulses form an important part of human

dietary in India. They supply vegetable proteins
as essential to predominantly starchy diets. Being
leguminous crop, possessing nitrogen fixing
nodules which fix free atmospheric nitrogen and
thereby enhance the soil fertilitY. The atmosphere
contains about 78% nitrogen by volume, in
gasous form, which is useless to the crop plants.
This atmospheric nitrogen is fixed by root nodule
bacteria of pulse/legume crops only and made
available to the crop plants in natural conditions.
The industrial plants also fix the nitrogen and
make available to crop plants in the form of
chemical fertilizers. In India, fertilizer production
continues to lag behind over the requirement. In
1988-89, nitrogen fertilizer production was
6712.4 ('000 tons) while consumption was
7246.1 ('000 tons) leaving a gap of 533.7 ('000
fons) (Source: Fertilizer News, 1989).
Imports sufficient to make up the short fall
have also become uncertain. The high prices of
fertilizer have further agreevated the situation.
Therefore, it is essential to include the pulses in
crop rotation to maintain the good health and
productivity of soil and yield level by reducing the
chemical nitrogenous fertilizer requirements.
The fixation of elemental nitrogen by the
biological agents is considered important in the
nitrogen cycle. The symbolic genus Rhizobium
commonly associated with the leguminous plants
has been recognised long ago as the nitrogen
fixing bacterl~. Most of the members of leguminosae family ar. widely distributed in tropics
and sub-tropics in the form of different pulses
crops such as grain legumes (gram, peas, moong,
cowpea, urd, moth, kaisri, lentil, arhar, phlllipesora
and guar), forage legume. (ber.een, lucern & .anji).

oil bearing legumes (groundnut and soybean) and

fibre legumes (sunhemp, dhaincha) are grown in
one or the other part of the country in kharif,
rab; or summer seasons. Since these crops have
the ability of fixing atmospheric nitrogen, the
requirement of this element is met through
nitrogen fixing process of root nodule bacteria.
The amount fixed by legumes in growing se8son
varies widely from a few kilograms to 80 to 120
or more kg/acre. The roots of annual legumes,
may contain 5 to 20 per cent of nitrogen found
in entire plant. Thus, it is highly desirable to give'
suitable place to legume crops in the crop rotation.
TABLE 1
Nitrogen fixed by diffe!ent pulses .(kg/acre)
Crops

,.
2.
3.

ChJckpea
Lentil
Pea
Soybean

4.
5. Cowpea
6. Febabean
7. Peanut

N '(kg/acre)

30 to
33 to
,21 to
25 to

42
56

31
82

28 to 96
18 to 220
27 to 96

There are simultaneous advantagel, that the

prices of grain legumes are very high, some deep
rooted legumes also bring up minerals from lower
soil layers to the top soil layers for the better use
of shallow rooted crops; and also these contribute
to good soil tifth through adding organic matter
of root nodules and some top parts of the plants.
Our national requirement also demands to grow
more legumes to feed well the country's vegetarian population still under malnutrition. From
the above it is inferred that:
Legumes are the rich source of vegetable
protein and provide 2 to 3 times more protein
and other mineral as compared to other
source of protein simultaneously legumes are
very good fodder and concentrate for animal
also. These crops are used as green manure
crops to increase the productivity of soil . A
boon to the farmer to take these as mix crop
as well as inter crop with cereal crops and
in rotation to mainfain the soil fertility

HARYANA FARMING

during rabi 199091. The data presented here were

collected by DES's (FM) working in different
districts of the state.

Gram Cultivation: Cost

and Return Analysis
I

TABLE

Economics of gram crop in Haryana state during

rabi 1990-91

s.

Farmers are becoming more and more conscious of the input-output prices and net returns
from different crop.s grown on their farms due to
commercialisation at agriculture. Thus, it becomes
imperative to work out the economics of different
crops grown on farmers' fields at the prevailing
input output prices so as to help them taking
rational decisions on the allocation of scarce
resources.
Keeping this objective in view, an attempt has
been made to throw light on the economics of
gram cultivation.
Table 1 shows the costs and returns from the
cultivation of gram crop in ,the state of Haryana
OCTOBER, 1991'

Eastern
Zone

Particulars

No.

-R. S. Kadian and K. C. Bishnoi

IATTE, HAU, Hissr
Pulses are the cheapest and richest source of
protein for the people of Haryana who are primarily
vegetarian. Gram is the most important pulse
crop in the state with a share of about 90 per cent
of total output. It was the main rabi crop before
the introduction of high yielding wheat varieties in
mid sixties. Gram is mostly grown in Western
Zone (91% of the total area) comprising Hisar,
Bhiwani, Mahendergarh and Sirss districts and
area in Eastern Zone (Ambala, Karnal
and
Kurukshetra) i. only 9 per cent. The area, productivity and produclion of gram declined significantly
at the annual compound growth rate of 3.29,0.81
and 4.07 per cent, respectively, during the period
1966-67 to 199091. Maintaining the declining
trend gram area slumped from 10.62 lakh hectares
in 1966-67 to mere 6.50 lakh hectares in 1990-91.
following the persistent fall in acreage, gram output fell from 5.31 lakh tonnes in 1966-67 to 4.69
lakh tonnes in 1990-91". Due to lack of technological breakthrough, gram has been put to a great
disadvantage in the matter of losing its area to
wheat.

State

Western
Zone

Oty. Value Oty. Value .Oty. Value

1. Variable cost

935

628

632

2. Production(q)
(a) Main
(b) Bypro-

4.4 3048
4.7 235

3.7 2376
3.7 122

3.7 2388
3.7 124

duct

3283

2498

2512

3. Returns over -

2348

1870

1880

2405
878

1488

1670

1504
1008

(a) Without
by-product

547

402

406

(b) With by'

product

507

383

386

(c) Gross
return
variable costs

4. Total cost

5. Net returns
6. Cost of pro-

duction

The above table indicates the average level of

inputs used, variable cost, total cost of production
per acre, return over variable cost, net returns and
per quintal cost of production of main product which
would be useful for farmers, administrators and
policy makers in making right decisions regarding
allocation of area and resources to different crop
enterprises.

It is evident from Table 1 that during rab;

1990-91, the average yield of gram obtained by
farmers turned out to be 3.7 q/acre in state as 8
whole, whereas it was 4.4 q/acre in Eastern Zone
and 3.7 q/acre in Western Zone. Per acre variable
cost, total cost, gross returns, return over variable
cost and net returns in the year 199091 were estimated fa be Rs. 632, Rs. 1504, Rs. 2512, Rs. 1880
and Rs. 1008. The corresponding values for Eastern
(Contd. on page 8)

Seed Rate and Spacing

Taramira-A Suitable
.Rainfed Crop
-0. P. Yadav, Yash Pal Yadav and Hari Singh
HAU Regiona/Research Station, Bawa/, Rew"ri

Among rabi oilseed crops, taramira (Eruca

sativa) locally known 8S 'Te.ra' requires lower
inputs which can be grown successfully in waste
and marginal lands receiving very low rainfall
(300 mm annually). It is more tolerant to insectpests, diseases and frost than other rapeseed and
mustard crops. Taramira is suitably grown in
sandy to loamy sand soils and can be sown under
late conditions than any other drylarid rabi crops.
Therefore, to make the best possible use of late
winter rain taramira is a best crop. To obtain
higher yield of taramira, the following production
technology should be adopted to get an extra income from the waste/marginal lands which may
be otherwise of no use.
Improved Variety
Taramira T-27
This variety was released in 1975 for general
cultivation under rainfed condition and low fertile
lands of Haryana. This variety is characterised
with tall, hairy plants and yellow green seed
colour. It matures in 150 days yielding 3 q/acre
but has the potential yield 6 q'acre. The leeds of
this variety contain 32 per cent oil.
Sowing Time
The optimum sowing time is from 15th October to 15th November but It can be grown upto
late December.
Land

Pr~paration

Light soils. are better where one ploughing is

sufficient to make a fine seed bed for this crop.
In heavy soils, two ploughings followed with
planking are required. 30 kg Nlha is sufficient
and all the dose of N should be drilled before
lowing.
Department of. Pllnt Breeding, HAU, Hi.lr.

To obtain a good crop stand, 1i to 2 kg/acre

seed is recommended. Line sowing behind desi
plough or through seed drill at a spacing of 30 em
from row to row and 15 cm from plant to plant i&
economical.
Interculture
One hoeing is sufficient to keep the crop
weed free.
Plant Protection
Mustard aphid is the major insect which
attacks this crop. This can be easily controlled
by spraying Metasystox 25 EC @ 625 ml mixed
with 625 I wafer per hectare.

(From page 7)

Zone were Rs. 935, Rs. 2405, Rs. 3283, Rs. 2348
and Rs. 878 against the Western Zone figures
of Rs.628, Rs. 1488, Rs.2498, Rs. 1870 and
Rs. 1010, respectively. Thus, gram production .in
Western Zone was relatively more paying than in
the Eastern Zone. Per Quintal cost of production
of gram was Rs. 547 without by-product in Eastern
Zone and Rs. 402 in Western Zone. The average
post-harvest wholesale price of gram was Rs. 645
during the current marketing season which was
much higher than the minimum support price of
Rs.421/q.
According to field demonstrations/ experimental trials, 8-9 q yield per acre Is achievable under
optimum conditions, the yields actually achieved
on farmers fields are much lower. The major constraints in increasing yield are non-availability of
certified quality seeds, farmers investment in terms
of other yield raiSing inputs tends to be low in
view of uncertainity of crop yields. About 72 per
cent of gram growers do not apply any fertilizer
and manure. The major task, therefore, lies in
motivating gram growers to adopt prescribed
recommendations of fertilizers and manures application. Plant protection is another important elltment in raising gram yIelds because of heavy incidence of frost, pests, diseases and weeds. However, research efforts should be intensified for
evolving high yielding improved varieties resiltant
to drought, pest., blight and wilt, etc.
HARYANA FARMING

water. Following ways and means could be

adopted under the circumstances:
1.

Diversifying the area in drier belt of sfate from

wheat to mustard as wheat cultivation is not
very remunerative in this belt.

2.

Marginal farmers may be advised to grow

mustard instead of wheat.

Efficient Water
Management in

Mustard for Higher Yield

(a) It will give prolonged employment to the

family members.

-A. l. Bhola and B. P. Singh

Haryana Agricultural University, Hissr

(b) Fertilizer irrigation thus saved can be

diverted to wheat fields to increase the
yield, thus raising overall wheat production.

Mustard crop is highly responsive to irrigation.

Table 1 below indicates the performance of
mustard crop under dry and normal rainfall years
to the irrigation:
TABLE 1
Yield of mustard in normal and drought year
with irrigation
Irrigations

Yield (kg/acre)
Drought
Normal
%
%
increase year
year
increase
over no
over no
irrigation
irrigation

No post-sowing
irrigation
One irrigation at
flowering stage
One irrigation at
pod stage
Two irrigations
at 2 and 3 above

390

682

3.

Water may be saved by adopting modified

crop. In pair row planting without any irrigation in the yield of production with the same
quantity of water about three acres can be
irrigated instead of one with channel
irrigation. Thus, irrigated areas under limited
water availability conditions can be increased.
TABLE 2

Planting manipulations for water saving in mustard

620

58.7

732

7.1

494

26.5

662

(-) 23.2

725

85.7

617

Irrigation
management

Av. yield
(kg/acre)

Quantity of watsr
u.ed ('000 lIacre)

One irrigation

10.3

30 mm spray normal 901

280

flat saving

One irrigation at flowering is beneficial (Table

1) during dry year, two irrigations one at flowering
and another at pod development stage yielded
maximum. Excessive water induces secondary
flowering and lodging. Irrigation in mustard
reduces frost damage, in no irrigation 66.3% seeds
were damaged while with pre- and post-sowing
irrigations 14.4% seeds were damaged.
Keeping both the factors in view. it is in the
national interest 10 increase the irrigated area
~nder mustard. But feasibility does not favour
under existing' circumstances due to shortage of
OCTOBER;' 1'991

(c) It will increase the net returns from the

farm unit.

.~

884

80

30 em row spraying
normal flat saving (

929

581

Paired row planting

channel irrigation -

957

162

Paired planting,
channel irrigation
Two irrigations

The saving of water by agronomic manipulations will enhance the total productivity of thei
mustard crop to meet the nation's needs.

~~

" '. . . . . . . ._ _ , .

10

;'ij~~~fL'!i!)j

HARYANA FARMING

Use Mustard Drill for

Higher Yields

from the gound wheel by belt and pulley arrangement. The number of cella was calculated by
matching it with the ground wheel so that plant
to plant spacing is 12.5 em against the recommended (10-15 em) one maintained. This system
was fitted on a 3 rOw bullock drawn seed drill
shown in the figure.

-T. R. Sharma
Department of Agril: Engineering. HAU. Hisar

The green revolution of sixties showed a

breakthrough in rice and wheat crop yields but
the yields of oilseeds are stagnant. Oilseeds form
an essential component of human diet. In
Haryana, 95% of the total area under oilseeds il
occupied by the rapeseed-mustard crop. The
average yield of about 1330 kg/ha is very low as
compared to the 10 year average yields of dryland
project located at Hisar and thus there is potential
for increase of yield and consequently the production of the crop.
ISOMETRIC

Timely sowing of the crop at uniform row to

row as well as plant to plant spacing and at
proper depth in the moist zone are desirable to
ensure establishment of optimum plant population
needed for higher production. With the Indigenous method of sowing behind the plough by
para using higher seed rates and consequently
thinning does not result in required plant
population. Use of the available drills too, does
not fulfil the desired conditions. The seed rate
and spacings both are beyond the scope of
designs of the present machines. Sand or enert
leed Is added to the seed while sowing and then
thinning is recommended which ultimately
approaches to the para method of sowing. This
type of sowing results either in undesirable
clusters of the plants or patchy germination. Thus,
there is an urgent need for design and development of metering system suitable for small seeds
like mustard crop.
Keeping in view the above points, 8 cell type
of metering system was designed and developed
at H.A.U., Hissr. Different shapes and sizes of
cells were engraved on the periphery of 3 mm
thick plastic sheet roller of 41 mm diameter.
These rollers are surrounded by the seed in the
lower seed box and are fitted on the shaft. The
rollers are separated by spacers. The drive Is taken
OCTOBER, 1991

\"10"

MLiSTARD

DRill
SCALE .. 10 ,
CJQN BY SU'lon Ki,lmGI

Under test, an average germination count of

6.4 plants/m length of the row was achieved by
this machine sowing and gave 22 q/ha yield. On
three sites in Hisar district. the machine gave an
average germination count of 5.3 plants/m length
with seed rate of 1.54 kg/ha against average of
3.64 kg/ha seed rate used by the farmers and
resulted in 15-20% more crop yields in comparison to the farmers' practice.
In 1989-90 rebi season, trials were conducted at farlTiers' fields in districts of Jind.
Rohtak and Hisar. The results are as under:
Parameter/item
Crop sown-Mustard
Seed rate (kg/ha)
Average plants/m
length
Average spacing
between plants (cm)
Average yield (kg/ha)
I

Machine
sowing

Plough
sowing

RH-30
1.76
5.7

RH-30
3.82
5.8

15.71(7-34) 17.25(0-63)
1456

1217

(eontd. on page 12)

11

Chemical Weed Control

in Potato
-Vi nod Batra and S. S. Punia

Precautions
,.

There should be sufficient soil moisture at the

time of application of weedicide.

2.

Weedicide should be sprayed uniformly.

3.

Spray lasso and Tafazine after irrigation to the

planted crop when the field comes into water
condition.

4.

Apply Gramaxone as a blanket spray; when

there is 5-10 per cent emergence of crop.

5.

After use, wash the spray pump to make it free

of herbicide. Otherwise crop may be burnt,
if Gramaxone contaminated spray pump is
used.

Krishi Gyan Kendra, HAU, Hilar

Potato is the important vegetable crop grown
in an area of 8,000 hectares, mainly in the districts
of Ambala, Kurukshetra, Yamunanagar and Karnal.
S8thi, Bathu, Kharbathu. Chaulai, Motha, Sawank,
Tandls and Gajri are the common weeds that infest the potato crop and exert about 10.80%
reduction in tuber yield. The age old practice of
controlling weeds in potato by physical methods
although effective is time consuming, uneconomical
and causes damage to crop roots. However,
labour
non-availabilitv of labourers and high
charges many a time do not allow the
timely control of weeds by this method. Under
such situations chemical weed control can be an
alternative practice.
Weeds can be controlled by using anyone of
the following herbicides as given in Table 1.
TABLE 1
Name of
herbicide

Quantity to be
used/acre

Time of application

Lasso 50%

2.0litres

Before
emergence of crop
and weeds and
after first irrigation.
-do-doAfter 5-1 0% germination of crop.

Stomp
Tafazin 50%
Grammoxone
24%
Lasso Tafazin

1.25 litres
200g

1.00-1.25 litres
1.0 Iitre+100
9 (Tafazin)

Weedicides recommended for pre-emergence

spray should be sprayed within week after
sowing. Quantity of water required for spray is
250 titres per acre. We~d8 like Sathi which emerge
800n after planting should be controlled before
emergence. Grammoxone is a very strong weed;cide that can damage to even green parts of plant.
So, it should be sprayed when all the weeds have
. emerged but the crop emergence should not be
more than 6-10 per cent. At later stages, it can
caule damage te crop plants.
.

12

(From page 11)

The cost of operation of machine i8 compared
with the cost incurred in traditional sowing. The
cost calculations are as under :
Seed drill'
having cell
type system

Plough for
$owing

600.00
15

250.00

Cost of machine (Rs.)

Rate of interest (%)
Life (years)
Annual use (h)
Repairs charges
(percent of initial)
Operator with bullocks c08t/
cost day
Operational cost per hour
Depreciation
Intereat
Repairs
Operator's with bullock
Total
Field capacity (he/h)
Operational cost/ha

15

10
50

200

60.00

60.00

(Rs.)
1.20
1.80
0.60
7.50
11.10
0.15
74.00

0.25
0.19
0.96
7.50
8.00
0.08
100.00

It is clear from these calculations that .an

average increase of yield of 96 kg/acre, laving in
good seeds about 800 g/ecre and thinning labour
of about Rs. 150/- would cover the cost of
machine in one season itself by sowing one acre.
of the crop.
In village Devan at 2 sites in 1990-91, the'
machine sown crop yielded an average of 8.85 q/
acre against 7.46 q!.cre by the tratlonal sowing
at farmers' field.

HARYANA FARMING

Importancel of
Cotton, Picking

Kepas must be stored in 8 neat, clean and dry

place. Otherwise the moist produce atored at
a damp place will result in increased temperature
within the stock which~ may ultimately lead to
fungal attack or burning of produce may take
place.

KISAN-76

-5.15, Siwach, Ram Avtar, Ramesh Kumar

and B, p, S. Lather
Department of PI(Jnt Breeding, HAU, Hissr
The textile industry mainly depends upon cotton,
therefore the quality of cotton is of :utmost importance for it. Good quality rcotton always fetches
more price in the market on the basis of brightness, colour, luster, cleanliness and strength of
the fibre determining the quality of the produce.
The picking of Desi cotton and Americsn cotton
atarts in the month of September and October,
respectively. The fibre loses luster, brightness,
strength snd the lint acquires a harsh appearance
if the kapas in fully opened bolls is over exposed
to weather on account of delayed picking, Strong
wind and rainy weather further add to deterioration by falling of cotton to the ground. To overcome the quality losses, the American kapas
should be picked at an interval of 15 ~to 20 days
and Desi kapas at an interval of 8 to 10 days.

Spray Pump
The most useful and beneficial for the
farmers. Prepared by experienced and
qualified Engineers.

CODE:
KPS-ll

. HAND COMPRESSION
SPRAYER
(With Brass

While picking picker should avoid dry leaves,

portion of buds 8S they easily get mixed because
of their brittle nature.
During picking sealon the kapas (cotton) gets
moistened on account of dew during night. This
moisture in produce affects the quality of fibre.
Therefore, picking should be done after the dew
dries out. The kspat picked in first picking should
be kept separately from the rest of the produce al
it contains immature fibres. seeds and pest
affected seed, The produce of last picking should
alia be kept separate from the relt of the produce
and should be taken to 'the market separately for
.ale as it yielda .horter and immature fibre.
Kapas picked must be free of moisture before
$toring, The produce should be thoroughly sundried before taking to store. Sun shine wiff also
herp in removing dusty ootton bug from produce.

OCTOBER, 1991

ROCKJN(l SPRAYER

Tank)

CODE
A-I

FOOT SPRAYER

CODE.,

INDO GERMAN AGRI SPRAYER &

PRESS1NG WORKS
Post BOl( No. 125, Clock Tower, Ludhiana- 141 008,
Ph: Off : 51999,51669 Fac.: 35367. Grams; Indo German

13

Adopt Seed Production

Programme for Higher

Return
-R. S. Khatri and R. C. Punia
Department of Plant Breeding, HAU, Hiser
Seed production programme for higher return
is the programme by which various seed producing agencies distribute the seed (Foundation,
Certified) to the growers/farmers and take their
produce back at the rate of Rs. 50 to 60/q higher
than that of market prices depending upon the
crop, if the produce is within the limits of the
Indian minimum seed certification standards. It
is highly profitable programme with more or less
same level of skill, knowledge, area, labour, inputs
and other resources. Moreover, this programme

will enhance and maintain the seed quality which

in turn help in raising the total production of the
country. It will not deviate the farmers from their
real profession but simultaneously motivate the
farmers to take more production and create confidence in respect of new seed production
technology.
Sourca of Seed Production Programme
Seed production programme of various crops
can easily be taken from any of the sources, viz.
State Seeds Development Corporation (SSDC),
National Seeds Corporation (NSC) and Indian
Farmers Fertilizer Co-operative limited (lFFCO).
The farmer. should visit the office of any seed
producing corporation of their area for getting
seed production programme. The corporation
officials will allot the area under a particular crop/
variety according to the will of the farmers on the
payment of seed price. In addition to the seed price,
farmers will have to deposit Rs. 40 to Rs: 50 per acre
depending upon the crop to the seed certificafion
department so that representatives of seed certification visit farmers' field from time to time for
inspectio-n and guidance as per their norms. Other

TABLIi 1
Field standards of certified seed"
S.
No.

1.
2.

3.
4.
5.
6.

7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

13.
14.
15.
16.

Crop

Isolation
distance'"
(m)

Wheat
3
Barley
3
Oat
3
Paddy
3
Gram
5
Rapeseed & mustard
50
Berseem
100
Lentil
5
Moong
5
Urd
5
Cotton
30
100,
Arhar
5
Guara
Cowpea
5
Peas
5
Bajra
200

Off type
plants

(%)
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.50
1.00
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.10

Inseparable
other crop
plants
(Earhead %)
0.05
0.05
0.05

Objectionable
weed seed
plants

(%)

0.02
0.02

Plants affected by
seed borne diseases
(Earhead %)
0.50
0.50
0.50

0.10
0.05
0.20

-.
0.20
0.20
0.10

*Isolation distance in wheat and barley for ,loose smut disease should not be less than 150 m.
(Contd. on page 24)

**Indian Minimum Seed Certification Standards.

14

HARYANA FARMING

Duck FarmingA Profitable

~'nterprise
-R. 5. Kadian. A. 5. Singal and
R. K. Khatker

Directorate of Extension Education, HAU, HisBr

Duck farming can be a very profitable enterprise for the farme". There are about 15 million
ducks in India. They ere leen in all states. They
are next to chickens to .upply meat and 8gg1 to
masses. Usually ducks and their eggs weigh a
little more than chicken. As compered to poultry
farming, this is perhaps more advantageous
because of its simple management. less hazardous. disease resistance and longer economic
production life of ducks. Ducks are suitable for
integrated farming system.. such aa duck-cumfish farming where the dropping of these serve as
feed to fish and some fish can be used a8 duck
feed. Duck farming with Khaki Compbell (Exotic
breed) has enormous potential in developing the
rural economy like any other livestock based
enterprise.
Breeding
Several breeds of ducks are found in India
and among them lome ar. good for egg production and some for meat. Among egg laying
types, the Indian Runner il very popular which
is being replaced by Khaki Compbell. White Pekin
is the most popular meat type duck in the world.
Khaki Compbell lays, on an average, 300 eggs
per year. the average weight of which is 65 g.
The incubation period of duck egg III 28 days.
Rearing
After four wilks, they are tranlferred to
.h.ds or oth.r pllce where they grow and get
matured. Ducklings can be reared in intensive.
-semi-intensive and free range IYlteml. In free
range syst.m, they need night ,helt.r. They need
.a run for 16 week.. Land baed duck farming or
'rearing of duc!<s on artificial wlter chlnn.1 Is 8
.oCTOBER, 1991

recent Innovafion luited for places where natural

water sources like pond, lakes, etc. are not
available. Moreover, this il a unique Iystem for
even large scale commercial farming in minimum
space. Normally, 80-120 ducks can be reared
on a water area of one acre alongwith pisiculture.
Whereas for rearing 100 ducks in this system
a total of 1200-1800 sq. ft. area including night
shelter, water channel, feeding floor and open run
il sufficient. The water channel of 25' long, 1t'
wide and l' deep is sufficient for 100 ducks,
which is filled with fresh water every day.
Feeding
Ducks begin to lay eggs when they are about

16 to 18 weeks of age. They can live upto about

10 years but the effective laying period is about
four years. Ducks are most efficient to convert
fallen grains of the fields, insect-pests materials
and pond material into edible meat. The use of
range, ponds, etc. can definitely reduce their food
cost. In intensive and semi-intensive systems,
they can be fed ~ith dry ~r wet mash. Pellets
are also good for them. An adult duck consumes
about 150 g of feed in a day, depending upon
the species. The protein percentage should be
21 % for the ducklings, 20% for growers and
18% for the adults. Adult ducks can be fed two
times a day, in the morning and in the afternoon.
Broken rice, damaged wheat, soyabean meal,
etc. can be included in duck feed. Fish meal
should be of fresh and good quality. Storing of
feed for longer time should be avoided because of
aflatoxin producing mOUld. Lameness (sliptenda)
amongst the young ducklings due to mineral
(manganese) deficiency is not uncommon, which
can be controlled by addition of manganese
sulphate in the feed.
Housing
The houGing of ducks is similar to that of
chicken. About 2.5-3 sq. ft. per bird floor space
in the intensive sYltem can be allowed in night
shelter and 10-15 I)q. ft. per bird as outside run.
A male: female ratio of 1 : 6-7 i. generallv maintained for laying birds and to bread one drake
to abou~ 5 ducks is quite sufficient. Unlike
chicken, ducks prefer to lay outside during the
day and night. Hence, in winter and rainy seBson
they do not need any shllter. Though duck i.

IS

(ji)

water bird yet swimming in water is not essential

for them. However. they need to wash or clean
their heads in water at times. Their eyes and
bills need cleaning. In short. the housing of
ducks should be designed in such a way to keep
them safe and sound at all times. Arrangement
for lighting in the night for 14-16 h rs essential
for optimum egg production.

D.

Cost of feeding 100

ducklings for 0-20
weeks of age @ 12
kg feed per bird a
total of 1200 kg @
Rs. 2.75 per kg.

Cost of electricity, water, Rs.

medicines, litter materials,
etc. @ Rs. 3.50 per bird.

Marketing

Total:

Marketing of ducks is similar to that of

chicken. Duck eggs are larger in size as compared
to those of hen and weigh about 10-15 9 more.
They fetch a price of about 0.75-0.95 in the
market. The duck egg contains more yolk material
and hence more nutritive. Ducks weigh more
than chicken and thus, give more returns.

2.

Rs.13750-00

B. Cost of electriCity, water.

Rs.

350-00

medicine, litter, etc. @

Rs. 3.50 per bird

It is evident from table that on an average.

Rs. 15.000 as a fixe~ capital are required for
estabrishing a duck unit of 100 Khaki Compbell
ducks.
This amount may be reduced by using locally
available low cost materials for construction of
night shelter. Khaki Campbell begins produCing
at 16 weeks of age and continue economic laying
till the end of second year. Thus. by spending
RI. 16575/- in a year. a farmer can earn net profit
upio Rs.4975/-.

C.

Depreciation on housing
10 per cent (On
Rs. 10500/-)

Rs.

1050-00

D.

Depreciation on equip.men! 15% (On Rs. 700/-)

Rs.

105-00

Bank interest on capital

12%

Rs.

1320-00

E.

3.

Total:

Rs. 16575-00

A.

Sale of 26500 eggs at

Rs.0.70 per egg (Egg
production at 260 per
bird per year).

Rs. 18550-00

B.

Sale of 3 tons of manure

@ Rs. 150 per ton

Rs.

450-00

C.

Safe of empty gunny bags

@ Rs. 5 per bag (60
bags)

Rs.

300-00

Returns

TABLE 1
Costs and returns from a duck unit with 100 ducks
(Khaki Campbell)
Capital
costs
,
(i)

(ij)

B.
C.

16

Rs. 15510-00

A. Cost of

feeding 100
layers at 50 kg per bird
total of 5000 kg feed @
Rs. 2.75 per kg

Costs and returns from a duck unit of 100

ducks (Khaki Campbell) is given in Table 1.

A.

350-00

Recurring expenditure (One year)

Profitability

1.

Rs. 3300-:>0

One shed 300 sq. ft. Rs. 9000-00

at Rs. 30 per aq. fro
for night shelter
Outside run with Rs. 1500-00
water channel 1500
sq. ft.

Equipmenfs i. e. brooder, Rs.

feed. waterer, etc. @ Rs ..
7 per bird.
(i) Cost of 110 nos. one Rs.
day old ducklings
(10% extra to cover
mortality at Rs. 6 per
bird).

D. Sale of 90 ducks (which Rs. 2250-00

700-00

would lay for another

one year) considering
10% mortality at the rate
of Rs. 25 each

660-00

Total:
4.

Rs.21550-00

Return over variable cost

(3-2) Rs. 21550 - 1'6575 =
Rs. 4975-00'
,"

iI_

HARYAf'JA; FAfll\{11 NG

(WHAT TO
,

~O THI~ ~ONT~ ?J
sowing in a well moist field. Arelon or Delron can
also be used @ 1.25 kg per hectare in 700 litres
water 30-35 days after sowing of wheat for the
control of SUch grassy weeds. For control of broad
leaved weeds use wheel hand hoe at 30-35 days
after sowing.

Wheat
Complete sowing of wheat varieties meant for
timely sowing upto the 3rd week of this month.
Beyond this the varieties recommended for late
sowing may be used for sowing. Sow the recommended high yielding varieties viz., WH-147, WH157, WH-283, HD-2009, WH-416 and Kalyan
Sona under timely sown normal fertility and irrigated conditions. However. avoid sowing of Kalyan
Sona as.far as possible. The Desi variety (Tall
wheat) C- 306 is recommended for sowing under
limited fertilizer and limited irrigation/rainted conditions. For late sowing USe Sonalika (S-308),
WH-291 & HD-2285 under irrigated conditions.
Use 100 kg per hectare seed for variety WH-147,
WH-416, WH- 291, H 0- 2009 and Kalyan Sana and
C-306 and 112 kg for WH-283 and 125 kg per
hectare for varieties WH-157 and Sonalika. All
shrivelled. small grains of wheat and weed seeds
should be carefully removed. Sow the treated seed
4-6 cm deep in rows 22 cm apart with a seedcUm-fertilizer drill or with a 'munna' plough by
'Kera' or 'Pora' method. Use the recommended
dose of fertilizer at the time of sowing. Give the
first irrigation to dwarf wheat about three weeks
after sowing, i. e. 8t the crown root Initiation stage
and to desi wheat 4 weeks after sowing depending
upon the soil moisture and the weather. The delay
in the first irrigation reduces the yield considerably.
For the control of grassy weeds like Mandusl and
wild oats Jangli Javi, spray tribunil or dosanex or
tolkan or Tourus or Graminon @ 2 kg (Product) in
700 litres of water per hectare 30-35 days after

OCTOBER, 1991

For prevention of seed borne diseales treat the

seed with vitavax or Bavistin or Benlat6 @ 2 gmt
kg seed. For prevention of Kamal bunt freat the
seed with thiram @ 2.5 gm/kg seed. Vitavax and
thiram are compatible.
To protect the crop from termite attack, treat
the seed one day earlier of ~owing with one of the
following insecticides as per procedure given
below:
Spread 40 kg wheat seed on pucca floor or
polythene sheets. Mix 60 ml chlorpyriphos 20 EC
or 100 ml formothion 25 EC or 140 ml endosulfan
35 EC or 160 ml aldrin 30 EC in water to make
2 It. emulsion. Spray half emulsion, mix it and
again spray remaining half quantity of the emulsion
and again mix it thoroughly. On next day sow
such treated seed in the field. If there is attack
of gujhia weeVil, armyworm of surface grass
hopper in the standing crops of wheat and barley,
dust 10 kg BHC 10% per acre.
For WH-157, apply 90 kg urea, 375 kg single
super phosphate and 25 kg zinc sulphate per hectare at the time of sowing. Zinc and single super
phosphate must be drilled while urea can be broad

Dr.
Dr.
Dr.
Dr.
Dr.
Dr.
Dr.
Dr.

O. P. Tbakur,
V_ K. Sr),tIlY8
M. S. Kubad
B. P. Singb .
P. R. Yadav
V. P. Sharma
Dal Slogb
Narinder Singb

II /
> Directorate of
I

I
I
J

Extension Education,
HAU, Hisar

J7

cast, at the time of sowing. In Ambala apply 100

kg of muriate of potash while in district of Sirsa,
parts of Kamal and sandy areas of Gurgaon, apply
50 kg muriate of potash alongwith above fertilizers.
After 21 days apply 90 kg urea by top
dressing before irrigating the field in heavy soil
while in light textured soil this dose should be
split into two parts and apply 1/2 of it after 1st
irrigation and 2nd after applying the 2nd irrigation.
Hoeing may be done afterwards to cover the urea
prills.
For wheat varieties like HD 2009, WH 283
and WH 291, apply 125 kg urea. alongwith rest of
the fertilizers as mentioned in the case of WH 147
at the time of sowing. The second dose of 125 kg
urea may be applied with first irrigation in heavy
.oils and in two splits for light soils, method being
the same as enunciated for WH 147. It is not
necessary to apply nitrogen in the form of urea or
phosphorus in the form of super phosphate.
Nitrogen may be had from CAN of ammonium
sulphate while phosphorus may be had from DAP,
triple super phosphate or IFFCO's 12: 32 : 16
mixture. But the farmer must calculate the dose
in accordance with the nutrient contents of these
fertilizers.
Soil and Water Testing
Farmers are advised to get their tubewell
water tested in this month because they will need
tubewell water for irrigating their Wheat, barley,
gram and sarson fields. Water sample may be
collected after running the tubewell for 3-4 hours.
Alongvyith water sample if the soil samples of the
fields which are to be irrigated are also collected
and sent to soil testing lab., the information
obtained by testing the water will be of more
practical nature if soil sample is also got analysed
alongwith water sample. Water testing service is
free in whole of Harya~a and there are 26 soil
testing labs, which are serving the farmers.
Use Roller for Saving Water
For increasing water use efficiency in very
. sandy soils. farmers are advised to run a very heavy
roller of sao kg after 48 hours of irrigatiofl . This
roller shoU Id be run on the whole field for 6-7

18

times so that the surface of the soil is pressed very

thoroughly. Thereafter the soil may be lightly
discad and sowing should be done in the field.
This practice will result in 30 per cent saving of
irrigation water in such sandy soil.
Barley
Complete ~he lowing of barley within this
month. Use recommended varieties of BH-75,
BG-25 and C-164 under timely sown irrigated
conditions and C-138 in rainted conditions. Use
BG-105 variety of barley for late sowing under
irrigated conditions. Use 85 kg per hectare seed
of barley under normal conditions. The sowing
should be done by Kera in case there is enough
moisture or by Pora method under unsufficjent
moisture conditions. The row to. row spacing of
22 em may be kept. For prevention of stripe and
net blotch treat seed with 2.5 g of Monosan/kg
seed.
To check the termite infection in barley crop,
treat 40 kg barley seed with 240 ml chlorpyriphos
20 EC/formothion 25 EC or 300 ml endosulfan
35 EC or 400 ml aldrin 30 EC after making 5 It
emulsion in water. . The seed treatment is to be
done as per procedure given under wheat crop.
In case above insecticides are not available. treat
40 kg barley seed with 400 gm aldrin 5% or BHC
10% just before sowing.
Gram
Complete the sowing of gram if not already
done within first week of this month. However,
variety Haryana Chana No. 1 and Gora Hisari
can be sown upto the end of November. For prevention of seed borne infection of blight, treat the
seed With Bavistin @ 2 gm/kg seed. On sandy
soils where bajra crop, jawar or rice have been
harvested, apply 90 ((9 DAP per hectare by drilling
tlie fertilizer below the seed. In the absence of
DAP. a mixture of 30 kg urea and 250 kg super
phosphate per hectare may be drilled.
To check termite infestation in gram crop;,
treat 1 q seed with 1 It. of aldrin 30 EC+ 1 It.
water a day before sowing ..For th'is, prepare above
mentioned 2 It. insecticidal emulsion and there-

HARYANA FARMING

after, spray half quantity of emulsion on 1 q seed

kept either on pucca floor or polythene sheet.
Mix well with the help of stick and again spray
remaining half quantity of the emulsion. Mix it
thoroughly and sow the seeds in the field next day.
Just after germination of seed, there may be attack
of cut worm. The Icaterpillars come out during
nights, cut the plants at soil surface a.nd remain
hidden under waste material during the day time.
Control these cutworms by spraying 80 ml tenval
rate 20 EC or 50 ml cypermethrin 25 EC or 150 ml
decamethrln 2.8.EC in 100 It. of water/acre or
dust the crop with 10 kg BHC 10% or fenvalrate
0.4% dust per acre.

rest of N be applied with first irrigation upto 40

days of sowing.
Lentil
Sowing the recommended variety L-9-12 in
lines about 22 em apart by using the 'Kera' method
within this month, by using 30-37 kg seed pe~

hectare.
Arhar
The harvesting of arhar if not alreadv done
should be completed so as to enable to '~ow the
next rabi crop in time.
There may be attack of pod borer. To control

Rebi Oilseeds
Irrigate the torI a crop at flowering and fruiting.
One hoeing should be given in sarson Raya for
removing weeds. Thinning of plants should also
be done within three weeks after sowing to maintain plant to plant distance of 10 15 cm.
If ~there is attack of mustard sawfly and
painted bug on younger plants, dUst 10 kg BHC
10% per acre. If dust is not available in that case
spray 800 gm BHC 50 WP against mustard sawfly
end 200 ml malathion (Cythion) 50 EC against
painted bug in 200 It of water/acre. For the
control of hairy caterpillars, spray 500 ml endosulfan 35 EC/quinalphos 25 EC or 250 mf monocrotoph08 36 SL or 200 ml dichlorvos 76 EC Un
200 It of water per acre.

thl. borer, spray the crop with 600 ml end.Qsulfan

35 EC or 300 ml monocrofophos 36 SL or 75 ml
cypermethrln 25 EC or 120 ml fenvaferate 20 EC
or 600 ml quinalphos 25 EC in 300 Its of water!
acre.
Lucerne
Complete the sowing of lucerne by the first
week of this month as per guidelines given earlier.

Tomato

For unirrigated mustard crops, applv 40 kg

nitrogen in the form of urea, ammonium sulphate
or CAN alongwith 20 kg phosphorus as super
phosphate, triple super phosphate DAP or IFFCOs
12: 32: 16 mixture.

Pick up the ripe fruits. It would be desirable

that half ripen fruits are harvested because fuliV
ripe fruits in fields are damaged by birds. Prevention against pests and diseases will be required.

For unirrigated Raya 80 kg nitrogen and 30

kg P201) is recommended, while for irrigated
sarson 60 kg nitrogen alongwith 20 kg P205 is
recommended per hectare. In sandy loil apply
25 kg zinc sulphate per hectare. For barani
crops (unirrigated) fuJI dose of fertilizer sh~uld
be drilled before sowing and for irrigated crops
'half dose of .nltrogen, full dose of phosphorus and
.zinc should be drilled at the time of sowing and

For spring season crop, the seedling should

be done in nursery during this month. High
yielding varietLes like HS-101, HS-102, HS-110,
Punjab Chhuhara 8- Pusa Rubi should be used.
For one ha of area about 500 gm of seed will be
sufficient. Before seeding the seed should be
treated with Cerasan or Copper Oxychloride at
the rate 2.5 gm for every kg of seed. For the
control of sucking in8f1cts spray one litre of

-OCTOBER, 1991

19

malathion 50 EC in 625 litres of water per hecfare.

For the control of fruit borer spray 1.25 kg car~
baryl 50 WP or 1.25 lit res of endosulfan 35 EC
in 625 litres of water per hectare.
Brinjal
Tender fruit should be harvested and sent to
market for sale. For harvesting, use sharp edged
knife. For spring season crop the seeding should
be done in nursery during this month. Use varieties like B. R-112, Pusa- Purple long or PH-4.
About 500 to 600 gm seed will be required for
one hectare of area. For the control of shoot
and fruit borer spray 1.25 litre endosulfan ~35 EC,
or 1.25 kg carbaryl 50 WP in 625 lifres of water
per hectare at 15 days Interval.
Chillies
The crop transplanted during July and August
for spices should be harvested during this month
when the fruits are ripe (red) and after harvesting
they aTe dried in open space before sending to the
market for disposal. For green chillies, regular
harvesting of the fruits imay be required and
regular irrigation and plant protection measures
should be followed. For spring season crop, if
seeding has not been done during previous month,
it should be done now_ Use high yielding varieties
like NP 46 A, Pusa Jawala for long :types and
California Wonder for bell type. About 1 kg of
seed for one hectare of field will be required.
Bhindi
Tile left over crop of Bhindi should be harVested at tender stage and sent to market for sale.

Cucurbits
Fruits, from the crops like pump}<in, bottlegourds, luffagourds, bitter-go~rds, Tinda, etc.
should be harvested and sent to market for sale.
If need be. the field should be irrigated.

Sweet Potato & Colocasia

The crop should be harvested an~ sent to
market for sale.

20

Pea

The harvest at the early variety (Arkel) will

be available during this month. Tender matured
pods should be harvested and sent to market for
sale. About 1-2 irrigations tor this crop may be
required. The main season variety Bonneville
which has been seeded in October, needs proper
care. First irrigation should be given when the
crop has germinated and the crop should be top
dressed with 60 kg of Kisan Khad per hectare.
During first part of November, the late variety
(Multi-freezer) is sown in well prepared fields as
in the case of other varieties. The pea needs
regular protection against pest and diseases.
Control pea thrip with 50 ml cypermethrin 25 EC
or 250 ml endosulfan 35 EC in 625 lit res of water
per hectare.

Cauliflower
The harvesting of early variety snould be
done during this month. The case of mid season I
variety (Hisar-1) should be done including irrigation. weeding and top dressing with nitrogenous
fertilizer. The seedling of late variety (Snow
BolI~ 16) should be done. If the seedling has not
been done in the nursery. it can be done during
this month also Proper care of seedling in
nursery will be required and the crop will need
care against pest and diseases.
Cabbage and Knol Khol
These crops will require regular irrigation,
weed control and top dressing with nitrogenous
fertilizer, two times at the rate of 50 kg Kisan
Khad per hectare each time followed by irrigation.
Usually the top dressing with nitrogenous fertilizer
is done after 3-4 weeks of transplanting and again
at the time of headformation. The lafe varieties,
if not already transplanted in these crops, can be
shifted in a well prepared field. During this month,
the seedling in nursery can also be done for late
varieties of these crops. Cauliflower and cabbag~
are attacked by suckil)g pests like aphid and biting
and chewing insects like diamond buck moth, cabbage caterpillar and Semilooper. For their control, spray the crop with 925 ml of endosulfan 35
. EC or one litre of malathion 50 EC in 625 lit res of
HARYANA-FARMING

water per hectare. For the control of diamond

buck moth other insecticides like 750 ml diazinon
20 EC (Basudin/Basanon) or 150 ml dichlorvos
100 (Nuvan/Vapona) can also be sprayed.

Potato
The crop should be top dressed with nitrogenous fertilizer at the rate of 60 kg Nitrogen (240
kg Kisan Khad) per hectare of field. The crop
should be protected against pest and diseases.

Palak
i

The crop should be harvested and sent to

market after tieing in bundles. Regular irrigation
and top dressing with nitrogenous fertilizer at the
rate of 100 kg Kisan Khad per hectare will be
required. The fresh leeding of this crop can be
done d\.Hing this month also.
Radish, Turnip and Carrot
The crop of early varieties should be harvested
at proper stage of maturity and sent to market
after proper washing, etc. The crop may require
protection against pests. The late varieties of these
crops can be seeded in well prepared field during
this month also. About the field preparation, etc.
it has been explained in the previous month. For
the control of insect peats, spray the crop with one
litre malathion or 925 ml endosulfan 35 EC in 625
tit res of water per hectare.
Garlic
The crop of garlic will need irrigation and
weed control. Top dressing with 40 kg of Nitrogen
(160 kg Kisan Khad) per hectare of area followed
by irrigation.
Onion (Rabi)
The care of seedling in nursery will be
required. If the seedling has not been done it
should be done during this month and necessary
care should be followed.
Onion (Kharif)
The crop will start maturing this month and
the harvesting should be started followed bV regular marketing as this crop cannot be stored for a
longer duration. Before harvesting, the irrigation
should be stoppe(f about 2-3 weeks before so that
proper caring of the bulbs takes place.
OCTOBER, 1991

Other Vegetables
The pods of guar and lobia should be harvested and sent to market. The seedling of Salad if
not already transplanted should be done during
thi. month. Green dhania and Mathi should be
harvested if proper stage i, there, followed by
marketing. Irrigation and protection against pasts
and diseases will be required.

The winter has set in. It is now getting cold

day by day. The leaves having become useleS8
just hang on in the case of evergreens and drop off
in the case of deciduous trees. In both the cases,
however, the growth ceases and the deciduous
trees go into dormancy. The growers, on the other
hand, will have to remain quite active during this
month. They will dispose of the citrus crop. to stir
up the soil, to sow intercroP8, to purchase manures
and fertilizers, to procure material. to protect the
plants against frost, to make arrangements for the
pruning of fruit-treea and establish deciduous
orchard. and 60 on.
Orchard Operations
Harvesting Earlv Sweet-Orange. : Grower
will start picking & packing of musambi by the
beginning of this month. The fruit in the case of
other early varietjes of sweet oranges, i. e.
Pineapple will also be ready for the market after
the middle of thi. month. The growers should'
observe the following pointe while picking and
sending the fruit to the market.

21

1. One may avoid even the slightest injury

to the fruit at the tline of picking, packing and
during transport.
2. ,Picked fruit is always dusty. These may
be cleaned with a piece of soft cloth to make them
attractive.
3. The carefully picked healthy fruit of each
variety may be graded according to size and the
stage of maturity, and only the standard size i. e.
(30 x 30 x 60 em). Wooden boxes may be used
for packing the fruit.
C'ultivation of Orchard Land
When the plants are still young, there is afton
lot of space available between the rows. This
vacant land is generally utilized for sowing various
intercrops like gram. pea, etc. The cultivation at
this stage is very useful to open the soil for
weathering. Consequently, the larvae of several
insects get exposed and are readily picked by the
birds.
II

Affecting Improvements of Permanent Nature

Since November is comparatively a free time
in the orchard, the necessary improvement may
thus be effected now. In this direction, repair
the water-channels, roads, paths, etc. and widen
the basins around the plants so to contain their
entire canopies. The machinery, such as a tractor,
a tubewell, spraying and dusting equipment, etc.
may also be repaired after cultivating land and
sowing the intercrops. Tools like Khurpas, sickles,
spades, secateurs, pruners, budding knives, measuring-tapes, etc. may also be got repaired. New
sets of these tools may be purchased, if so desired.
Any additions or alterations, if needed may also be
affected. '

Arranging Manures and Fertilizers

Manure is to be applied to the fruit trees
towards the end of December or beginning of
J~nu@rv. Tflic: commodiiy is often in chart foiupply.
It is thus very necessary that it may be proc,ured in
sufficient quantity right rioW. Chemical fertilizers
and spray materials may also be purchased in
requisite amounts.

22

Protecting Plants against Frosts

The young plants of mango, papaya, loquat.
guava, litchi, lime. sweet orange, etc. require protection against frosts. The best way is to cover
these plants with thatches made of sarkanda or
bajra karbi.
Intercrop
Adequate land has been left between the
young fruit plants, there is no harm if it is utilized
for sowing the crop and it ie useful to obtain additional income from the orchard area. Therefor!:!,
gram peas etc. may be sown in between. It is
advisable, however, fhat all the crops sown between the rows of fruit trees may be provided with
an independent system for manures: fertilizers and
water.
Pruning of Fruit-Trees
The corrective pruning of fruit trees may be
carried out throughout this month till the objectives are fully achieved. This work includes the
removal of water sprouts, stock sprouts and suckers from the main stem of fruit trees.
Preparing to Plant Deciduous Trees
Deciduous trees, such as peach, plum, pear,
grape, pomegranate, mulberry, etc. are best planted,
a week or 10 days before their sprouting starts in
the spring. If the land earmarked for such plants
is vacant, it may be levelled, and make a layout
in the field. Dig the pit and fill it with equal parts
of top soil, silt, and FYM alongwith 2 kg of Super
phosphate and 30 gm of BHC 10% Pedigreed
plants of recommended varieties from reliable
lources may be got reserved.

Nursery Work
The enarched or layered plants may b,
separated from the mother-trees after giving 2 or 3
triol cutc 8~ weckly intervals. Th; plante that
have survived these outs may be placed in shade
under the trees or in sheds. Water these plants
everyday. After about a fortnight, cut off the
stock heads of these enarched plants right above
HARYANA FARMING

the scion union and remove the stock sprouts

from the budded plants of sangtrs, malta etc. after
every 10-15 days. If the Kh,tti seeds sown in the
beds have germinated, do not keep these beds too
wet and the beds should be frequently hoed for
securing proper aeration of the soli. In case (he
s_eeds have not sprouted so far, the beds may be
covered at night with parali which may be
removed during the day., Applying water before
the occurrence of frost goes a long way in protecting young plants against its ill-effects.

fore, during early November when ber fruits attain

pea size spray the tree with MetasYltox 1500 ml
or Rogor 1250 ml in 1250 litres of water/hectare.
Powdery mildew disease attacks the fruits and
affects

Mango:

The eggs of the mango mealy bug

are hibernating in the soil.

They may, therefore,

be exposed by a thorough cultivation of the land

during this month, so that they are either picked
by the birds or are desiccated by the sun or atmospheric drought.
Grape-vines:

Carefully

collect

diseased falfen leaves and burn them.

all

the

Remove

gently the loose dead bark from the stem and

main arms.

Dust the soil with SHe or Aldrin and

plough it thoroughly.

Ber: Ber fruitfly attacks the fruits become

disfigure due to the presence of maggots. ThereOCTOBER, 1991

To

control this disease spray the trees when the fruits

are of peanut size with Sulfex 0.2% or Karathane
0.' % at 10-15 intervals thrice. The first spray
should preferably be given In first week of
November.

~~~!}

Plant Protection Works

Citrus: If the citrus growers have been
strictly following the suggested measures during
the past months of the year insect- pests, like citrus
psylls, whitefly, leaf-miner, shoot borer, stem borer
etc. will no more be a problem now. The other
trouble which can be controlled now are: Cifrus
nematode and mottle leaf and can be controlled
by the use of aldicarb (Temik) @ 64 g/plant.
Pulverise the soil of the basin area around the
plant and mix the chemical quantity thoroughly
followed by flood irrigation. Nematicides be
applied just before flowering or after fruit picking.
Mottle leaf trouble arises from the deficiency of
zinc and this can be controlled by spray of zinc
sulphate lima mixture (3 kg zinc sulphate + 1.5
kg slacked lime) in 500 litres of water.

proper development of the fruits.

'.

lIVESTOC~~-

t:J HEALTt1 CARE l~

Cattle & Buffaloes

The winter season has set in. To protect

animals from cold weather, arrange for proper
housing for them. Presence of dampness in animal
houses is harmful for their health. For bedding
purposes in animal houses, make use of saw dust
or straw instead of sand. Proper ventilation in
animal houses is essential. Animal houses/sheds
should not be overcrowded.

o Mangers and utensils used for providing

water to animals should be cleaned daily.
o

Buffaloes should be got impregnated after

two months of calving. Animals coming in heat
should be taken to Artificial Insemination Centre
of your area for breeding. Those animals which
come in heat in the morning should be got Inseminated in the afternoon should be got inseminated on the fonowing day in the morning.

Animals suffering from diarrhoea (loose

motions) should ,be got examined and treated.

o Animals purchased from oattle fairs or disease

infested areas should de kept away from healthy
animals at a separate place for a period of two
weeks so as to check the introduction of a disease
In the stock.
23

CD Make use of strip cup IS a regular practice

to detect cases of mastitis. This disease responds
to treatment well, If the treatment is taken up in
eartv stages.

Key Points for Better Seed Production

Programme

1.

Avoid feeding of such green fodders or

grasses which are grown in standing water.
Feeding of such fodders may lead to several
diseases in animals.

o Feed 8 good quality mineral mixture in

recommended doses to animals. Also provide
salt licks to animals by keeping a salt brick in the
manger.

programme.

2.

Maintain the isolation distance properly as'

required by the Indian minimum seed certification standards for various field crops.

3.

Keep the empty seed bags and tags properly

for the confirmation of source of seed.

4.

Harvesting and threshing c;>f each variety

should be done separately to avoid any

Feeding of green fodder to milch animals is

very essential. Grow only those varieties of green
fodders which are recommended for your areB so
8S 10 raise a bumper crop.

(From page 14)

package of practices will be same as that of

normal cultivation for a particular crop, but the
seed field should be free from off type, objectionable weeds and a standard isolation distance i8 to
be maintained as required by the Indian minimum
seed certification standards (Table 1).
The official from seed certification department

will inspect seed programme field twice or thrice

dependi,!g upon the crop and advise rhe farmers
accordingly. At the time of final inspection, if the
crop field is found within the limits of various
certification standards, then the official will issue
a certificafe showing the net area finally certified
and its es1im,ated yield to the concerned farmer.
On this certificate, ,farmers are aut~orised to bring
their produce to the concerned seed producing
corporation and 70-80 per cent of the 'total pro
duce payment will be paid to the grower/farmer.
The balance payment will be made after getting
the certificate from seed testing laboratory.

24

Land to be used for seed production

programme should be free of volunteer plants.
In addition, prepare the field well in advance
so that off types, objectionable weeds, inseparable other crop seeds plants should not
be present in the field. Moreover, rogue out
whenever any undesirable. plant.. emerge in
the field during the course of seed production

admixture.

Contributors are requested

to send their artic1es

latest by the 10th

of every month,
so as to

enable us to bring out

the

publica tion well in time.

HARYANA FARMING

HARYANA FARMING
Volume XX

November 1991

No. II

Contents
Pages

1. Profile of wheat production in Haryana

-B. P. Singh
2. Varietal characteristics for identification
in wheat
-Iqbal Singh, MoM. Yunus and R. P.
Singh
3. Major iSlues for increasing wheat
production
-M. Yunus, I. S. Pawar and B. D.
Sharma
4. Wheat variety WH 157-A boon for
salt affected areas
-A. S. Redhu, V. P. Singh and R. A. S.
Lamba
5. Durum wheat
-So R. Verma, Y. p. Singh and
S. C. Sharma
6. How to increase wheat yield under rainfed conditions
-B. Yadav, R. P. Singh and M. Yunus
7. Varieties and cultural practices for
successful cultivation of wheat in saltaffected soils
- Rajender Kumar, Dharam Bir and
S.K. Yadav
8. Karnal bunt situation in Haryana and
its management
'
-So S. Karwasra and M. S. Beniwal
9. Smuts of wheat
-M. S. Beniwal and S. S. Karwasra
10. Change in technology is economical for
wheat production
-S: D. Dhiman, V. P. Singh and Harl Om
11. Nematodes- A threat to wheat
cultivation
- Diwan Singh Dhangar
12. Sustaining higher yield "of wheat in
problem, areas
-R. B. Srivastava, M. L. Saini and
.
. G. R. Sharma
13. Rabi oil seeds cultivation-A comparative economic analysis .
-R. S. Kadian, D. S. Nandal and
M. R. Dalal
14. Protect your rabi vegetables from diseases by seed treatment
-So K. Gandhi, D. P. Thakur and
S. K. M aheshwari

Indian Society of Agricultural Engineering

Confers Fellowship on Prof. M. C. Agarwal
."

10

11

13

15
16

19

20

21

Tbe Executive Council of the Indian Societ, of Agricultural Engineers, in its 27th Convention held at Indian Agricultural Research Institute from October 9-11, 1991 conferred
Fellowship of tbe Indian Society of Agricultural Enline"rs on
Professor M. C. Agarwal, Professor of Agricultural Engineering and Director of Publications for bis outstanding contributions to tbe profession and Society. Earlier, Professor
M. C. Agarwal was awarded commendation medal for his
outstanding contributions in tbe area of Soil and Water
Management in the year 1981-82 by the Indian Society of
Agricultural Engineers. Professor Agarwal possesjles more tban
2S years professional experience especially concerning teachinl
& research in tbe discipline of Soil & Water Engineering. During
these 15 years, he worked in ~arious capacities all Assistant
Engineer, Assistant Prof. of Agricultural Englneerinl. Researcb
Engineer, Chief Scientist, Water Management, Head, Agricultural Engineering and Director of PubllcatioDs at Punjab
Agricultural Univerlity. Ludbian8 and at HAU, Hlsar.
Prof. Agarwal has developed efficient and viable improved
water management technology for the canal and tubewell arid
and semiarid irrigated areas of north welt India. His
contributions in populariZation and adoPtion of sprinkler
irrigation ban greatly helped in ensuring judicious use of scarce
water in desert areas of Haryana. He visited Canada, USA,
Netberland, USSR, Egypt and other countries in Europe under
Commonwealtb, UNESCO and Bilateral Scientists Excbange
Programme. Prof. Agarwal has published SO research papers,
25 popular articles and written one text book in Hindi, olie
researcb bulletin and two extension bulletins.
Our congratulations and best wisbes to Prof. Agarwal on
conferment of tbis distinction.

-Editor'
22

24

15. Haemoglobinuria-the Lehu Mootna

disease
.b--M: M. Mata and S. K. Verma
16. Whlit to do this month?

26
27

Profile of Wheat
Production in Haryana
-:-8. P. Singb

Dlrectprllte o{ Extension Education, HAU, Hisar

,
Gram il one of the major crops of ttie
Reryana State whicll occupied .1062 thousand
hectares area in 1966-67. Tbe area under crop
increased to 1106 thousand bectares in 1975-76
and then progressively declined to 760.9 and 650
thousand hectares i'n 1,985-86 and '1990-91, respectively.
Similarly, area under barley was 182
thousand hectares in 1966-67 which declined to
177.1,87.7 aod 51 thousand hectarell in 1975-76,
1985-86 and 1990-91, respeclively. The decrease
in area in the rabl crops was pronounced in all the
crop growing districts. Almost whole of tbis area
has been taken away by wheat which had only 743
thousand hectares in 1966-67 and increased to
1226 thousand hectares in 1975-76 to 1701 and
1851 thousand hectare in 1985-86 and 1990-91,
respectively.
The few reasons of decline of area under gram
and barley and increase in area under wheat were
analysed as :
Risk Factor
Risk in yield ot gram is due to the infestation
of various diseases and insect-pests. Unusual
weather conditions do affect tbe gram productivity
adversely more as compared to such risk in wheat
crop. This is evident from the comparative high
fluctuations in yield of gram over a time. Moreover,
use of brackish water in rab. crops in rotations,
slowly wiping out the gram area in the state as
gram crop is grown in dryland conditions and docs
well with good quality of water. Risk in price in
case of gram is higher as comparc;d to wheat. As
procurement price of gram was Rs. 260/q during
1986-87 being quite lower than market price of
Rs. 551/q; the proculement price in 1990-91 was
Rs. 421/q while market price was above Rs. 800/q
NOVEMBER, 1991

which causes risk of fall in market price. However,

in wheat ali effective procurement price and aimost
equal market price policy reduces the risk of fall in
prices, as in 1982-83, 1986-87 and 1990-91, the
procurement price of wheat were Ra. 142, Rs. 162
and Rs. 215 for each quintal.
In barley, stormy weather causes more
damage. and it is also infested with aphids causing
great los8 and adversely affecting the yield of the
crop. Fluctuation in prices had its negative impact
on barley area.
Yield Gap
Gap between poteDtial and average yield doel
exist in all crops but more in gram crop. Apart
from better potential returns of wheat over gram.
the potential yield of gram realized by the farmen
is much lower than that of wbeat. This bolds good
in case of barley crop also. The area under rabi
leason in wheat, barley and gram is 58.5, 1.0 and
9.6%, respectively, signifying the diversion attention
towards wheat crop.
The potential yield of 25 q/ba in case of gram
crop has been realized only by less than 1%
farmers, while in case of wbeat about 80% of the
potential yield was actually obtained by average
farmers in the State during 1990-91. It is because
of the fact that low expensive recommendation
ruch as adoption of varieties, seed rate, sowing
time and methods of sowing and application of first
irrigation have been followed. ~t large scale in
wheat. But adoption rate of recommended varieties
of gram, use of rhizobium culture and application
of first irrigation in gram have not .picked up so
far. Fertilizer use in wheat has become common
amongst all categories of farmers, while in gram
les& than 5% farmers do apply phosphate fertilizers.

Yield Treads
Production of gram in the State during
1975-76 was 907000 tons, which declined to
469000 tons in 1990-91 following closely the
average yield kg/ba decreased from 820 kg/ha to
721 kg/ha. In case of barley, during 1966-67 the
production was 239000 tons which reached at low
of 107000 tons in 1990-91, reverse to it, yield kg/ha
increased from 1313 kg/ha (1966-67) to 2092 kg/ha
in 1990-91. Wheat has different situation where

production of 1059 thousand tons was obtained in

1966-67, which .increased to 6440 thousand tons
in 1990-91. Similarly, there was a linear increase
in yield per unit area, an average yield of 1425
kg/ha was obtained in 1966-67, which increast:d
times and reached to the level of 3479 kg/ha in
1990-91.

2t

Soli-Water MansgemeBt
Wheat crop has wide adaptability as compared
to gram crop. It thrives well under problem soils
by adjusting the package of practices, selection of
variety, change of sowing time, modifying technology to the farming situations. The gram crop does
not do well on problem soils and brackish water
conditions. Therefore, wh-:at is getting favour at
farmers field which further restricts the area under
Ig8m crop.

Salient features of
Haryana Seeds : Certified and better
(; More YIeld
Purity and. more
germination
,

o Diseaseless
o Money back
guarantee

Comparative Ecoa.ollllcs
Potential returns ovec variable costs worked
out at HAU recommendations for gram were much
lower than that of wheat. Wherever irrigation
facilities are made available, wheat is substituting
gram mainly due to be~ter economics of wheat.
Increasing irrigation facilities also increased (he
area under wheat. More stability in economics of
wheat also finds favour over barley. Returns over
variable cost for wheat WIlS more (Rs. 2524iha) as
compared to gram (Rs. 1810/ha).
Wheat crop got very deserving and alarming
favour with Haryana farmers during last 25 years,
where the srea could increase more than 2.6 times,
production about six times and yield per unit area
increased about two and a half times giving the face
value picture of profile of wheat production in
Haryana State.

Always Purchase
Certified Seeds of
New Varieties of
followHlg crops:G

WHEAT ...''i.ND BARLEY

MUSTARD
$ GRA.M M\iD OTHER
PULSES
o FODDER PS.j[)
VEGETABLE SEEDS
8

HARYANA SEEDS DEVELOPMENT CORPORAT!OfY LTD.

(A Haryana Govt Undertaking,

S.C.O. 169170. SECTOR a-c, CHANDIGARH-160 O{)3

Phones 22168.22196.22097

HARYANA FARMING

glabrous with white glumes. It has fully bearded

square ear-heads tending to be 0/ clubbed shape at
the tip. Grains are amber, Berni-hard and medium

Varietal Characteristics
for Identification
in Wheat
-Iqbal Siogb, Mobd. Yonus aod R. P. Slogh

Wheat Section.
Deptt. of Plant Breeding, HAU, Hisar

bold (41 g/1000 grains). It matures in ) 34 days

and its average yield is 50 q/ha. It is good for
chapati making.
This is the best variety for
medium fertility and restricted irrigated (threo
irrigations) conditions for the South-western part
of Haryana comprising the districts of Sirsa, Hisar,
Bhiwani, Rohtak, Mohindergarh, Gurgaon, Jind
Ilnd Rewari. It is fairly resistant to brown rust
but susceptible to yellow rust aDd powdery mildew
and hence, its cultivation in humid region should
be avoided.
Characteristics of W H J57

A number of wheat varieties have been

recommended in the State for cultivation under
different agro-climatic conditions. In the absence
of proper knowledge, the farmers often become
confused about the variety raised by thew. It i8.
therefore, very important to know about the
characteristics of wheat varieties so that one can
identify them without any difficulty. We are
discussing below the important identification
characters of varieties recommended in Haryana.
Characteristics of C 306
It is a tall (120-135 em) growing variety with
good tillering and deep root system. It has spreading habit of growth in the early stage. However,
in advanced stage its upper leaves remain erect
while lower ones show_ a droopiog tendency. The
foliage are light green and narrow. The ear-heads
are compact, fullY bearded with hairY glumes.
This variety is susceptible to lodging and its grains
are medium bold, amber, hard and lustrous with
an average yield of 24 q/ha. It is the best variety
for chapati making. It is moderately tolerant to
rusts but susceptible to loose smut. It matures in
ISO days and its IOOO-grain weight is 38 g. It is
suitable for early sown (second fortnight of
October to first week of November) under rainfed
and low fertility conditions.

Cbaracteristics of WH 147
This is a dwarf variety and has good tillering
capacity. Quick growth habit, compact plant type,
broad and erect leaves, and flag Jeaf usually prominent are the characteristic features of this variety.
Its leaves often develop yellow flecks. Spikes are
NOVEMBER, 1991

It is a dwarf variety with dark green foliage.

The plant type of this variety is compact and
sturdy Rnd, therefore, it resists lodging. The foliage
and stem remain dark green till maturity. However.
the older leaves show a tcndency of tip drying.
The grains of this variety are hard, amber anc very
bold (SO gil 000 gra ins). It is very good for chapati
making properties. It shows shy tillering habit.
The spikes are fully bearded, fusiform and middense having whitish glumes with slight hairiness
aDd loog awns. It matures in 142 days and its
average yield is 48 qiha in normal soils and 25
q/ha in saline/alkaline soils. It has high resistance
to yellow rust and adequate field resistance to
brown rust. Its best sowing time is first week of
November. Since it is a bold grained variety, the
seed rate of 125 kg/ha in normal soils and 137.5150 kg/ha in saline/alkaline soils is essential for
getting good yields. It is a most suitable variety
for saline/alkaline soils.

Characteristics of HD 2009
It is a variety that falls in between the dwarf
and triple dwarf category. It has short, narrow
and light green foliage. Its peduncle is long which
shows some waxiness on it. It shows semi-spreading
growth habit at the initial stage. Stem is thin but
!'tiff which resists lodging. The leaves have pink
auricles. The grains of this variety are small, soft,
white and mottlecl. It has good tillering capacity
and fairly synchrony in ear emergence. The ears
aTe tapering, mid-den!!e and have white glumes
with short awns. This variety has fairly good
resistance to rusts but susceptible to loose smut and
highiy susceptible to Karnal bunt. It matures in

] 35 days and its average yield is 49 q/ha. It is a

variety for timely sown, high fertility and irrigated
conditions for the North-eastern part of Haryana.
The best sowing time of this variety is between
first and third week of November to get maximum
yield.
Characteristics of WH 283
The variety is early in heading but its maturity
coincides with the maturity of other varieties like
HD 2009 and WH 147. It aas fairly good tillering
capacity, dark green and drooping leaves, fusiform
ears and white glumes. Bottom leaves have a
tendency of yellowing. The grains are bold (46
gllOOO grains), amber, hard, shining and attractive.
It is a dual purpose variety because it is good both
for chapati and bread making properties. It
matures in 134 days and its average yield is 50
q/ha. The variety is fairly resistant to lodging,
yellow and brown rusts but has low incidence of
Karnal bunt. The sowing of this variety should
be completed in second and third week of November. Under high fertility and proper irrigation
facilities it can give yield upto 65 q/ha. Due to
boldness of grain, the seed rate should be used @
110-]25 kg/ha. For getting proper germination,
the sowing should be done in good moisture.
Shallow seeding is al80 helpful for proper
germination.

Characteristics of HD 2329
It is a dwarf variety with an average height of
104 em. The plants are compact and isturdy that
resist lodging. The tillering capacity is high and
it is very synchronous in heading and tillering. The
upper leaves are erect with green foliage which
help in, better utilization of sun energy. The plants
and the ears turn red at maturity. The spike is
smooth, semi-dense and awned. Grains are amber,
hard and medium bold (42 g/1000 grains). It
matures in 136 days and its average yield is 50
q/ha. It is moderately susceptible to brown rust
and Karnal bunt.

of

Cbaracteristlcs WH 416
It is a dwarf variety with an average height of
105 cm with good. early vigour and green foliage.
Tho leaves are broad, erect and long. It has fairly
stiff straw. It has quick growth, high tillering and
white glumes. It matures in 138 days. Grains
are amber and fairly bold (42 g/1000 grains) with

an average yield of 55 q/ha under optimum

package of practices. It is slow ruster for brown
rust but susceptible to stripe rust.

Characteristics of Sonalika
This variety is known by different naines such
as HD 1553. RR 21 and S 308. It is a singie dwarf
variety with an average height of 110 cm. The
variety is suitable for late sown (between 26th
November and 25th December) conditions because
it takes less time to heading and complete grain
filling earlier than other varieties. It matures in
120 days under Jate liown conditions. It has semierect habit of growth in the early stage. This
variety has shy tillering with drooping leaves. The
foliage are light green in colour and the ear-heads
are fully bearded, long lax and tapering. Ears are
red with glabrous glumes. The grains are amber.
semi-hard and bold (SO g/1000 grain!'). It is better
It is
for biscuit makin& than other varieties.
moderately resistant to yellow rust b~t becomes
susceptible to brown rust and loose smut.

Characteristics of WH 291
This is also an early maturin~ (122 days)
variety but it takes 4-5 days more in beading and
only 2 days more in maturity than Sonalika. It
has higber tillering capacity than Sonalika. The
grain size of this variety is smaller (41 g/1000
grains) than Sonalika put the number of grains per
spike is more. It possesses excellent properties
for ehapati makmg. It bears compact and oblong
spike with whitish and smooth glumes. tts foliage
are light green and erect. The variety shows better
resjstance to rllsts than Sonalika. The average
yield of this variety is 44 q/ha.
Characteristics of HD 2285
It is a dwarf (90-95 em) variety. It bas quick
growth and semi-spreading habit and has high
tillering potential, broad, long and dark green
foliage. It has medium sized (42 g/1000 grains)
amber grains and it matures in 123 days. It has
semi-deose, white, smooth with fully awned ears.
Straw colour is also white. It is about one day
late in maturity than WH 291. The variety may
develop brown rust but is tolerant to Karnal bunt.
This variety is recommended for late sown (26th
November to 25th December) as well as for ve~y
late sown (upto 15th January), high fertility and
irrigated condition. for the North-eastern part
of Haryaoa.
HARYANA FARMING

2'.

Major Issues
for Increasing
Wheat Production

1. Organlsadonal Issues at State Level

(i)

Adequate supply of water in canal during

crop season.

(ii)

Adequate and easy availability of electricity and diele!.

(iii)

Adequate and timely supply of quality

seed of high yielding varieties.

(iv)

Timely supply of fertilizers, weedicides,

fungicides and other inputs.

(v)

Monitoring the quality of inputs.

(vi)

Arrangements for easy and efficient credit

facilities.

(i)

Get the soil tested in advance.

(ii)

Purchase seed from recognised seed

agencies such as Haryana Agricultural
University, Hisar, Haryana Seed Development Corporation (HSDC) and National
Seed Corporation (NSC), etc.

(iii) Replace the seed after every 34 years of

cultivation.

-M. YUnDS, J. S. Pawar aod B. D. Sbarma

Deptt. of Plant Breeding, HAU, Hisar
Wheat is the most importaot food grain crop
of Haryana. Wheat occupies about 70% the total
cropped area in rabi in the State. During the year
1990-91, the state achieved an all time record
wheat production of 64.40 lac tonnes with an
average productivity of 34.79 q/ha. This year
area under wheat declined slightly from the
previous year (From 18.59 to 18.51 lac hectare)
and it may decline even further in coming years.
Therefore, we have to think in increasing yield per
unit area to increase wheat production. It is,
therefore, imperative to discuss some issues which
will . help in increasing wheat production in the
State.

Organisational Issues at Farmers' Level

(iv)

Jf using his own seed, do not forget to

test its germination before sowing.

(v)

Arrangement of required
pesticides, etc. in advance.

(vi)

fertilizers,

Arrangement of seed drill for sowing of

the crop.

(vii) Treat seed with fUDgicide to control loose

smut.
3.

Tecbnological IUDes

Selection of varieties is the most important

input required for getting high production of tbis
crop.
Selection of Improved varieties: Selection of
varieties depends upon areB of sowing, sowing
conditions and available inputs, etc. Details of
improved wheat varieties recommended by Haryana
Agricultural University. Hisar has been Biven in
Table I.
Usc of proper seed rate: It is very important
to use proper seed rate to maintain good plant
population in the field. Seed rate depends upon
seed size (1000 grain weight), sowing conditions
and methods of sowing, etc. lOOO-grain weight
and respective seed rate of recommended varieties
has been given in Table 2.
Timely sowing.: By timely" sowiogs we mean
sowing of wheat crop between 7th November and
25th November. Sowing of wheat at proper time
is a baSIC pre-requiSite for realisation of full yield
potential of a particular variety. The performance
of two wheat varieties i.e. WH 416 and WH 283
under different dateli of sowing in experiments
conducted at His.r during last six . years has been
given in Table 3. It is clear from results presented
in the tabJe that maximum yield potentia] of WH
416 and WH 283 is realised from timely so wings
f

(vii) Efficient extension programmes to transfer

required technology.
(viii) Easy availability of farm machinery.

NOVEMBER, 1991

TABLE 1
Improved wheat varieties for Haryana State
Variety

Zone

Sowing conditions

Remarks

C 306

Eastern and Western

Early SOwn under raiofed

Susceptible to rusts and loose

smut.

WH 157

Eastern and Western

Timely sown, high fertility,

irrigation in saline/alkaline
soils

Tolerant to rusts and Karnal

WH283

WH 147

WH 4]6

HD 2009

Eastern and Western

Western

Western

Eastern

Timely sown, irrigation and

higb fertility

Timely sown and medium

fertility restricted irrigation

bunta.

Grains are hard, bold, amber,

shining. resistant to brown rlist
and low incidence of Karnal
bunt.
Tolerant to brown rust
Karnal bunt.
yellow rust.

Susceptible

and
to

Timely sown under medium

Tolerant to brown

to high fertility, irrigation

loose smu,t.
yellow rust.

Timely sown, irrigation

and high fertility

Tolerant to brown rust and

highly susceptible -to Karnal

rust

Susceptible

and
be

bunt.

HD 2329

Eastern

Timely sown, irrigation

and higb fertility

High tillering. lodging resistant,

susceptible to brown rust and
Karnal bunt.

Sonalika

Eastern and Western

Late sown, high fertility

and irrigation

Susceptible to brown rust and

low incidence of Karnal bunt.

WH 291

Western

Late sown, high fertility

and irrigation

Resistant to rust and low incidence of Karnal bunt.

HD 2285

Eastern

Late sown, high

and irrigation

Good reaistance to loose smut

and Karnal bunt. _But susceptible to brown rust.

fertility

HARYANA FARMING

of these varieties. By planting WH 416 (Table 3)

under late sown conditions. yield get decreased
by 6.4 q/acre. Similarly, WH 283 also showed an
average reduction of 1.5 q/acre under late sown
condition. It is, thus, evident that a delay in
sowing after 25th November results in a drastic
yield reduction. Therefore, timely sowing of
wheat should be encouraged and farmers should
try their best to sow most of their area during 7th
to 25th November.

TABLE 2
1000-grain weight and seed rate of recommended
wheat varieties in Haryana
Variety

]OOO-grain
wt. (gm)

C 306
WH 157
WH 147
WH 283
HD 2009
WH416
HD 2329
Sonalika
HD 2285
WH 29]

43

40

48

SO

42
46
39
42
42
50
41
41

40
45-50
40
40
40
50
40
40

Seed rate
(kg/acre)

If due to unavoidable circumstances sowings

get delayed then only early maturing varieties
recommended for late sown conditions such as
Sonalika, HD 2285 and WH 291 should be planted
to get good yield. Under very late lown condition
Dew crops viz., sunflower would be better choice.
Others: In addition to above production
technology for getting higher production, there
arc some other precautions which should also be
taken care of.

Note: 1. Above seed rate is on the basis oftimcly

sowings and under seed drill sowing
method.

(i)

Use balanced doses of fertilizers.

2. Seed rate should be increased by 25%

under late sown conditions.

(ij)

Follow proper irrigation schedule.

3. Seed ~8te should also be increased by

25% under laHne/alkalinc conditions.

(iii)

Keep crop free from weeds.

4. Seed rate has to be increased by 25%

under broadcast method of sowing.

(iv)

Consult nearelt KGK/lnstitute for

problem encountered.

any

TABLE 3
PerformanCe of wheat varieties WH 416 and WH 283 under different dates of sowing
Year

Early
<Oct. 29-Nov. 5)
WH416

WH 283

Timely
(Nov. 12-18)
WH 416

WH 283
23.4
24.1
22.4
21.3

1985-86
1986-87
1987-88
1988-89
1989-90
1990-91

25.5
23.2
23.7
27.0
22.4
23.7

20.3
22.4
2}.0
23.1
18.5

26.4
26.8
24.0
24.6
25.2
21.6.

Average
yield

24.3

21.1

24.8

NOVEMBER, 1991

Late
(Dec. 10-16)
WH416 WH283

Average yield (q/acre)

WH 416

WH283
20.7
21.4
20.5
2).5

20.3

18.4
17.4
17.9
20.]

18.6

15.4
19.3
20.8
21.7
17.2
15.6

15.S

22.4
23.0
22.8
24.4
21.6
20.3

22.0

18.4

19.5

22.4

-,

17.5

Get

,:",,::--"'NOCILO
Protection .

Yes. give yourself a bountiful

harvest. Let NOCILON
effeciively control weeds like
Phalaris minor, Gullidanda
(Mandusil,wild oats (iangli jail
and other broad leaf weeds.

making it safe for next crop.

And, NOCILON ensures you
of heavy grain increases .......
...... year after year afteryear.

NOCILON is so convenient to
lise and what"s' more, after
l<illil'1g weeds, NOCILON
-breaks down in the soil rapidly.

NOCILON for the most effective

weed control in wheat.

National Organic
Chemical Industries'
Limited
Bank of Baroda Budd!n
16, Parliamsnt Str6f.l
New Delhi 110 ci01,
C~l\ITR/>.. B

NOC 597R

HARYANA FARMING

Wheat Variety WH 157

-A Boon for Salt

Affected Areas
-A. S. Redbu, V. P. SJDgh aDd R. A. S. Lamba

..

Deptt. of Plant Breeding. HAU. Hisar

,.
The problems of adverse soil pH, excessive
salt con-centration, micronutrients deficiencies and
physical management of soils are frequent with
wheat cultivation. Nearly 5.5 per cent of wheat in
our country is being grown under saline/alkaline/
sodic soil conditions. The proportion of such
problematic soil is alarmingly high in some states
like Haryana (25%), Rajasthan (40%) and Gujarat
(30%). Under acute situation, the ameliorative
measures Ilod soil amendments are required to
rectify the defects, but under mild stress conditions
the tolerant varieties can be used quite effectively
for obtaining good yields from such marginal
lands. The cboicest variety for such specific condition of wheat cultivation is WH 157. This
variety was released a decade ago by HAU in 1978,
primarily, for cultivation under timely sown, high
fertility and irrigated conditions but in 28th All
India Wheat Research Workers WorkshC?P held at
Nagpur during 1989, this variety has al50 been
identified for cultivation under salt affected lands
all over the country.
Variety WH 157 is a dwarf cultivar with dark
green foliage and erect flag leaf. The spikes are
fully bearded, fusifor~ and mid-dense having
whitish glume!) with slight hairiness and long awns.
Plant-type is compact and sturdy, hence less prone
to lodging. Its heading stalts after 85 days and
matures in 137 days. It has ~good resistance to
yellow and brown rusts with an excellent degree
of salinity tolerance. However, it is shy in tillering,
80 Jor obtaining proper plant stand. seed rate
@ 55-60 kg/acre should be used under .aline/alkaline conditions. It possesses good 'cbapati' making
*RegionaJ Research Sta{ion. Kaul (Kaithal).

NOVEMBER, 1991 ';

,.

qualities. The grains are bold, hard, amber and

lustrous with kernel weight of 50 g per 1000 grains.
This variety gives an average yield of 48 q/ha (with
potential yield of 60 q/ha) under optimal management conditions, but under saline/alkaline/sodic
soil conditions its average yield ranges from 20 to
26 q/ha.
For realizing maximum yield under salinityi
alkalinity, the sowing should be completed within
first week of November using higber seed rate
alongwith the basal application of NPK doses as
per the soil tests. Moreover, the other pertinent
factors which, otherwise, help in improving the
productivity under stress conditions with great
deal include items such as (a) adding F. Y. M. to
these problematic soils every year, (b) applying
light but frequent irrigations (g-9) with adequate
provision of drainage to excess water. (c) using
ammonium sulphate iustead of urea in alkali lioils,
and (d) fine preparation of field-bed in conserving
soil moisture to ensure good germination of the
crop. No doubt, the practices of leaching of salts
by flooding, application of gypsum and growing
'Ohaincha' during 'kharif' will constitute the integral exercises for the reclamation of severely salt
affected IlInd s.
Multilocational field trials conducted during
1989-90 aDd 1990-91 on variety WH IS7 comparing iIi performance with another most popular
and widely grown variety HO 2009 in north zone
proved the superiority of WH 157 over HD 2009
under saline/alkaline environments (Table 1). As
TABLE 1
Average performance ofWH 157 under saline/
alkaline conditions (1989-90 and 1990-91)

Bee

Variety

Yield (q/ha) at different Average

locations
pH Delhi Karnal Risar Bawal yield
(q/ha)
(I : 2) 5.1
2.6
4.8
2.3
9.3
9.7
7.8
7.7

(dS/m)

HD 2009

18.6

13.4

17.7

14.9

16. t

WH 157

21.3

19.9

23.5

17.8

20.6

% increase 14.5
over HD 2009

48.5

32.7

19.4

27;9

~ (Contd. on page-l~2)

of more sugar makes its taste sweet. DurUID

grains contain less starch but more protein, ,amiDt,
acids, vitamins and fatty acids. Protein content
varies from 13-15% but in some of the varieties it
has been found upto 22%. Therefore, durum
wheat is considered to possess higher nutritional
value than bread wheats.

Durum Wheat
-So R. Verma, Y. P. Singb and S. C. Sharma
Deptt. of plant Breed;ng, HAU, Hisar
India is one of the largest durum gro\\ iog
countries of the world. It covers about 11% of
the total wheat area of the country. It is being
cultivated in tbe Central and Peninsular zones
under rainfed conditions. Now good yields can
be obtained under irrigation and high levels of
fertilizers in the Northern region. In international
markets prices are generally higber for durum than
fOf bread wheat. Thus, durum wheat or its products offer good potential as an item of export
from India.
Characteristics of Durnm Wheat
Plants of the durum wheat have strong straw,
pubscent glumes with larger awns and broad leaves.
Most of the tillers in durum wheat have synchrony
in flowering. Grains are golden amber, large,
translucent and hard. The effect of frost is minimized due to thicker and tougher glumes in durum
Wheat.

Advantages of Durum Wheat Cultivation

Dururn wheats are generally free from Karnal

bunt disease under natural conditions. The closed
glume conditions during fertilization eoable duruml1
to get very low incidence of this disease. So, cultivation of durum wheat in those areas where this
disease has become a problem can be more profitable. Durums 8Te free from flag smut infection
and toleraot to powdery mildew. Incidence of
loose smut is also less on durums than bread
wheat.
'
Durums have performed well under ~rainfed
conditioDs as they have the ,capacity of drought
tolerance. In foreign countries, there is great demand of durum wheat and its products, hence, it
offers good potential for exports benefitting both
farmers as well as the country.
Durum Wheat Varieties aDd Yield

The physical and chemical properties of durum

gluten provide greater stability of the dough and
make it especia lIy suited for pasta products. It is
not good for 'chapati' making but is being used
for making special preparations like semolina (suji),
porridge and vermicelli. The wheat meal obtained
from durums is used in preparation of roasted
doughs ;b'ati), sweet balls (Ladoos), upman
and various pasta products like noodles, etc.
Flour of tbe durum wheRI is slightly yellow in colour dUI! to presence of xanthophyll. The presence

Durum wheat varieties, Raj 1555 developed

from Rajasthan and DLW 5023, PBW 34 and PDW
215 developed from Punjab can be successfully
grown in the irrigated and high fertility cond itions.
Their yield level is slightly lower than that of the
bread wheat varieties (Table 1). At Haryana Agricultural University, Hisar we are also working on
thl! development of high yielding durum wheat
varieties. The genotypes have been developed which
have good quality and yield at par with bread wheat
varieties.
.

TABLE 1
Performance of durum wheat varieties in Haryana
Year

.1988-89
1989-90
1990-91

Mean

10

----------------.--------

Yield (q/ha)

No. of triali

14
12
11

PDW 215

WH 416

48.53

53.19

44.84

43.50
43.90

45.55

48.12
49.44

45.12

45.31

4'.55

50.25

Raj 155S

PBW 34

48.55
41.98

HARYANA FARMING

such situation but failed to give good yield during

extreme drought conditions.
Seed Quality

How to Increase Wheat

Yield under Rainfed
Conditions
-B. Yadav, R. P. Singb aDd M. Yunu.
Deptt. of Plant Breeding, HAU, Hisar

Good quolity seed must be used for ensuring

higher yields. The farmers can obtain certified
seed of recommended varieties from seed agencies
or even they can produce their own seed by growing
certified seed ond by roguing out weeds, diseased
plants and off-type plants. Since the variety C-306
is susceptible to loose smut, seed of this variety
must be treated before sowing with 2 g of
vitavax per kg of seed to control loose smut.
Moisture Conservation

In the areas where there is no irrigation facilities wheat crop solely depends on rains and the
farming under such conditions is 5ubsisteDcc:.
Nevertheless, considering .the yield potential of
high yielding wheat varieties recommended for
rainfed conditions, there is good scope to increase
the yield. This could be achieved by adopting
latest techniques recommended for rainfed conditions. The use of suitable varieties, moisture
conservation practices, maintenance of good crop
stand and application of balance fertilizers are very
important inputs for increasing yield of ~heat
under rainfed conditions.

Selection of VarietiH
Selection of a suitable variety for a particular
growing condition is the first and foremost task to
increase the production of any crop. Cultivation
of wheat variety C-306 il recommended for rainfed
conditions because this variety withstands the
drought after germination.
The wheat variety C-306 is a tall and old desl
This variety has profuse tillering capacity,
shlDing amber grains and good cbapatl making
quality. Because of grain and cbapatl making
qualities the variety fetches more market price than
other varieties. This variety is suitable for early
sown, low fertility and rainfed conditions through~
out the State. Under high fertility irrigated conditions the variety lodges severely, resulting in low
yieJd. This variety is tolerant to rusts but susceptible to Joose smut. The average yield of this
variety is 26 q/ha. A number of dwarf varieties
such as WL 410, I~ 72, PBW 65, PBW 175,
DL 153-2.. WH 331, etc. have been identified for
va~iety.

NOVEMBER,1991

The rainfall data of different districts of

Haryana State iDdicate that in most of the districts
the quantum of rainfall is usually adequate to meet
the requirement of rainfed wheat, provided the rain
water is effectively managed and the moisture is
conserved in the soil by proper preparatory tillage,
levelling, bunding of fields and creating soil mulch.
Much emphasis should be laid upon planking after
every ploughing. Ploughing should be done in the
evening so that dew is absorved and sowing in the
early hours of next morning.

Crop Stand
Poor plant population is the major yield limiting factor under rainfed conditions. Proper crop
stand can be maintained by using recommended
time of sowing, method of sowing and seed rate.
Suitable time for sowing under rainfed conditions is
last week of October to first week of November for
C-306. Sowing should be done with seed-cumfertilizer dril', if possible, otherwise it should be
done by 'Pora Method'. The seed should be placed
at a depth of 6-7 em. To initiate quick germination, seed may be soaked in water overnight and
sown. If the germination ability is normal, 100 kg
of C-306 is sufficient for one hectare.
Fertilizer A pplicatioD
Now, it ha~ been established scientifically that
balanced fertilizers application plays significant role
in increasing the yield under rainfed conditions.
Hence, NPK and ZnSO" should be applied @ 60,
30, 30 and 25 kg/ha for dwarf and 30, 15, 15 and
25 kg/ha for tall wheat varieties or as per the soil
test value. Nitrogen can be applied in split doses

depending upon the availability of soil moisture.

If tbe moisture in soil profile is low then 3% urea
spray may be done. Full dose of other fertilizers
lihouJd be applied at the time of sowing.
Incidence of termite is the major problem
under rainfed condition. This can be avoided
by treating the seed witb Aldrin 30 P.C @ 4 rnl
in 46 ml water per kg of seed. Alternatively
B.H.C. 10% can be applied at the time of sowing
@ 10 kg/ba.

KISAN-76
Spray Pump
The most useful and beneficial for the
farmers. Prepared by experienced and
qualified f ngineers.

Interculture
Intercullure in rain fed crop is ofutrnost importance particularly where the mulch has not been
provided. A periodic hoeing and weeding at an
interval of about 25 days may be done to check the
growth of weeds which compete with the main crop
for already scare inputs in general and soil moisture
in particular because of their stout deep root system
and fast growin!! habit. Besides, the eartbed soil
will also belp in breaking capillaries ond thereby
checking evaporation.

NAPSACK SPRAYER

(With High Density

Polethenll.Tank)

CODE;

COOE.

Kpsll

psIOI

HAND COMPRESSION
SPRAYER

(With Brass
Tank)

(From page 9)

evident frem Ibis table variely WH 157 gave 4.5

q/ha more yield than HD 2009 meaning thereby
the increase of 27.9 per cent over HD 2009. Thus,
it is obvious tbat variety WH 157 is definitely a
better cultivar for edaphic soil conditions and it
will be in the interest of farmers(state if this variety
is p(\pularised in such areas.
Furthermore, under prevailing drought conditions this year the salts, instead of leaching
down the soil, ,would come up neaf surface due to
capillary movement \\ hich will cast its conspicuous
adverse eff~ct On crop germination. Again, if the
dry spell persists long then tbe young seedling may
soon succumb to high concentration of salts in the
rhizosphcre. Therefore, the importance of sowing
WH ]57 variety under such pathetic conditions ie
tremendously increased in order to obtain better
grain production.

12

ROCKJNG SPRAYER

CODE
Aj

FOOT SPRAYER

STIRRUP PUMP

BACK PACK SPRAYER

CODE,

INDO GERMAN AGRI SPRAYER &

PRESSllNG WORKS
Post Box No. 125, Clock Tower, Ludhiana141 008,
Ph. Oft: 51999, 51669 Fac.: 35367. Grams .Indo German

HARYANA FARMING

I
!

WH 283: Average yield under salt-,tre86

conditions is 23 q/ha and under normal condition.
it yields SO q/ha.

Varieties and Cultural

Practices for Successful
Cul~ivatiQn of Wheat in
Salt-Affected
Soils
,
-Rajeoder Kamar, Dharlm SJr aDd S. K. Yada,
Deptt. of Agronomy, HAU, Hisar
The area under agricultural crops in India is
limited and to feed the continuously increasing
population, we are left with only two optionsincreasing the productivity or proper utilization of
unproductive lands. The soils containing higher
amounts of harmful dissolved salts are unproductive Ind termed as salt-affected soils. These soils
inspite of having high fertility status, are unproduc
tive because of nonavailability of nutrients to the
crop plants. Based on the chemical characteristics,
these soils are categorized al saline, alkaline and
saline alkali soils. In our counlry the land rendered
unproductive due to salt accumulation problems
is about 7 million hectares out of which 0.56
million hectares falls in Haryana.

ColtivatloD of Wheat
Wheat is an important staple food crop and
to some extent it is tolerant to salts. Some varieties
of wheat are more tolerant to salts and may be
,. grown successfully in salt-affected soils by adopting suitable cultural practices.
Varieties Tolerant to Salts
KRL 1-4: It is identified for the irrigated
timely-sown conditions in all 5slt-affected soils and
can grow equallY well when irrigated with saline
water. Average yields in salt-affected and normal
soils are 25 and 45 q/ha, respectively.

WH 157: This is recommended for irrigated

and salt-affected soils. Average yield is 24 q/ha
in salt-affected soils and 48 q/ha in normal soils.
Raj 1972: In salt stress conditions, it gives
an average yield of 24 q/ha.
NOVEMBER,1991

PBW 65: It il mediumllte, lemi-dwarf

variety resistant to loole smut and fairly resistant
to rusts. The average yield is 22 q/ha under 181tItrelS conditions.
In addition to the above mentioned varieties,

HD 2009, HD 2329, HD 2284, HD 1553, HD 1982

and WH 711 can also be successfully growD in laltatrected loile of north western region .
Cultural Practices to be Adopted
Sowing Ihould be done in well prepared
levelled fields llsing 10-15% increaled seed rates
(125140 kg/ba) between first to third week of
November.
Manures aDd Fertilizers Managemeat

Well decompoled farm yard manure or comPOlt @ 2S-30 t/ha should be applied during
preparation of the field. Thesc manurcs help iD
reclamation of lalt'affected soils and reduce the
alkalinity. Organic manures also help in maintaining the C : N ratio which has direct effect on
microbial growth and activities.
It is generally observed that the amount of
available nitrogen (N) in alkaline soils is low due
to various reasons. In such soils the nitrification
activity of the bacteria involved is retarded hence
N is lost in air due to volatilization. Yields of
wheat can be increased by use of higher amounts
of N (25% more than normal conditions). Amount
of available phosphorus (P) and potash (K) in
these soils is quite high, therefore application from
outside is not required. The presence of higher
amounts of exchangeable sodium carbonate and
alkaline pH results in the deficiency of zinc,
so ZnSO. at increased rates (3540 kg/ha) should
be incorporated in the soil during field preparation.
In saline soils, the availability of P is decreased
due to its precipitation and antagonistic effect of
chlorides pres~nt. Application of higher doses
of P and sub'optimal amounts of N can mitigate
adverse effect of acute salinity to a certain extent.
Under mild salinity problems, the normal recom'
mended doses of fertilizers should be used.
(Contd. on page 18)

13

14

HARYANA FARMING

Karnal Bunt Situation in

Haryana and its Management
-So S. Karwa.r. IDd M. S. BeDI".l
Deptt. of Plant ~atho[ogy, HAU, Hisar
Klroal bunt is widespread and is common iD
Punjab, Haryana, Delhi, Jammu and Kashmir,
Himachal Pradesh and weatern districts or Uttar
Pradesh. This disC8se is severe in those region a
where low temperature and bigb humidity is prelent at the time of anthesis. HD 2009 (Arjun)
and WL 711 arc badly affected by this diseale. In
Haryana, this disease is more prevalent in North
eastern part i. C. Karnal, Kaithal, Kuruksbetra,
AmbaJa and Yamuna Nagar districtl.

districts or Hissr, Rohtak, Bhiwani. Rewari, Gurgaon. Faridabad and Jind. Incidence wal low
ranging from 0.016 to 0.076 per cent. However,
in Rewari diltrict, there wa. no incidence of Karnal
Bunt.

Variety-wise lacldeace or .Karal) Boot

Most of tho varieties which are cultivated iD
Haryana are susceptible to Karnal BUDt (Table 1).
Maximum incidence of Karoal Bunt was found in
HD 2009 (Arjun) and HD 2329 i. e. 0.445 and
0.311 per cent. Minimum incidence was found
in WH 283; i. e. 0.002 per cent and Sonalika; i. e.
0.017 per cent. In rest of the varieties the incidence ranged from 0.025 per cent to 0.150 per cent.
TABLE I
Variety wile incidence of Karnal bunt (1990-9I)
--

Variety

C-306
Sonalika
WH 147
WH283
WH291
WH416
HD 2009
HD 2329
HD 2285

I.

Treat the lieed with phenyl mercury acetate

(PMA) or Thiram @ 2 g/kg seed before sowing.

2.

Avoid the cultivation of highly susceptible

varieties like HD 2009, HD 2319 and WL 711
in disease prone areas i. e. North eastern part
of Haryana.

3.

Tolerant varieties like WH 283, WH 291 and

HD 2285 be preferred in Karnal bunt prone
areas.

4.

Seed multiplication programme should be

undertaken -in relatively less Kamal bunt
prone districts like Bhiwani, Mohindergarh
and Rewari.

District-wise Incidence of Karnal Buot

NOVEMBER, 1991

0.026
0.017
0.025
0.002
0.025
0.150
0.445
0.311
0.055

Control

Causal organism: Neovossia indica

Overall incidence of Kamal Bunt in Haryana

State was 0.195 per cent during 1990-91. The
disease was more in North eastern part of Haryana.
Maximum incidence i. e. 1.152 per cent was found
in Amba!a district, followed by Yamuna Nagar i. e.
0.432; Kurukshetra i. C. 0.239; Karnal i. e. 0.211;
Kaithal i. e. 0.206 and Sonepat 0.106 per cent.
In South western parts of Haryana comprising

Incidence

(%)
_ - - - - - - - - - - - --- - - - - - -

Symptom
The diseale is generally not recognised in the
field and its incidence can be observed only after
threshing. The diseased grains are generally partially or sometimes wholly converted into black
powdery mass enclosed by the pericarp of the
seed. During harvesting, diseased grains fall
on the soil and during threshing the pericarp of the
diseased grains is ruptured and the fungus spores
exposed stick to the surface of healthy grains which
helps in build up of inoculum in the field next year.
The flour prepared from seed lot having more than
~ per cent bunted grains, imparts fishy odour and
makes it unfit for human consumption. The
disease is seed as well as soil borne.

-~-----------

15

Wheat is an important rabi crop and it suffers

from a 'number of diseases like rusts, smuts, bunts
and mildews. etc. But the farmers are more concer~
oed about the losses caused by smuts. In wheat
crop, two smut diseases i.e. loose smut and flaB
smut are known to occur. The pathogen is either
carried in (loose smut) or on the seed (flag smut)
from one season to another hence seed treatment

might escape to adjoining healthy earheads before

and during roguing and cause floral infection .
This problem can be avoided by detecting the infected tillers before emergence. In infected tillers,
the flag leaf (top leaf) shows the cliaracteristic yellowing aUeast 3-4 days carlier than emergence of
smutted beads which later become necrotic.,. The
yellowing of flag leaf always starts from the tip and
its size (length & width) il also reduced. The
yellowing effect on flag leaf can be easily recognised
in the field from a distance at the time of heading.
Early detection and destruction. of infected tillers
can be of great significance particularly in seed production programme. The characteristic yellowing
of flag leaf of infected tillers before earhead emergence has been observed in almost all the commercially grown varieties. The smutted earheads
should either be burnt or burried.in the soil.

before sowing is most effective and economic control measure. The symptoms and management of
smuts are given below :

(li) Growing of toteraDt varieties : As far as

possible tolerant wheat varieties namely WH 283
and WH 29) should be preferred.

Smuts of Wheat
-M. S. BeDlwal aad S. S. Karwaull
Deptt.

0/ Plant Pathology,

HAU, Hisar

Loose Smut (Ustl/ago nuda var. tritici)

The disease occurs in all the commercially

grown wheat varieties throughout the Haryana
state. Its incidence is generally more in northeastern districts namely Karnal, Ambala. Kurukshetra, Yamuna Nagar and Sonepat compared to
other districts of the Itate. 00 an average 2-4 per
cent losses in yield are caused every year in
Haryana.
Symptom.
In the diseased plant, there is appearance of
black smutted earheads which generally emerge 2-3
days earlier than tbe bealtby ones. I n the smutted
heads all the spikelets are filled with black powdery
mass of spores (Fig. I) which are blown away by
the wind sDd cause infection to the healthy earheads. The seed from infected field jf used for
sowing will result in smutted earheads next year.
Mllaagement
The disease can be successfully controlled by
adopting the following measures:
(i) Identification and destruction of Infected
.JUers before emergence: The disease 'is generally
recognised after ear emergence when black powdery
. head. of infected tillers appear. By the time such
plants Bre identified and rogued out several spores

16

Fig. J. Loose Smut affected tiller.

HARYANA FARMING

(iii) Solar beat treatment: In this treatment.

the seed i. soaked in ordinary water from 8.00 a.m.
to 12.00 noon on aoy calm and brisht Bunny dt"
during the month. of May aod June. After 4 hours
of soakinl. the seed is spread out in the sun from
12.00 noon to 4.00 p.m. in a thin layer (40 kg 5t"ed
on 15 square meten) on pacca floor. The aeed
must not be covered, Wiih any grass, tarpaulin
sbeet or clothes. etc. After complete drying, the
treated seed is store~ in a dry place tiJJ sowing
,time. To the solar 'heat treated seed chemical
seed treatment is not required.

(i)

For the effective management of this diseasc,

folloWing campaigns should be carried out
through out the statc :

(a) Solar beat treatment durinS the month.

of May-June.
(b) Chemical aeed treatment before sowing.
(c) Roguing ofinfected plants during heading
period i.e. Fl!bruary-March.
FJag Smut rUrocystis agropyrl)

(iv) Chemical leed treatmeat: Dry seed

treatment with Vitavax (Carboxin 75 WP) or
Bavistin (Carbendazim 50 WP) @ 2 g/kg seed i.
recoJTImended. But the experiments conducted by
the university during 1988-89 to 1990-91 crop
seasons at different locations (Hisar, Karnal, Siru
and Bawal) revealed the better performance of
Vitavax at different doses compared to Bavistin. '

The incidence of this disease is generally noticed in Bhiwani, Hisar, Mohindergarh and Ambal.
districts of the state particularly in C 306, WH 147
and HD 2009 varieties. The incidence of the
disease ranges between 2 to 10 per cent with an ave
rage of 3-4 per cent.
Symptoms

TABLE 1
Comparative efficacy of recommended fungicides
in controlling loose smut of wheat
Fungicides/Dose
(g/kg seed)

Per cent disease control

1.5

2.~

3.0

ViCavax
(Carboxin 75 WP)

91 68

95.69 97.05

98.30

Bavistin
(Carbendazim 50

70.43

76.55 79.31

87.26

WP)
-

2.0

--

--

Average of 'crop tieaSODS (1988-89 to 1990-91)

experimental data conducted at Hisar, Kamal
Sina and Bawal.
The data in Table I indicate that Vitavax
provided higher disease cl'ntrol at all the tellt doses.
At recommended dose i.e. 2 g/kg seed, Vitavax
gave 95.69% disease control compared to 76.55%
by Bavistin. At higher dose i.e. 3 g/kg seed, Vitavax gave 98.30% disease control than 87.26% by
Bavistin which was lower than 91.68% disease control given by Vita vax at 1.5 gfkg seed. So, as far
as possible, farmers should prefer seed treatment
with Vita vax (Carboxin) and if it is not available
then Baviatin (Carbendazim) caD also be ulled as an
alternative.
NOVEMBE~,

1991

The symptoms are produced on leaf, leafsheath, culms and eatheads but leaf & leaf-sheaths
are more commonly affected. Long narrow, lead
grey to black streaks or stripes running parallel to
the veiDs are formed OD tbe leaf, leaf-sheaths aod
other affected plant parts. Later, these stripes rupture aod expose black powdery mass of the fungal
spores. The affected leaves and tillers become
twisted and droopy/flagged (Fig. 2). This is followed by withering and shredding of leaves.
Generally in diseased plant all the tillers are
affected and spikes are not formed and if at aJl
formed the grains in the spike. are shrivelled and
useless. The pathogen survives in soil through
plant debris or on the seed surface from one sellon
to another.
Management
(i)

Rogue out the diseased plants

ticed and destroy by burning.

8&

soon as no-

(ji) The same chemical seed treatment for loose

smut control i.e. Vitavax (Carboxin) or Bavistin (Carbendazim) @ 2 g/kg seed or Brassicol @ 4 g/kg seed will control the disease.
(iii) Grow resistant varieties like WH 283, WH 291
and HD2329.

17

(From page 13)

IrrlaadoD MaDagemeDt
A rigid water management schedule .bould
be followed. The pre-sowing irrigation should be
heavier than norma!, essentially witb good quality
water, so as to lower the .alt content in tbe seed
zone to avoid aoy damage to the teoder germinating seedlings. The infiltratiou capacity of these
soils is poor. 10 the subsequent irrigation. should
be light and frequent. There should be proper
drainage system to avoid ponding due to heavy
rainl during crop period.
Salt-affected soils are developed where underground water is of poor quality. Tbis underground
brackish water may be uaed in conjunction with
quality canal water in the ratio of I : 2 or 1 : J.
Olber Practices for Higber YIeld.

1.

In alkaline soils, apply gypsum @ (0-15 l/ha

depending upon soil test at the time of fieJd
preparation.

2.

During summer season after applying heavy

irrigation. Dhaincha (Sesbania spp.) should be
grown for 6-7 weeks and then incorporate in
the loil. The fields shOUld be kept moist for
bettcr decomposition.

3.

In saline soils. the run off losses during monsoon should be minimised by bunding the
fields.

4.

N should preferably be applied through

ammonium sulphate so that the pH of the
80il may Dot increase. It should be applied'
in three equal split doses.

5.

Weeding and light hoeing should be performed

twice to disrupt the capillary movement of
water and minimize evaporation.

. 6.

Salt-affected soils should never be left bare.

These should either be kept under continuous
cultivation with tolerant crops or be covered
with mulches to maintain moisture and reduce
evaporation.

Fig. 2. Flag Smut affected plant.

(iv) Avoid cultivation of susceptible varieties like

C 306, WH 147 and HD 2009 io infested
fields.
(v) Since the pathogen can survive in soil for many
years, wheat crop should not be taken for atleast 3-4 years in infested fields.
(vi) Deep ploughings of infested fields during
May-June reduce the pathogen population in
soil.
(vii) Afler wheat crop harvesting, stubbles from
infested fields should be collected and burnt.

Read

Haryana Farming
a

monthly
farm magazine

18

HARYANA FARMING

Change ip Technology is

Economical for Wheat

Production
-So D. Dhlman, V. P. Slap aDd Had 001
HA.U Regional Research Station, Kaul
A record production. of wheat has touched
64.6 million tonnes due ,to hard field work and
adoption of recommended technology by the
farmers of the State during 1990-91. the development of recent technology, its finalization as
recommendation and transfer to the needy person
ia the joint responsibility of the university scientists
as well as thc officers ofthc Department of Agriculture. The technology must be economical and
feasible to the farmers.
Recently, there was such Agricultural Officers
Workshop at Hisar on 4-6 September, 1991, where
two important aspects of wheat productIon under
ricc-wheat system were changed i. e. seed rate and
fertility level.
Seed Rate
Under heavy soils, tbe seed bed preparation
i. a difficult job due to one or the otber reason I.
which affect. the germination adversely. Poor
germination or low plant population of wheat crop
reflect. on the productivity. Therefore, the IIludie.
on the seed rate of wheat were done at research
station, Kaul atid through 'On Farm Trials'.
Significant increase in the grain yield wall oblerved
by using 125 kg seed/he over 100 kg/ha uling
varieties HD 2329 aDd WH 283 under norma)
60wn condition. After economic evaluation, the
benefit cost ratio was recorded to be 7.94 and 4.35
at Research Station and Farmers' field, respectively
(Table 1). In other words, the additional return
of Rs. 803/ha may be gained with extra use of
2S kg seed.
Fertilizer
Soil health is also deteriorating due to adoption of rice-wheat sequence for a long period in
the traditionally rice growing area of the State.
This might be major constraint for static productivity level of the State during last decade. The
two years study was made for wheat varieties (HD
2329, HD 2428, WH 283 and WH 542) under
graded levels of nitrogen (90, 120, 150 and 180 kg
NOVEMBER, 1991

TABLE 1
Economic evaluation of seed rato of wheat under
rice-wheat system
(Av. of 1989-90 aDd 1990-91)
TestiD, at

Increase Value or Net profit B/C

(q/ba)
produce (Rs./h.)

1. Research 4.47
Station, Kaul
2. Farmers' 2.67
field

1005.75

893.25

7.94

600.75

488.25

4.35

Increase in yield-By using 125 kg seed/hi over

100 kg/ha.
Market iate of wheat produce-Rs. 225/q.
Market rate of whea( seed-Rs. 450/q.
N/ha) at Research station, Kau!. SimilarlY, tbe
superiority of 150 kg N+75 kg PaOli +30 kg K,O
over 120 kg N + 60 kg p.Os + 30 kg K20 per be
was also tested under '00 Farm Trials'.
The significant increase of 3.5 and 4.62 q/ha
grain yield of wheat was observed at 'On Farm
Trials' and Researcb Station. respectively (Table 2),
the benefit cost ratio wal observed to be 4.2 and
5.8, respectively. Therefore, tbe technology is
quite remunerative, hence approved in the light of
data presented and experience of ,oil scientists for
adoption by the farmers, who will grow wheat after
paddy under normal time of planting.
TABLE 2
Economic evaluation of nitrogen application to
wheat under rice belt
(Av. of 1989-90 and 1990-9J)
Testing at

Increase
(q/ha)

1. Research
4.62
Station, Kaul
2. Farmers' field 3.50

Value
Net
DJC
of
profit
produce (Rs./ha)
1039.5

887.1

~.82

787.5

635.1

4.17

Increase in yield-By using 150 kg N/ha over

120 kg N/ha.
Price of wheat- Rs. 225/q.
Price of urea-Rs. 117.50/bag.
ConclusioD
For high productivity of wheat, the seed rate
of 125 kg/ha and fertility lev~1 of 150 kg N+60 kg
P.06+30 kg K.O/ha are required in addition to
the other recommendation made in the package of
practices.

19

Nematodes....:...A Threat to
Wheat Cultivation
-DlwaD Sinab DhaBlar
Deplf. of Plant Breeding, HAU, Hisar
Plant parasitic ncmatodes arc commonly call cd
"round worms" or "eelworms". They arc tiny in
.ize. The growth of wbeat is affected by a numbcr
of pests and diseases. Nematode.. among these,
have become a serious limiting factor in tbe succes.ful cultivation of wheat. Cereal-cyst and scedgall nematodes are serious pelts of wheat. Wheat
is attacked by Molya, earcockle and tundu diseases.
Molya disease is morc preyalent in sandy areas
viz., Mohindergarh, Gurgaon. Bhiwani and Rohtak
districts of Haryana. Earcockle is found throughout the Haryana State and is also called "gegla
or mamni" in dialects. Tundu disease is caused by
seedgall oematode in associatioD with a bacterium.
Given below arc the main symptoms of these diseases alongwitb their suitable control measures for the
lIuidance of both the farmers and extension workers.

(iii) Applyaldicarb (Temil-IO G) @ 6 kg/acre or

CarbafuraD (Furadan 3 0) @ 14 kg/acre in
case of heavy and uniform infestatioD.
(iv) Complete wheat sowing before the middle of
November &I it yields more thaD the late-sown.
Earc::ockle Dilease
Thil disease is cauled by leedaall nematode
which spreads from one place to anotber through
wheat seed contaminated with galls. These galls
arc the main source of infection in the subsequent
teaSODS. Almost all the wheat varieties are lusceptible to this but its incidence is more in C-306
variety. The market value of contaminated seed.
ia addition to quantitative lOllS, is also reduced
considerably. Galls are found in place of grains
and become part and parcel of produce. Swellings
are caused at the basis of attacked parts after about
20-25 days of germination. The normal growth of
plant is checked. The leaves become twisted and
crinkled. The symptoms of leaves Bre pronounced
in young seedlings but disappear on maturity of
crop. The affected plants remain stunted and have
more tillers. The galls on maturity become black
and wrinkled.
The infected earheads remain
greeDer for a longer period than the healthy ones.

Moly. Dlselse
It is a very important disease of wheat. This
disease appears in patches and then spreads in the
entire field if wheat is grown continuously
in the same field.
This nematode spreads
from infested soil to non-infested through
animals, implements, water and wind. Yellowing, stunting and reduced tillering are the
main symptoms. White swollen females can be
seen sticking to roots from end of December to
March. Mature females are filled with eggs and
larvae of the nematode. In case a field is highly
and uniformly infested with this nematode, the
whole crop is likely to fail completely.

Control
(i) Non-host crops such as mustard, toria, gram.

carrot and coriander should be Brown for one

or two years.

(ii) Plough the infested field deeply two or tbree

times at an interval of 10-15 days during May
June. Exposure to sunny and dry weather
helps in reduction of nematode population
appreciably.

20

CUDtrol
(j) Clean and gall free seed from certified agencies

should be used.
(ii) The galls should be ~emoved by sieving and
winnowing.
(iii) Soak the contaminated seed in ordinary water.

The galls being lighter in weight wiU float on

the surface of water which can be removed
with the help of sieve.

'Tuadu' Disease
It is caused by the association of seed gall
nematode with bacterium. It is more destructive
than earcockle as there is no grain formation in
case of beavy attack. The affected plants in the
early stage of crop growth show basal swelling.
crinkling, curling and twisting of leaves which are
similar to earcockle disease.
Sometimes diseased
plants die before attaining the ear head slage. This
disease is more in late sown crops. At earhead stage,
sticky yellow bacterial slime appears on the leaves
and earheads. Earheads may be affected completely
or partly.
Control

Wheat seed gall nematode being the vector of

bacterium causing 'tundu', the measures for the
control of earcockle will take care of bacterium as
well.

HAR YANA FARMING

Selection of Varieties

Sustaining Higher Yield of

Wheat in Problem Areas
- R. B. Srivastava, 1\'1. L. Saloi aod G. R. Sharma
HAU Regional Research Station/or Dryland, Bawal

In Haryana, a large acreage of cultivated land

(O.56 m ha) faces problems of soil salinity/alkalinity and the ground water of these areas is sodie
in nature. On such soils, the production potential
of wheat varieties may not be fully exploited.
However, higber production may be achieved, if
some points are taken care of.

Selection of variety is very important to get

higher production of wheat. Varieties which show
. high yield potential in normal agroclimatic conditions may not necessarily give high yield on such
problem soihi/water conditions. Therefore, suitable
variety, must be selected for such areas.
Wheat variety Kharchia-65 has been the long
standing variety of these areas. However, its
susceptibility to diseases and low productivity
potential arc two most important drawbacks.
Scientists have successfully developed the replacement of Kharchia-65. On the basis of All India
Coordinated Trials and the experiments done at
HaryaDa Agricultural University, it was observed
that wheat varieties WH 283, WH 157, Raj 1972
and WH 416 are able to give higher yield (25-30
q/ha) in such problem soil/water areas.

Soil and Water Testing

Every farmer must know the soil and water
status of his farm. Only on that basis, he can
plan his cropping Echeme. Soil and water testing
laboratories of H.A.U. and Govl. of Haryana help
the farmers in analysing the soil/water of farmer's
field free of cost.

Besides testing of soil/water and selection of

suitable variety. the following points must be kept
in mind to get good yield of wheat.

I.

Application of gypsum @ 30 kg/irrigation is

helpful in providing good crop stand of wheat
as per water test report.

Normally soil salinity/alkalinity can be identified easily on following basis:

2.

Keep sufficient moisture at the time of sowing

so that good germination may be obtained.

(i) Water stagnation: Water will be clear

and will not stay for a longer period on normal

3.

Sowing of WH 283, WH 157. Raj 1972 and

WH 416 should be done before 15th of
November.

4.

20% higher seed rate of these varieties is

necessary to maint~in required plant population. Good quality of seed gives higher
production.

5.

Ammonium sulphate is more uHeful fertilizer

than urea and calcium ammonium nitrate in
alkali soils.

6.

Spray of 3% urea on 45 days old crop with

high volume sprayer is beneficial. Slightly
higher dose of nitrogen fertilizers is required
in alkali soils.

and saline soils. Water will be muddy, soapy aod

will stagnate on alkali soils.
(ii) Soil cover: Saline soils huve a layer of
salts white in colour and alkaline soils have dark
brown or ash coloured clay crust.

(iii) EC and pH of soil: Normal soils for

wheat production must have pH below 8.5 and
EC below 0.8. If pH is more then the use of
gypsum is required. If BC is more than 0.8,
then only tolerant varieties can be grown.
(iv) Water te~t: The water is said to be
normal for wheat crop if its RSC is less than 2.5.
With increasing RSC of water decrease in wheat
yield takes place. BC of water must be less than
2000 us/cm for having a good wheat crop.
However, wheat can tolerate more than 4000 us/cm
in light textured soils.

NOVEMBER., 1991

7. F. Y.M., if Bvailable, must be applied every

year in such soils.
(Contd. on page 23)

21

Rabi Oilseeds CultivationA Comparative Economic

Analysis
-R. S. Kadlao, 0. S. Nsndal Ind M. R. Dalal
Directorate of Extension Education, HAU, Hisar
Oil seeds are the main source of energy supply
to Indian population. Oils and fats are needed
for calorie supplies to infants, children, pregnant
women and toiling 'masses of our country. India
is the third largest producer of oil seeds in the
world yet our per capita consumption is only onethird of the world average even after the import
of edible oil worth a few thousand crores of
rupees every year. Continuous import of edible
oils on such ~ large scale to meet our essential
requirements makes a heavy drain of our valuable
foreign exchange. Therefore, to meet the shortage
of edible oils in the country concerted efforts are
now being made under Oilseeds Technology
Mission.
Haryana had a record production of 6.29 lakh
tonnes of rabi oilseeds during the year 1990-91.
The State is surplus producer of oilseeds in rabl

season. Rabl oil seeds include rapeseed, mustard,

toria and sunflower, etc. Rapeseed and mustard
account for over 95 per cent of the total oilseeds
output and thus determines the overall edible oil
economy in the State. Western zone accounts for
more than three fourth of the area and production
9f rapeseed and mustard tn the State. Sunflower
is newly introduced crop in both the zones of the
State. The area under sunflower is increasing on
account of availability of remunerative marketing
facilities. Depending upon the weather conditions,
the ~rea, yield and production of rapeseed and
mustard have been fluctuating in seventies yet
have 'grown at the annual compound growth rate
of 4.76,3.8 I and 8.88 per cent, respectively.
In toria considerable increase in wholesale
price from Rs. 499 tonnes in 1989-90 to Rs. 834
per quintal in 1990-91 compensated more than
slight incremental cost at the yield level remaining
the same. The net returns increased substantially
to Rs. 1400. Nevertheless the increase in wholesale price of mu.tard by Rs. 105 from Rs. 676 to
Rs. 781 accompanied by increase in yield by 1.0 q/
acre over the previous year provided higher increment in returns than the incremental cost.
There are wide variations in the economics of
different oilseed crops. An important economic
question ari5es about their economic feasibility,
cost of cultivation, gross and net returns and cost
of production per quintal of oilseed crops. An
attempt has been made to provide useful infor-

TABLE 1
Economics of oilseed crops in Haryana State during rabl 1990- 9 J
(Value in Rs./acre)
Particulars
Qty.
1.

2.
3.
4.
. 5.
6.

22

Prodution (q)
(a) Main
(b) Gross returns
Variable cost
Returns over variable cost
Total cost
Net return
Cost of production/q

4.2

Sunflower

Mustard/Raya

Toria

Qty.

Value
3502.00
3502.00
755.00
2747.00
2102.00
1400.00
500.00

5.8

Value

Qty.

4530.00
4530.00
1014.00
3516.00
2477.00
2053.00
427.00

7.3

Value
7395.00
7395.00
1946.00
5449.00
3612.00
3783.00
495.00

HARYANA FARMING

mat ions on the above mentioned economic aspects

to enable farmers to take rational decisions allocating their scarce resources. The data given in table
were collected by DESs (FM) posted in different
districts of Haryun8 State.
Table I depicts that the average yield per acre
was estimated to be 4.20 q of loria, 5.8 q of mustard and 7.3 q of sunflower io the State involving
per acre total cost of cullivation of Rs. 2102, Rs.
2477 and Rs. 3612, respectively. The corresponding gross rerurns per .8cre from toria, mustard/
raya and sunflower were Rs. 3502, Rs. 4530 and
Rs. 739S, respectively. Per quintal cost of production was Rs. 427 for mustard/raya, Rs. 500 for
toria and Rs. 495 for sunflower which were considerably lower than their post-harvest wholesale
prices received by the farmers. Tbe returns over
variable cost were Rs. 3516. Rs. 2747 and Rs.
5449 for mustard/raya, toria and sunflower, respectively for the State as a whole. Thus, all oilseeds
proved to be more paying than the main rabi
crop~wheat. In fact, oilseeds are sowing higher
returns over wheat for the last few years. The net
returns per acre were Rs. 1400, Rs. 2053 and Rs.
3783 from loria, raya and sunflower, respectively.
Total cost of cultivation of sunflower crop
was 4considerably higher tlun other oilseeds but
higher yield and price of sunflower provided more
incremental incme than incremental cost and
thereby resulted in significantly higher net returns
against lbe main rabi oilseed crops. Higber return
over variable cost shows that sunflower can
compete favourably with wheat and other rabl
oilseeds if reasonable market is ascertained to
sunflower producers. Thus, more area can come
under 6unfiower in the State during the coming
years. This crop has comparative advantage at
the moment which can be sustained with improvement in yield level through research and extension
and provision of reasonable market through
establishment of proceBsing flicilities or through
export outside the State.

NOVEMBER,1991

(From page 21)

8.

Water more than 2.5 R.S.C. should not be

used for irrigation.

9. Light and frequent irrigations (8-9) of normaJ

water of about 4-4! em depth of water may
be more useful. If normal water is not available in sufficient quantity, every alternate
irrigation with normal water may serve tbe
purpose.
lO. To have a loose smut free crop, the wheat
seed must be treated with 2 g of vitavax/kg
of wheat seed. Certified seed normally need
not be treated with fungicide. Seed treated
earlier with solar heat during Mayor June
does not need chemical treatment.
11. Seed tr~atment with aldrin must be done to
avoid termite attack (4 mt aldrin in SO in!
water/one kg seed).
12. Seed drill/pora is ideal for the sowing in dry
land areas/problem soils.

U5IE AIMeO PESTICIDES

CROP PROTECTION
HOUSIEHOLD & PUBLIC HEAL T,H
CARBOFURAN 30

PHORATE loG
Sod & systemic Insecticide

il

Insec11clQe

NematOCide

TECHNICAL kNOWHOW AVAILABLE ON rURNIIE V

BASIS ~OR PESnCJOE ~ORMULA TION.
..
TI!tHNICAL GRADE PESnCIDES
FEHVELARATE. CYPERMETHRIN. MONOCROTOPHO$
PHOSPh.lIlIOON. DDvP.llHC PHOSPHIDE
& ALUMINIUM PHOSPHIDE TAIIlET

iii:iii All India Medical Corporation

~

eo7

Ce-I

B II;8()6'lanl,c,"zIE\.BOM8AY IOIJO;!> INOlA

6125287

~AX~06124A'24

rELf), Olll&5a6AIM(..1N

"_",,I

OUR OTliER PESnCIOES

P.,.""""5O".EG Fenv.....,. 20'1. Ec.G)II>III'IIIlII1 >~..
~ 1{)",0 Qutf'lalohos ZS% fC Carbendazlm 5O'f" WOP & other 'SO Pes1iOdes fcJrrrUabQrl$

23

Protect your Rahi

Vegetables from Diseases
by Seed Treatment
-So K. Gandbl, D. P. Thakur aDd
S. K. Maheshwarl
Deptt. of Plant Pathology, HAU, Hisar
Commonly grown vegetables during winter
season include potato, peas, cauliflower, cabbage,
carrot, radish, onion, garlic. etc. TheBe crops are
subjected to several diseases caused by fungi, bacteria and virus. Some of these diseases appear due
to the presence of pathogen in the seed or soil and
ultimately cause extensive damage. Losses due to
such diseases can be minimized to a great extent
through seed treatment with chemicals or hot water
which involve little expenditure. Moreover, chances of the spread of disease are also less owing to
reduction in pathogen population.
Therefore,
symptomatology and seed treatment for such
diseases are discussed here.
POTATO

Black Scurf
This is a fungal disease and occurs in two
phases i.e. stem canker and black .curf of tubers.
Later phase of disease is more common in India.
The infection on tubers appears as black crust on
the skin due to formation of sclerotia of the
fungus. These sclerotia are normally skin deep but
in case of injured tubers infection may reach the
deeper tissues resulting in dry rot. Plants arising
from infected tubers are stunted and yellowish.
Due to the damage to the stem, normal downward
flow of carbohydr&.tes is disturbed and aerial green
tubers appear in the axes of branches and petioles.
Control
The disease can be managed by carrying out
selection of seed potato to eliminate those showing
the sclerotia of disease before putting them into
. cold storage/stores for preservation. Treatment of
seed tubers is equally important. Tubers should
be disinfected by dipping in 0.25 per cent suspen-

24

sion of organomercurial fungicide containing 6%

mercury (such 8S Emisan, Aretan, etc.) for 15-20
minutes.

PEAS
Root Rot
Main symptoms appear on the underground
parts of plants.
On underground stem and upper
tap root elongated, raddish brown, slightly sunken
lesions are formed. ~ They may extend to 6econdary
roots. The lower root system may be completely
decayed and the plant is supported only by adventitious roots. In general, plant growth is poor and
there is yellowing and wilting of leaves.

Control
The seed should be treated with Vitavax 75
W.P. or Bavistin or Tbiram @ 2 gm .per kg seed
before sowi'ng.
Wilt
The earliest symptoms are seen at or after
blossoming time. Plant growth is reduced, leave,
turn yellow and there is downward curling of stipules and leaflets. At first the lower leaves and
then upper leaves show loss of turgidity. Ultimately. the entire plant wilts and shrivels. In roots,
yellow to orange and tioally black discoloration of
xylem vessels is present in the upper tap root and
extends up to the stem for several internodes after
foliage symptoms have appeared.

Coatrol
The disease can be effectively managed by seed
treatment with fungicides as in case of root rot.
CAULIFLOWER AND CABBAGE
Damping Off

It is a common disease of seedlings in the seedbeds. It occurs in two phases i.e. pre-emergence
and post-emergence. In the former case, the seedlings are killed before they emerge through the soil
surface. This may be due to rotting of seed qr.
seedlings may be killed before the hypecotyJ has
broken the seed coat. The post-emergence damping off phase of the disease is characterised by
toppling over <;>f infected seedlings any time after

HARYANA FARMING

they emerge from soil until the stem has hardened

sufficiently. Seedlings are attacked through the
roots or at ground level 8Dd infected tissue appears
80ft aDd water soaked. The stems become constricted at the base and plants collapse. Sometimes
it has been seen that seedlings looking healthy one
day, may collapse by next morning.

CARROT
Bacterial Blight and Root Scab

Treat the seed with thi.~am or captan @ 2 5 gl

kg seed before sowing. Spray the seedlings with
0.2% Caplan or Difolat8~ solution on the third
aod tenth day of sowing.

On leaves small, irregular, yellow areas appear

which later on turD into dark brown. water-soaked
s;Jots. These arc surroun'ded by an irregular halo.
The leaflets curl and are killed. On petioles and
stem dark brown streaks are formed. Wben bacteria are washed down from foliage to soil fie shy
roots are also infected. Brown to dark red lesions
are formed on 'fieshy roots and develop. into
laterally expanded pustules from which bacterial
ooze may come out on rupture.

Black Rot

Cootrol

The characteristic symptoms of this bacterial

disease are brown or black discoloration of veins.
On young seedlings the colylepons are infected at
the margin which show blackening and may die
soon. On the leaves infection results in yellowing
and chlorosis, forming a wilted "v" shaped area
with the base of V towards midrib. There is premature fall of leaves and beads of cauliflower and
cabbage are discolored.

Hot water treatment of seed at 50C for 15

minutes checks the disease development.

Control

Control
Seed should always be taken from plants free
from disease. Give hot water treatment to seed at
50"C for 30 minutes. After drying, treat the seed
wilh Thiram or Ca ptan @ 2.5 g/kg seed before
sowing.

RADISH
Damping Off
The fungus attacks particularly on seedlings
which collapse at ground level.

ONION
Smut
On young leaves dark and slightly thickened
lesions appear which on older plants turn into
streaks within the tissue of the leaves, leaf sheath
and bulbs. These streaks crack open to expose
black powdery masses of spores of the fungus. The
fungus progresses inward from leaf to leaf at the
base of the plant and majority of the infected
plants die within 3-4 weeks of emergence.
Coutrol
Treat the seed with Thiram or Captan (2.5 g/
kg seed) and apply these fungicides in furrows in
seedbeds before sowing to achieve the maximum
disease control.
Purple Blotch

Control
To check the di6case, sow tbe seed after treatment with Thiram or Captan at 2 g/kg of seed. If
Eeedliogs are crowded thinDing must be carried out.
Blight

Yellow, raised spherical lesions appear on

leaves, stem and pods. These lesions may attain
size up to 1 cm in diameter. Black sporulation may
be seen on the spots. Infected seeds have poor
germination.
Control
Seed treatment with organomercuria)s
Emisan (0.2%) is very effective.

NOVEMBER, 1991

like

It is a serious disease ofseed crop. The symptoms are characterized by appearance of purple
colour spots on the stem bearing fiower. Due to
this infection, the seed formation does not take
place and in severe cases the stem bearing fiower
dies or is broken.
Control
This disease ~an be reduced by fortnightly
spray of 0.2% copper oxychloride solution in water.,
For efficient adherance of the fungicide 10 g Selvet99 or SO ml Triton per 100 litre solution is ncce.sary.

25

HaemoglohinuriaThe Lahu Mootna

Disease
-M. M. Mata and S. K. Verma*
Krishi Gyan Kendra, Mohindergarh
As the name indicates, haemoglobinuria
implies the presence of haemoglobin in the urine.
Haemoglobin is a vital component of tbe red
blood cells and it traniports oxygen to the body
tissues. Its presence in the urine is abnormal and
indicates that large scale destruction of red blood
cells is going on in the blood stream. This loss of
blood cells results in severe anemia and death of
animals.

disease as 'Labu Mootna'. The onset of diseale is

very sudden. The intensity of colour of urine
goes on increasing in untreated cases. In early
stages the buffaloes take feed normally but as the
disease advances feed intake is greatly reduced
and milk production in lactating buffaloes is
markedly lowered. Another characteristic symptom is straining at the time of defaecation inspite
of normal consistency of faeces. Usually, the body
temperature remains normal in early stage but
later on the body temperature may fall below
normal. The animals become highly anemic. If
the treatment is delayed the animal may die of
severe blood loss.
Treatment
Scientists of Haryana Agricultural University
have been successful in evolving higbly effective
drugs for this fatal disease. Anyone or combi
nation of the following drugs are being used in tbe
treatment of this disease.

1.

Sodium acid phosphate-SO g oral and 80 gin

540 ml normal saline
sol ution (NSS) twice
daily till cure,.

Cause of Disease
This disease mostly affects high milk yielding
buffaloes in late pregnancy or within few weeks
after calving. Phosphorus deficiency has been held
to be mainly responsible for the development of
this disease. Feeding of berseem. lucerne. cabbage.
beets and sugarcane tops has been associated with
tbis disease. Intensive investigations are being
carried out by tbe scientists of Haryana Agricultural University to explore tbe mechanism as to
how phosphorus deficiency leads to destruction of
red blood cells. So far these studies have revealed
that pholphorus deficiency adversely affects tbe
metabolism and protective mechanilm against
some toxic agents.

2.

Epsilon amino caproic acid (lnj. CaprostatLife Pharma) 20 g in

540 ml NSS IIV once
daily.

3.

Para-amino methyl benzoic acid

pamba 300 mg
NSS I/V

4.

Ascorbic acid (Inj. Redoxon- ,_ Roche) S g 'in

540 ml NSS IIV once
daily.

Symptoms '

5. Copper sulphate- - - __ . 2 g oral or 500 mg

The most characteristic feature of the disease

is tbat tbe colour of urine becomes coffee or dark
brown. The livestock owners can readily recognise
tbat urine is full of blood bence tbey refer this
*Senior Extension Specialist (Veterinary Sciences). Directorate
of Extension Education. HAU. Hisar.
'

26

(lnj. Uni'
Unichem )
in 540 rol
once daily.

in 540 mt NSS IIV

once daily.

Note

Copper sulphate is not to be used other

drugs and is effective in fresh cases only. .
(Contd. on page 33)

HARYANA FARMING

[WHAT TO DO THIS
""

~ONT~:!'J

...

also be used @ 1.25 kg per hectare in 700 Iitres.

water 30-35 days after sowing of wheat for the
control of such grassy weeds. For control of broad
leaved weeds use wheel hand hoe at 30-35 days
after sowing.

Wheat
Complete sowing of wheat varicties meant for
timely sowing upto the 3rd week of this month.
Beyond this the varieties recommended for late
sowing may be used for sowing. Sow the recommended high' yielding varieties viz., WH-147,
WH-157, WH-283, HD-2009 and Kalyan Sona
under timely sown normal fertility and irrigated
conditions. However, avoid sowing of Kalyan Sona
as far as possible. The Dcsi variety (Tall wheat)
C-306 is recommended for sowing under limited
fertilizer and limited irrigationfrainfed condilions.
For late sowing, use Sonalika (S-308) & WH-291
under irrigated conditions. Use 100 kg per hectare
seed for variety WH-147, WH-283, WH-291.
HD-2009 and Kalyan Sona and C306 and 125 kg
per hectare for varieties WH -157 and SonaJika.
All shrivelled, small grains of wheat and weed
seeds should be carefully removed. Sow the treated
seed 4-6 cm deep in rows 22 cm apart with a seedcum-fertilizer drill or with a 'munna' plough by
'Kera' or 'Pora' method. Use the recommended
dose of fertilizer at the time of sowing. Give the
first irrigation to dwarf wheat about three weeks
after sowing, i.e. at the crown root initiation stage
and to desi wheat 4 weeks after sowing depending
upon the soil moisture and the weather. The delay
in the first irrigation reduces the yield considerably.
For the control of grassy weeds like Mandusi and
wild oats JangJi Javi, &pray tribunil or dos8nex or
tolkan or Tourus or Graminon @ 2 kg (Product)
in 700 Iitres of water per hectare 30-35 days after
sowing in a well moist field. Arelon or Del ron can
NOVEMBER. 1991

To protect the crop from termite attack, treat

1 q wheat seed with ISO ml chlorpyriphol 20 Ee
or 250 ml formothion 2S Ee or 350 ml endosulfan
35 Ee or 400 ml aldrin 30 Ee making 5 litre emulsion in water one day earlier of Bowing as per procedure described in H. Farming of October 91 on
page 17.
In case there is attack of Gujbia. weevil, cut
worm or Surface grass Hopper in wheat, gram, barley or other rabS crops, then apply 25 ka BHC
10% dust per ha.
'
For prevention of seed borne diseases treat the
seed with vitavax or Bavistin or Benlate @ 2 gm/
kg . seed. For prevention of Karnal bunt treat the
seed with thiran @ 2.5 gm/kg seed. Vitavax and
thiran are compatible.
For WH-lS7, apply 90 kg urea, 375 kg single
super phosphate and 25 kg zinc sulphate per hectare at the time of sowi~g. Zinc and single super
phosphate must be drilled while urea can be broao"
cast, at the time of sowing. In Ambala apply 100
kg of muriate of potash while in district of Sirsa,
parts of Karoal and sandy areas of Gurgaon, apply
50 kg muriate of potash alongwith above fertilizers.
After 21 days appJy 90 kg urea by top dressing
before irrigating the field in heavy soil while in
light textured soil this dose should be split into two

Dr. D. P. Thakur
Dr. V. K. Sriva.tala
Dr. M. S. Kuhad
Dr. B. P. Singh,
Dr. P. R. Yadav
Dr. V. P. Sharma
Dr. Dal Slogb .
Dr. Narinder Singh

1
I

II

>

I
,I

Directorate of
Extension Education,
HAU. Hisar

J
27

partl and apply 1/2 of it after 1st irrigation and

2ad after applying, the 2nd irrigation. Hoeing may
be done afterwards to cover the urea priUs.
For wheat varieties like HD 2009, WH 283
and WH 291, apply 125 kg urea, alongwith re~t of
the fertilizers as mentioned in the case of WH 147
at the time of sowing. The second dose of 125
urea may be applied with first irrigation in heavy
loils and in. two splits for light soils, method being
the same as enunciated for WH 147. It il not
necessary to apply Nitrogen in the form of urea or
phosphorus in the form of super phosphate. Nitrogen may be had from CAN or ammonium sulphate
while phosphorus may be had from DAP, triple
super phosphate or IFFCO's 12: 32: 16 mixture.
But the farmer must calculate the dose in accordance with the nutrient contents of these fertilizers.
Soil aDd Water TestlDg
Farmers are advised to get their tube well
water tested in this month because they will need
tubewell water for irrigating their wheat, barley,
gram and sarson fields. Water sample may be
collected after running the tubewell for 3-4 hours.
Alongwith water sample if the soil samples of the
fields which are to be irrigated are also collected
and sent to soil testing lab., the information obtai:
ned by testing the water will be of more practical
nature if soil sample is also got analysed alongwith water sample. Water testing service is free
in whole of Haryana and there are 26 soil testing
labs, which are serving tbe farmers.
Use Roller for Sowing Water
For increasing water usc efficiency in very saody
soils, farmers are advised to run a very heavy roller
of 800 kg after 48 hours of irrigation. This roller
should be run on the whole field for 6-7 times so
that tbe surface of the soil is pressed very thoroughly. Thereafter the soil may be lightly disced and
sowing should b_e done in the field.
This practice
will result in 30 per cent saving of irrigation water
in such sandy soil.
Barley
Complete the sowing of barley within this
month. Use recommended varieties of BG-2S and

28

C-164 under timely sown irrigated conditions and

C-108 in rainfed conditions. Use BG-IOS variety
of barley for late sowing under irrigated conditions.
Use 85 kg per hectare seed of barley under
normal conditions. The sowing should be done by
Kera in case there is enough moisture or by Para
method under uDsufficient moisture conditions.
The row to now spacing of 22 cm may be kept.
Before sowing treat I q seed with 600 ml chlorpyripbos 20 EC/formothion 25 EC or 750 ml endosulfan 35 EC or 1000 ml aldrin 30 BC making 12.5
litre emulsion in water to prevent the crop from
termite attack. For prevention of Itripes and net
blotch treat the seed with 2.5 g of Monosan/kg
seed. In Molya (cyst nematode) infested areas
grow either resistant cultivar C-164 ~r apply 15 kg
of aldicarb (Temic. 10 G)/hectare before sowing.
The pesticide may be mixed with basal dose of
fertilizer and drilled followed by sowing by Kera.
Gram
\

Complete the sowing of gram if not alrea.dy

done within first week of this month. For prevention of aeed borne infection of blight, treat the
seed with Bavistin @ 2 gm/kg seed. On saody soils
where bajra crop. jawar or rice have been harvested,
apply 90 kg DAP per hectare by drilling the fertilfzer below the seed. In the absence of DAP,
mixture of 30 kg urea and 250 kg super phosphate
per hectare may be drilled ..
Before sowing treat I q gram seed with 1 litre
aldrin 30 EC+ I litre water mixture to save from
termite damage. The treatment of seed is done on
the previous evening. Spread the seed on the
pucca floor, spray/sprinkle the spray liquid uniformlyover the seed and go on mixing it thoroughly so that the iDsecticide is coated over the seed
surface. Allow the seed to dry during night and
do the sowing on the next day.

Note:
I. If the sowing of treated seed is to be done
with seed drill then calibrate the seed drill for
10 per cent higher seed rate as the seeds swell
slightly on treatment.
2.

In case treatment with fungicides and rhizobium culture is also to be done then the seqLlence of treatment should be aldrin fungicide and last of all rhizobium culture.
HARY ANA FARMING

3.

If aldrin 30 EC is not available, then treat 100

kg wheat seed with I.S kg BHC 10% or aldrin 5% dust and 100 kg barley seed with 1
kg aldrin 5% or BHC 10% dust while in case
of 100 kg gram seed 500 gm aldrin 5% dust
is to be mixed before sowing.

4.
,

Remove stubbles of previous crop from fields

and avoid use of undecomposed FYM.

'

Lucerne
Complete the sowing of Lucerne by the first
week of this month as per guidelines given earUcr
Sugarcane

If found attack of Pyrill or white fiy, spray the

crop with 600-800 ml malathion 50 EC in 800
litre. of water per acre.

Rabi Oilseeds
Irrigate the toria crop at.floweriog aDd fruiting~
One hoeing should be given in Sarson Raya for
removing weeds. Thinning of plants should also
be done within three weeks after sowing to maintain plant to plant distance of 10-15 cm.
In case of attack of painted bug apply 25 kg
BHC 10% dust per hectare or spray 500 ml malathion 50 Ee in 500 litres of water per hectare.
For the control of mustard sawfly, apply 2' kg
BHC 10% per ha or spray 2 kg BHC 50 WP in 500
liters of water.
For unirrigated mustard cropl, apply 40 kg
Nitrogen in the form of urea, ammonium sulphate
or CAN aloDgwith 20 kg phosphorus as super
phosphate, triple super phosphate DAP or IFFCO's
12: 32: 16 mixture.
For unirrigated Raya 80 kg nitrogen and 30
kg P.O& is recommended, while for irrigated sarson
60 kg nitrogen alongwith 20 kg P201i is recommended per hectare. In sandy loil apply 25 kg zinc
sulphate per hectare. For baraoi crops (unirrigated) full dose of fertilizer should be drilled before
sowing and for irrigated crops half dose of Nitrogen, full dose of phosphorus and zinc should be
drilled at the time of sowing and rest of N be
applied with first irrigation upto 40 days of sowing.
Lendl
Sowing the recommended variety L-9-J2 in
Jines about 22 cm apart by using the 'Kera' method
within this month, by using 30-37 kg seed per
hectare.

Arbar
The harvesting of arhar if Dot already done
should bc completed so as to enable to sow the
next rabl crop in time.
NOVEMBER,1991

Tomato
Pick up the ripe fruits. It would be desirable
that half ripen fruits are harvested because fully
ripe fruits in fields are damaged by birds. Prevention against pests and diseases will be required.
For spring season crop, the seeding should be
done in nursery during this month. High yielding
varieties like HS-IOI, HS-102, HS-IJO, Punjab
Chhuhara & Pusa Rubi should be used. For one
ha of area about 500 gm of seed will be sufficient.
Before seeding the seed should be treated with
Cerasao or Copper Oxychloride at the rate 2.5 gm
for every kg oheed. For the control of sucking
insects spray one litre of malathion 50 EC in 625
litre5 of water per hectare. For the control of fruit
borer spray 1.25 kg carbaryl 50 WP or 1.25 Iitres
of endosulfan 35 EC in 625 Iitres of water per
hectare.
Brlnjal
Tender fruit should be harvested and sent to
market for salc. For harvesting, use sharp edged
knife. For spring season crop the seeding should
be done in nursery during this month. Use varieties like BR-112, Pusa Purple long or PH-4.
About 500 to 600 gms' seed will be required for
one hectare of area. For the control of Shoot and
fruit borer spray 1.2' litre endosulfan 35 EC, or
1.25 kg carbaryl 50 WP in 625 litres of water per
hectllre at 15 days interval.

29

Chlllie9
The crop transplanted during-July and August
for spices should be harvested during this month
when the fruits are ripe (red) and after harvesting
they are dried in open space before sent to the
market for disposal. For green chillies, regular
harvesting of the fruits may be required and regular irrigation and plant protection measures should
be followed. For spring season crop, if seeding
has not been done during previous month, it should
be done now. Use high yielding varieties like NP
46 A, Pusa Jwala for lon~ types and California
Wonder for bell type. About I kg of seed for
one hectare of field will be required.
Bbiodi
The left over crop of Bhindi should be harvested at tender stage and sent to market for sale.
Cucurbits

Fruits from the crops like Pumpkin, bottlegourds, luffa-gourds, bitter-gourds, Tinda etc.
should be harvested and sent to market for sale.
lf need be, the field should be irrigated.
Sweet Potato & Colocasia
The crop should be harvested and sent to market for sale.

Pea
The harvest of the early variety (Arkel) will
be available during this month. Tender matured
pods should be harvested and sent to market for
sale. About 1-2 irrigations for this crop may be
required. The main season variety Bonneville
which has been seeded in October. needs proper
care. First irrigation should be given when the
crop has germinated anu the crop should be top
dressed with 60 kg of Kisan Khad per hectare.
During first part of November, the late variety
(Multi-freezer) is sO'-':" in well prepared fields as in
the case of other varieties. The pea needs regular
protection against pest and diseases_. Control Pea
thrip with ISO ml cypermethrin 25 EC or 1250 ml
endosulfan 35 EC in 625 litres of water per hectare.
Cauliflower
The harvesting of early variety should -be done
during this month. The care of mid season variety

30

(Hisar-I) should be done including irrigation. weeding and top dressing with nitrogenous fertilizer.
The seedling of late variety (Snow Boll-16) should
be done. If the seeding has not been done in the
nursery. it can be done during this month also.
Proper care of seedling in nursery will be- required
and the crop will need care against pest and

diseases.
Cabbage and Kool Kbol
These crops will require regular irrigation,
weed control and top dressing with nitrogenous
fertilizer. two times at the rate of 50 kg Kisan
Khad per hectare each time followed by irrigation.
Usually the top dressing with nitrogenous fertilizer
is done after 3-4 weeks of transplant ing and again
at the time of headformation. The late varieties.
if not already transplanted in these' crops, can be
shifted in a well prepared field. During this
month, the seedling in nursery caD also be done
for late varieties of these crops. Cauliflo'wer and
cabbage are attacked by sucking pests like aphid .
and biting and chewing insects like diamond buckl
moth, cabbage caterpillar and Semi looper. For
their control, spray the crop with 925 ml of
endosulfan 35 EC or one litre of malathion 50 EC
- in 625 Iitres of water per hectare_ For the control
of diamond buck' moth other insecticides like
750 ml diazinon 20 EC (Basudin/Bazanon) or 150
ml dichlorvos 100 (Nuvan!Vapona) can also be
sprayed.
PaJak
The crop should be harvested and sent to
market afler tieing in bundles. Regular irrigation
and top dressing with nitrogenous fertilizer at the
rate of 100 kg Kisan Khad per hectare will be
required. The fresh seeding of this crop can be
done during this month also.
Radish, Turnip and Carrot
The crop of early varieties should be harvested

at proper stage of maturity and sent to marl\et

after proper washing etc. The crop -may require
protection against pests.
The late varieties 'of
these crops can be seeded in well prepared field
during this month also. About the field prepara!ion etc. it has been explained in the previous.
HARYANA FARM1NG

month. For the control of insect pests, spray the

crop with one litre malathion or 945 tnt endosulfan
3S EC in 625 litres of water per hectare.

Garlic
The crop of garlic will need irrigation and
weed control.
Top dressing with 40 kg of
Nitrogen (160 kg Kisao Khad) per hectare of area
followed by irrigation.
Onion (Rabi)
. The care of seedling in. nursery will be required. If theOseedling haa not been done it should
be done during tbis month and necessary care
should be followed.
Onion (Kbarif)
The (:fOp will start maturing tbis month and
the harvesting should be started followed by
regular marketing 8S this crop cannot be stored
Before harvesting, the
for 8 longer duration.
irrigation should be stopped about 2-3 weeks
before so that proper caring of the bulbs takes
place.
Potato
The crop should be top dressed with nitrogenous fertilizer at the rate of 60 kg Nitrogen
(240 kg Kisan Khad) per hectare of field. The
crop should be protected against pest and diseases.
Otber vegetables
The pods of guar and lobia should be harvested
and sent to market.
The seedling of Salad
if not already transplanted should be done during
this month. Green Dhania and Methi should be
harvested if proper stage is there, followed by
Irrigation and protection against
marketing.
pests and disease~ will be required.

in the case of deciduous trees. In both the cases,

however. the growth ceases and the deciduous
trees go into dormancy. The growers on the other
hand. will have to remain quite active during this
month. They will dispose of the citrus crop,
stir up the soil, to sow intercrops, to purchase
manures and f~rtilizers, to procure material to
protect the plants against frost, to make arrangements for the pruning of fruit-trees and establisb
deciduous orchards and so on.

to

Orchard Operatioos
Harvesting Early Sweet-Oranges: Grower
will start picking & packing of musambi by the
beginning of this month. Tbe fruit in the case of
other early varieties of
sweet oranges, i.e.
Pineapple will also be ready for the market after
tbe middle of this month. The growers should
observe the following points while picking and
sending the fruit to the market.
1. One may avoid even the slightest injury
to the fruit at the time of picking, packing and
during transport.

2. Picked fruit is always dusty. These may

be cleaned with a piece of soft cloth to make them
attractive.
3. The carefully picked healthy fruit of each
variety may be graded according to size and the
stage of maturity, and only the standard size i.e.
(30x30x60 em). Wooden boxes may be used
for packing the fruit.
Cultivation of Orchard Land
When the plants are still young, there is often
a lot of space available between the rows. This
vacant land is generally utilized for sowing .various
intercrops like gram, pea, etc. The cultivation at
this stage is very useful to open the soil for
weathering. Consequently, the larvae of several
insects get exposed and are readily picked by the
birds.
Affecting Improvements of Permaoeot Nature

The winter has set in. It is now getting cold

day by day. The leaves having become useless
just hang on in the case of evergreens and drop off

,.

NOVEMBER, 1991

Since November is comparatively a free time

in the orchard, the necessary improvement may
thus be effected now. In tbis direction, repair
the water channels, roads, paths, etc. and widen
the basins around the plants so to contain their

3.1

entire canopies. Tbe machinery, ~uch as a tractor,

a tube well, spraying and dUlting equipment, etc.
may also be repaired after cultivating land and
sowing the intercropl. Too)s like Khurpas, sickles,
'pades, secateurs, pruners. budding knives,
measuring-tapes etc. may also be got repaired.
New sets of these tools may be purchased, if so
desired. Any additions or alterations, if needed.
may also be effecled.
ArraDgiDI MaDures aDd Fertilizer.
Manure is to be applied to the fruit treel
towards the end of December or beginning of
January. This commodity is often in short supply.
It is thus very necessary that it may be procured
in sufficient quantity right noW.
Chemical
fertilizers and spray materials may also be purchased in requisite amounts.
Protecting Plants against Frosts
The young plants of mango, papaya, loquat,
guava, litchi, lime, sweet orange etc require
protection against frosts. The best way is to
cover these plants with thatches made of 8arkanda
or bajra karbi.
IDtercrop
Adequate land bas been left between the
young fruit plantl, there is no harm if it is utilized
for sowing the crop and it is uleful to obtain
additional income from the orchard area. Therefore, gram peas etc. may be sown in between. It
is advisable, however, that all the crops sown
between the 'rows of fruit trees may be provided
with an independent system for manures,' fertilizers
and wateJ.
Pronlng of Fruit-Trees
The corrective pruning of fruit. t~ees may be
carried out throughout this month till the objectives are fully achieved. This work includes the
removal of. water sprouts, stock sprouts and
luckers from the ~ain stem of fruit trees.
. Preparing to Plant DeciduoDs Trees
Deciduous trees, 6uch 8S
peach, plum,
pear, grape, pomegranate, mulberry, etc. are
. best planted a week or 10 days before their sprouting
starts in the spring. If the land earmarked for
such plants is vacant, it may be levelled, and make

32

a layout in tbe field. Dig the pit and fill it with

equal parts of top soil, silt and FYM alongwith
2 kg of Super phosphate and 30 gm of BHC 10%.
Pedigreed plaots of recommended varie.ties from
reliable sources may be got reserved.
Nursery Work
The enarched or layered plants may be
leparated from the mother-trees after giving 2 or 3
frial cuts at weekly intervals. The plants that
have survived these outs may be placed in shade
under the trees or io sheds. Water tbese plants
everyday. After about a fortnight. cut off the
. stock heads of these enarched plantl right above
the scion union and remove the stock sproutl from
the budded plants of sanglra, malta etc. after
every 10-15 days. If the Khatti seeds sown in the
beds have germinated, do not keep these beds too
wet and tbe beds should be frequently hoed for
securing proper aeration of the soil. In case the
seeds have not sprouted 10 far, tbe beds may be
covered at night with parali wQich may be removed
during the day. Applying water before the occurrence of frost goes a iong way in protecting young
plants against its ilIeffects.
Plant Protection Works
Citrus: If,the citrus growers have been strictly
following the suggested 'P~asur~s during the past
months of the year insect pests, like citrus psylla,
whitefly, leaf miner, shoot borer, stem borer, etc.
will DO more be a problem now. The other trouble
which can be controlled DOW are: Citrus nematode
and mottle leaf and can be controlled by the use of
aldicarb (Temik) @ 54 g/plant. Pulverise the soil
of the basin area around the plant and mix the
chemical quantity thoroughly followed by flood
irrigation. Nematicides be applied just before
flowering or after fruit picking. Mottle leaf trouble
arises from the defiCiency of zinc and this can be
controlled by spray of zinc sulphate lime mixture
(3.kg zinc sulpbate+ 1.5 kg slacked lime) in 500
Hues of water .
Mango: The eggs of tbe mango mealy bug
are hibernating in the soil. They may, therefore,
be exposed by a thorough cultivation of the land
during this month, so that they are either picked
by the birds or are desiccated by Ihe sun or atmospheric drought.
HARYANA FARMING

Grape-vines: Carefully collect all the diseased

fallen leaves and burn them. Remove gently the
loose dead bark from the stem and main arms.
Dust the soil with BHC or Aldrin and plough it
thoroughly. Spray grape vines with 0.2% Bavilltin
or DifoJatan solution for controUing anthracnose
disease. If there is any deficiency of zinc in citrus
and gl!ava. spray the trees with 0.3% zinc sulphate.
i

Ber: Ber fruit fly attacks the fruits become

disfigure due to the presence, of maggots. Therefore, during early November when ber fruits attain
pea size spray the tree with 1500 ml Metasystox
or J250 m} Rogor in 1250 Iitres of water per
hectare. Powdery mildew disease attacks the
fruits and affects proper development of the fruits.
To control this disease spray the trees when the fruits
arc of peanut size with Sulfex 0.2% or Karathane
0.1% at 10-15 intervals thrice. The first spray
should preferably be given in first week of
November. -',

~
~\\~;1
LIVESTOCKj~

o Animals suffering (rom diarrhoea (Ioole

motions) should be got examined and treated.
Q Animals purchased from cattle fairs or disease
infested areas should be kept away from healthy
animals at a separate place for a period of two
weeks so as to check the introduction of a disease
in the stock.

o Make use of strip cup as a regular practice to

detect cases of mastitis. This disease, re.ponds to
treatment well. if the treatment i. taken up in early
stages.

o Avoid feeding of such green fodders or

grasses which are grown in standing water.
Feeding of such fodders may lead to several
diseases in animals.
o Feed a good quality mineral mixture in
recommended doses to animals. Also provide salt
licks to animals by keeping a salt brick in the
manger.
o Feeding of green fodder to milch animals is
very essential. Grow only those varieties of green
fodders which are recommended for your area so
as to raise a bumper crop.

..IHEAL T tt

~ARE I~

CATTLE & B~fFALOES

o The winter season hfl' ,set in. To protect

animals from cold weather, arrange for proper
housing for them. Presence of dampness in animal
houses is harmful for their health. For bedding
purposes in animal houses, make use of saw dust
or straw instead of sand. Proper ventilation in
animal houses is essential. Animal houses/sheds
should not be overcrowded.

(From page 26)

The treatment of the affected animals must be
initiated promptly because if the treatment is
delayed, animals become highly anaemic and
respond poorly to the treatment. Services of
veterinary surgeons must be sought as soon as
discolouration of urine is noticed.
Preventloo
1.

o Mangers and utensils used for providing water

to animals should be cleined daily.

High yielding buffaloes must be given 50 g100 g mineral mixtures or 25 g sodium acid
phosphate, orally daily to prevent phosphorus
deficiency.

2.

Feeding of cabbage, beets, sugarcane tops

should be restricted or upto a limit.

3.

Berseem is rich in calcium but very poor in

phosphorus, so sodium acid phosphate/
mioeral supplements rich in phosphorus/wheat
bran must be included in the ration.

4.

Buffaloes that have suffered from this disease

in previous lactations must also be given
sodium-acid phosphate supplement.

Buffaloes should be got impregnated after two

months of calving. Animals coming in heat should
be taken to Artificial Insemination Centre of your
area for breeding. Those animals which come in
heat in the morning should be got inseminated in
the afternoon should be got inseminated on the
following day in the morning.
NOVEMBER, 1991

33

Registrar of Newspapers No. 22960172

. II it" lfIi" :a ("('1 q

". ,~ ,

til '( q (i2f I '( ;rr~TCfi

~ qAt # ~ qn;rr ~ ~ ft;rri ""$4tgl~JH,"1

~ ~ I flt~1
Ttt ef;t ~ 1l
lIT iffi': '341~cCl~
...... c-.
. '
@(q{"j41()~;rtiCm*~ '3Q41 41mctttd\41"'1 ~f::4!f4~~I(1l1 ~~~~~qn.i#.l1{14~~
t I ~~~~ll~~ qA EnQ(1Q,d, fth{1lf{ti-+{I~"'( (~-SrST) 3llT 3tfq.:rr~ e(qijql{1
~-~~~P"~~~tRT~~&(qijql(l'CfiT;wmq;v:rr? I
~

"*

od ~ 504. ifi"(}"~. 90. ~ o;p:f ~ b412bSO MoW976

~UT 63 ~~" fU 0f1IT ~! '1 3166

Printed and published by Prof M. C. Agarwal, Director ot Publications on behalf of HarYln_ Agricultural University at HAU Press,
Hisar125 004.
.

,
~.-==----.,._.

-. -

... 1 1M" ."

HARYANA FARMING
December 1991

Volunle XX

--

- - " ._-

--~_).__--.~-~r;

"

(:::, .-/

Contents

Pa,,,
1. Increal. wheat productivity in Haryana

-Iqbal Singh. B. D. Shalma and K. S. Panwar

under 'ate sown situation

2. Successfu' cultivation of wheat under Godic

3.

-H. D. Yadav. Virendar Kumar and

M. S. Kuhad

water conditions
Iron deficiency and its ImeliorGtion in cropa

4. Foliar blights & powdery mildew-omerging

- V..K. Gupta aild S. P. GuPta

-Basant RIm

-R. K. Malik, K. S. Psnwar and

Samundel Singh

dise8aB probloms of whoat

5. Integrated weed manlgement in wheat

-R. K. Ma/ik and Samunder Singh.

11

7. Economics of wheat cultivation in HarYlna

-D. S. Nanda/and R. S. Kadian

t2

8. Check carryover of cotton bollworms

-R. S. Jag/an and P. R. YBdav

14

9.

-N. K. ShDrm,. R. N. VBsQistha and

AvmrSmgh

15

-R. S. Shaokand. Narinder Singh.

R. S. Bi,la and V. P. Sharma

17

6.

Shift in weed flora of wheat

Improved practices for cauliflower cultivation

10. Milk cooperGtivl lIociotie8-8n appraisal

11. T & V system recogniseJS role of farmers in
transfer of technology

12.

Mito infeatation of domestic animals and its

control,

13. Tips for management and feeding of kids

-N. S. Verma. D. N. Dhull, Asha Batra and

N. C. Lohia
19
-Satyavir Singh and Rajinder Kumar

-Pradeep Godara. Z. S. Rsna and Bslbir Singh 22

24

14. What to do this month 7

v. S. Gupta

Prico per copy Rupees 2/Yewly SubscriptioD

Edltorla/ Asslltanee
D. C. Yadav
Indira Balaa

PietUe send you,,,..,,., 0,40 to .'

Editor

LA),Dllt

(Culjlt Mana

20

~IUJIDgrllph}'

HAU Pboto Uait

Rs.20.00

Direttor of Publications,
Gandhi HbawaD, H~ V, Hfar-l25 004

Increase Wheat Productivity Dim Haryana

Under,late Sown
Situation
-Iqbal Singh. 8. O. Sharma and K. S. Panwar
Haryana Agricultural University, Hiser
The wheat production in the year 1990-91
touched 8 new record of 64.50 fakh tonnes and
as 8 result the productivity of wheat in the year
1990-91 reachEld to a level of 34.70 q/ha.
Although it has been made possible due to hard
working efforts of wheat scientists. extension
agencies and farmer. In particular. yet the wheat
scientists of Haryana Agricultufal University
feel that the wheat productivity under late
sown situations can further be Increased upto
40-00 q/ha. For increasing the wheat productivity in late sown conditions, the following recommendations must be adopted by the farmers of
the state depending upon theit available resources.

Selection of Suitable Variety

It is the first and foremost task in maximizing
the production of any crop. Selection of good
and suitable ~ariety has always been recognized
as one of the vital inputs in increasing agricultural
production. Three varietiel, namely, Sonalika,
WH 291 and HD 2285 have been recommended
for late, sown cultivation in Haryana. Out of
these, Sonalika and WH 291 have been recommended for late sowing (upto 25th December),
while HD 2285 can als,? b. SOW[l upto 15th
January. The characteristic8 and other salient
features of these varieties are as follows:
Sonalika -; The. other. names of this-Valiery
are HD 1553, RR 21 and S 308. It is' a single
dwarf variety with an average height of 110 cm.
It has spreading growth habit in the early stages.
It has stout stem which resists lodging. This
variety is characterized by shy tillering habit with
DECEMBER, 1991

drooping leaves. The colour of the foliage is

light green. The earheads are fully bearded, long
lax and tapering Its ears are red with glabrous
glumes. The grains are amber, Gemi-hard and
bold. The 1000-grain weight of this variety ..,is
50 g. It is moderately resistant to yellow ru~t
but becomes susceptible to brown rust and loose
smut. It matures in 120 days and its averag~
yield is 42 q/ha
'

WH 291: It is a dwarf and early maturing

(122 days) variety. It has higher tillering and
more number of grains than Sonalika, It bears
compact .nd oblong spike With whitish and
smooth grumes. Foliage are erect snd light
green. It has hard and medium sized grains I'
takes 4-5 more days in heading than Sonalik~
but only 2 days more in maturity It has better
resistance to rusts than Sonalika Its 1000'grain
weight is 41 g. The variety ha! ~e_en.recommen
ded for the whole state but if possible It should
be given priority over Sonalika in S~uth-Westerli'
part of Haryana comprising the districts at SirS8,
Hisar, Jind, Roht8k, Bhlwani, Rewar;, Mohindergarh and Gurgaon _' The average yield of this
variety is 44 q/ha
HD-2285: It is a dwart variety with 9095
em height. It has quick growth and semi-spreading habit and has high tillering potential. It has
broad, long and da,rk green foliage, ~hite glumes
and white straw. It matures,in, 123 days and
its 1000-grain weight is 42 g. 'It has semi-dense
white smooth with fully awned earo. The variety
may develop brown rust but is tolerant to Kamal
bunt. The grains are rt;Isdium sized and amber in
colour. The yield of this ~arietv is almost equal
to that of WH 291 (44 q/ha). This , variety has.>
b~n recom'mended ,for ita cultivation in NorthEast,rn part of Haryana comprising Kamal,
Kurukshetra, Ambala, Sonepat,' Kaithal" Yamunf)~
n8gar, Panipat and Faridabad districts.
,

Seed Rate

8~d

Sovying Time

To maintain optimum plant population,

farmers shOUld use ',00 kg seed of WH 291 and
HD 2285 and 125 kg seed of Sonalika from
Nov. 26 to Dec. 7 and after December 7, 25%
seed must be increased to compensate ,poor
germination 'and poor tillerlng' 'du'e ,
low.
\~

to'

temp~rature.

For obtaining maximum yield of wheat, the

farmers should sow wheat at a spacing of 18 em
Crow to row) and at 5 em leed depth. Cross sowing
of wheat in sandy to sandy loam soils with 150
kg seed rate/ha should be preferred otherwise it
should be sown wiCh the help of seed cumfertilizer drill or by Ker. under i"igated conditions.

supply of irrigation. Irrigation to wheat is

necessary at critical growth sfages i. e. CRI, late
tillering, late jointing, flowering, milking and
dough stage. The tirit irrigation to late sown
wheat should be delayed upto 28-30 days because
of late germination of the seed due to cold. Reat
irrigations may be given as usual at an interval
of 20 day. from first irrigation. Frequent irrigations are needed 'rom flowering to maturity
under late sown conditloflS.

Fertilizer Application

Weed Control

Farmer. should fertilize wheat on the basi. of

soil test value.. In absence of soil test report,
the following recommendations Ihould be used
(Table 1).

Depending upon the intensity and type ot

weed flor. i" the crop, the farmers should do
hoeing after first and second irrigations. In ea
manual weeding i. not possible, the weedicid
can be used safely. The PhS/.fis minor, wild
oats and bathu can be controlled by spraying
1000 g isoproturon 50 WP or 625 g Isoproturon
75 WP in 600-700 litras of water/ha one
or two day. before fira. Irrigation. The
broad leaved weeds can be effectively controlled by 1250 g. 2. 4- 0 (Sodium and Ester
formulation) or 1000 g 2, 4-0 J (Amine 8alt). If
the field is infested with both grassy and broad
leaved weeds, then Tank mixture of 950 g
Isoproturon (75 WP) and 1000 to 1250 ml of
2 4-D/ha should be used .fter 30-35 days of
lowing.

Sowing

TABLE'
Fertilizer recommendation in wheat
Variety

District

----N
PaO
- ------

Sonalika.
WH 291
and HD
2285

Zinc
Iulphat.

Nutrient
(kg/ha)

Ambal. 120

60

Other
120
district.

60

K20

60

(21%)
25

25

-Apply potash on the b.lis of soil test value.

Under irrigated conditions, drill half dose of
nitrogen, full dOles of phosphoru" potash and
zinc ,ulphate at lowing and broadcast remaining
dose of nitrogen at firat irrigation. In sandy soils,
split the nitrogen in three dose. and ai>ply l/3rd
at low\ng, 1/3rd ., firlt irrigation and remaining
, 13rd at second irrigation If zinc lulphat.
not given at lowing then spray It (0.5%) with
,laked lima (0.25~) 2-3 time. et 15 days interval.
efter 46 day. of lowing. If nitrogan deficiency
is folt then' It cen be .prayed with urea (3").

'I

USE AIMCO PESTICIDES

_,
_
,
"
""'
,
.
.
.
.
I
---.
CROP PROTECTION
HOUSEHOLD & PUBLIC HEALTH

.........._._,.....

SaiI&
_
IIMOIIAft
tOO _

-=at

='~~~
_,- ..._
-j
.,.:_
/jEMo'-....

;,.....

r:

__

-~~

TECllllCAl GIWlE Pl!STICIDH

I'IIMLUIAft. cYPI!MIfTHIIIIi. IIOIIOCIIOTOI'ttOS'~
I'ItOSfIIIAIlIDOtI. DOW'. ZINC f'II05IOHIOf
"

1AL-..u~'AIlfl

~ AIIIndllIIIdIcaf COi'poIllIOa

~s

"8

1..,.~Il.IIOMIIA"roO!UIll...

...

6~'

.&0 H06'2"2' rao

._ltO"-_

-"' _ _ fG.F_. .

'_~_K~5C'I.1IOP

,,.r'gation

CARBOIURANJO
I Netnatoade

IftSectlOGe

_"

.." ... _

. =- --

0" , _ - . .

_K.C~

...

For judieioul U80 of irrlglltlon water, the lAt.

sown wheat crop .hould be grown under _lIurad

HARYANA FARMING

Application of Gvpsum

Successful Cultivation
of Wheat Under Sodie
Water Conditions
-H. D. Vada". Vir.ndar Kumar and
M. S. Kuhad
HAU Regional R.search Station, Bawal
Underground waters in arid and semi-arid parts
of Haryana often contain high amount of carbonate
and ~b.MatB NJf.p 01 .odium. Tbe soils conti
nuously irrigated with such waters are characCerid
by high exchangeable .odium. higher pH value
(often 9.0), low infiltration r.t. and hydraulic
conductivity and deficiency of nutrientl viz.,
calcium, nitrogen and zinc, etc. When irrigated
with these waters, the productivity of wheat i.
adversely .ffected.
Keeping in mind the deleterious effect of luch
Waler. on crop. and soil properti.s a l.rie5 of
experiments on laf. ule of aodic water. were conducted at HAU Regional Research Statiofl, Bawal
(Oistt. Rewar;) since 1979. On the basis of
research result. achieved and experience gained,
the farmers are adviled Co keep the following points
in mind for railing wheat crop sucesafullY where
luch waters are in US8.

To ameliorale the harmful effect at sodicity,

application of gyp.um i. very essential (Table 2).
To achieve maximum efficiency, it should b.
applied in a proper way. time and amount.
(a) How much to (Jpply : The gypsum requirement of a particular field, where the crop is grown.
can be determined only after getting the soil and
irrigation water tested tram any of the Soil re.ting
Laboratories functioning in Haryana. Residual
Sodium Carbonate (RSC) in irrigation water and
number of irrigation. will determine the amount of
gypsum 10 be applied.
(b) When to apply: The best time of gypsum
application is just before onset of monsoon as
lufficient time and rain water is available for disso'
lution of gypsum and leaching the salts before
Bowing of wheat crop. If gypsum is not applied
before monsoon, half quantity of it can be applied
before 8 heavy pre'lowing irrigation given for
wheat.
(c) How to apply: Uniformally broadcast the
powdered gypsum on a well prepar.d 80il and
plough shallow to incorporate in upper 10 em loil.
If ploughed deep. itl efficiency decreases. Give a
deep irrigation with fresh water.
Selection of Variati.a

Select:on of varieties suited to 8 particular

sifuation or problem i. one of the important facto,.
for suceelsful production of any crop.
Among
wheat varietie WH 157 and WH 283 were found
more tolerant to sadie water condition as compared
to other v.rieties (Table 1).

Summer Ploughing
TABLE 1
A deep coar.. ploughing during summer is
neceslary to open or loosen the plough laye, of
luch fields. It reduces run off and incr water
intake rate which helps in I.aching of s8lts.

R.lpon of different wh.at varieties to sadie

water with and withoul gypsum
Varieri

Wheat yield (q/ha)

Gypsum
Mean
No gypsum
------

WH 157
WH283
WI-I 147
C 306

42.8
37.9
33.2
32.7

52.7
51.2
48.2
43.8

36.7

49.0

Rain Water Herve.ting

Rain is the only source of good quality water
in the areas having under ground waters brackish.
Therefore. field. should be properly bunded and
levelled to avoid run off from the field and to ach
ieve maximum water for leaching of lalts from ~he
seed b.d.
DECEMBER, 1991

Mean

-----

47.8
446
40.7
38.3

Proper Crop Stand

, Under sodicltv. 'ge'rmination of seed

is advers-

ely' affected. Hence. 'to 'obtain proper plant'

population, the seed rate Of' wheat is increased

KISAN-76

acccrding to gravity of the problem.

Spray Pump

Fertilizer Mariag~merit,
, The' soils Irrigated with sod Ie water are
g~nerallY low in Nand Zn. Therefore, the dos~
orN is increased by 15-20%. Do not forget to

apply
these soils.
. ZnSO. @ 25 kg/ha...'in. .

The most useful and beneficial for the

farmers. Prepared by experienced and
qual_ifipd Engineers. ,

Use of FYM
Application of PfM is 'more beneficl~1 ~hen
such soils are' irrigated with mildlv sodic waters.
The effect of FYM decreases as the extent of sodi- .
city CRSe) increases. Moreover, the yield increase
due to gypsum is more than due to FYM (Table 2).
S6, the farmers are advised to invest 'more on
gypsum than on 'FYM to obtain economic retLuns',
under these conditions.
'
;

TA~,Le 2

Respons~ of

gypsum lI~d FYM application on

grain yield (qlha) of whe~t in relation t9 irrigation,
with sadie water of different RSC levels

cooe:
I(PSll

CODE :A20

HAND COMPRESSION
. SPRAYER
IWith Brass

RSC levels (me/l)

Treatment

2.8

12.0

16.0

Mean

Control
Gypsum
FYM

42.2

33.3

31,6

43.6

19.4
'30.5

46.8

35,9

20.7

Mean

44.5

3,7.6

23.5

--------

CODE.

PS,10,1

ROCKJRG SPRAYER

Tahk)

37.1
34.5

Green Manuring
Green manuring helps in mitigating the harmful effeci Qf - sodic . wat,'rs. For this pu'rpo8o;
dhaincha should be sown with the onset .of
monsoon. Incorporate it In soli at the initiation of
flowering. Delav, 1n harvesting _affects decom- r ,
pOlltlon due to pre~enco of fibers.
0

'

INDO GERMAN AGIU SPRAYER &

PRESSING WORKS
Post Box NO. 125, Clock Towe(, 'Ludhiana.14! 008,
, Ph: 00 51999,51669 Fee. ::35367. Grams: lnd6 German

<

'If . the above mentioned techniques arl!)

followed. we can harvest 8 good crop of wheat
und., sodic watel"canditions.

4 '

HARYANA FARMING

Deficiency Symptoms

Iron Deficiency and its

Amelioration in Crops
-v. K., Gupta and S. P. Gupta
DePtl. of Soil Science, HAU, Hisar

Iron deficiency was first reported in plants in

, 843 in grapes. Since then, this micro nutrient
deficiency has been identified in many plants.
Iron deficiency. popularly known as iron chlorosis
and lime induced chlorosis. is a problem for many
plants raised on alkaline calcareous soils.

Occurrence of Iron Deficiency

The total iron content in Haryana soils ranges
from 1.16 to 4.89 per cent which. if It were
available, would meet plant requirement for more
than hundred years. Surprisingly, most iron is
not available to plants and available content
ranges from 2 to 80 ppm. It is difficult to foreca.t
places and under what conditions iron disorders
will appear and how severe the disorder will be.
One important factor affecting iron availability is
soif pH. A unit incresle in pH decreased the
availability of iron by 1000 fold. The other
factors include concentration of Iron oxide.
calcium carbonate, organic matter, soil water
content, compaction. concentration and balances
of other nutrients like phosphorus, nitrate,
manganese, potassium. ammonium and microbial
activity. Environment can also lead to ;Ion deficiency. Low temperature and high moisture
enhance the problem. Some spots in the field.
are more prone to iron deficiency than others.
Generally, the leepage of water from cafla', and
water channels causes iron deficiency in plants
grown on ca'careous soils. This deficiency
normally decreases as water evaporates and soil
becomes better aerited. In Haryana, 20-30 per
cent soils in south-western parts have been found
deficient in iron, mainly because of coarse texture
and high calcium carbonate.
DECEMBER, 1991

Much of the yellowing seen on young leaves

of many crops is due to iron deficiency. The young
leaves show yellowing first in the interveinal
tissue with veins remaining green. Under severe
deficient conditions, whole feaf including vein
turns yellow or white and than die.
Iron deficiency symptoms on sorghum, sugarcane and paddy nursery appear very early.
Symptoms on shrubs and trees may appear soon
after leaves emerge or on leaves near the tips of
limbs.
Functions of Iron in Plants

The most impoltant function of iron is in the

synthesis of chlorophyll.
Photosynthesis, the
most basic process for trapping sun light and
converting carbondioxide & water into carbohydrates, cannot operate without functional chlorophyll.
Iron is a part of many enzymes that are required
for reactions associated with energy transfer.
nitrogen reduction and fixation, lignin formation
and many other reactions. Several metabolic
processes are influenced by iron deficiency in
plants.

Effects on Yield
iron deficiency decreases yield of many crops.
In Tice nurseries. the damage is beyond expectation. Although crops can suffer reduced yields
even with slight iron deficiencies, they normally
grow out of the deficiency as the season
progresses, sorghum and sugarcane show such
phenomenon. In an iron deficient soil, spectacular
yield responses have been observed (Table 1) in
many crops.
Species Tolerance to Iron Deficiency
Plent species show wide responses to low
iron or conditions that induce iron deficiency.
Generally. sorghum. beans. rice. jasamine, sugarcane, grapes, gram, peaches and many ornamental
plants are susceptible to iron deficiency. while
wheat. cotton, sunflower, barley, potato. peanut
and many grasses are moderatefy to relatively
resistant to iron deficiency.

TABLE 1
Grain yield of crops (q/ha) as Influenced by rates and methods of iron eppJication
Yield (q he-I)

Method

Treatments

------Wheat
Harvana

~~---

Rice

Gram

Bihar (Pusa)

M.P"

-------

Sorghum

Control

NPK

38

29

25

28

34

16

10 kg, Fe ha-J

Soil application

41

33

28

34

43

18

47

34

28

36

40

21

34

29

32

39

19

35

30

35

20 kg, Fe ha-1
1% FeSO, solution

Foliar sprav
44

2%

Source: Data from Annual Reports of All India Coordinated Scheme of Mlcro-JrJtrients in Soils and
Plants of Jabalpur. and Pus.

Correction of Iron Deficiencies

Soil and plant testa for iron are not always
effective indicators of available iron. The OTPA
extraction soil test can approximate in adequacies
of iron, but plant species and cultivars have
different Iron requirements and many factors affect
iron availability to plants. Plant analyses often
are inaccurate dUff to Inherent contamination of
samples and because iron deficient leaves often
contain as much or more iron as green leaves.
Considerable iron in the plant tissue also Is
unavailable for metabolic use. The major means
of correcting iron deficiency are soil and foliar
amendments. Soil application of irol) has little or
no residual effect on next crop and is expensive.
The foliar application is to be made repeatedly
during the who.e growing period to keep the
plants gr!len. Three to five foliar applications are
required to completely correct iron deficiency in
plants. Several soji amendments consisting of
many compounds such as organiC matter, green
and animal manure, sludge, Industrral waste. coal
flyash, pyrIte., iron frift, sulfuric acid. iron

6 .

.ulphate and synthetic organic complexes

(chelates) have been added alone or with fertilizefl
to mitigate iron deficiency. Only few products
are available in market, because of high cost and
high amount of material needed for satisfactory
results.
Synthetic
organic
iron-complexe.
(chelates) which were quite effective have now
become prohibitively expensive fOI field crops.
The Iron deficiency is cured by spraying 1 to 2 per
cent solution of ferrous sulphate (1 to 2 kg
ferrous sulphate dissolved in 100 litres of water).
For spraying of one acre land 200 I of water is
needed. The solution should not be stored for a
long period and should be sprayed the same day.
Three to five sprays at an interval of 10-15 days
are a must to mitigate iron deficiency in plants.
The ferrous SUlphate (Iron sulphate) used sh'ould
be fight green in colour. Iron amendments are
only temporary solutions to iron deficiency
problems. The long term solutions to solve the
. problem include lIsing plants that tit soil conditions. The best solution for overcoming iron
deficiency is to select or breed for greater iron
uptake In cultivars.

HARYANA FARMING

Foliar Blights & Powdery

Mildew- Emerging Disease Problems of Wheat
- Basant Ram
HAU Regional Research Station, Uchanl, Kamal

Among various diseases limiting the whoat

production in Haryana. the rusts and smuts aro
welf known. Karnal bunt too has been considered
a disease of great importance since more than a
decade now. Powdery mildew stated to be a
disease of great consequence in hills and foot hills
of the country is now often appearing in severa
proportions in the eastern region of Haryana.
foliar blights which we,"e considered of little
Importance In the recent past in Haryana are now
gaining importance in the eastern region of the
State.
Powdery mildew of wheat caused by Erysiphe
gramlnis produces disease symptoms on all the
above ground plant parts. The symptoms are
characterised by white cottony colonies which
later turn grey-brown. Chlorotic patches are normally formed on the leaf .urface directly opposito
mildew colonies. The disease Is known to cause
greater damage to wheat crop In Ambala, Yamunanagar, Kaithal, Kurukshetra and Karnal districts.
Status of Resistant Varieties

Most of the cuftivated wheat varieties in

Haryana are susceptible to powdery mildew. HD
2329, a predominant wheat cultlvar in the eastern
region of the State, is relatively less susceptibfe to
this disease but at the same time this variety is
highly susceptible to Kamal bunt and loose smut.
WH 542 developed at Haryana Agricultural Universitv and Identified for curtivation in northwestern plain zone of the country under timely
sown, high fertility and irrigated conditions, possesses good level of resistance to powdery mildew
disease even under artificial tests. WH 542 is also
DECEMBER, 1991

known to possess high level of resistance to all

the three rusts. Wheat varieties WH 147 and WH
416 are known to be highly susceptible to this
disease and this is one of the reasons these have
not been recommended for cultivation In the eastern region of the State.
Management of the Disease
CultiVation of resistant varieties is undoubtedly
the most practical way to contain the disease.
The disease spread can also be checked by chemical means. The suitable fungicides recommended
to control the disease are Karathane at the rate of
400 to 500 ml/acre or wettable sulphur fungicides
(800 g to 1 kg/acre) applied 8S foliar sprays. The
first spray should be given as soon as the disease
symptoms appear. Two to three sprays of any of
the above fungiCides at 10 days interval would be
required to achieve good disease control.

Future Strategies
The long term strategy would be to pay
greater attention towards breeding powdery mildew resistant wheat varieties. With the changed
agriculture scenario under rice-wheat cropping
system higher level of fertilizers has been recommended in the eastern region of the Mate (150 kg
N/ha). The increased level of nitrogenous fertilizers would favour greater development of powdery
mildew disease. Hence, it becomes Imperative to
breed wheat varieties resistant to powdery mifdew
disease. late sown wheat crops promote the
greater spread of powdery mifdew and also the leaf
rust development. hence should be discouraged 8S
far as possible to achieve good wheat yields.
Foliar blights/blotch are known be produced
by several fungi. Notable among these are several
.pecies of Helminthosporium and two species of
Alternaria.
The blight symptoms have been
noticed commonly in the eastern region of the
State under rice-wheat . . ~ropping system. The
isolation studies revealed"-~ t he association of
Helmlnthos/)orium mainly. The characteristic symptoms are formation of light brown to dark brown
oval to elongated spots on the leaves. Several
spots coalesce to produce blight symptoms on the
leaves. The blight symptoms were also noticed
on the leaf sheath.

Status of Resistant Varieties

The systematic breeding efforts have led to
high level of resistance in wheat to rl.lst pathogens.
However .the situation is just otherwise. not only
in Haryana but in the country as a whole wherever
blights are known to be a serious problem. This
disease at HAU Rice Research Station, Kaul
appeared in severe form during 1990-91 crop sea
son and no wheat variety/line could show complete freedom from this disease.

Management of the Disease

In the absence of resistant wheat varieties to
blight. the option left is to contain this disease by
chemical means. The studies carried out elsewhere
in the country reveal that blight diseases can be
controlled by fungicidal sprays. The commonly
recommended fungicides are zineb and mancozeb.

However. a number of fungicidal sprays are

required to attain a satisfactory level of disease
control. Therefore. the chemical means of controlling the disease may not be a feasible preposition
in wheat crop where the profit margin is quite
narrow. It has been pbserved that blight dis~ase
development is greater in late sown wheat crop.
Therefore, late sowing shOUld be discouraged,

Future Strategies
The sources of resistance to blight diseas6a
are lacking. Greater emphasis has to be laid on
the identification of resistant sources to launch a
successful breeding programme. The incorporation of resistance to various diseases from diverse
sources in a wheat cultivar is not an easy task.
Therefore, serious efforts are needed on identification of multiple disease resistant .ources a8 a
long term strategy.

"

Salient features of
Haryana Seeds :o Certified and better
oMare Yield
o Punty and more
germination

o Diseaseless
o Money back
guarantee

Alwavs Purchase
Certified Seeds of
New Varieties of
following crops:-

o WHEAT AND BARLEY

o MUSTARD
o GRAM AND OTHER

PULSES
o FODDER AND

VEGETABLE SEEDS

HARYANA SEeDS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION LTD.

(A Haryana Govt Undertaking)

S.C.O. 169170, SECTOR 8C, CHANDIGARH160 008

.)

Phones 22168.22196.22097
HAAYANA FARMING

TABLE 1

Integrated Weed
Management in Wheat
-R. K. Malik, K. S. Panwar and
Samunder Singh
DePtt. of Agronomy, HAU, Hisar
Weed. must be controlled durIng crop growth
in order to maximise production and economic
ruturn from the land since they will reduce both
the quantity and quality of the produce if they
are allowed to grow unchecked. Weeds and crops
require same three things: sunlight. moisture and
nutrients. Weeds are strong and aggressive competitors for these commodities.
Careful choice of land use and crop rotation
syatem should be planned in such a way that
specilized field of heavy infestation of grasses may
be provided with a specific care of entry of weed
seed. Very strict numerical field standards should
be set up for a weed plant in growing seed crop.
which must pass through the official field inspection. The plants obtained from healthy crop seed
will be capable of competing more strongly with
weeds. Sowing techniques and time of whe~t
sowing should be such that optimum crop
'tand (density) is obtained.
In recent past. there has been 8 tremendous
increase in the use of herbicides. Herbicides have
some glaring advantages in wheat cultivation. In
fields heavily infested with grassy weeds,
herbicides can reduce the need for hand hoeing
~------labour. More area can
be covete<i_ by using
selective herbicides. The use of herbicide can
help to increase the cultivated area under wheat
because they are more efficient than mechanical
method. They can be applied to weeds growing
within and between crop rows where hand
hoeing will be difficult or impossible. They can
also be applied when the soil is relatively wet and
hoeing is not possible. Some of the herbicides
recommended for wheat are summerized in
Table 1.
DECEMBER. i991

Performance of various herbicides based on large

scale farmers field demonstration trials in different
parts of Haryana (Av. of 4 years)
Herbicides
(kg. a.i./ha)

Grain yield
(kg/ha)

Weedy
2757
Isoproturon 1.0
3796
Metoxuron '.6
3659
Methabenzthiazuron 1.4 3425
Pendimethalin 1.5
3503
2 hand hoeings
(4 and 6 WAS)
3516

% increase
over check
38

33
24
27

28

*Pendimethalin was applied as pre-emergence.

Other herbicides were applied at 30-35 DAS.
Herbicides and their Improved Efficiency
With the acceptance of chemical weed control
based on work done in 1978 and 1979, the
existing recommendations were improved with
relatively less coat and improved efficiency against
weeds other than Phalaris minor. The results of
various experiments averaged over years are
presented in Table 2. In this summary, table of
each experiment is presented with on IV 2 or 3
treatments.
Integrated Weed Management
The cultural practices involving aeed rate,
nitrogen application, varieties and time of sowing
can be Integrated for exploiting the competition in
favour of crop. The integration of herbicides with
cultural practices has been discussed below.
Plant height; early canopy cover and geometry
of plants will determine the effectiveness of wheat
and/or weeds as an effective competitor for various
inputs. The effect of seed rate and method of
sowing on weed control competition has been
presented in Table 3.
When the competition is created in the favour
of crop. herbicides will assist to further improve the
efficiency of inputs and finally cost of treatment
will be reduced. Integration of nitrogen scheduling and herbiCides will depend on the type of

TABLE 2
Recommendations on the Improved efficiency of
herbicides

Expt.

Treatments

Weed dry Grain

weight yield
g/m-2
kg/ha
---' - - - - - - -

1.

2.

3.

4.

6.

Isoprofuron alone
Isoproturon + 25%
Higher seed rate
Isoproturon 1.0
Isoprotu ron +Selwet
.75 kg/ha+0.1%
Weedy
Isoproturon 1.0
Isoproturon 1.0+0.5
+2.4-0
Weedy
Isoproturon .75 kg/ha
200AS
Isoproturon 1 kg/he
35 DAS
Weedy
Isoproturon .6 kg/ha
20 DAS
Isoproturon 1 kg/he
35 DAS
Weedy

4010
4340

285
284

4273
4278

631
22
12

2582
4596
4706

52
172

3590
4324

185

4008

386
56

2991
5326

TABLE 4
Influence of weed management 011 the grain yield
of wheat cultivars (Av. of two years)
Cultlvars

45

5320
4443

194
-----

--"_"

3.3
2.5

weed. If the field is infested with grasses, the

competition mayor may not go in favour of crop.
However, if the field is dominated by broad leaf
weeds competition goes in favour of crop. Under
Haryana condition height and crop canopy cover
have been found to affect the growth of wild oat at
or after sparying herbicides. In variety HD 2009,
wild oat had more dry weight per plant than in HD
2285 and WH 147. The early canopy cover
(Vigour) was maximum in HD 2285. least in HD
2009 and WH 157 was intermediate. The efficiency of isoproturon on wild oat wa. minimum in
variety HO 2009 as compared to WH 147 or HO
2285 (Table 4).

Weed free
(q/ha)

Weedy
check

Decrease
over
weed free

(%)

--~----

HD-2009
HD-2285
S-308
WH-291
WH-147
Mean

69

28
49

59
27

67
60
67
69

39
47
50
43

35
30
28
35

66

TABLE 3
The relative grain yield of wheat 8S Influenced
by method of ,owing and seed rate under different
levels of weed management
Treatment.

Seed rate (kg/ha)

----

100

126

Planting time may Influence the component of

weed flora. Stable bed technique may be
Integrated with herbicides for effective control of
wild oat. The emerQence of wild oat under
different planting dates i. given in Table 6.

150
TABLE 6

Method of sowing

---

Normal Cross Normal Cross Normal Cross

row. rows rows
rows rows
rows
Weed contr91 levell

Sowing time

Weed free

100

100

100

100

100

100

lsoproturon
'1.0 kg/he

97

99

97

99

94

99

86

92

87

91

89

90

Weedy check

_-'

--------------

.The yield recorded In weed free check has been

used as 8 bale with In index of 100.
10

Effect of lowing time on the emergence of wild oat

before sowing and 15 days after sowing wheat
(Av. of two years).
Wild oat population

Before Gowing

-----

15 days after sowing

NOl/m-1

Nov. 10
Nov. 30
Dec. 20

49
70
258

29
12
HARYANA FARMING

Shift in Weed
Flora of Wheat
-R. K. Malik and Samunder Singh
DePt{. of Agronomy. HAU. Hisar
Weed flora is not sti:ltic. but shows marked
changes over the years and is essentially man
made; the end product of centuries of increasingly
intensive human occupation and exploitation of
land. In many areas. with the increase in Irrigation
facilities. fertilizer use and with the adoption of new
varieties; weed problems have intensified and
weed flora has changed. Intensification of weed
problems is because both the crop and the weed
respond favourably to the improved growing
conditions. In Haryana, until 1967 the share of
land, irrigation and animal power in total crop
production was 51.21 and 20%, respectively. The
share of modern inputs like tractor and pumping
sets was only 4%. In 1982, the share of these
inputs Increased to 34 and 49%. respectively.
Animal power ia sequentially being replaced by
tractor power. Before 1967, Carthamum oxycantha
Beib (Pohfi) was the main weed of wheat. Other
important weeds were Chenopodium labum L.
(Bathu). Asphodelus tenuif/oius Cav. (Piazi),
Melilotus species (Senzi and Methe), Fumaria
parvitlora Lamk (Gajrl). Trigonel/a polycerata L.
(Maini), Convolvulus arvensis L (Hirankhuri), Vicla
sativa L. (Chatr;). etc. Cyperus rotundus L. (Oila
or Motha) was ,1160 a problem in few pockets.
Among these weeds, Carthamus oxycantha and
Cyperus rotundus are not a problem in wheat
now. Resource availability including deep tillage
and assured Irrigation has almost eliminated
these weeds. Asphode/us tenuifloius is still a
problem in fallow wheat rotation and in relativelv
light soils. Chenopodium album is a prolific seed
producer and can grow in all situations of fertility
and moisture. Carthamus produces an average of
415 seeds/plant produced by Chenopodium.
Considering the Improved operations like deep
tillage. assured Irrigation alongwilh closer spacing.
this weed gained grounds due to high population
and better growth and thus production of more
seed per unit area.
DECEMBER, 1991

The changes in the resource availability also

changed the crop sequences in favour of cereals.
Cereals constituted 31 % of total production in
1967. Now they constitute about 45% of total
food production in Haryana. Such changes in the
crop sequences allowed the changes in the component weed flora in favour of grasses. Phalaris
minor Retz. was introduced in India alongwith
mexican wheat. It has now become a serious
weed of wheat. The growing of cereals after
cereals. resulted in this type of specialized weed
dominance. Avena ludoviciana Our. (wild oats)
was not a major problem till late 1970's. Now-adays this weed has spread throughout Haryana.
The prublem of this weed has been noticed under
all cropping sequences.
The weed flora in the eastern and western
part of Haryana has been given in Tables 1 and 2.
TABLE 1
Relative intensity (0-10 scale) and frequency
(% occurrence) of various wheat weeds In
Western Haryana
Intensity

Frequency

Chenopodium album

1.1

85

PhBlaris minor

1.4

48

Avenaludoviciana

0.9

47

Me/ilotus indica

0.6

46

Asphodelus tenuifolius

0.5

26

Anaga/lis 8rvensis

0.4

24

Weed species

Vicls sativa

0.4

21

Trigonel/a polycerata

0.4

Spergula arvensis

0.6

18
16

Rumex maritimus

0.3

15

Fumaria parviflora

0.4

15

Convolvulus arvensis

0.3

14

Other weeds with less than 14% frequency

were : Po/ypogon monspellensls, Medicago dentlculata. Lathyrus aphaca, Circium arvense. Carthamus oxycantha, ChenoPodium mura/e, Launes
espleniifolia, Sonchus arvensis, Silene conoidea;
Alhag; come/arum. Coronopus didymus, Euphorbia
dracunenloldes, Saponaria v8ccaris, Sisymbrium
irio. Pluchae lanceo/ata and Polygonum plebiiem.
(Contd. on page 13)

11

The average Yield of 142 wheat grower. of

eastern zone and 185 farmers of western zone in
1990-91 was 14.7 and 15.0 q/acre, respectively.
This yield was obtained in eastern zone by using
54.8 kg of N. 22.8 kg of P, 1.1 kg of Zn and 4
Irrigations against the attainable yield of 2~ q/acre
at the recommended level by technology vis-a-vis
the use of 38.9 kg of N, 22.1 kg of P. 2.3 kg of
Zn and 4 irrigations in western zone. About 38.3
per cent wheat growers used treated wheat seed
in eastern zone, whereas 59.5 per cent treated in
western zone. Farmers are convinced about the
application of N and fertilizers which are applied
by cent per cent farmers in eastern zone, while
only 2.1 per. cent applied K and 15.0 per
cent used Zn. In western zone N, P, K and
Zn were applied by 100 per cent, 97.8 per
cent, nil and 15.7 per cent, respectively, Thus,
wheat growers do not appear to be fully convinced
about the benefits of balanced use of"fertilfzer
nutrients to have optimal yield. In eastern zone
73.2 per cent wheat growers used weedicide and
none adopted plant protection measures against
4.3 and 2.2 per cent in western zone. About 34
per cent farmers of westorn zone and 7 per cent
of eastern zone foHowed manual weeding.

Economics of Wheat
Cultivation in Haryana
-D. S. Nandal and R. S. Kadian
Deptt. of Agril. Economics. HAU. Hisar
Wheat is the most Important robi crop of
Haryana accounting for more than 90 per cent
of foodgrains in rabl season and more than two
third of total foodgrsin output in the State. Wheat
gained added importance after the introduction of
dwarf varieties in mid sixties due to higher yield
and higher relative price of the crop. Wheat area
increased at the cost of gram and barley. Accordingly wheat production increased from 8.7 lac
tons in 1965-66 to 64.4 lac tons in 1990-91.
During this period the area under wheat increased
from 6.8 to 18.5 lac hectares and productivity
went l!P from 1280 kg to 3479 kg/ha. Now more
than 90 per cent of total wheat area is covered
under dwarf varieties in both the zones of the
State. The eastern zone consists of the districts
of Ambala, Yamunanagar. Kamal, Kurukshetra,
Kaithal, Sonepat, Rohtak and Faridabad, while
western zone comprises Sirsa. Hisar, Bhiwanl.
Mahendergarh, Jind. Rewari and Gurgaon districts
of the State. Now wheat output has to be incressed only with the increase in crop productivity.

On the whole farmers of both the zones have

intensified the use of modern inputs with the
adoption of high yielding varieties to get higher
wheat yield. However, it is not enough to intensify the use of inputs associated with new
production technology. It is even more important

TABLE 1
Economics of wheat farming in Harvana in 1990-91 (Rs. per acre)
Sr. No.

Particulars

Eastern zone
Oty.

1.

2.
3.
4.
6.
6.
7.

12

Production (q)
(a) Main product
14.7
(b) By-product
16.4
Gross return (Rs.)
Variable cost (RI.)
Return over variable co~t (Rs.)
Total cost (Rs.)
Net return (Rs.)
Cost of production/q eRs.)
(o) Without by-product
(b) With by-product

Western ~one

Haryana State

Value

Oty.

Value

Oty.

Value

3480
867
4347
1880
2467
3789
558

15.0
16.1

3713
914
4627
1966
2661
3552
1075

14.8
16.3

3549
881

258
206

44~0

1906
2524
3719
711

273

251

190

201

----

---HARYANA FARMING

to continue improving the efficiency levels of these

inputs and their balanced use to bridge the yield
gap for higher economic returns.
Application of higher doses of modern and
costly inputs had made the farmers more conscious
of input-output co-efficients. their prices and returns from them on their!fields. Table 1 shows the
variable cost. total cost (variable cost plus management allowance, risk premium. rental value of
land, transportation cost to market. etc.). gross
return at post-harvest prices. return over variable
cost, net return on per acre basis. cost of per
quintal without by-product and with by-product
for the two zones and the State.
The technological changes taking place in
wheat economy are being reflected by the increase
fn the share of modern inputs (variabre cost)
which has been increasing over time. It was
61.25 per cent of the total cost in 1990-91. Total
cost of cultivation of wheat also increased over
time partially due to increase in the use of inputs
and partially owing to increase in their prices.
This year total cost of cultivation per acre in the
State increased by 484 over the previous year cost
(i.e. from Rs. 3233 in 1989-90 to Rs. 3717 in
1990-91). The current year witnessed increase
in productivity as welf as in the prices of output.
EventuallY all types of returns increased over the
PleViOUB year. Gross returns increased by Rs.
966/acre (from Rs. 3444 to Rs. 4430), return over
variable cost by Rs. 497 (from Rs. 2029 to Rs.
2524) and net return by Rs. 445 (from Rs. 266 to
Rs. 711) per 8(:re.
With marginally lower yield and prices of product In eastern zone coupled with higher total
cost of cultivation. the eastern zone has zone comparative disadvantage in wheat cultivation. This
is mainly due to delay in sowing of wheat and
growing of more soil exhaustive crops In this zone.
Return over variable cost and net return per acre
in eastern zone were Rs. 2467 Bnd Rs. 558 85
against Rs. 2261 and Rs. 1075, respectively in
western zone. Over time the economic benifits of
new wheat production technology have been
squeezed from the wheat producers due to unfavourable terms of trade but farmers mostly base
theil' decisions on return over variable cost in the
short run which are still higher than those from
gram and barley. Further relatively lower uncertainty in the production and marketing of wheat
DECEMBER, 1991

as compared to other competing crops of rabl

season make the farmers hesitant to shift wheat
area to more paying but more rioky crops.

(From page 11)

TABLE 2
Relative intensity (0-10 scale) and frequency
(% occurrence) of various wheat weeds in
Eastern Haryana
Weed species
Pha/aris minor
Avena ludoviciana
Chenopodium a/bum
Melilotus indica
Rumex maritimus
Medicago denticulata
Circium arvense
Anagallis arvensis
Convolvulus arl/ensis
Polypogon monspeliensis
Spergula Brvensis
Lathyrus aphaca

Intensity

Frequency

2.1

94
89
60
58
51
49
40
37
30
21
15
15

t.8
0.7
0.5
0.5
0.7
0.4
0.5
0.3
0.4
0.3
0.3

Other weeds lesl than 15% frequency were:

Trigonel/a po/yceTatll, Vicia sativa, Fumaria parviflora, Carthamus oxycantha, Chenopodium murale,
LIIunea .aspleniifolia, Sonchus arvensis, Silene
conoides, Alhagi camelorum, Coronopus didymus,
Sapon!'ria vacca ria.
Phs/aris minor has remained confined to areas
where moisture availability is high during both
rabi and kharif seasons. Wild oat can emerge
even upto 12-5 em soil depth. Phalaris mostly
emerges from 4 to 5 em soil depth. Availability
of soil moisture in the upper few centimetre soil
is. therefore, necessary for emergence and growth
of Phalaris. Wild oat generally emerges along with
the crop and is relatively more aggressive than
the Phs/arls minor. Wild oat, therefore, should
be viewed as more serious problem in the times
to come. Dicot perennials like Circium arvense L.
(Rassa) in aTeas of assured irrigation and
Convolvulus arvensis L. in armost aU areas may
pose a serious problem for wheat production.
Other weeds whiph may become a problem in
future include Polypogon monspeliensis Desf.
(Loombar Ghas), Rumex sp. (Jangli Palak), Lolium
temu/entum L. (Rye grass) and Poa annU8 l.

13

2.

Check Carryover of
Cotton Bollworms
- R. S. Jaglan and P. R. Vadav
Deptt. of Entomology, HAU,

Hiss,

Pink bollworm Is enemy No. 1 ot cotton crop

followed by spotted bollworm.
Both these
insects attack fruiting bodies i. e. squares, buds,
flowers and bolls. Spotted bollworm also
damages shoots. Bollworms in general and pink
bollworm in particular cause heavy damage and of
the 40 per cent of the flower. and fruits which
drop off, 25 per cent are shed because of the
attack of bollworms. Of "the total shedding of
52 to aa per cent caused by all the bollworms
collectively, half may be due to the attack of
pink bollworms. The attacked bolls fall off
premat~rely and thosa which do mature do not
contain good lint.
The damaged seed cotton
gives a lower ginning percentage, lower oil
extraction and inferior spinning quality.

Following steps should be taken to check

carryover of bollworms:

1.

Double cropping: Any rabl crop after

cotton will not allow any cott~m plant in the
field and all fallen boll, will also be
destroyed.

2.

Cotton sticks: These are the major source

of carryover of pink bollworm. Generally
cotton sticks are stacked in the field
from where these are brought for use as
fuel throughout the year. It is extremely
important that whatever sticks are to be kept
tor fuel after March, these should be made
free from insect infested bolls. For this
purpose, stack the sticks against ground or
wood log so that all the bolls are fallen
down. These fallen bolls should be burnt
to. kill hib~rnating.I.~e of pink bollworm.
ThiS operation must f.~ done any time before
31 st March. At this time farmers are
comparatively free and only 1-2 persons can
clean sticks of one acre field in one day.

For their suitable management strategy, two

distinct periods are involved which are as follows:

1.

14

July-August to October: It is the most

favourable period for growth of cotton crop
and fast multiplication of these bollworms.
To C'ontrol these pests, 4-5 sprays of insecticides at 12-15 days interval are required.
Use of insecticides involves health hazards
and pollution of environment.
Further,
spraying of cotton is difficult task especially
in rainy season. There is continuous risk of
wastage due to rains. In spite of huge cos.t
on spraying, desirable control of bollworms is
not ,chieved since very small time of the life
cycle Is spent outside the plant tissuea.
Therefore. application of insecticides should
be done judiciously at prgper time and need
based i. e. at ECOnO~QF Threshold Levels
during this period.

November to June: Cotton harvest is over

by November and the next crop is sown in
May. It is unfavourable period for bollworms.
Pink boliworm larvae hibernate in seeds of
cotton from November to April-June.
These oeeds are: (i) in the unopened or
half opened bolls attached with cotton
sticks or fallen on the ground. and (ii) seed
and seed c01ton kept in ginneries, mills.
houses, etc. Spotted bollworm remains
active throughout the year but with much
reduced activity during December to February.
It survives on ratoon cotton crop and alternate hosts, like bhindi, peeli butti, kangi
butti, Hollyhock, etc. Methods adopted to
check the carryover of bollworms during this
period is the right strategy to solve this
problem to a greater extent.

3.

Grazing of cotton fields aftel lasr picking by

sheep, goat and other animals. They eat
away most of the attached bolls harbouring
these pests.

4.

DMp cutting of sticks does not allow any

sprouting. Thus. spotted bollworm wilf not .
get food for survival.
(Contd. on PlJge 18)

HARYANA FARMING

Group

Spacing
Row x
Plant (em)

-----

Improved Practices for

Cauliflower Cultivation
-N. K. Sharma, R. N. Vashistha and
Avter Singh
DePtt. of Vegetable Crops, HAU, Hissr

Cauliflower Is grown throughout the state on

commercial Gcale and its curds are available from
July to March. There are three main groups i.e.
early. mid and late. Some improved practices for
its successful cultivation are 8S follows:

TransCurd avaplanting ilabilitv

time

Yield
(q/ha)

Mid

60X60

September- NovemberOctober
January

200250

Late

45x45

OctoberMid
December

150200

JanuaryMarch

Care dlJri.ng Transplanting

Mid and lat, cauliflower should be tranlplanted on flat beds.

Selection of seedlings from nursery beds f.

very Important. Always select vigorous and
healthy seedlings of 15-20 em height (4
weeks old).
Reject diseased and blind
seedlings whose bud has been damaged by
insects or by mechanical injury.

Varieties
Selection of right variety in a particular group
is very essential to take successful crop.
The
varieties are: Hiser-1 end Puse Deepali (Mid
group) and Snow Bal1-16 (Lafe group).

Transplanting should be done in the evening.

Irrigate the field just after transplanting,

Nursery Raising

Care of Crop after Transplanting

700-900 9 seed is sufficient for one hectare.

Raised seed bed, of 1 m width and length according to convenience, should be well prepared.
Sow treated seed (with Cerasen @ 1.5 g/kg of
seed) in sterilized nursery beds. Sowing is done
in August (mid) and September to early November
(late group). Seedlings should be protected from
heavy rains and scorching sun. Drench the
nursery bed with 0.1 % brassicol or 0.2% captan
to prevent tram fungal diseases.

Earthing up should be done to give support (b

the plant.

o
o

Drain off extra rain water from the field.

Keep the field weed free.

Irrigate the field as and when required.

Remaining two third dose of N should be topdressed in 2 equal instalments followed by

earthing up.

Due to scorching sun and heat the curds

become yellowish so protect them by tying
the outer leaves over curds,

Plant protec.tion measures should be carriod

out to.protect the crop from insect-pest and
diseases.
phid, jassid and caterpillar mainly
attbck this cro
Spray 1 I malathion 50 Eel
he in 750 I of wa~ for these insects. Don't
spray 8 week before har~ng.

Manure end Fertilizer

Add 40-50 t of FYM/ha at the time of field

preparation. Besides FYM, if requires 125 kg N.
50 kg P20& and 50 kg KIO/ha. One third dale
of N and full dose of P and K should be applied at
transplanting time and remaining two-third doso
of N as top dressing In two equal Instalment.
Apply 10-15 kg of borax and 2-4 kg sodium
molybedate if crop shaWl Boron and Molybednum
deficiency. Zinc sulphate application @ 2.0-25 kgl
ha improves the crop condition.
DECEMBER, 1991

15

Get

NOelL
Protection.

Yes, give yourself a bountiful

harvest Let NOCILON

effectively control weeds like
Phaiaris minar, Gullidanda
(Mandusil,wilCl oats {jangli jail
and other broad leaf weeds.
NOCILON is so convenient to
use and what's more, after
killing weeds, NOCILON
breaks down in the soil rapidly,

making it safe for next crop.

And. NOCILON ensures you
of heavy grain increases .... _
...... year after year after year.

NOCILON for the m'ost effective

weed control in wheat.

National Organic
Chemical Industries
limited
Bank of Baroda BUij(;'r'Cl
16, Parliament Street

New Deihl 110 001

CH4.ITRA-B Noe 697F1

16

HARYANA FARMING

Milk Cooperative
SocietiesAn A,ppraisal
-R. S. Sheokend, Nerinder Singh,
R. S. Bisla and V. P. Sharma
Haryana Agricultursl University, Hissr

Haryana is predominently agricultural and is

one of the highest milk producing States in the
country. The milk production constitutes about
20 per cent of the total agricultural income. A
famous saying "Pradesho main pardesh Haryana
Jit Doodh Dahi Ka Khana" is true today due to
various reasons, The 'Murrah' world's best breed
of buffalo and 'Pride' of Haryana is eliminating
from the State due to unchecked export of best
animals. Though. each house of the rural Haryana
owns/rears one or more milch animal, yet dairy
farming could not become a popular profession
among the farmers of t~ State. Milk production
in Haryana varies from region to region and season
to season due to reasons viz.. climate, availability of
green fodder, breed of animals. availability of milk
marketing facilities, etc.
Before 1970 milk was mainly collected by the
milk vendors from the nearby villages and sold to
the urban demand centrel. In 1969-70, Haryana
Dairy Development Corporation came into
existence which, after 1977 was converted Into
Haryana Dairy Development Co-operative Federation and the 'Anand' pattern milk co-operatives
were established in the State.
Activities and Performance of the Kurukahetra District Co-operative Milk Producer.'
Union Ltd., Kurukahetre

The union came into existence in 1983-84

compriSing 30 'Anand' pattern milk co-operatives
of 2000 members. The main objectivos of tho
union were:

DECEMBER, 1991

1.

To purchase, pool. process, manufacture and

matket the milk and other commodities of the
members and help them in getting the remunerative prices of their produce by eliminating the middle mlln.

2.

To provide veterinary, artificial insemination

and other technical input services and supply
of balanced cattle ration and quality fodder
seeds at farmer's door for enhancing milk
production.

3.

Own herdJcattle for breeding programme,

undertake and assist in the marketing of
cattle, arrange trainings for the employees of
the union and members, carryon co-operative
propaganda, and impart amongst the
members co-operative knowledge and its
application in business methods.

4.

Organise. devAlop new milk producers' cooperative societies and supervise them and
carry out any other activities which are
conducive to socio-economic development of
milk producers.

To achieve the above stated objectives, the

milk union recruited experts for providing farm
input services (viz. veterinary. artificial insemination and fodder development) at the farmers'
door. In the beginning the milk union achieved
a good success in milk procurement and farm
input services to the farmers.
The progress of the milk union has been
highly significant, both in the field of milk pro
curement and farm input services from 1983-84 to
1987-88. The number of milk co-operatives
organised, average number of milk pourer per day
and average milk procurement per day increased
approximately 7, 10 and 12 times, respectively in
above stated period of five years. The total
procurement per annum and average procurement
per society per day also increased significantly
during the correspondino period. The society
covered, under the supply of balanced cattle and
the quantity of cattle feed supplied increased
approximately 10 and 20 times, respectively in the
ebove mentioned periud of-five yelrs. Similarly,
the prograes made in. th~ otht'J farm Input sBfv;ces
I.e. the artta covered uno!?r fodder seed. and
tlrtificiallns-.rnina'ion servicos, numbor of A.I. and

17

vaccination also Increased significantly. Though

In the beginning the co' operative movemeni had
to 8 certain extent succeeded in reducing the
exploitation of the farmers by the traders. yet the
farmers. so far,. have not realised the imporfance
of co-operation due to many reasons.

(From page 14)

After 1987-88. total milk procurement,

average milk procurement per day. average
number of pourer per day and the average milk
procurement per society declined significantly due
to low milk procurement. high cost of transportation of milk and increased overhead expenses. As
a result of this. the accumulated losses of the
union imposed a serious restriction on the cash
flow. To keep this cash flow within a manageable
limit. the prices being paid to the farmers were
also kept lower than the ideal figures. This
resufted in the rates of milk paid to producers
lower than the c.ost of production ~f milk. Due to
weak financial pOSition of the milk union, all the
activities relating to the farm input services were
restricted to a minimum and the union started
backing-out of the promises made to the farmers
at the time of the formation of the village milk
co-operatives. The milk cooperafives, thus, lost
credibility.
Here. It will be worth mentioning that this is
the position of the Kurukshetra District Cooperative Milk Union, which has comparatively
betfer availability of green fodder because of
adequate irrigation facilities. Some of the milk
unions in the State. where milk procurement is
comparativelv much less, are breathing their last
and they have stopped all the input services which
were being provided to the farmers. Thus, the staff
"' 'recruited for providing input services to the farmers
, .either had been declared surplus or their services
are being utilized for some other purposes. Some
of the milk unions in the State are not in a position
to manage their expenses. Functioning of these
unions is not better than the private milk traders.
Therefore. this system of co-operative milk market
Ing became unpopular among the farmers of the
district.
Keeping in Vi~w the present pOSition .of the
milk unions and the above mentioned causes of
their defamation, the central or the state government must come to the rescue of these district
co-operative milk unions by providing adequate
working capital and other draft facilities otherwise
the whole co-operative structure would crumble
down its own weight causing a great loss to the
farmers and to the co-operative movement.
18

5.

Never keep ratoon crop of cotton as It

provides food in off-season. EVen remove
stray plants growing anywhere in the fields.

6.

Emphasis may be given on cotton mms to

destroy the cleanings and debris.

7.

Feed cotton cakes instead of seed to cattle.

8.

Seed to be kept for sowing or consumption

should be fumigated with aluminium phosphide @ 1 tablet of 3 g for 1 cubic meter
space for 48-72 hours. Delinting with acid
also kills pink bollworm larvae in seed.

S.

Avoid bhindi cultiVation. If at all sown,

must protect it with insecticides.

10. Remove all weeds like peeli butti, kangi

butti. hollyhock. etc. Which serve 88 alternate hosts for spotted bollworm.

11. Avoid -early sowing of cotton and complete

whole sowing in the month of May.

12. Any flower or bud appearing upto end JulV

should be removed.

'

13. Collection and destructlon'of rosletted flower.

infested by pink bollworm larvae should be
done regularly throughout the season.
These operations do not involve much expenditure but will prove very effective if done on
campaign basiS in I.rge areas. By this way, we
can Increase the cotton production on one hand
and reduce the environmental pollution on the
other hand.

DIRECTORATE

OF

PUBLICATIONS

HARYANA AGRICULTURAL
UNIVERSITY, HISAR

The annual subscription for our two

magazines Haryana Kheti and Haryana
Farming shall be Rs. 251- each, inclusive
of postal charges. The rates for one
copy shall, however, be Rs. 3/-.
Subscription rates for life-Membership will be Rs. 300/.
The above rates wil be made
1.11992. Subscribers
already enrolled or to be enrolled upto
31.12.1991 will continue to pay at
the old rates.
effeC1 1ve from

HARYANA FARMING

T & V System Recognises

Role of Farmers in
Transfer of Technology
-N. S. Verma. D. N. DhuU, Asha Batra" and
N. C. Lohia
JATTE, Gandhi Bhawan HAU. Hisar

The philosophy behind the Training and Visit

System of Extens;pn Education has been to improve
and expand Agricultural Extension through an
efficient management system of intensive trainings
and visits of field agriculture officers to ensure
transfer of problem oriented location specific
agriculture production technology evolved by the
scientists at Agricultural Universities and re$oarch
Institutes through an effective time bound
programme.
While reviewing the whole concept and
methodology of this system it emerges that the well
known fundaments! principles of Extension
Education have been so aptly applied by Daniel
Benor to provide a common sense answer to an
intricate problem of transfer of technology to It6
ultimate users i. e. farmer.
The application of these principles such as single
line administrative control. sound technical support
and supervision coordination with research and
input supply agencies, unified extension approach,
close and frequent personal contact with the
farmers and involvement of farmers as key communi~ators in the process of transfer of. agri.
technology has provided 8 lot of strength to this
system which make it a really new system. because
these fundamentals have been commonly ignored
in most of the extension systems.
The another main strength of the system is
that the jobs of grass root level workers and
other agricultural officers are strictlv confined to
professional agricultural extension work. The
schedule of work, duties and responsibilities are
clearly defined. (specified) and closely guided and
supeTVlsed at all levels. As per the methodology
of this system an Agricultural Development Officer
(A. 0.0.) reaches 8 group of 80 farmers once a
lIIDeptt. of AgriCUltural Economiell.
*KGK Hisar.

DEeEMBER, 1991

fortnight with 8 small unit of package of advice

applicable af the point of the visit. The programme
of visits is prefixed and regular which covers the
entire production cycle of the season. A.D.O. and
Circle Agri. Officers (C.A,O.) get traIning from
Subject Matter Specialists (SMS!=) every fortnight
on a well planned schedule before he pays his next
visit to the farmers for further unit of package of
recommendations or advice. The Trainers of
A.D.O. (S.M.Ss.) in turn receive regular monthly
trainings on fixed dates from research scientists to
transfer the specific recommendation on production
technology to A. D. Os. The eycJe of training alid
visits continues endlessly fortnight after fortnigllt.
That is why this is called "Training 'and Visit"
'Yltem.
The Joint Director Agriculture, J. D. As are
under the direct control of the Director Agriculture
or Director Extension Project who i8 in control at
the state level. At the district level Deputy
Director Agriculture supervises three to five Sub
Divisional Agriculture Officers (SDAOs) and he
get. guidance from J. D. A. The SOAOs are
supported by a team of SMSs. Three to four CAO!
are guided and supervised by SDAOs. And each
CAO guides. supervises and trains six to eight
ADOs. Finally entire organisation Is based on total
number of farm families. In Haryana. one A.D.D.
covers 800 t.o 1200 farm families. All the (8001.200) farm families under an A.D.Os jurisdiction
are divided into 8 groups of about equal size. From
each group, the A.D.O. in consultation with village
leaders. selects 80 farmers as Conta~t Farmers on
whom he concentrates his efforts and through
them he multiplies his efforts. In this way contact
of A. O. O. ranges 8-10 farmers per day. The
schedule of visit of of A. D. O. is made known to
all farmers in each group so that .n can participate
in discussion/demonstration at the time of his
visits. However, A. D. O. will focus his efforts on
the contact farmers. These contact farmers are the
source of spreading these messages in the whole
village simultaneously. The principle of extension
to involve the farmers in the process of transfer of
technology as Key Communicator has not been
given such importance In any other system.
No doubt, the system has many more plus
points In its c~ncept Dnd approach but the fact will
always prevail upon that unless the communication
abilities of contact farmers are improved the
system cannot achieve the desired r"sult8.

19

1.

Mite Infestation of
Domestic Animals and
its Control
-SatY8vir Singh and Rajinder Kumar

Deptt. 01 Veterinary Parasitology, HAU, Hissr

Mite infestation is one of the most notifiable

contagious and ectoparasitic skin diseases of animals in Haryana affecting cattle. buffalo. camel,
pig. sheep. goat and dogs. In buffaloes. buffalo
calves are the most susc~ptible animals to the
disease. This disease is of considerable economic importance due to undermined productivity
and weight loss of the affected animalo. The
disease is moat commonlv known as "mange".
It is also known under various names like scabies.
scab, itch or acariasis. Locally. the disease also
has various names like. Khaj. Khujli. Kharish, etc.
The condition dutl to heavy mite infestation in
camels is called "Paam". The disease is more
commonly Geen during winter months.
The infection spreads from animal to animal
either directly through contact with the ailing animals or indirectly through the bedding. grooming.
blanket or clothing of these animals. Sometimes
human beings particularly the animal handlers or
milkers may also become infested with mange
whenever they come in contact with these animals
or their clothings and thus the disease has got
zoonotic potential
Etiology
Parasitic mites are tiny acarines which can be
seen with difficulty by naked eye but can be easily
~een bV magnifying glass or under the stereoscope.
Domestic livestocks are usually affected by 'four
types of important mites viz.. 1. Burrowing
mites, 2. Sucking mites. 3. Scab eating mites.
4. Oemodectic mites.

20

Burrowing Mites

These are sarcoptic mites and cause sarcoptic

mange in camel. shpep. goat. cattle. horse. pigl.
dogs and wild mammals. The females of these
mites form funnels in the host skin (that is why
called burrowing mites) which run in different
directions. These mites reach the farther ends of
these tunnels where they lay eggs. Larvae after
hatching. crawl out of tunnels and may infect other
animals or may become adult on the same animals
forming new tunnels. Males live only superficially. Life cvcle is completed in about 17 days.
The sarcoptic mange has zoonotic importance
that is it can be transmitted from animals to men
and vice versa. Transmission of mange from
camel and dog to min is quicker and easy 88
compared to cattle. buffalo. goat, etc. In man.
these mites are unable to burrow tunnels and so
do not lay eggo. But. 8S long as the mita remains
on human body it causes more irritation to it as
compared to animals and the disease in man is,
therefore. called' 'Pseudo mange" .
Symptoms
The leSions are first seen on non-hairy parts
of the host like chest. belly, neck. head. face. ears
and around the eyes. These is 8n intense itching
on the affected part and animal rubs the part
against wall or tree or any. other hard object. The
skin of affected animals becames thickened and
wrinkled. The hair from the affected areas are
lost and the animals become debiliated in heavy
infection. Mild infection has no effect on the
general condition of the animal. The disease may
spread to whole body of the animal especially in
camel. Camel even bites the affected parta and
rubs against hard objects and may get injured.
Gradually it becomes weak as the disease persist;
for months. Deficiency of vitamin-A due to lack
of green fodder weak.ens the akin and such
camel suffers more. The mange in camel usually
occurs in concurrence with other diseases like
surra (Tibersa) or pica (Miti Khana).

2.

Sucldng Mites

These are soroptic mites and affect sheep.

cattle, buffalo and horse.
In buffaloes these
mites primarily affect at the base of horn and its
surroundings and later on can spread over the
HARYANA FARMING

whole dody. These mites remain on the skin 6urface, suck tissue fluid by piercing their long
mouth parts through the skin layers (that Is why
called sucking mites), and cause psoroptic mange.
The life cycle is completed in about 10-12 days.
Symptoms
Psoroptic mange in buffaloes does not cause
mortality but keeps the animal restless as the animal strikes its horn against the manger and hard
objects continuously to ailay itching and such
animals are known as "Khoonta thok" in Haryanvi
dialect. The restlessnes$ impalrQ the utility of
the animal. Since the infected animals apparently look healthY, the owner of the animals does
not pay much attention to them and suffers an
economic loss unknowingly.
In sheep. scab lesions may occur on all parto
of body that are covered with wool or hair but
mostly around the shoulders along the sides of
the body, back, the sternum and the dorsal aspect
of tail. In the affected part serum oozes out which
coagulates and forms yellow crust and finally the
wool is lost. The mites then shift to new areas
thereby extending the lesions and consequently
masses of wool are shed.

3.

Scab Eating Mites

These are chorioptic mites and affect mainly

horses and cattle and sometimes camels. These
mites inhabit superficiallv on the skin and feed on
epic1ermal scab and therefore called scab eating
mites. In horses. they affect the feet at the fetlock region and the disease is called "foot mange"
or "itchy leg". Due fo irritation. the horses stamp
their feet (especially during night). rub their legs
on posts, wires or other hard objects. resulting
into injury and some times even fracture of leg
bones may occur. In cattle and camel the root
of the tail is frequently affected and later on may
spread to other parts of the body.
Comparatively mange caused by burrowing
mites is more widespread than the mange caused
by sucking and scab earing mites, in which the
lesions are localised and smaller.
4.

Demodectic Mange

This is special group of parasitic mites which

live in the hair follicles and sebaceous glands of
various mammals especially dogs causing demodectic or follicular mange. The life cycle Is completed in 18-24 day.
DECEMBER, 1991

Symptoms
Le sions initially occur on the head and foreI imbs and then spread over the entire body, In
dogs the disease is usually recognised in two
forms namely (6) squamous form and (b) pustular
form. In cattle mostly pustular or nodular form
of disease is seen. In squamous form there is
loss of hair, thickened and wrinkled and often
copper red coloured skin. In the pustular form,
the small pustules are formed in the hair follicles
and sebaceous glands. After development, these
pustules discharge blood stained pus containing
the mites.. This pus later dries up to form crust.
Because of red colour of skin, this form is called
'red mange'. In extensive form of canine demorucosis death results from toxaemia and emaciation.
In cattle, the value of hide is lowered. In goat,
the pustular form is most common. In sheep, the
disease is rare.
Diagnosis of Mange Infection
In most cases the disease Is usually diagnosed
by seeing the typical symptoms. For confirmation
of the disease, the skin scrappings are examined In
the laboratory and the mites are demonstrated.
Disease Control
. The diseased animals may be treated with any
of the acaricides given in Table 1 with their trado
names, concentration and mode of application.
For psoroptic mange one or two sprays of the
above acaricides at 10 days interval are sufficient,
whereas .for sarcoptic, chorioptic and demodectic
mange, three or more sprays at 10 days interval
are required. Repeat treatments are essential to kill
the larvae which hatched from the eggs. Furthermore it is relevant in mange control to trel3t all
animals in a herd and all possible contact surfaces
in order to prevent reinfestation.
General control measures include supportive
nutrition and good hygiene of the animal as well
8S animal dwellings.
The diseased animals
should be isolated from the herd and treated. The
premises, clothings, utensils of the disoased animals should be disinfected completoly. The overcrowding of the animals should be avoided el'pacially during winter season in order ~o check infection.
(Contd. on page 23)

21

Tips for Management

and Feeding of Kids

5.

Within two hours of the kidding the kids

should get colostrum from the mother.
Colostrum (first milk after kidding) is high
in proteins, minerals, vitamins and antibodies
and so is very necessary for th~ new born
kids for first four days.

6.

Fr~m

four days to two months of age. kids

may be offered dam's milk or evaporated
milk. Fifty per cent milk and same amount
of water, or dried milk mixed according to
directions on the pack for human use may
be used. Warm the milk to about 36C. To
test the temperature place a drop on the
wri~t. if it feels warm, but not hot, then it
may be fed. Care for avoiding infection
through feeding be taken.

7.

Feed the kid every four hours for the firat

four days and then four times a day for next
week. If the kid is strong and has a good
appetite then usually it will be satisfied
with three feedings a day. When the kids
are a month old and start nibbling green
lewes, hay and grains then twice 8 day
feeding is sufficient.

Place the kids in a separate pen away from

the mother. after the feeding. Fifty to hundred gm of milk at e8ch feeding is usually
enough for the first few days. After that
increase the milk according to the kid's
appetite.

If milk is to be saved for con8umptlon in

home or for sale then kld,tarter may bit
used for feeding kids. Within 8 few weeks
the kids may be depending entirely upon
this 88 a source of energy. A kid starter
may contain (by weight) ground maize
(45 parts), rice polish (20 parts). wheat bran
(16 parts), groundnut cake (10 parts), dried
milk (8 parts), mineral mixture (2 parts),
vitamin A (26 9 per ron), Vitamin 0 (6 g per
ton) and Antibiotics (8 9 per ton).

10.

Provide a hay rack in the kid's pen 60 that

they can eat ed~/ib.

-Pradeep Godara, Z. S. Rano

and Balbir Singh
College of Anlmsl Sciences. HAU. HisSf

Goat-rearing in Haryana is practiced as a

whole time occupation by a large section of landless labourers and marginal farmers in rural areas.
For profitable goat farming, management of kids
on scientific lines is a pre- requisit. It will help in
reducing juvenile mortality and contribute in raising a healthy and outstanding flock in future.
Though goafs are polyestrous animals, but
experiments at Haryana Agricultural University Goat
Breeding Farm have revealed that on the basis of
maximum "number of animals coming In heat. two
peak breeding seasone can be recommended i, e,
mid February to mid April and mid September to
mid November so that kidding may take place
around August-September and February-March.
Though dUring both tharte kidding seasons the
nature provides good environment for kids, however, the following practical tips will help the
goatmen in maXimising their profits from goatfarm.
1.

The kidding pens should be dry, clean and

ventilated. Proper bedding should alia be
done for comfort of the doe and the kid.

2,

As loon as the kid is born wipe the museu,

from Its nose 80 that it may breathe
normally. Tickle the tongue of the kid, this
causes coughing by reflex action which
stimulates the respiratory system.

3.

Place:the kid near the mother who w!1I begin

to lick the young. Goatmen who require
weaning at birth may remove the kid from
the mother immediately after birth and wipe
the kid dry with 8 dry hard cloth and place
it away from the mother in a clean bedding.

4.

22

Disinfect the naval of kids at birth

tincture of Iodine.

with

HARYANA FARMING

11.

12.

Kid. to be kept for breeding should be

selected carefully. If kids from does giving
twine births are selected then they are more
likely to prepetuate the tendency for twinning. However. single kids that have a good
genetic background should not be discarded.
Kids not kept for breeding should be casterated. When three weeks old and later sold oft
for meat at six months of age. Yearling male
kids should not be allowed to run with the
doeJings after they become fertile
Weaning can be done at any time upto six
months of age. Time of weaning depend.
on the type of does. Does reared for meat.
feedt heir kid. longer, weaning is delayed
and the kids may be sllowed to run with
the does upto three months. Early weaning
is the rule for dairy does and kids may be
separated from the does after birth. They
may be allowed to feed on colostrum for
four days and th"n bottle fed with milk.

13.

Deworming schedule for kid, should be

planned according to the need at the farm.
Normally first deworming should be done
after three months of age and then every
three months upto one year of age. Each
deworming should be repeated after 15 days.
To avoid resistance, the dewormer should be
changed time and again.

14.

Disbudding of kids may be practiced, since

the goats with horn may injure each other.
Disbudding may be done on or after 5th day."
of age. For this, clip the hair from around,
the horn bud and coat the surrounding are.
with vaseline. Then dip a stick of caustic
potash In water and smear it over the horn
bud until the area becomes copper coloured.

15.

Keep the hoofs in good condition by frimming them with a hoof-clipper as and when
needed. Unattended hoofs may lead to foot
troubfe.

(From page 21)

TABLE 1

- -- ------------Insecticide
chemical name

Trade name/Formulation
(Manufactures)
.

Gamma BHe

Benzyl benzoate

Diazinon
Fenvalerate
Cypermethrin

Amitraz
Ivormectin
injection

DECEMBER, 1991

Per cent cone. of

active ingredient

-----.---

Lindane 20% EC
Lindane 25 WP
Lindane 0.65% & 1.3% 0
(dust) (Mico Farm Chemicals
and others)
Ascabiol (E) 20% in the form
of water in oil emulsion
(May & Baker)
Neocidol 20% EC (Hindultan
eiba Geigy)
SUmicidin 20% EC (Ralli,
India)
Cyperkill 25% EC
Cymbush 25% EC (NOell,
Sharat Pulverising Mills, ICI)
Taeric, likoff 12.5% EC
(LUpin Laboratories)
IVomec (1% solution) (Dynamic Pharmacals)

0.3-0.5

Quantity of acaricide in one

litre of water and (mode of
application)

20-25 ml of 20% EC 20 gm
of 25% WP (as spray). Dust
infected parts by mixing lindane 0 with ash in 1 : 1 ratio

Applied topically once in 3 days for five times

0.06

3 ml (as spray)

0.02-0.04

1-2 ml (as spray)

0.015

o6

0.025

2 ml (a8 spray)

ml (8S spray)

@ 1 ml/50 kg body wt.

only by SIC route

23

WHAT TO DO THIS MONTH?

Wheat
Complete the sowing of wheat by the middle
of this month. For late sowing, use only wheat
variety Sonalika with seed rate of 125 kg per
hectare. Sow wheat after soaking the seeds for
6 hours and with a close row spacing of 18-20
cm. Use disease free seed. Treat the seed before
sowing with Vitavax, Benlate or Bavistin @ 2 g/kg
seed.
Apply the first Irrigation. to the timely sown
wheat, i.e., 20-25 days after sowing of wheat.
For control of weeds, one or two hoeings shou Id
be given after the first and second irrigation with
wheel hoe!blade hoe. For the effective control of
grassy weeds and broad leaved weeds, use of
herbicides may be adopted wherever manual
weeding is not possible. Broad-leaved weeds can
be controlled by applying specific spray of 2, 4-0.
i.e.,'1.25 kg sodium salt (80%) or one litre amine
(72%) or 1.25 lit Ester (36%) in 500 to 600 lit
of water. Apply herbicide within 30-35 davs after
sowing in case of dwarf wheat, 40-45 days after
sowing in dashi wheat. Do not apply 2, 4-0 at
all if gr~m, mustard or any broad leaved crop is
lown in wheat. Also do not spray 2, 4-0 in
wheat variety HD-2009 as 2; 4-0 induces severe
deformities. For control of grassy weeds, use
herbicides Tribunil, or Dosanex or Tolkan
GralT'exon or Taurus or Arelone or Delron. The
dose of 2 kg (product) per hectare in case of
Tribunil, Dosanex and Tolkan is required whereas,
24

1.25 kg (product) per hectare is required in case

of Arelone & Delran. The recommended dose of
herbicides should be mixed in 700 lit of water per
hectare and sprayed 30-35 days after sowing of
wheat. Use flood jet/flat fan nozzle while
spraying with a sprayer. Do not move the spray
lance to and fro as it hinders uniform coverage.
Do not delay the first irrig~tion and apply the
herbicides as the field comes fn working condition.
During the month of December' late sown
wheat should be applied 60 kg 6ach of N, P and K
alongwith 25 kg zinc sulphate a~ the time of
sowing. Potassium must be applied in whole
district of Ambala. Radaur ~I()ck of Kamal and in
sandy soil!\ of Gurgaon. Mohindergarh and saline
alkali soil of Sonepat. In other soils, it may be
only applied after the soil resf value is row.
Wheat crop sown
in the
month of November
.
6
which is about 40 days old may show zinc
deficiency symptoms if the soil was low in zinc,
For such crops spray 2! kg of zinc sulphate, 15 kg
urea dissolved in 500 lilres at water on one
hectere of the crop. Second dose of nitrogen
(60 kg N/ha) to the wheat crop be applied with
first irrigation in this month. This dose of N may
be applied either through CAN or urea by top
dressing before irrigating the field when there are
no dew drops on the leaves. Apply light irrigation
after top dressing the fertilizer. In very sandy
soils, fertilizer be applied by top dressing after 4th
day of irrigating the field. Hoeing should be done
after applying the fertilizer.

D. P. Thakur
I
V. K. SrI"ltnll I
II
M. S. Kubad
B. P. Singb
~
P. R. Yadar
I
V. P. Sharma
I
Oat Singb
I
Dr. Narioder SID!,!h ;

- Dr.
Dr.
Dr.
Dr.
Dr.
Dr.
Dr.

Directorate of

Extension Education,
HAU, Hisar

HARYANA FARMING

,; , "n fjelds with nlstory of termite incidence. seed

treatment with 150, ml chlorpyriphos 20 EC or 250
ml formathion 25 EC or 400 ml aldrin 30 EC per
quintal seed in 5 litre emulsion of anyone insecticide in water found verY effective.
For prevention of ear Cocle and Tundu,
remove the' nematode gall from wheat seed.
This'can be achieved by winnowing or by floatation technique. Since the galls are smaller and
lighter in weight, they float on the surface of the
water which can be removed by hand and seed
settling at bottom, can be used for sowing.
'I

... f"

'" For prevention of loose smut of wheat treat

th~ ,seed with Vitavax or Benlate or Bavlstin @ 2.
per kg ~e~d. Seed treatment with the above
fungicides is. also helpful for control of seed-borne
;, infection 9f 11ag smut of wheat. It would also be
advisabl~ to treat the see~ with Thir~m @ 2.5 gm
per kg seed. For the control of Karnal t3_unt,
this fungicide is compatible with above mentioned chemicals,

gm

for . prevent~n of ,Molya caused by cyst

nematode. which is prevalent in distri.ct Mohindergarh and Gurgaon use 15 kg of Temie 10 G per
hectare before sowing. This appJicatiol') is particularly necessary where the fields care heavily
infested vvith cyst nematode. A'ternatively, grow
non host crops like rape seed and mustard carra!
or ',resistant variety of barley C164.
Barl~Y
Barley ca'n be lown during December bu1
there Vliill be a gradual decline in yield with progressively delayed sowing upto the end of this'
month. Sow recommended variety of barley BG105. Us. 112 kg' leed per hectare llrid lOW the
barley 18-20 cm apart. Infei-culture the timely .
80wn barley or appty 2, 4-085 reccorilmended in
case of wheaf for control of leave weeds. '
For control 'Jf net blotch and stripe treat the
seed with 2:5 -g of Mooo!lan/kg Geed. For late lawn barley, apply 30 kg nitrogen
and :30 kU p~O:; per hectare before sowing of tha
DECEMBER. '1991

crop; . Remember. phosphate fertilizers are always

to be drilled~ If the soil has high pH say 9 'or
above, apply 25 kg zinc sulphate before &owing.
For termite control treat 100 kg ~eed with
600 ml chlorpyriphos '20 EC/formathion 25 EC or
1 litre aldrin 30 EC after making 12.5 litre emulsion in water:
Gram and Lentil
Irrigate the timely sown crop in the second
half of December if no rains are received after
sowing. lentH may be sown if not already sown
08 per recommendations given earlier.
For gram, zinc deficiency may appear in this
month. Spray zinc sulphate by taking 2! kg of zinc.
sulphate. 1.{, kg of, unslalfked Hme dissolved in
600

litres of ~~te~.

For lentil. apply 85 kg. QAP per hectare

before sowing of the crop. 'If DAP i$, not avai'8bl~, then apply
kg urea @Iong~ith 2!?() kg
single super phosphate per hectare.

30

Rebi Oilseeds
Apply irrigation to; sanion 'and raya 81'
flowering. Harvesting of the earner - maturo
varietieo may be' completed and that" of mid
season varieties niay be started from the'middle of
this month.
If painted bug damage Is 'noticed applv 10 kg
BHC 10%-dust or spray 200 ml 'mllathion 50 EC
in 200 litres of water ptlr acre. .
Mustard saw flV caterpillars can also be
controlled with BHC dust or spray of 800 9 BHC
50 WP in 200 litres of water/acre.
Mustard aphid may becC)me'in hite'sown toria'
crop and early sown sarson/Ray. In' case of
damage spray the crop, with 250-350 mt Metasystox 25, EC or Rogor 30 EC or 60-90 ml Oime-'
eran 85 WSC in 250~350 litrea of water according
to crop growth. Do sprayln({ofter 2'p.m. to save
honey bees. "

For prevention of Alternaria blight and white

rust spray the crop with mancozeb (Dithane M-45
or Manzeb) or Captafol (Difol.ton) @ 1.5 to 2 gm
per hectare with the first appearance of symptoms.
On8 or two sprays can also be given after an
Interval of 15 dayS' as per n.ed.

Tomato
Tomato crops planted in Kharif seSGon will b.
over by the end of Dec6mber or earlier if frost
may occur. This crop being susceptible to frost
Is killed by it. The fruits should be picked up half
ripe and sent to a distant market as such. or after
full ripening lend them to local market. Fruit
should not be allowed to ripe fully on plants a.
sometimes they are damaged by bird.. The care
of nursery Ihould be taken if the .eeding has
already been done for spring crop. During this
month the sowing in nursery may be done if not
already dona during November. The varieties and
seed treatment have al ready been indicated in the
last month', issue of this i<urnal. Due to low
temperature. the germination of the seed. would
be delayed and the growth of tho seedlings would
be quite slow. For early germination, the nursery
beds may be covered with polythene sheets during
night which Ihould be removed In the morning.
The bed. may allo be covered during night for
protection against frost.
Potato
The crop would have been top-dresled with
nitrogenous fertilizer .at the time of earthing up.
It should now tJe regularly::;rigated and protected
against insects & diseases, For the control of harm
ful insects like, aphids and whitefly the crop may be
sprayed with 750 ml Rogor 30 EC or Metasystox
25 EC or. 1.90 ml Dimecron 85 W. S.. C. after
dissolving in 750 litres of water/ha at an interval

26

of 10-15 days. The plants infested with virus

Ihould be removed alongwith its root. and
destroyed. For the control of early blight, crop
may be sprayed with 2 kg of Biltex or Zineb or
Dithane M-45 8t an interval of 15 days It should
be kept in mind that the crop should not be
consumed upto three weeks after the use of
Insecticides. The immature crop of potato can
also be harvested during this month for local lale
in the market. Such crop should not be harvested
before 70-75 days of leeding.
,Crop meant for seed must be protected against
aphid a. it also transmits virus diseases. Remove
carefully virus affected plants. Spray 750 ml
Metasystox 25 EC or Rogor' 30 EC or 190 ml
Dimecron 85 WSC in 750 litres of water/ha at
15 days interval. If incidence of aphid also
occurs on table crop, spray it also with above
insecticides but .top spray before 3 weeks of
harvest.
Cauliflower'
The cauliflower heads. which are ready, may
be harvested and sent to market for sal.. The
.tanding crop of cauliflower should be topdressed
two times with N fertilizer if not already done.
Firstly. after about three-four weeks time of transplanting -and E.ecol.dlV ilt the time of head formation.
After the application of nitrogenous fertilizer,
irrigation of the crop is essential. If the edlings
of the late variety are ready, they may be
transplanted in the field. The crop I. to be protected
against harmful insect. like aphids, cabbage
caterpillar, cabbage aemi-looper and Diamond
Back Moth. Control them by spraying the crop
with one litre Malathion 50 EC after mixing in '625
!itres of water per hectare. The crop may be
.prayed after about 15 days and should not be
consumed for one week after spraying tho
insecticides.
Incidence of aphid ... lucking pest and caterpillars i.e. cabbage caterpillar, lemilooper and
diamond back moth as biting & chewing pests
occur in cauliflower cabbage and knolkhol. For
the control of aphid, cabbage caterpillar and semiHARYANA FARMING

looper, spray 925 ml endolulfan 35 EC (Thiodanl

Thiotox/Hildon) or one litre malathion 50 EC in
625 litres water/ha at 10-15 days interval. For
the control of Diamond back moth spray 750 ml
diazinon 20 EC (Basudin/Bazanon) or 150 ml
dichlorvos (Nuv811/Vapona) 76 EC or one litre malathion 50 EC in 625 I of water at one week interval. Choose the insecticide considering the period
required between spraying and harvesting. For
malathion and dl,chlorvo8 observe one week and
for endoaulfan and diazinon observe 2 week.
period.
.
Cabbage and Knolkhol
The ready heads should be harvested and
sent to market for sale. The CFQP should be
properly cared and irrigated at regular intervals. It
should be top-dressed with Kisan Khad twic.fIrst after about three-four weeks of tranlplanting
and lecond dose Ihould be given at the time of
head formation. Each time 160 kg Kissn Khad
should be u.ed per hectare. If the seedling_ of
late variety are ready, they may be tranlplanted in
a thoroughly prepared field.
Radish, Turnip and Carrot
The ready roots of the.e crops should be
uprooted. properly washed and leavel be removed
(in case of carrot and turnip only) and lent to the
market for lal.. It is important for the root crop.
that they .re uprooted at tender Itage. otherwise
they develop fibr.s and become unfit for canlumption and hence do not fetch proper price in
the market. The crops are to be regularly
irrigated for maintaining adequate moisture in the
loil. The exposed root8 may be covered by
aarthing' up operation.. The varieties of European
types can be .own during this month also. For
"he control of harmful insecta. the crop .hould be
.prayed with ono litre Malathion 50 EC after
dissolving in 625 lit'" of water per hectare of
'and. Tho .pray may be ropeated aft.r 10 day.
time, if required. The crop .hould not be
con.umad upto one we.k aftar ,praying the
Insecticides.
Control aphid and other CAterpillar, with
.pray of one litre malathion 50 EC or 925 ml
ondoGulfnn 35 EC In 625 liues of wator/ha.

DECEMBER. 1991

Pea
During this month, the Bonne-ville variety
will start giving fruits and the early crop would be
over. The pods should ba picked up and sent to
market for sale. After seeding, the crop may be
top-dressed with 120 kg of Kissn Khad per
hectare of land followed by irrigation. Weeding
may be required in ~he late yariety-MuUifreezer.
The crop should be protected against harmful
Insects. For the control of thrips. the crop may
be sprayed with 1250 gm DDT (50% WP) after
dissolving in 625 litres of water per hectare. Tho
spray should be repeated after about two week .
For the control of leaf minor, the crop may ~
sprayed with 750 ml of Rogor 30 EC or 125 mt
Anthio 35 EC after dissolving in 625 lit res of wlter
per hectar.. For the control of fruit borer. the
crop should be dusted 25 kg BHC 10 per cent
dust per hectare.
Precautions should be taken while consuming
after the use of insecticide.. Consumption should
not be done for 10-15 days after the use of
insecticides. For the control of powdery mildew,
the crop should be sprayed with 2 kg of Wettable
Sulphar per hectare.

If thrips appear .pray 60 ml cypermethrin

25 EC or 500 ml endolulfan 35 EC in 250 I of:
water/acre.
Brinja'
The fruita from the kharif planted crop should
be picked up and sent.o marker for sal.. Tak.
car. of the seedlings in nursery. If the lowing
has not already been done during previous month,
it can also be done in this month. For other
practices, pi.... ..e the previous i.sue. Tho
...dlings ,hould be protected against frost.

Chilli..
The fruit Ihould be picked up from the plant.
and the land may be prepared for another crop by
the end of thi' rt:10nth. Take proper care of the
IMdling. lown in the nur..ry beds. The Gelding
can allo be don. in nursery during tirst fOI.night

27

of December. Due to low temperature, the germination of the seed would be delayed and the
growth of the plants will be slow. The seedlings
should be protected against frost.

The variety RS-1 should be used for this purpose

and before seeding, it should be treated With 2
gm of Banlate or Bavistin par kg of saed. For one
hectare of land, about 10-12 kg of seed would
be sufficient.

Palak

The crop should be cut and sent to market

after proper packing. The crop is to be regularly irrigated and topdressed with nitrogenous fertilizer
two times at the rate of 100 kg Kishan Khad per
hectare each time. This should be applied after
four weeks of seeding' and again at' another four
weeks interval Irrigation of the crop is essential
after the application of nitrogenous fertilizer.
Garlic

The crop should be regularly irrigated for

contin\,ou8 supply of moisture in the soil. Topdress the crop with nitrogenous fertilizer. if
already not done.
!

Onion (Kharif)

Dig out the crop and send it to m8rk~t' for

sale. Thll varie~y is not good for storage.
Onion (Rabi)
During this m':lnth, the seedlings would be
ready for transplanting. The ootimum time for
transplanting of onion seedlings is from last week.
of December to mid of January. The field should
be thoroughly prepared. In one hectare, about
50 tonnes of Compost or FYM should be incorporated.
Before transplanting fertilizer at the
rate of 40 kg Nitrogen (160 kgKissn Khad). 50 kg
Potash- (40 kg Muriate of Potash) per hectare
$hould be applied. Field should be divided into
convenient sized bed.s and after transplanting it
should be 1rrig8"'"in twolhree days.
,

...

..

A.

0:.,

~'i,\

Other

C~

_t

",

,l

The lettuce crop should be properly cared and

sen~ ,to market for sale as .a!l.~ ,yt~en ,it is. r1"ady.
The crop of Dhania an~ Methi should be prope!tv,
harvested and the gree!') reav8S,- mEW be put -AP9;
sent to.. market for sala. ,Jh~ se~ding,Of +~Ja cr.9P;
could be d9ne during first fortnight of this monttl.,

2&-

Young plants of mango, litchi, papaya, guava,

Jamun, ber. kaghzllime, sangtra. malta are killed
bV frost as well as by cold wind. When the frOs'
is expected then irrigate the orchard and create the
clouds of smoke In thE! orchard by firing of waste
material at night.
The entita dose of organic manure (fYM or
Compost) is applied in December or towards the
beginning of January. The deciduous fruit plants,
such as peach, pear, plum, grape, fig. mulbfUfY
etc. are best planted in the Jast week of December
or beginning of January. The' layout for ever~
green plants may be done and take up the digging and filling of pits.
. Citrus'
Complete harvesting of malta fruites to (lvold
granulation and deterioration in quality will be i~
full sWing.
The fruits of kinnow, sangtra and
grapefruit can also be picked noW~ Apply Farm
Yard Manure (FYM) to the plants in the follo'Ning
quantities and irrigate them.
'
I

Age of the plant

FYM per pl8f/t

in kg

1 to 3 years
4 to 6 years
7 to 9 years
10 and above

, "

520
25-50
6090
100

"

-J
; I
Hoeitlg shOUld be done at the depth of 12-15;
cm after adding of FYM and controlled the weedS
completely. Pruning of dead wood be started in
the - end of this month. Trees may
be sprayed, ....
I .
with 300 gm copper-oxychloride or- 2 gm strepto'
.
,\.
,
.... '"
- -~
...
~,

\'

HARYANA FAR-MJNG

cycline+2 gm copper sulphate in 100 I of water.

Citrus n&matode is very serious in citrus. To
control it. apply aldicarb (Temik 10 G) @ 30 kg/
ha after picking the fruit .
Grapes

If the soil of the vineyard is dry, ona light

irrigation may be given. For planting of grapes
in the next-month. start'digging and filling of pits
with 100 kg of FYM, 2 ~g of superphosphate of
30 g BHe (10%) dustrto each pit.

Ber

To control powdery mildew, spray the trees

with sulfex 0.2% or karathane 0.1 %.
For Ber fruit fly give spray of 1.5 lit Metasystox 25 EC or 1.25 Iitres Rogor 30 EC or 1875 ml
diazinon (Besudin/Bazanon) in 1250 litres of
water/ha.
Guava
Give light irrigation to the trees.

~~&;1~

Mango
Apply 75 to 100 kg FYM per tree, hoed under
the plants then irrigate them. Mango mealy bug
does a lot of damage at the flowering and fruiting
stages from January to April when large number
of young nymphs crawl up the plants, growing
shoots and inflorescence panicles and suck the
sap. The nymphs should be prevented from crawling up the trees by applying 25-30 cm wide slippery band of alk'thene sheet (400 gauze polythene) 0.5-1 metre above ground level, around
tree trunk, during mid December. Prior to wrapping of the sheet, gently peel off the dead old bark
with the help of an axe in 5 -8 cm wide strip. On
this smoothened site lay a 5 cm strip of hot coaltar with the help of stick and immediately plaster
the lower edge of the sheet on it by pressing the
ame with fingers, so as to leave no space between the sheet and coaltar. The nymphs gathered below the bands may be killed by spraying
250 ml methyl parathion (metacid) or 625 ml diazinon 20 EC (basudin) in 125 litre water/ha for
120 trees. The foliage or branches of trees should
not touch the ground or grass or other vegetation.
Prune the shoots showing anthracnose apots or
cankerous lesion and dead branches and apply
bordeaux paste at cut end.
Thereaftar spray the
Crees with 0.3% copper oxychloride.
~

Pomegranate, Peach and Plum

Pruning may be done in the last week of this
month. Add 25 to 35 kg FYM per plant and hoe
under the plants.
DECEMBER, 1991

LlVESTOC4i[ ..

~EALTMCARE l;g

1. During day time, the animals may be kept in

open at a place where sufficient sunlight is available to them. When the weather is not favourable due to chilly winds, they should be kept inside the sheds. The animal houses/sheds having
iron sheets for roofing purposes are quite cold.
In such cases, a laye, of thatch may be provided
on the sheets to reduce the cold.
2. The Haemorrhagic septicaemia (Galghotu Rog)
may flare up during winter rains Those animals
which were vaccinated about 6 months earlier
may be got revaccinated against this disease in
consul.ation with the local VE.terinarian .

3.

During this period, the animals may suffer

from coryza, pneumonia etc, due to cold. Such
animals should be isolated and their treatment may,
be arranged. The drenching of medicines in such
cases should be avoided.
)

4. The animals need to be protected from cold at

the t' - " f "a(ving. The A,.' -"'1 houles/sheds
,hould be Treo ,,_... _
.... is necessary
to safeguard them from mastitis and respiratory
diseases.

,
5. The young stock should be kept a' an open
space where they can ex.rcise. Drinking water
should be provided to them in clean utensils.
Arrange check up of these animals by Veterinarian at regular intervals.

29

RO;JiltrQt;on No. P/H S/172

- - - --------= 7-

"u_-==

I~

j
~I

"
ha.~~~~~

MiJ ~~~ ~ ~ ~E'[{1

m~

~~ ~ &t~ ,~~ ~.""'-

~~~h~ ~~mf)

g~~S04.~.~.~Qrq
Q~4)~~r:,,'IlI:It

~ 64IM~.~

~;JJr~

Prlnt=d and publiched bV Prof. M. C. Atjlsrwlli. Director of PubliclltionD on boholf of HC:II'VClnll Aoricuiturai Univcroity;t HAU P-i;;g,
Hlcir'126 004.

...

NOVEMBER 1991

of Publications

Rs. 2 per copy

ana Agricultural Univer ity